See in Reader
Batch bolding of snippets from GLQuote in NT books (#1893)
Merge remote-tracking branch 'origin/master' into 2pe_bp Batch bolded snippets from UGNT in NT books. added bold to 2 Peter Co-authored-by: Richard Mahn <richmahn@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1893 Co-Authored-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org> Co-Committed-By: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
f75d0195f4
commit
75f84d60e5
762
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
762
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ MAT front intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew<br>## Part 1:
|
|||
MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Use of the passive voice<br><br>Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 1 ava1 0 General Information: The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through [Matthew 1:17](../01/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 1 1 y31w βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The book of the genealogy of Jesus Christ You could translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the ancestors of Jesus Christ”
|
||||
MAT 1 1 vpg1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
|
||||
MAT 1 1 tka3 υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ 1 son of David Sometimes the phrase “son of David” is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
|
||||
MAT 1 1 vpg1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here the word **was** means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
|
||||
MAT 1 1 tka3 υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ 1 son of David Sometimes the phrase **son of David** is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
|
||||
MAT 1 2 ejp6 Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ 1 Abraham became the father of Isaac “Abraham became the father of Isaac” or “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.
|
||||
MAT 1 2 mxm2 figs-ellipsis Ἰσαὰκ…ἐγέννησεν…Ἰακὼβ…ἐγέννησεν 1 Isaac became the father…Jacob became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father…Jacob was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ 1 Perez…Zerah…Hezron…Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ MAT 1 19 j8eb figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ…ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 Joseph,
|
|||
MAT 1 19 pu3p ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 to divorce her “cancel their plans to get married”
|
||||
MAT 1 20 iip4 αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος 1 As he thought “As Joseph thought”
|
||||
MAT 1 20 fb7e κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him in a dream “came to him while Joseph was dreaming”
|
||||
MAT 1 20 lc8r υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here “son” means “descendant.”
|
||||
MAT 1 20 lc8r υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here **son** means “descendant.”
|
||||
MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who is conceived in her is conceived by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 21 j38f τέξεται…υἱὸν 1 She will give birth to a son Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
|
||||
MAT 1 21 glq8 καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 you will call his name “you must name him” or “you must give him the name.” This is a command.
|
||||
|
|
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ MAT 2 2 zj7c αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 his star They were not saying
|
|||
MAT 2 2 a7y9 ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 in the east “as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 to worship Possible meanings are (1) they intended to worship the baby as divine, or (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 2 3 p5rw ἐταράχθη 1 he was troubled “he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
|
||||
MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people. Also, “all” means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here **Jerusalem** refers to the people. Also, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 2 4 ne4v 0 General Information: In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.
|
||||
MAT 2 5 w68n ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea “In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
|
||||
MAT 2 5 z2i4 figs-activepassive οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 this is what was written by the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ MAT 2 9 w3v1 οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 where the young child was “th
|
|||
MAT 2 11 pv3r 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the house where Mary, Joseph, and the young Jesus were living.
|
||||
MAT 2 11 tu5s ἐλθόντες 1 They went “The learned men went”
|
||||
MAT 2 11 d41d translate-symaction πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 They fell down and worshiped him “They knelt down and put their faces close to the ground.” They did this to honor Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here “treasures” refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here **treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 2 12 zyq6 χρηματισθέντες 1 God warned them “Afterwards, God warned the learned men.” God knew that Herod wanted to harm the child.
|
||||
MAT 2 12 dr1p figs-quotations κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην 1 in a dream not to return to Herod, so This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “dream, saying, ‘Do not go back to King Herod,’ so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 brp5 0 General Information: In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων…αὐτῶν 1 after they had depar
|
|||
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appeared to Joseph in a dream “came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
|
||||
MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε…φεῦγε…ἴσθι…σοι 1 Get up, take…flee…Remain…you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here “I” refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
|
||||
MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here **I** refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
|
||||
MAT 2 15 ft3a figs-explicit ἦν 1 He was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “They remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 15 d11g ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου 1 until the death of Herod Herod does not die until [Matthew 2:19](../02/19.md). This statement describes the length of their stay in Egypt, and it does not say that Herod died at this time.
|
||||
MAT 2 15 d5wl ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν Υἱόν μου 1 Out of Egypt I have called my son “I have called my son out of Egypt”
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,36 +115,36 @@ MAT 2 18 p9gk φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη…οὐκ εἰσίν 1 A voice was h
|
|||
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 zm17 Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς 1 Rachel weeping for her children Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.
|
||||
MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 she refused to be comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they were no more “because the children were gone and would never return.” Here “were no more” is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they were no more “because the children were gone and would never return.” Here **were no more** is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 19 kt2i 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.
|
||||
MAT 2 19 r4yu ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who sought the child’s life Here “sought the child’s life” is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. “Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who sought the child’s life Here **sought the child’s life** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. “Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 y6r6 οἱ ζητοῦντες 1 those who sought This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 kg7u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 2:1](../02/01.md) about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 uq8p ἀκούσας δὲ 1 But when he heard “But when Joseph heard”
|
||||
MAT 2 22 h4cq translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 Archelaus This is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 2 22 zk37 ἐφοβήθη 1 he was afraid “Joseph was afraid”
|
||||
MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 what had been spoken through the prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 23 hc8g translate-names Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 he would be called a Nazarene Here “he” refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 2 23 hc8g translate-names Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 he would be called a Nazarene Here **he** refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”<br><br>Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||||
MAT 3 1 xp3z 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God’s appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus’ ministry.
|
||||
MAT 3 1 d74m ἐν…ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 In those days This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: “Some time later” or “Some years later”
|
||||
MAT 3 2 w7e9 figs-you μετανοεῖτε 1 Repent This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is near The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is near The phrase **kingdom of heaven** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use The word **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 hxb6 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
|
||||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord…make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord “Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background δὲ…μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now…wild honey The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background δὲ…μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now…wild honey The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing from camel’s hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε…Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words “Jerusalem,” “Judea,” and “the region” are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε…Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region** are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They were baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 gi4r ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 They were baptized This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.
|
||||
MAT 3 7 b2br 0 General Information: John the Baptist begins to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς 1 You offspring of vipers, who This is a metaphor. Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes! Who” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς 1 You offspring of vipers, who This is a metaphor. Here **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes! Who” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can flee from God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-metonymy φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 flee from the wrath that is coming The word “wrath” is being used to refer to God’s punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: “run away from the punishment that is coming” or “escape because God is about to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase “bear fruit” is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-metonymy φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 flee from the wrath that is coming The word **wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: “run away from the punishment that is coming” or “escape because God is about to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **bear fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 q7b1 figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham for our father “Abraham is our ancestor” or “We are descendants of Abraham.” The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 r29p λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
|
||||
MAT 3 9 k843 ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham even out of these stones “God is able to make physical descendants out of even these stones and give them to Abraham”
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,9 +153,9 @@ MAT 3 10 ke4s figs-metaphor ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥ
|
|||
MAT 3 11 lx69 εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 for repentance “to show that you have repented”
|
||||
MAT 3 11 mc2r ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 But he who comes after me Jesus is the person who comes after John.
|
||||
MAT 3 11 c1xf ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν 1 is mightier than I “is more important than I am”
|
||||
MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with fire. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by Holy Spirit and fire will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the word “baptize” in your translation to keep the comparison to John’s baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with fire. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by Holy Spirit and fire will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use The word **baptize** in your translation to keep the comparison to John’s baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 His winnowing fork is in his hand, both to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor This metaphor compares the way Christ will separate the righteous people from the unrighteous people to the way a man separates wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: “Christ is like a man whose winnowing fork is in his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 His winnowing fork is in his hand Here “in his hand” means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 His winnowing fork is in his hand Here **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 yw29 διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.
|
||||
MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor “his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
|
||||
|
|
@ -164,13 +164,13 @@ MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive ἀσβέστῳ 1 can never be put out This ca
|
|||
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here “us” refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here **us** refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 n8bk 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς δὲ 1 After he was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove Possible meanings are (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a dove or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a dove would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice came out of the heavens saying “Jesus heard a voice from heaven.” Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice came out of the heavens saying “Jesus heard a voice from heaven.” Here **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”<br><br>### “If you are the Son of God”<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
|
||||
MAT 4 1 k51m 0 General Information: Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ MAT 4 3 vl86 ὁ πειράζων 1 The tempter These words refer to the same b
|
|||
MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, command It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding”
|
||||
MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command that these stones become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here “word” and “mouth” refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here **word** and **mouth** refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
|
||||
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,16 +195,16 @@ MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντε
|
|||
MAT 4 6 f1mm ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up “The angels will hold you”
|
||||
MAT 4 7 j6cb 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 7 u5jp figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 4 7 c7t5 οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You must not test Here “you” refers to anyone. Alternate translation: “One should not test” or “No person should test”
|
||||
MAT 4 7 c7t5 οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You must not test Here **you** refers to anyone. Alternate translation: “One should not test” or “No person should test”
|
||||
MAT 4 8 d12q πάλιν…ὁ διάβολος 1 Again, the devil “Next, the devil”
|
||||
MAT 4 9 bq1u εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 He said to him “The devil said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 4 9 al72 ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 All these things I will give you “I will give you all these things.” The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give “all these things,” not just some of them.
|
||||
MAT 4 9 al72 ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 All these things I will give you “I will give you all these things.” The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give **all these things**, not just some of them.
|
||||
MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 fall down “put your face near the ground.” This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 4 10 s91r 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 10 h8fd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 10 k49q figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 10 rig8 figs-you προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship…you will serve Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 4 11 s49z ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 4 11 s49z ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 4 12 v7p4 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 4 12 wib2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 4 12 d1vi figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 John had been arrested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -215,9 +215,9 @@ MAT 4 14 tj7c figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 what was spoken This can b
|
|||
MAT 4 15 egx6 γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali…Galilee of the Gentiles! These territories describe the same area.
|
||||
MAT 4 15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 toward the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MAT 4 16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 The people who sat These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali…where many Gentiles live, the people who sat”
|
||||
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light Here “darkness” is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And “light” is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here “those who sat in the region and shadow of death” is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase “the kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light Here **darkness** is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here **those who sat in the region and shadow of death** is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase **the kingdom of heaven** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yrx7 0 General Information: This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yfh5 figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 casting a net into the sea The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow after me Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples”
|
||||
|
|
@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ MAT 4 22 dlk3 οἱ…εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 they immediately left “
|
|||
MAT 4 22 gr2i ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον…ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 left the boat…and followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 y3qe writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues “teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
|
||||
MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here “kingdom” refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 nr8m πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every kind of disease and every sickness The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 23 nr8m πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every kind of disease and every sickness The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick.
|
||||
MAT 4 23 uc55 μαλακίαν 1 sickness is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 4 24 i296 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 those possessed by demons This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 24 p3nf figs-genericnoun σεληνιαζομένους 1 the epileptic This refers to anyone there who had epilepsy, not to a particular epileptic. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes had seizures” or “those who sometimes became unconscious and moved uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,25 +239,25 @@ MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<
|
|||
MAT 5 1 hz26 0 General Information: In verse 3, Jesus begins to describe the characteristics of people who are blessed.
|
||||
MAT 5 1 c5rq 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Jesus begins to teach his disciples. This part continues through the end of chapter 7 and is frequently called the Sermon on the Mount.
|
||||
MAT 5 2 q9mm figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 He opened his mouth This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 2 ji1p ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς 1 taught them The word “them” refers to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 5 2 ji1p ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς 1 taught them The word **them** refers to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 5 3 j7ct figs-idiom οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 the poor in spirit This means someone who is humble. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 3 wpi6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for theirs is the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 3 wpi6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for theirs is the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 4 pgy8 οἱ πενθοῦντες 1 those who mourn Possible reasons they are sad are (1) the sinfulness of the world or (2) their own sins or (3) the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
|
||||
MAT 5 4 lie5 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 they will be comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 5 mvb1 οἱ πραεῖς 1 the meek “the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
|
||||
MAT 5 5 iy1y αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν 1 they will inherit the earth “God will give them the entire earth”
|
||||
MAT 5 6 bi1j figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 those who hunger and thirst for righteousness This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 6 hlq2 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 they will be filled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 8 s9gd figs-metonymy οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 the pure in heart “people whose hearts are pure.” Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: “those who only want to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 8 t6ni αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God Here “see” means they will be able to live in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live with him”
|
||||
MAT 5 8 s9gd figs-metonymy οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 the pure in heart “people whose hearts are pure.” Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: “those who only want to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 8 t6ni αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God Here **see** means they will be able to live in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live with him”
|
||||
MAT 5 9 p1ez οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 the peacemakers These are the people who help others to have peace with one another.
|
||||
MAT 5 9 tv19 figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 for they will be called sons of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” or “they will be children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 9 vcr2 υἱοὶ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.
|
||||
MAT 5 10 bqu7 figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 those who have been persecuted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 10 xnb6 ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 for righteousness’ sake “because they do what God wants them to do”
|
||||
MAT 5 10 f3li figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 theirs is the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 10 f3li figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 theirs is the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 11 jvm4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes describing the characteristics of people who are blessed.
|
||||
MAT 5 11 t5kb figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε 1 Blessed are you The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 11 t5kb figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε 1 Blessed are you The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 11 rk69 εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι 1 say all kinds of evil things against you falsely “say all kinds of evil lies about you” or “say bad things about you that are not true”
|
||||
MAT 5 11 eez3 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because you follow me” or because you believe in me”
|
||||
MAT 5 12 ssk9 figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 Rejoice and be very glad “Rejoice” and “be very glad” mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -275,14 +275,14 @@ MAT 5 16 iiu8 τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρα
|
|||
MAT 5 17 p63n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
|
||||
MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 lky5 ἀμὴν,…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here “heaven” and “earth” refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here **heaven** and **earth** refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ 1 one jot or one tittle will certainly not The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 m5pf figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 all things have been accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 n77j figs-explicit πάντα 1 all things The phrase “all things” refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 n77j figs-explicit πάντα 1 all things The phrase **all things** refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν…λύσῃ 1 whoever breaks “whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 the least one of these commandments “any of these commandments, even the least important one”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν…διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται 1 teaches others to do so will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone…teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος…ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of heaven The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος…ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of heaven The phrase **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 u5kp ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ 1 keeps them and teaches them “obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
|
||||
MAT 5 19 nk9n μέγας 1 great most important
|
||||
MAT 5 20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ
|
|||
MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 us5a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to them in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here “the judgment” implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 y44x φονεύσεις…φονεύσῃ 1 kill…kills This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 r2k4 figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 will be in danger of the judgment It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 22 e9gg ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,8 +306,8 @@ MAT 5 23 xvf5 ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 you
|
|||
MAT 5 24 z9m5 figs-activepassive πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 First be reconciled with your brother This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “First make peace with the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 x4ta figs-you ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 Agree with your accuser Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 sr9d τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 your accuser This is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge.
|
||||
MAT 5 25 x1tk figs-idiom σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ 1 may hand you over to the judge Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pq6d figs-idiom ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 the judge to the officer Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “the judge will give you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 x1tk figs-idiom σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ 1 may hand you over to the judge Here **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pq6d figs-idiom ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 the judge to the officer Here **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “the judge will give you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 gcm5 τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 to the officer a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pzh4 figs-activepassive εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 you may be thrown into prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the officer might put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 26 gec9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,9 +319,9 @@ MAT 5 27 yn7m μοιχεύσεις 1 commit adultery This word means to act out
|
|||
MAT 5 28 qfl6 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 k7sc πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 to lust after her “and lusts after her” or “and desires to sleep with her”
|
||||
MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ…σου 1 If your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 If your right eye causes you to stumble Here “eye” refers to what a person sees. And, “stumble” is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” or “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 If your right eye causes you to stumble Here **eye** refers to what a person sees. And, **stumble** is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” or “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 mb58 figs-idiom ὁ ὀφθαλμός…ὁ δεξιὸς 1 right eye This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 v6jr figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 pluck it out This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 zg1v βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 throw it away from you “get rid of it”
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ MAT 5 42 pe6x μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 do not turn away “do not refuse
|
|||
MAT 5 43 cyz3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of “you” and “your” after that are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 43 xf8l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.
|
||||
MAT 5 43 fp6x figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 43 tqj3 figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here the word “neighbor” does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MAT 5 43 tqj3 figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MAT 5 44 f9lp ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 45 my3d γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 you may be sons of your Father It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children.
|
||||
MAT 5 45 jzu9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -406,17 +406,17 @@ MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί 1 Father This is an
|
|||
MAT 6 6 eb6r ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your Father who sees in secret “your Father will see what you do in private and”
|
||||
MAT 6 7 d1t2 μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 do not make useless repetitions Possible meanings are (1) the repetitions are useless. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” or (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
|
||||
MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 they will be heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words “you” and “your” are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words “you” and “your” are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words **you** and **your** are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father who is in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy Here “your name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy Here **your name** refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 pdc5 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 May your will be done on earth as it is in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 njr9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of “we,” “us,” and “our” refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 daily bread Here “bread” refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 daily bread Here **bread** refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 12 yi9s figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα 1 debts A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 12 i8fq figs-metaphor τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 our debtors A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Do not bring us into temptation The word “temptation,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not let anything tempt us” or “Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Do not bring us into temptation The word **temptation**, an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not let anything tempt us” or “Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 6 14 ns3m figs-you 0 General Information: All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 14 z79a figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 their trespasses The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 6 14 v7ne guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ MAT 6 16 j7xg figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of pe
|
|||
MAT 6 16 q19r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
|
||||
MAT 6 16 xv6b ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
|
||||
MAT 6 16 ix6h ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 17 k283 ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν 1 anoint your head “put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To “anoint” the head here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
|
||||
MAT 6 17 k283 ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν 1 anoint your head “put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To **anoint** the head here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
|
||||
MAT 6 18 d27s τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 your Father who is in secret Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
MAT 6 18 m56a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 18 tby8 ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 who sees in secret “who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ MAT 6 19 z9wd ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει 1 where
|
|||
MAT 6 19 tqc9 σὴς 1 moth a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
|
||||
MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
|
||||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here “heart” means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 The eye is the lamp of the body…is filled with light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ MAT 6 26 p11z ἀποθήκας 1 barns places to store crops
|
|||
MAT 6 26 a9w6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 26 nbm5 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Are you not more valuable than they are? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously you are more valuable than birds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 cm6a figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 But which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to “add one cubit to his lifespan” is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 But which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 kub4 translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 one cubit A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “You should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 cs99 καταμάθετε 1 Think about “Consider”
|
||||
|
|
@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ MAT 6 29 n75l figs-personification οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τ
|
|||
MAT 6 29 np9e λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 29 sqg8 figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 was clothed like one of these This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 z5lh figs-personification τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως 1 so clothes the grass in the fields Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 uf36 χόρτον 1 grass If your language has a word that includes “grass” and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
|
||||
MAT 6 30 uf36 χόρτον 1 grass If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
|
||||
MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 is thrown into the oven The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 will he not clothe you much more, you of little faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you…faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 ic18 ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith “you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -473,14 +473,14 @@ MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί περιβαλώμεθα 1 What will we wear
|
|||
MAT 6 32 j77y γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 For the Gentiles seek all these things “for the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 οἶδεν…ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need all of them Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 all these things will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 34 qm2a οὖν 1 Therefore “Because of all this”
|
||||
MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of “tomorrow” as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Matthew 5-7<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>### “By their fruits you will know them”<br><br>Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 jav3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of “you” and the commands are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 f4fe 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
|
||||
MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied here that “judge” has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied here that **judge** has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 bk8y figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will not be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 2 f9nb γὰρ 1 For Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 with the judgment you judge, you will be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ MAT 7 11 h3k6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of pe
|
|||
MAT 7 11 pk31 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει…αὐτόν? 1 how much more will your Father in heaven give…him? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give…him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 11 z8zr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 wr93 ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 whatever you would want that people would do to yo “whatever way you want others to act toward you”
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here “law” and “prophets” refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here **law** and **prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 uhb3 0 General Information: This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
|
||||
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Enter through the narrow gate…there are many people who go through it This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a gate into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 13 j8xn εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης 1 Enter through the narrow gate You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -531,8 +531,8 @@ MAT 7 17 a9tn figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺ
|
|||
MAT 7 17 f5l3 figs-metaphor τὸ…σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 the bad tree produces bad fruit Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 19 aeg4 figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Every tree that does not produce good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire Jesus continues to use fruit trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. Here, he only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 19 g7fs figs-activepassive ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 is cut down and thrown into the fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people cut down and burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 20 x87m figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 you will recognize them by their fruits The word “their” can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rj2v figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 will enter into the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in heaven when he shows himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 20 x87m figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 you will recognize them by their fruits The word **their** can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rj2v figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 will enter into the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in heaven when he shows himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 21 rq5h ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 those who do the will of my Father who is in heaven “whoever does what my Father in heaven desires”
|
||||
MAT 7 21 c6yz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 mp6e figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day Jesus said “that day” knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name Possible
|
|||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k οὖν 1 Therefore “For that reason”
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words of mine Here “words” refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words of mine Here **words** refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 will be like a wise man who built his house upon a rock Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 dy1f πέτραν 1 rock This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
|
||||
MAT 7 25 bv81 figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο 1 it was built This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -556,11 +556,11 @@ MAT 7 28 b321 ἐξεπλήσσοντο…ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτ
|
|||
MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br><br>Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])
|
||||
MAT 8 1 qb1d writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 8 1 clf8 καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 Now when Jesus had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him “After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him.” The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 vas8 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 vas8 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 q4x2 λεπρὸς 1 a leper “a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”
|
||||
MAT 8 2 n77q translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed before him This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yc3f ἐὰν θέλῃς 1 if you are willing “if you want to” or “if you desire.” The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-idiom δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean Here “clean” means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-idiom δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean Here **clean** means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 kg7e figs-imperative καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 eht7 εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη 1 Immediately he was cleansed “At that moment he was cleansed”
|
||||
MAT 8 3 lj1x figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 he was cleansed of his leprosy The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -570,25 +570,25 @@ MAT 8 4 zi3a figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 s
|
|||
MAT 8 4 tq9l figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 rj8u figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them This can possibly refer to (1) the priests or (2) all the people or (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
MAT 8 5 sxz8 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 5 vzb9 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 came to him and asked him Here “him” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 5 vzb9 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 came to him and asked him Here **him** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 6 cr8h παραλυτικός 1 paralyzed unable to move because of disease or stroke
|
||||
MAT 8 7 b9br λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Jesus said to him “Jesus said to the centurion”
|
||||
MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I will come and heal him “I will come to your house and make your servant well”
|
||||
MAT 8 8 p7p4 figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 under my roof This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 say the word Here “word” represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 say the word Here **word** represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 rk1z figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται 1 will be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος 1 who is placed under authority This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who is under the authority of someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 da25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 under authority…under me To be “under” someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 10 rc1h ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 8 10 c7y6 figs-explicit παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 I have not found such great faith in anyone in Israel Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 xee4 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here “you” is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [Matthew 8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 xee4 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [Matthew 8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 mt2i figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν 1 from the east and the west Using the opposites “east” and “west” is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from far away in every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 u4sj figs-metonymy ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 they will recline at table People in that culture would lie down beside the table while eating. This phrase indicates that all those at the table are family and close friends. The joy in the kingdom of God is frequently spoken of as if the people there were feasting. Alternate translation: “live as family and friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 qmc7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows that he is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 qmc7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows that he is king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 ks3b figs-activepassive οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 the sons of the kingdom will be thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will throw the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 aug7 figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 the sons of the kingdom The phrase “sons of” is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. There is also irony here because the “sons” will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 liu4 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 gww4 translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 aug7 figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 the sons of the kingdom The phrase **sons of** is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. There is also irony here because the **sons** will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 liu4 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 12 gww4 translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth **Grinding of teeth** here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ki92 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 so may it be done for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 the servant was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 13 ln7p ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 at that very hour “at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”
|
||||
|
|
@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ MAT 8 16 bpx7 0 General Information: In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet I
|
|||
MAT 8 16 b7cx 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.
|
||||
MAT 8 16 yv9y figs-explicit ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 Now when evening had come Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, “evening” may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 pwr4 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς 1 many who were possessed by demons This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many people whom demons possessed” or “many people whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 f1cv figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 He drove out the spirits with a word Here “word” stands for a command. Alternate translation: “He commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 16 f1cv figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 He drove out the spirits with a word Here **word** stands for a command. Alternate translation: “He commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 17 r3dc figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 was fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 17 eyu9 figs-parallelism τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 took our sickness and bore our diseases Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. Alternate translation: “healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 8 18 h8bx 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ MAT 8 33 qmc5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus heal
|
|||
MAT 8 33 v39w οἱ…βόσκοντες 1 those who had been tending the pigs “taking care of the pigs”
|
||||
MAT 8 33 ev2w figs-activepassive τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 what had happened to the men who had been possessed by demons This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons had controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 34 b2hp ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
|
||||
MAT 8 34 j6sp figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. The word “all” is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 8 34 j6sp figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. The word **all** is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 8 34 bsf4 τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 their region “their area”
|
||||
MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Proverbs<br><br>Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 1 nl8w 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md), of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
|
||||
|
|
@ -670,12 +670,12 @@ MAT 9 3 mq8v βλασφημεῖ 1 is blaspheming Jesus was claiming to be able
|
|||
MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 knew their thoughts Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason are you thinking evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 qg52 πονηρὰ 1 evil This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here “hearts” refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here “your” is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here **your** is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know “I will prove to you.” The “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat…your house Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat…your house Here **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
|
||||
MAT 9 7 uwq4 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given “because he had given”
|
||||
|
|
@ -692,15 +692,15 @@ MAT 9 10 f9lh ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of
|
|||
MAT 9 11 ge2u καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 When the Pharisees saw it “When the Pharisees saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”
|
||||
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? 1 Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 xz13 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 m7fm ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 When Jesus heard this Here “this” refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 m7fm ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 When Jesus heard this Here **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.
|
||||
MAT 9 12 tl42 writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 People who are strong in body do not need a physician, but only those who are sick Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 uhc5 οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ 1 People who are strong in body “People who are healthy”
|
||||
MAT 9 12 h5pg ἰατροῦ 1 physician doctor
|
||||
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who are sick The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 fu2r πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν 1 But you should go and learn what this means Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”
|
||||
MAT 9 13 is3t figs-you πορευθέντες 1 you should go Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 is3t figs-you πορευθέντες 1 you should go Here **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, “I” refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I did not come Here “I” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I did not come Here **I** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 a886 figs-irony δικαίους 1 the righteous Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 9 14 aa3c 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.
|
||||
MAT 9 14 k8vc οὐ νηστεύουσιν 1 do not fast “continue to eat regularly”
|
||||
|
|
@ -726,12 +726,12 @@ MAT 9 17 cid7 ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 fresh wineskins “new wineskins
|
|||
MAT 9 17 i8v4 figs-activepassive ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 both will be preserved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 18 a7ax 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 mj4x ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the answer Jesus gave John’s disciples about fasting.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 eqp1 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 eqp1 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 n1i6 translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 9 18 in6t ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται 1 come and lay your hand on her, and she will live This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 19 z99m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples “Jesus’ disciples”
|
||||
MAT 9 20 ai7a 0 Connecting Statement: This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official’s house.
|
||||
MAT 9 20 etd3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 20 etd3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **Behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 20 gv15 figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 who suffered from a discharge of blood “who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood.” She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 na37 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 twelve years “12 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment “his robe” or “what he was wearing”
|
||||
|
|
@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ MAT 9 23 tu2c 0 Connecting Statement: This returns to the account of Jesus bri
|
|||
MAT 9 23 jae1 τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον 1 the flute players and the crowds making much noise This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.
|
||||
MAT 9 23 gy7g τοὺς αὐλητὰς 1 the flute players “people who play flutes”
|
||||
MAT 9 24 v1st ἀναχωρεῖτε 1 Go away Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.
|
||||
MAT 9 24 pc1m figs-euphemism οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 the girl is not dead, but she is asleep Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who “sleeps.” But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 24 pc1m figs-euphemism οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 the girl is not dead, but she is asleep Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a **dead** person as one who “sleeps.” But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 iy6x 0 General Information: Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 utu3 0 Connecting Statement: This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 When the crowd had been put outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had sent the crowd outside” or “After the family had sent the people outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -762,11 +762,11 @@ MAT 9 28 e81f figs-ellipsis ναί, Κύριε 1 Yes, Lord The full content of t
|
|||
MAT 9 29 b3rl ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων 1 he touched their eyes, saying It is not clear whether he touched both men’s eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.
|
||||
MAT 9 29 w92e figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 Let it be done to you according to your faith This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do as you have believed” or “Because you believe, I will heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 See that no one knows about this Here “See” means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 See that no one knows about this Here **See** means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y574 οἱ δὲ 1 But they “The two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y4b2 διεφήμισαν 1 spread the news “told many people what had happened to them”
|
||||
MAT 9 32 tya1 0 Connecting Statement: This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.
|
||||
MAT 9 32 v9tr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 32 v9tr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 32 kr24 figs-activepassive προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν 1 a mute man…was brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought a mute man…to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 32 sh32 κωφὸν 1 mute not able to talk
|
||||
MAT 9 32 n6fs figs-activepassive δαιμονιζόμενον 1 possessed by a demon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom a demon had possessed” or “whom a demon was controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -778,10 +778,10 @@ MAT 9 34 z2r7 ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 he drives out the demo
|
|||
MAT 9 34 q623 ἐκβάλλει 1 he drives out The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 z6ya 0 General Information: Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 xpp4 writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md) about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 x9ck figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 all the cities The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 x9ck figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 all the cities The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 ehx5 πόλεις…κώμας 1 cities…villages “large villages…small villages” or “large towns…small towns”
|
||||
MAT 9 35 uz5e figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the gospel of the kingdom Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 e7at πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness “every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 uz5e figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the gospel of the kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [Matthew 4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 9 35 e7at πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness “every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 9 36 t47i figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 like sheep without a shepherd This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “The people did not have a leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 9 37 q95i 0 General Information: Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to tell his disciples how they should respond to the needs of the crowds mentioned in the previous section.
|
||||
MAT 9 37 mur4 writing-proverbs ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι 1 The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ MAT 10 1 nhp2 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus sending
|
|||
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 Then he called his twelve disciples together “summoned his 12 disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x1er ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 gave them authority Be sure that the text clearly communicates that this authority was (1) to drive out unclean spirits and (2) to heal disease and sickness.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 pq8k ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ 1 to drive them out “to make the unclean spirits leave”
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x29j πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness. “every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 x29j πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness. “every disease and every sickness.” The words **disease** and **sickness** are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. **Disease** is what causes a person to be sick. **Sickness** is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 yt7a 0 General Information: Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.
|
||||
MAT 10 2 t59v writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 10 2 f1vu τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 the twelve apostles This is the same group as the “twelve disciples” in [Matthew 10:1](../10/01.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -808,37 +808,37 @@ MAT 10 5 yix4 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent out Jesus sent them out for a partic
|
|||
MAT 10 5 ryl4 παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς 1 He instructed them “He told them what they needed to do” or “He commanded them”
|
||||
MAT 10 6 q1pb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 house of Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” or “descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you go Here “you” is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you go Here **you** is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase **kingdom of heaven** refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use The word **heaven** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 e13x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 8 v5sp figs-you θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε 1 Heal…raise…cleanse…cast out…you have received…give These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 raise the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ilj9 figs-ellipsis δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here “freely” means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ls6j figs-metaphor δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Here “received” is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and “give” is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ilj9 figs-ellipsis δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here **freely** means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 ls6j figs-metaphor δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Here **received** is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and **give** is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 9 dw4i figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your This refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 9 a4xx figs-metonymy χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν 1 any gold, or silver, or copper These are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money, so if the metals are unknown in your area, translate the list as “money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 9 b4m7 τὰς ζώνας 1 purses This means “belts” or “money belts,” but it can refer to whatever might be used to carry money. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money.
|
||||
MAT 10 10 kia9 πήραν 1 traveling bag This could either be any bag used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.
|
||||
MAT 10 10 i2ex δύο χιτῶνας 1 two tunics Use the same word you used for “tunic” in [Matthew 5:40](../05/40.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 10 ei4d ὁ ἐργάτης 1 the laborer worker
|
||||
MAT 10 10 m97h figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 his food Here “food” refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 10 10 m97h figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 his food Here **food** refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “what he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 dk1r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 b7ig εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 Whatever city or village you enter into “Whenever you enter a city or village” or “When you go into any city or village”
|
||||
MAT 10 11 p4ln πόλιν…κώμην 1 city…village “large village…small village” or “large town…small town.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 11 r7kj figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 you enter This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 worthy A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 stay there until you leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 As you enter into the house, greet it The phrase “greet it” means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here “house” represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 As you enter into the house, greet it The phrase **greet it** means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here **house** represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 k1xk figs-you εἰσερχόμενοι 1 As you enter This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your…your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house is worthy…it is not worthy Here “the house” represents those who live in the house. A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is “not worthy,” a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word “it” refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 if it is not worthy The word “it” means the house. Here “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house is worthy…it is not worthy Here **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is “not worthy,” a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word **it** refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 if it is not worthy The word **it** means the house. Here **house** refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace come back to you Possible meanings are (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ 1 As for those who do not receive you or listen to “If no people in that house or city will receive you or listen”
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 you…your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1 listen to your words Here “words” refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1 listen to your words Here **words** refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 hi3i πόλεως 1 city You should translate this the same way you did in [Matthew 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 14 i5mc translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 shake off the dust from your feet “shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 pk4f ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ MAT 10 15 d6ib ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται 1 it shall be more tolerable
|
|||
MAT 10 15 sg3c figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 the land of Sodom and Gomorrah This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 zmm2 figs-metonymy τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 that city This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: “the people of the city that does not receive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 lf4i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 ggp6 ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω 1 See, I send out The word “See” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look, I send” or “Listen, send” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you. I send”
|
||||
MAT 10 16 ggp6 ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω 1 See, I send out The word **See** here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look, I send” or “Listen, send” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you. I send”
|
||||
MAT 10 16 c9bi ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς 1 I send you out Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 b262 figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 as sheep in the midst of wolves Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: “as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 s21a figs-simile γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί 1 be wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: “act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -858,12 +858,12 @@ MAT 10 18 pe3d figs-activepassive ἀχθήσεσθε 1 you will be brought This
|
|||
MAT 10 18 p74k ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”
|
||||
MAT 10 18 u5wc αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 to them and to the Gentiles The pronoun “them” refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ksi4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 When they deliver you up “When people take you to the councils.” The “people” here are the same “people” as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 When they deliver you up “When people take you to the councils.” The **people**” here are the same “people” as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμῖν 1 you…you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 do not be anxious about “do not worry”
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you will speak “how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν…τί λαλήσητε 1 for what to say will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here “hour” means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here **hour** means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 you…your…you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 v9tm τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father If necessary, this can be translated as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
|
||||
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -876,11 +876,11 @@ MAT 10 21 xja9 ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ 1 rise up against “re
|
|||
MAT 10 21 xf2d figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 cause them to be put to death This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 sp6p figs-activepassive καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will hate you” or “All people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 va6i figs-you ἔσεσθε 1 You will be This is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 n3xn figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 n3xn figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 k5w9 ὁ…ὑπομείνας 1 whoever endures “whoever stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 10 22 j71i εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the “end” means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 10 22 qn7j figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 that person will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 23 m42z ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city Here “this” does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 m42z ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city Here **this** does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 jjd4 φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν 1 flee to the next “flee to the next city”
|
||||
MAT 10 23 gk1s ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 23 dk4u figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -899,12 +899,12 @@ MAT 10 25 pu5y figs-metaphor τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην 1 the master of t
|
|||
MAT 10 25 y5md Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name can either be (1) transcribed directly as “Beelzebul” or (2) translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
|
||||
MAT 10 25 r5ll figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 the members of his household This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 26 zb2j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 twv2 μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς 1 do not fear them Here “them” refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 twv2 μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς 1 do not fear them Here **them** refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 xqs4 figs-metaphor οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and nothing hidden that will not be known Both of these statements mean the same thing. Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the things that people hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fa1s figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear softly in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 kw75 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight Here “darkness” is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here “daylight” is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 kw75 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight Here **darkness** is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fc49 figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 what you hear softly in your ear This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 t9u9 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 proclaim upon the housetops Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here “housetops” refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 t9u9 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 proclaim upon the housetops Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here **housetops** refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 s6wq 0 General Information: Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 p3fn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -939,8 +939,8 @@ MAT 10 35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1
|
|||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 A man’s enemies “A person’s enemies” or “A person’s worst enemies”
|
||||
MAT 10 36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 those of his own household “members of his own family”
|
||||
MAT 10 37 ju1k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 37 x1xg figs-gendernotations ὁ φιλῶν…οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 He who loves…is not worthy Here “he” means any person in general. Alternate translation: “Those who love…are not worthy” or “If you love…you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 10 37 az6t ὁ φιλῶν 1 He who loves The word for “love” here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “cares for” or “is devoted to” or “is fond of”
|
||||
MAT 10 37 x1xg figs-gendernotations ὁ φιλῶν…οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 He who loves…is not worthy Here **he** means any person in general. Alternate translation: “Those who love…are not worthy” or “If you love…you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 10 37 az6t ὁ φιλῶν 1 He who loves The word for **love** here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “cares for” or “is devoted to” or “is fond of”
|
||||
MAT 10 37 fb3p μου ἄξιος 1 worthy of me “deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”
|
||||
MAT 10 38 ye95 figs-metonymy λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου 1 pick up his cross and follow after me “carry his cross and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 38 ai2r λαμβάνει 1 pick up “take up” or “pick up and carry”
|
||||
|
|
@ -951,28 +951,28 @@ MAT 10 39 i3x4 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτο
|
|||
MAT 10 39 hz7r ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me.” This is the same idea as “for my sake” in [Matthew 10:18](../10/18.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 39 g2c8 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 u2wq 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 40 asg3 figs-gendernotations ὁ δεχόμενος 1 He who welcomes The word “He” refers to anyone in general. Alternate translation: “Whoever” or “Anyone who” or “The one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 asg3 figs-gendernotations ὁ δεχόμενος 1 He who welcomes The word **He** refers to anyone in general. Alternate translation: “Whoever” or “Anyone who” or “The one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 c77e ὁ δεχόμενος 1 He who welcomes This means to receive someone as a guest.
|
||||
MAT 10 40 ir49 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 pf1j ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 He who welcomes you welcomes me Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me” or “If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me”
|
||||
MAT 10 40 y9ck ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 he who welcomes me also welcomes him who sent me This means that when someone welcomes Jesus, it is like welcoming God. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes me, it is like he is welcoming God the Father who sent me” or “If someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me”
|
||||
MAT 10 41 g43d εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου 1 because he is a prophet Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 g43d εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου 1 because he is a prophet Here **he** does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου 1 a prophet’s reward This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 gjf3 εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου 1 because he is a righteous man Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 gjf3 εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου 1 because he is a righteous man Here **he** does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου 1 a righteous man’s reward This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx4a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg καὶ ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 Whoever gives to drink “Anyone who gives”
|
||||
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 one of these little ones “one of these lowly ones” or “the least important of these.” The phrase “one of these” here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 lza6 εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ 1 because he is a disciple “because he is my disciple.” Here “he” does not refer to the one giving but to the unimportant one.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 one of these little ones “one of these lowly ones” or “the least important of these.” The phrase **one of these** here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 lza6 εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ 1 because he is a disciple “because he is my disciple.” Here **he** does not refer to the one giving but to the unimportant one.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx29 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 y1ie οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 he will certainly not lose his reward Here “he” and “his” refer to the one who is giving.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 y1ie οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 he will certainly not lose his reward Here **he** and **his** refer to the one who is giving.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 d61l οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he will certainly not lose “God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”
|
||||
MAT 11 intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.<br><br>Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hidden revelation<br><br>After [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../../mat/11/25.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||||
MAT 11 intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.<br><br>Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hidden revelation<br><br>After [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../../mat/11/25.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The kingdom of heaven is near”<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 z2y7 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 11 1 dr3u καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ki7f ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων 1 had finished instructing “had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding.”
|
||||
MAT 11 1 m6h5 translate-numbers τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ 1 his twelve disciples This refers to the twelve chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ju1q ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 in their cities Here “their” refers to all the Jews in general.
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ju1q ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 in their cities Here **their** refers to all the Jews in general.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 n2dc δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 f3j7 ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 when John heard in the prison about “When John, who was in prison, heard about” or “When someone told John, who was in prison, about.” Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put John the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 xre1 πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 he sent a message by his disciples John the Baptist sent his own disciples with a message to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -999,21 +999,21 @@ MAT 11 9 nkd4 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Yes, I say to you “I say to you y
|
|||
MAT 11 9 fb75 figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 much more than a prophet This can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 de17 figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 This is he of whom it was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 ql5h ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου 1 I am sending my messenger The pronouns “I” and “my” refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.
|
||||
MAT 11 10 fi5e figs-you πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here “your” is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. Also, “face” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “to go ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 fi5e figs-you πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here **your** is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. Also, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “to go ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 kva7 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 will prepare your way before you This is a metaphor that means the messenger will prepare the people to receive the Messiah’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 c7pp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 j7gw ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 z5yq figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: “out of all people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 q2kp μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 no one is greater than John the Baptist This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist is the greatest” or “John the Baptist is the most important”
|
||||
MAT 11 11 cag4 figs-metonymy ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the least important person in the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 cag4 figs-metonymy ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the least important person in the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 p5ir μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 is greater than he is “is more important than John is”
|
||||
MAT 11 12 mb4v ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 From the days of John the Baptist “From the time John began preaching his message.” The word “days” probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
|
||||
MAT 11 12 mb4v ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 From the days of John the Baptist “From the time John began preaching his message.” The word **days** probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
|
||||
MAT 11 12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and men of violence take it by force There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 v3el 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John Here “prophets and the law” refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 yg2f figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 if you are willing Here “you” is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 e68u αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 he is Elijah who was going to come The word “he” refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about “Elijah, who is to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”
|
||||
MAT 11 15 z97x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John Here **prophets and the law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 yg2f figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 if you are willing Here **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 e68u αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 he is Elijah who was going to come The word **he** refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about “Elijah, who is to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”
|
||||
MAT 11 15 z97x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 15 w4cc figs-123person ὁ ἔχων…ἀκουέτω 1 He who has…let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 16 q1s5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 16 mp8g figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 To what should I compare this generation? Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: “This is what this generation is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1021,12 +1021,12 @@ MAT 11 16 yat1 τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation “the peop
|
|||
MAT 11 16 l7km ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 11 17 wn37 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.
|
||||
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables λέγουσιν…καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and say…and you did not weep Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you “We” refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here “you” is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 j5jd καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance “but you did not dance to the happy music”
|
||||
MAT 11 17 t723 figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 We mourned This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep “but you did not cry with us”
|
||||
MAT 11 18 svc9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-synecdoche μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 not eating or drinking Here “bread” refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-synecdoche μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 not eating or drinking Here **bread** refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 they say, ‘He has a demon.’ This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 kd4q λέγουσιν 1 they say All occurrences of “they” refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man came Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1035,22 +1035,22 @@ MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος,
|
|||
MAT 11 19 d6gu ἄνθρωπος, φάγος 1 he is a gluttonous man “he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 pv4n οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard “a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”
|
||||
MAT 11 19 vwk4 writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 But wisdom is justified by her children This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 dz3c figs-personification ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by her children Here “wisdom” is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 dz3c figs-personification ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom is justified by her children Here **wisdom** is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 bwq8 0 General Information: Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
|
||||
MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 to rebuke the cities Here “the cities” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 to rebuke the cities Here **the cities** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 fxs4 πόλεις 1 cities “towns”
|
||||
MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 in which most of his mighty deeds were done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his mighty deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 wh1g αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty deeds “mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you “How terrible it will be for you.” Here “you” is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you “How terrible it will be for you.” Here **you** is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι 1 Chorazin…Bethsaida…Tyre…Sidon The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 lh46 figs-hypo εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ 1 If the mighty deeds…in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: “If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 πάλαι…μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun “they” refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 11 21 qx9m μετενόησαν 1 would have repented “would have shown they were sorry for their sins”
|
||||
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you Here “Tyre and Sidon” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 ab14 figs-you ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you Here **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 ab14 figs-you ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 udw1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.
|
||||
MAT 11 23 vpz6 figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 You, Capernaum Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of Capernaum as if they were listening to him, but they were not. The pronoun “you” is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout these two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 h8av figs-you σύ 1 You All occurrences of “you” are singular. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1062,23 +1062,23 @@ MAT 11 23 z279 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησ
|
|||
MAT 11 23 e2t7 δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds “mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”
|
||||
MAT 11 23 yih1 ἔμεινεν 1 it would have remained The pronoun “it” refers to the city of Sodom.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 y1e3 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 it shall be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you Here “land of Sodom” refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί 1 it shall be easier for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you Here **land of Sodom** refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 24 yk3z figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 than for you The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 f57a 0 General Information: In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.
|
||||
MAT 11 25 h5x4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 u9cy figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Lord of heaven and earth “Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase “heaven and earth” is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 u9cy figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Lord of heaven and earth “Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase **heaven and earth** is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 p1gl ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 you concealed these things…and revealed them It is not clear what is meant by “these things.” If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths…and revealed them”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 lk8f ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ 1 you concealed these things from “you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” This verb is the opposite of “revealed.”
|
||||
MAT 11 25 qw5c figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 from the wise and understanding These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 las9 figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and understanding Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really wise. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 11 25 uwu5 ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ 1 revealed them “made them known.” The pronoun “them” refers to “these things” earlier in this verse.
|
||||
MAT 11 25 b6w5 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 to little children Jesus compares ignorant people to little children. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 26 qp7t figs-metonymy ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 for so it was well-pleasing in your sight The phrase “in your sight” is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 26 qp7t figs-metonymy ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 for so it was well-pleasing in your sight The phrase **in your sight** is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 yk5w figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been entrusted to me from my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 gd67 πάντα 1 All things Possible meanings are (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 j3vk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 s1as οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows the Son except the Father “only the Father knows the Son”
|
||||
MAT 11 27 rt5b οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει 1 no one knows The word “knows” here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 rt5b οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει 1 no one knows The word **knows** here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 esp4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 l8xe guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 w6yq οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows the Father except the Son “only the Son knows the Father”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1087,11 +1087,11 @@ MAT 11 28 x978 figs-you πάντες 1 all you All occurrences of “you” are
|
|||
MAT 11 28 t2jj figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 who labor and are heavy burdened Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “Who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 28 f1w4 κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 I will give you rest “I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”
|
||||
MAT 11 29 q1ya figs-metaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Take my yoke on you Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am meek and lowly in heart Here “meek” and “lowly in heart” mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-metonymy ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 lowly in heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “lowly in heart” is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you will find rest for your souls Here “soul” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am meek and lowly in heart Here **meek** and **lowly in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-metonymy ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 lowly in heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **lowly in heart** is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you will find rest for your souls Here **soul** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 30 ynf1 figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 11 30 tc2g τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 my burden is light The word “light” here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
|
||||
MAT 11 30 tc2g τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 my burden is light The word **light** here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.
|
||||
MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Sabbath<br><br>This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers and sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
|
||||
MAT 12 1 u1f2 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 1 m2n1 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1125,15 +1125,15 @@ MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son
|
|||
MAT 12 8 jx98 Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 i489 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 Then Jesus left from there “Jesus left the grainfields” or “Then Jesus left”
|
||||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue Possible meanings are (1) the word “their” refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) the word “their” refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word “their” does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 kjf6 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue Possible meanings are (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 kjf6 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **Behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 10 xb13 ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 a man who had a withered hand “a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “a man with a crippled hand”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 t948 καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 The Pharisees asked Jesus, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?” so that they might accuse him of sinning “The Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 gdj6 εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbath”
|
||||
MAT 12 10 c1cc figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him of sinning They did not just want to accuse Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 11 g98l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.
|
||||
MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν…οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man would there be among you, who, if he had just one sheep…would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep…would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 12 s2tu πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep! The phrase “how much more” adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep”
|
||||
MAT 12 12 s2tu πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep! The phrase **how much more** adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep”
|
||||
MAT 12 12 a9ld ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath “those who do good on the Sabbath are obeying the law”
|
||||
MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then Jesus said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 13 ljl6 τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 to the man “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1146,13 +1146,13 @@ MAT 12 15 d4lk 0 General Information: This account explains how the actions of
|
|||
MAT 12 15 d5l9 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν 1 As Jesus perceived this, he withdrew “Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he”
|
||||
MAT 12 15 hw22 ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 he withdrew from there “departed from” or “left”
|
||||
MAT 12 16 bk1n μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they not make him known “not to tell anyone else about him”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 that it might come true, what had been said The phrase “that it might come true” can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This was to fulfill what”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 that it might come true, what had been said The phrase **that it might come true** can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This was to fulfill what”
|
||||
MAT 12 17 mcd7 τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 fjw6 μου…ᾑρέτισα…θήσω 1 my…I have chosen…I will put All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 yv4f ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 my beloved one, in whom my soul is well pleased “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles The means that God’s servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun “justice” can be expressed as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 me7p 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ MAT 12 20 y8mn λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not q
|
|||
MAT 12 20 bjg2 λίνον τυφόμενον 1 a smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 rer7 λίνον…ἕως 1 flax, until This can be translated with a new sentence: “flax. This is what he will do until”
|
||||
MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he leads justice to victory Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here “name” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 nba2 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Then someone blind and mute, possessed by a demon, was brought to Jesus This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 k2vt προσηνέχθη…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone blind and mute “someone who could not see and could not talk”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1178,19 +1178,19 @@ MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ
|
|||
MAT 12 24 wj1y οὗτος 1 This man The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
|
||||
MAT 12 24 cii4 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 the prince of the demons “the chief of the demons”
|
||||
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here “kingdom” refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here “city” refers to the people who live there, and “house” refers to a family. Being “divided against itself” represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here **city** refers to the people who live there, and **house** refers to a family. Being “divided against itself” represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 gm6j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει 1 If Satan drives out Satan The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 nvv9 Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).
|
||||
MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also drive out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase “your sons” refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase **your sons** refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f3n7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here “if” does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you “then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 come upon you Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you “then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 come upon you Here **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν…τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 1 how can anyone enter into the house…he will steal his belongings from his house Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν…ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how can anyone enter…without tying up the strong man first? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter…without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter…he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 jb6x ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 without tying up the strong man first “without taking control of the strong man first”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1200,44 +1200,44 @@ MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me “opposes me
|
|||
MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 qwg4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 iy8l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 q5hk figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 q5hk figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Here **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man Here “word” refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man Here **word** refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 h79z figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 that will be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 hfs4 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 that will not be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
|
||||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one that is coming Here “this world” and “that which is to come” refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one that is coming Here **this world** and **that which is to come** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 d73d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 bi8z ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad Possible meanings are (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good…bad “healthy…diseased”
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit “Fruit” here is a metaphor for what a person does. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” or “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit **Fruit** here is a metaphor for what a person does. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” or “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 pl4g figs-you γεννήματα…λαλεῖν…ὄντες 1 You offspring…you say…you are These are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν 1 how can you say good things? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things.” or “you can only say evil things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks Here “heart” is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks Here **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Here **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 35 r3uw figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 The good man from the good treasure of his heart produces good things, and the evil man from the evil treasure of his heart produces evil things Jesus speaks about the “heart” as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 jvg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 t2pj οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ 1 people will give an account of “God will ask people about” or “people will have to explain to God”
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word they will speak Here “word” refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word they will speak Here **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified…you will be condemned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you…God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 38 x4le 0 General Information: In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish “we want”
|
||||
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign…given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς 1 adulterous generation Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς 1 adulterous generation Here **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here “day” and “night” mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here **day** and **night** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 k3q6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 gnh1 ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh “The citizens of Nineveh”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment “on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 and will condemn it Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 and will condemn it Possible meanings are (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and see “and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 dbs3 πλεῖον 1 someone greater “someone more important”
|
||||
MAT 12 41 zb6a figs-123person πλεῖον 1 someone greater Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1247,8 +1247,8 @@ MAT 12 42 zwv7 translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 Queen of the Sout
|
|||
MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up at the judgment “will stand up at the judgment”
|
||||
MAT 12 42 z46e ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment “on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md).
|
||||
MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν 1 and condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 She came from the ends of the earth Here “ends of the earth” is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “She came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν 1 and condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). Possible meanings are (1) **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 She came from the ends of the earth Here **ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “She came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 t521 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 She came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. Alternate translation: “For she came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 n99z καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and see “and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 aj1x πλεῖον 1 someone greater “someone more important”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1256,18 +1256,18 @@ MAT 12 42 uf5k figs-123person πλεῖον 1 someone greater Jesus is speaking
|
|||
MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 than Solomon is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 43 ve5x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places “dry places” or “places where no people live”
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 does not find it Here “it” refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 does not find it Here **it** refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. 1 Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came.’ This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came”
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I came This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the place I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it empty and swept out and put in order This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 empty and swept out and put in order Again, “house” is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, “swept out and put in order” suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 45 nh6q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes the parable that he began with the words “When an unclean spirit” in verse 43.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 empty and swept out and put in order Again, **house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, “swept out and put in order” suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 45 nh6q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes the parable that he began with The words **When an unclean spirit** in verse 43.
|
||||
MAT 12 45 bhb4 figs-parables τότε πορεύεται…καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ 1 Then it goes…with this evil generation also Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 12 45 jw1h οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ 1 It will be just like that with this evil generation also This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 qj8w 0 General Information: The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 mh5f ἡ μήτηρ 1 his mother This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word “brothers” here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak “wanting to speak”
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Someone said to him, “Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.” This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 q1cd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ MAT 12 49 rxe8 figs-metaphor ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί
|
|||
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever does “anyone who does”
|
||||
MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([Matthew 13:19](../../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([Matthew 13:6](../../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).
|
||||
MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([Matthew 13:19](../../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([Matthew 13:6](../../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).
|
||||
MAT 13 1 r4xv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 13 1 vx5y ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that day These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.
|
||||
MAT 13 1 cy1t ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας 1 went out of the house It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1301,14 +1301,14 @@ MAT 13 7 dnm8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling a parable about a
|
|||
MAT 13 7 ugc9 ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 fell among the thorn plants “fell where plants with thorns grew”
|
||||
MAT 13 7 vt8z ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them “choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.
|
||||
MAT 13 8 iwv2 ἐδίδου καρπόν 1 produced a crop “grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”
|
||||
MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one hundred times as much, some sixty, and some thirty The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced one hundred times as much crop, some seeds produced sixty times as much crop, and some seeds produced thirty times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one hundred times as much, some sixty, and some thirty The words **seeds**, **produced**, and **crop** are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced one hundred times as much crop, some seeds produced sixty times as much crop, and some seeds produced thirty times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 8 ph2p translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 one hundred…sixty…thirty “100…60…30” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 10 p8yc 0 General Information: Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it has not been given This can be translated with the active form and with implied information expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι 1 To you has been given to understand The word “You” is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι 1 To you has been given to understand The word **You** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ἔχει 1 whoever has “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”
|
||||
MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 will be given more This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 1 whoever does not have “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1318,27 +1318,27 @@ MAT 13 13 hm4t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disci
|
|||
MAT 13 13 v6pb αὐτοῖς…βλέπουσιν 1 to them…they see All occurrences of “them” and “they” refer to the people in the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 uk7j figs-parallelism ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν 1 because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 Though they are seeing Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them seeing what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “Though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to see”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here “see” represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 though they are hearing Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “Though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to hear”
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here “hear” represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand; you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive. This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε 1 You will indeed hear, but you will certainly not understand “You will hear things, but you will not understand them.” You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 you will indeed see, but you will certainly not perceive You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 e8r5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 For this people’s heart has become dull…I would heal them In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 this people’s heart has become dull Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 they are hard of hearing They are not physically deaf. Here “hard of hearing” means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 this people’s heart has become dull Here **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 they are hard of hearing They are not physically deaf. Here **hard of hearing** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they have closed their eyes They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fl93 μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 so they should not see with their eyes, or hear with their ears, or understand with their hearts, so they would turn again “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their hearts The word “hearts” here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their hearts The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn again “turn back to me” or “repent”
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them “have me heal them.” This means God would heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 dc9t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 16 yhe4 figs-parallelism ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your…your All occurrences of these words are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here “ears” refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here **ears** refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 mg58 ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things that you see You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1349,17 +1349,17 @@ MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπ
|
|||
MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one This refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 pt4d ἁρπάζει 1 snatches away Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.
|
||||
MAT 13 19 r9u6 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 what has been sown in his heart This can be translated in active form: Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here “heart” refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 19 wfd3 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 This is the seed that was sown beside the road “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 beside the road See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 20 q3fp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς 1 That which was sown on rocky ground The phrase “what was sown” refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς 1 That which was sown on rocky ground The phrase **what was sown** refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν 1 That which was sown on rocky ground, this is “The rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “The rocky ground where seed fell represents”
|
||||
MAT 13 20 e3hm ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων 1 the person who hears the word In the parable, the seed represents the word.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receives it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 But he has no root in himself, so he only endures a short time “Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while.” The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 he soon falls away Here “falls away” means stops believing. Alternate translation: “immediately he falls away” or “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 he soon falls away Here **falls away** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “immediately he falls away” or “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 sis7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 That which was sown This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that was sown” or “The seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 That which was sown among the thorn plants “The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1371,10 +1371,10 @@ MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the
|
|||
MAT 13 22 gn6z figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 That which was sown on the good soil “The good soil where seeds were sown”
|
||||
MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 He indeed bears fruit, some yielding The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “Like a healthy plant that bears a crop of fruit, he is productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yielding one hundred times as much as was planted, some sixty, and some thirty times as much The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yielding one hundred times as much as was planted, some sixty, and some thirty times as much The phrase **as much as was planted** is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like a man The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds.” The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came “his enemy came to the field”
|
||||
MAT 13 25 q4tv ζιζάνια 1 weeds These weeds look like food plants when they are young, but their grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1386,13 +1386,13 @@ MAT 13 27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner This is the sa
|
|||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “The landowner said to the servants”
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word “us” refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word **us** refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 shs3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he said “The landowner said to his servants”
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers, “First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn.” You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 mustard seed a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 It is indeed the smallest of all seeds Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 32 x65d ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 1 But when it has grown “But when the plant has grown”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 It becomes a tree A mustard plan
|
|||
MAT 13 32 c9te τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 birds of the air “birds”
|
||||
MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour Say “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 c35r figs-explicit ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 until all the dough had risen The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 f9gl 0 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ MAT 13 36 x5w7 ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 went into the house
|
|||
MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 He who sows the good seed “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”
|
||||
MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 h9iz figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 the sons of the kingdom The idiom “sons of” refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here “kingdom” refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 edu7 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the evil one The idiom “sons of” refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them “the enemy who sowed the weeds”
|
||||
MAT 13 40 ei3v 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1426,14 +1426,14 @@ MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-activepassive ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ
|
|||
MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 ptw9 τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 those who commit iniquity “those who are lawless” or “evil people”
|
||||
MAT 13 42 d9md figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth **Grinding of teeth** here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 u6sm figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 shine like the sun If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 sea2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 sak5 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουέτω 1 He who…let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 n7nz figs-simile 0 General Information: In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 like a treasure hidden in a field This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 k9rh θησαυρῷ 1 a treasure a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
|
||||
MAT 13 44 hu7f ἔκρυψεν 1 hid it “covered it up”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ MAT 13 45 khy6 ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a man who is a merchant a trad
|
|||
MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 valuable pearls A “pearl” is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine pearls” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 1 the kingdom of heaven is like a net The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vrp4 figs-activepassive ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 like a net that was cast into the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 kbz2 βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 was cast into the sea “was thrown into the sea”
|
||||
MAT 13 47 t9v6 ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 gathered fish of every kind “caught all kinds of fish”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1456,10 +1456,10 @@ MAT 13 49 q1ms ἐξελεύσονται 1 will come “will come out” or “
|
|||
MAT 13 49 ah2k figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων 1 the wicked from among the righteous These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 hwv1 βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 They will throw them “The angels will throw the wicked people”
|
||||
MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth **Grinding of teeth** here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 d3wg 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things?” The disciples said to him, “Yes.” If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has become a disciple to the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has become a disciple to the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 gr36 figs-parables ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 is like a man who is the owner of a house, who draws out old and new things from his treasure Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a house owner who uses both old and new treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 52 g59c τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 treasure A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”
|
||||
MAT 13 53 jwv2 καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 Then it came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ MAT 14 1 zl7x figs-events 0 General Information: These verses explain Herod’s
|
|||
MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 About that time “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”
|
||||
MAT 14 1 l9ur ἤκουσεν…τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ 1 heard the news about Jesus “heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 2 pd1b εἶπεν 1 He said “Herod said”
|
||||
MAT 14 2 nx7x ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has risen from the dead The words “from the dead” speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 14 2 nx7x ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has risen from the dead The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 14 2 vve7 διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Therefore these powers are at work in him Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have powers to do mighty things.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 y57m 0 General Information: Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist’s death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 zgp9 figs-events 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν, εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον 1
|
|||
MAT 14 15 gcu9 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.
|
||||
MAT 14 15 xa7n προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples came to him “Jesus’ disciples came to him”
|
||||
MAT 14 16 qwk1 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν 1 They have no need “The people in the crowd have no need”
|
||||
MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them something The word “You” is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them something The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 14 17 tm5t οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him “The disciples said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 17 ih48 πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves of bread A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
|
||||
MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς 1 Bring them here to me “Bring the loaves and fish to me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ MAT 14 25 t1vp περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 walking
|
|||
MAT 14 26 q9qs ἐταράχθησαν 1 they were terrified “they were very afraid”
|
||||
MAT 14 26 h7df φάντασμά 1 a ghost a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter answered him “Peter answered Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 when Peter saw the strong wind Here “saw the wind” means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 when Peter saw the strong wind Here **saw the wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why “You who have such little faith.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”
|
||||
MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας 1 why did you doubt? Jesus uses a question to tell Peter than he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 33 u8pu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1568,19 +1568,19 @@ MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίν
|
|||
MAT 15 4 srz6 0 General Information: In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.
|
||||
MAT 15 4 cz1q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 4 qmm7 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 will surely die “the people will surely execute him”
|
||||
MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε 1 But you say Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε 1 But you say Here **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 b81c 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 6 vr6y figs-quotesinquotes οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he does not need to honor his father The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 q3kt figs-explicit οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he does not need to honor his father It is implied that “his father” means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here “word of God” refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
|
||||
MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”
|
||||
MAT 15 6 yq5a διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 for the sake of your traditions “because you want to follow your traditions”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 t4fq 0 General Information: In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 tn3b 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.
|
||||
MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”
|
||||
MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 saying It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here “lips” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 bz91 με 1 me All occurrences of this word refer to God.
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here “heart” refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 They worship me in vain “Their worship means nothing to me” or “They only pretend to worship me”
|
||||
MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of people “the rules that people make up”
|
||||
MAT 15 10 ti4w 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1589,34 +1589,34 @@ MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντε
|
|||
MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be rooted up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 14 r167 ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them alone The word “them” refers to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 14 r167 ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them alone The word **them** refers to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί…ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 they are blind guides…both will fall into a pit Jesus uses another metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 15 cje4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 15 shg6 ἡμῖν 1 to us “to us disciples”
|
||||
MAT 15 16 xr78 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word “you” is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, The word **you** is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε…εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Do you not yet see…into the latrine? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you understand…into the latrine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the stomach “goes into the stomach”
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s9z6 ἀφεδρῶνα 1 latrine This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
|
||||
MAT 15 18 e7mu 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that come out of the mouth This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here “heart” refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here **heart** refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 19 rg59 φόνοι 1 murder the act of killing innocent people
|
||||
MAT 15 20 bme7 ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν 1 to eat with unwashed hands This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”
|
||||
MAT 15 21 e5gv 0 General Information: This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
|
||||
MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came out The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a Canaanite woman who came”
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came out The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a Canaanite woman who came”
|
||||
MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a Canaanite woman came out from that region “a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came.” The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 f4k2 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 Have mercy on me This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Here “word” refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Here **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent to anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [Matthew 10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ…ἐλθοῦσα 1 she came “the Canaanite woman came”
|
||||
MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down before him This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 It is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the little dogs Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the children’s bread Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the children’s bread Here **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 fe7n τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 the little dogs The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
|
||||
MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 even the little dogs eat some of the crumbs that fall from their masters’ tables The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 the little dogs Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [Matthew 15:26](../15/26.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1643,14 +1643,14 @@ MAT 15 39 be43 τὰ ὅρια 1 the region “the area”
|
|||
MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yeast<br><br>Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Background information<br><br>Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../../mat/16/25.md)).
|
||||
MAT 16 1 t249 0 General Information: This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 tested him Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
|
||||
MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 tested him Here **tested** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”
|
||||
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign…given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 a sign will not be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of Jonah “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 5 ii6j 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 5 si9k figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 16 6 hfz2 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here “yeast” is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 6 hfz2 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 7 huw7 διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 reasoned among themselves “discussed this with each other” or “thought about this”
|
||||
MAT 16 8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 You of little faith “You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have little faith in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 8 zz4i figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε…ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 why do you reason…you have no bread? Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1661,28 +1661,28 @@ MAT 16 10 b11x translate-numbers τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 the four
|
|||
MAT 16 10 ejm5 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους…ἐλάβετε? 1 Or the seven loaves…you took up? “Do you also not remember the seven loaves…you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves…you took up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 11 f42k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 11 mb2z figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 How is it that you do not understand that I was not speaking to you about bread? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 11 i7x6 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here “yeast” represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 11 i7x6 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 12 f73l συνῆκαν 1 they understood These refer to the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 e5cm 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 pye3 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 e1jh figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 16 n5wi guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the Son of the living God This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 16 r1h7 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
|
||||
MAT 16 16 r1h7 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 le6a translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 Simon Bar Jonah “Simon son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 dfw5 figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 flesh and blood have not revealed Here “flesh and blood” refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 wix3 σοι 1 to you Here “this” refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 dfw5 figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 flesh and blood have not revealed Here **flesh and blood** refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 wix3 σοι 1 to you Here **this** refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 v5lw figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 but my Father who is in heaven The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in heaven who revealed this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 gi3l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 z897 κἀγὼ…σοι λέγω 1 I also say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 18 th3d figs-explicit σὺ εἶ Πέτρος 1 you are Peter The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here “build my church” is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) “this rock” represents Peter, or (2) “this rock” represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 The gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here “Hades” is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here “Hades” represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you δώσω σοι 1 I will give to you Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) **this rock** represents Peter, or (2) **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 The gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here **Hades** represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you δώσω σοι 1 I will give to you Here **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 pp5d figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the keys of the kingdom of heaven Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 kc3k figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Whatever you shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “loose” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 kc3k figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Whatever you shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven Here **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loose** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 wl33 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
|
||||
MAT 16 21 xql7 figs-metonymy πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων 1 suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 xql7 figs-metonymy πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων 1 suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes Here **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 es1l figs-activepassive γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 scribes, be killed, and be raised back to life on the third day Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 jjx5 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day “Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1690,16 +1690,16 @@ MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Pete
|
|||
MAT 16 22 guz8 figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 May this be far from you This is an idiom that means “may this never happen.” Alternate translation: “No” or “Never” or “May God forbid this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 f28i figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 ax7x ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Get behind me “Get away from me”
|
||||
MAT 16 24 ck1a figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 to follow me Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 ck1a figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 to follow me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 pg9h ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 must deny himself “must not give in to his own desires” or “must forsake his own desires”
|
||||
MAT 16 24 h7ug figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me “carry his cross, and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “and obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “and he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 x13v figs-metaphor καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 and follow me Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 x13v figs-metaphor καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 and follow me To **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 25 pk8h ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants “For anyone who wants”
|
||||
MAT 16 25 y9kc figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 25 ie7t ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”
|
||||
MAT 16 25 xz98 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eqe8 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος…τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 For what does it profit a person…his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a person…his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he gains the whole world The words “the whole world” are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he gains the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 16 26 b34q τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ 1 but forfeits his life “but he loses his life”
|
||||
MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ…τότε ἀποδώσει 1 the Son of Man…his Father…Then he will reward Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man…my Father…Then I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1709,8 +1709,8 @@ MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ
|
|||
MAT 16 27 i7rs κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ 1 according to his actions “according to what each person has done”
|
||||
MAT 16 28 ytr3 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 28 k2d1 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will certainly not taste death Here “taste” means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here “his kingdom” represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will certainly not taste death Here **taste** means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here **his kingdom** represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
|
||||
MAT 17 1 u6dw 0 General Information: This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 1 nva7 τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter, James, and John his brother “Peter, James, and James’s brother John”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ MAT 17 4 r41c ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν 1 answered and said “said.
|
|||
MAT 17 4 d231 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 5 cek4 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them “came over them”
|
||||
MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice out of the cloud Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice out of the cloud Here **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 When the disciples heard it “the disciples heard God speak”
|
||||
MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their face Here “fell on their face” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their face Here **fell on their face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 9 w4w9 0 Connecting Statement: The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus’ transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 9 jz51 καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 As they were coming down “As Jesus and the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγου
|
|||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα 1 restore all things “put things in order” or “get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I tell you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 a4h7 ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did…them All occurrences of these words may mean either (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.
|
||||
MAT 17 12 tyw4 figs-metonymy καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 the Son of Man will also suffer by them Here “hands” refers to power. Alternate translation: “they will make the Son of Man suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 12 tyw4 figs-metonymy καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν 1 the Son of Man will also suffer by them Here **hands** refers to power. Alternate translation: “they will make the Son of Man suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 14 t687 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
|
||||
MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ MAT 17 17 lyu5 γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη,
|
|||
MAT 17 17 su3r figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 how long will I have to stay with you? How long must I bear with you? These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here “we” refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here **we** refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 Why could we not cast it out? “Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 if you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard seed Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1753,9 +1753,9 @@ MAT 17 20 x48i figs-litotes οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 noth
|
|||
MAT 17 22 r2cu 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
|
||||
MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν 1 While they stayed “Jesus and his disciples stayed”
|
||||
MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of people The word “hands” here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “taken and put under the power of people” or “taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of people The word **hands** here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “taken and put under the power of people” or “taken and given to people who will control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 i5rb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 jne3 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of people Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “to the control of the people” or “to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 jne3 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of people Here **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “to the control of the people” or “to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him…he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day “Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1774,31 +1774,31 @@ MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fish
|
|||
MAT 17 27 ebj4 τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 its mouth “the fish’s mouth”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 17 27 ej3l ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν 1 Take it “Take the shekel”
|
||||
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 for me and you Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 for me and you Here **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who then is greatest “Who is the most important” or “Who among us will be the most important”
|
||||
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 qb44 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 3 fs1e figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε…τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 unless you turn…little children, you will certainly not enter This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change…children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ewj5 figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 become like little children Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 enter into the kingdom of heaven The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “enter God’s kingdom” or “belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 enter into the kingdom of heaven The phrase **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “enter God’s kingdom” or “belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 ta7z figs-simile 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 is the greatest “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
|
||||
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here “my name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 5 ik3r καὶ ὃς ἐὰν…ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Whoever…in my name receives me Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone…in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “When someone…in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
|
||||
MAT 18 6 ghp3 figs-activepassive κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 a great millstone should be hung about his neck, and that he should be sunk into the depths of the sea This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 6 w3uz μύλος 1 millstone This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone”
|
||||
MAT 18 7 cl5i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.
|
||||
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here “world” refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks…those stumbling blocks come…the person through whom those stumbling blocks come Here “stumbling” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin…things come that cause people to sin…any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks…those stumbling blocks come…the person through whom those stumbling blocks come Here **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin…things come that cause people to sin…any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 If your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you σου…σε 1 your…you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here “stumble” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you σου…σοῦ 1 your…you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life “into eternal life”
|
||||
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1814,27 +1814,27 @@ MAT 18 12 dm8u figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta
|
|||
MAT 18 12 cv92 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα 1 a hundred…ninety-nine “100…99” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς…τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 does he not leave…the one that went astray? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave…astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 j5d8 figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό…τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις 1 If he finds it…that did not go astray This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 at4s figs-you αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 at4s figs-you αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will of your Father in heaven that one of these little ones should perish “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
|
||||
MAT 18 14 usa4 figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
|
||||
MAT 18 15 yh3t ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here “mouth” and “word” refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he refuses to listen to them “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 to the church “to the whole community of believers”
|
||||
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector “treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever things you bind on earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on earth will be released in heaven Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “release” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever things you bind on earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on earth will be released in heaven Here **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 l7na λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς 1 they might ask…them These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you…you”
|
||||
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together “meet”
|
||||
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 21 cys4 translate-numbers ἑπτάκις 1 seven times “7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven Possible meanings are (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 23 n44s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1869,15 +1869,15 @@ MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers “to those
|
|||
MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that was owed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first servant owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν 1 to you…your All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “from your heart” is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Divorce<br><br>Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([Matthew 19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 1:12](../../mat/01/12.md)).
|
||||
MAT 19 1 nj6t writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 22:46](../22/46.md), which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 ap4g ἐγένετο, ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”
|
||||
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here “words” refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here **words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 d83m ἀπὸ 1 departed from “walked away from” or “left”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 kg12 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 came to him “came to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
|
||||
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here **tested** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
|
||||
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς? 1 Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female? Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 n8zn 0 General Information: In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-explicit καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου…εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 He also said, ‘For this reason…one flesh.’ This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you know that God also said that for this reason…flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1888,9 +1888,9 @@ MAT 19 6 m4b7 figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλ
|
|||
MAT 19 7 jxs2 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him “The Pharisees said to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 ugf4 ἐνετείλατο 1 command us “command us Jews”
|
||||
MAT 19 7 xml9 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 certificate of divorce This is a document that legally ends the marriage.
|
||||
MAT 19 8 zu87 figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 For your hardness of heart The phrase “hardness of heart” is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart…allowed you…your wives Here “you” and “your” are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 mgx9 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ 1 from the beginning Here “beginning” refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 zu87 figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 For your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart…allowed you…your wives Here **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 mgx9 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ 1 from the beginning Here **beginning** refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 eq8z λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 9 yl3x figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 marries another You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 and the man who marries a woman who is divorced commits adultery Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1898,16 +1898,16 @@ MAT 19 11 h3a3 figs-activepassive δέδοται 1 to whom it is given This can
|
|||
MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως 1 For there are eunuchs who were that way from their mother’s womb You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 to receive this teaching, let him receive it “accept this teaching…accept it”
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wu52 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 some little children were brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 t6cm ἄφετε 1 Permit allow
|
||||
MAT 19 14 m219 μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 do not forbid them to come to me “do not stop them from coming to me”
|
||||
MAT 19 14 l1bq figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the kingdom of heaven is to such ones Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 l1bq figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the kingdom of heaven is to such ones Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 14 za2g figs-simile τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 is to such ones “belongs to those who are like children.” This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 19 16 g9us 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 19 16 vj7t ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 19 16 vj7t ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 19 16 bw9n ἀγαθὸν 1 good thing This means a thing that pleases God.
|
||||
MAT 19 17 sce3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Why do you ask me about what is good? Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 17 d4sh εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 Only one is good “God alone is completely good”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1915,10 +1915,10 @@ MAT 19 17 d7fd εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 to enter into l
|
|||
MAT 19 19 zv5n ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου 1 love your neighbor The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
|
||||
MAT 19 21 m57c εἰ θέλεις 1 If you wish “If you want”
|
||||
MAT 19 21 zic9 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 19 21 e4vs figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 you will have treasure in heaven The phrase “treasure in heaven” is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 21 e4vs figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 you will have treasure in heaven The phrase **treasure in heaven** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ass2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 r93j ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 to enter in to the kingdom of heaven Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 to enter in to the kingdom of heaven Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heaven** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 c8l5 figs-hyperbole ὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν…τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 it is easier…the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for rich people to enter the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 dip3 τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed
|
||||
MAT 19 25 sl38 figs-explicit ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 they were very astonished “the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1930,11 +1930,11 @@ MAT 19 28 j89c figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 in the new
|
|||
MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 sits on his glorious throne Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “sits as king on his glorious throne” or “rules gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 rx2u figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 will sit upon twelve thrones Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the twelve tribes of Israel Here “tribes” refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for my name’s sake Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the twelve tribes of Israel Here **tribes** refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for my name’s sake Here **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 bzt3 translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται 1 will receive one hundred times as much “receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 will inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
|
||||
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
|
||||
MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard<br><br>Jesus tells this parable ([Matthew 20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 k7sw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ MAT 20 11 z2h5 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a
|
|||
MAT 20 11 z9sz λαβόντες 1 When they received their wages “When the workers who had worked the longest received”
|
||||
MAT 20 11 d6sy τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner “the vineyard owner”
|
||||
MAT 20 12 qpz4 ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας 1 you have made them equal to us “you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
|
||||
MAT 20 12 vy87 figs-idiom τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 we who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat The phrase “borne the burden of the day” is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “we who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 12 vy87 figs-idiom τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 we who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat The phrase **borne the burden of the day** is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “we who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 w17c figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 r9f3 ἑνὶ αὐτῶν 1 to one of them “one of the workers who had worked the longest”
|
||||
MAT 20 13 f5mb ἑταῖρε 1 Friend Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1969,12 +1969,12 @@ MAT 20 13 qxn3 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 a denarius This was the daily
|
|||
MAT 20 15 g5ii figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 h3uh figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? 1 Do I not have the right to do as I want with what belongs to me? The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 dus3 figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 Or are you envious because I am generous? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 So the last will be first, and the first last Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
|
||||
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 So the last will be first, and the first last Here **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
|
||||
MAT 20 16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 So the last will be first Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘So the last will be first’”
|
||||
MAT 20 17 iu9d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to JerusalemAs Jesus was going up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 See, we are going up Jesus uses the word “See” to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here “we” refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 See, we are going up Jesus uses The word **See** to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here **we** refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 b2f2 figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν 1 Son of Man…him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 s8uh κατακρινοῦσιν 1 They will condemn The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1982,13 +1982,13 @@ MAT 20 19 rjq7 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθν
|
|||
MAT 20 19 a9k5 μαστιγῶσαι 1 to flog “to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
|
||||
MAT 20 19 pn84 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day “Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 c6q1 figs-123person αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται 1 him…to crucify him…he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 kr7a figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 he will be raised up The words “be raised up” are an idiom for “be made alive again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 kr7a figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 he will be raised up The words **be raised up** are an idiom for “be made alive again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 20 u67i 0 Connecting Statement: In response to the question that the mother of two of the disciples asks, Jesus teaches his disciples about authority and serving others in the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 20 20 sx75 τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the sons of Zebedee This refers James and John.
|
||||
MAT 20 21 b8xs figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 at your right hand…at your left hand These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 21 i9n6 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 in your kingdom Here “kingdom” refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 gx17 figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know Here “you” is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 i8nx figs-you δύνασθε 1 Are you able Here “you” is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 21 i9n6 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 in your kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 gx17 figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know Here **you** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 i8nx figs-you δύνασθε 1 Are you able Here **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 f9cy figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 to drink the cup that I am about to drink To “drink the cup” or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 20 22 d4rf λέγουσιν 1 They said “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
|
||||
MAT 20 23 m4d2 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 My cup you will indeed drink To “drink a cup” or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2032,14 +2032,14 @@ MAT 21 4 n979 figs-activepassive τοῦτο…γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρ
|
|||
MAT 21 4 x3up figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 through the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 5 whn7 τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 the daughter of Zion The “daughter” of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
|
||||
MAT 21 5 jzz6 Σιών 1 Zion This is another name for Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 21 5 fx3v ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 on a donkey—on a colt, the foal of a donkey The phrase “on a colt, the foal of a donkey” is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
|
||||
MAT 21 5 fx3v ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 on a donkey—on a colt, the foal of a donkey The phrase **on a colt, the foal of a donkey** is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
|
||||
MAT 21 7 y6en τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks These were outer clothing or long coats.
|
||||
MAT 21 8 t29s figs-explicit ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others cut branches from the trees and spread them in the road These are ways to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 ky4c ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna This word means “save us,” but it can also mean “praise God!”
|
||||
MAT 21 9 ysb9 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here “highest” refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city was stirred Here “city” refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here **highest** refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city was stirred Here **city** refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 nqb2 ἐσείσθη 1 stirred “excited”
|
||||
MAT 21 12 q41c 0 General Information: In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 mc5v 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ MAT 21 12 w7ac τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1
|
|||
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
|
||||
MAT 21 13 m1jl figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My house will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here “My” refers to God and “house” refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here **My** refers to God and **house** refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 bd8x figs-idiom οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 c7l3 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 14 rpp3 figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 the blind and the lame These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ MAT 21 15 c6k8 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David Jesus was not Dav
|
|||
MAT 21 15 r3bs figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 they became very angry It is implied that they were angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 zx4a figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 Do you hear what they are saying? The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 luy1 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε…αἶνον? 1 But have you never read…praise’? Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures…praise.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise The phrase “out of the mouths” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise The phrase **out of the mouths** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 17 kag5 καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς 1 Then he left them “Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
|
||||
MAT 21 18 l3bi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
|
||||
MAT 21 18 q488 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2077,7 +2077,7 @@ MAT 21 23 s1w6 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and hea
|
|||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 πόθεν ἦν? 1 from where did it come? “where did he get the authority to do that?”
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here “heaven” refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 But if we say, ‘From men,’ This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2088,11 +2088,11 @@ MAT 21 29 b96z figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 he changed his mind Thi
|
|||
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They said “The chief priests and elders said”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you Here **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 will enter…before you Possible meanings are (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here “you” is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here “you” is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 nn9y figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 sx2y οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner “a person who owned a piece of property”
|
||||
MAT 21 33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 a hedge “a wall” or “a fence”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ MAT 21 33 vp8k γεωργοῖς 1 vine growers These were people who knew how
|
|||
MAT 21 35 hn3c figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 35 n1cq τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ 1 his servants “the landowner’s servants”
|
||||
MAT 21 38 a55y figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 40 x1ll οὖν 1 Now The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but it is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
MAT 21 40 x1ll οὖν 1 Now The word **now** does not mean “at this moment,” but it is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
MAT 21 41 ss2m λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
|
||||
MAT 21 42 z9tm 0 General Information: Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
|
||||
MAT 21 42 x8zh 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2111,11 +2111,11 @@ MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε…ὀφθαλ
|
|||
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone which the builders rejected has been made the cornerstone Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 uid2 figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord “The Lord has caused this great change”
|
||||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here “in our eyes” refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 s93a λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here “you” is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” or “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 cm2i figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 that produces its fruits “Fruits” here is a metaphor for “results” or outcome.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here **you** is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” or “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 cm2i figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 that produces its fruits **Fruits** here is a metaphor for “results” or outcome.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 r7up figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Whoever falls on this stone will be broken to pieces Here, “this stone” is the same stone as in [Matthew 21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 ghz2 figs-parallelism ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 But anyone on whom it falls, it will crush him. This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 45 gh8w 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ MAT 22 12 c7iy figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων
|
|||
MAT 22 12 w7vb ὁ…ἐφιμώθη 1 the man was speechless “the man was silent”
|
||||
MAT 22 13 wt88 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
|
||||
MAT 22 13 jmp4 διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 Bind this man hand and foot “Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
|
||||
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 s9ge translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and the grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 hy3a figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 For many people are called, but few are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 yz5f γάρ 1 For This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2156,14 +2156,14 @@ MAT 22 16 t2qa οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρ
|
|||
MAT 22 17 a9by figs-explicit δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι 1 to pay taxes to Caesar People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 19 cie7 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here “them” refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 dr3d figs-rquestion τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή? 1 Whose image and name are these? Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 Caesar’s You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 τὰ Καίσαρος 1 the things that are Caesar’s “things that belong to Caesar”
|
||||
MAT 22 21 l3dh τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the things that are God’s “things that belong to God”
|
||||
MAT 22 23 wqg2 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
|
||||
MAT 22 24 xl5f figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone dies The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what Moses had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, this could be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 22 24 u7dm τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother…his wife…to is brother Here “his” refers to the dead man.
|
||||
MAT 22 24 u7dm τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother…his wife…to is brother Here **his** refers to the dead man.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 kjf5 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 25 ag5z translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 The first “The oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 22 26 r6bq translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά 1 the second…the third…the seventh “the next oldest…the next oldest…the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother…that brother’s oldest younger brother…the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2179,38 +2179,38 @@ MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show
|
|||
MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε…τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 have you not read…God, saying, Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read…God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 31 ljj7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 what was spoken to you by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 zb7a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.
|
||||
MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς…Ἰακώβ? 1 ‘I am the God…Jacob’? This is the end of the question that begins with the words “have you not read” in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what…Jacob.’” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς…Ἰακώβ? 1 ‘I am the God…Jacob’? This is the end of the question that begins with The words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what…Jacob.’” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 of the dead, but of the living These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 22 34 jnd7 0 Connecting Statement: A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 35 ud5r νομικὸς 1 a lawyer “an expert in the law.” This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 vng8 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 38 q8j3 figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 the great and first commandment Here “great” and “first” mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” Here **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 38 q8j3 figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 the great and first commandment Here **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 39 xk1k 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 39 yx7v τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here “neighbor” means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
|
||||
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase “the whole law and the prophets” refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 39 yx7v τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here **neighbor** means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
|
||||
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase **the whole law and the prophets** refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 41 r9ca 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
|
||||
MAT 22 41 pj4a δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 42 xlf8 υἱός…τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 son…the son of David In both of these “son” means “descendant.”
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring.” This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ…αὐτὸν 1 call him Here “him” refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here “Lord” refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here “Lord” refers to the Christ. Also, “my” refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ…αὐτὸν 1 call him Here **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here **Lord** refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 dz2a translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 44 e59n figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I put your enemies under your footstool This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 22 45 l962 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 19:1](../19/01.md), that tells of Jesus ministering in Judea.
|
||||
MAT 22 45 e2wd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions.
|
||||
MAT 22 45 d8gl figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son? Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 45 x9uh εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David then calls the Christ David referred to Jesus as “Lord” because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
|
||||
MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to answer him a word Here “word” refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to answer him a word Here **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1 to question him any longer It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
|
||||
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here “seat” represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever…do and observe these things “all the things…do them and observe them” or “everything…do it and observe it”
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here “bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders” is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And “will not move a finger” is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here **bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 ln6j figs-explicit πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 gcv7 φυλακτήρια 1 phylacteries small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
|
||||
|
|
@ -2221,26 +2221,26 @@ MAT 23 7 cp2m ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplaces large, open-air are
|
|||
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 uk5v figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε 1 But you must not be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 ru2b figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here “brothers” means “fellow believers.”
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
|
||||
MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 do not call any of you on the earth ‘father,’ Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 For you have only one Father “Father” here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 For you have only one Father **Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 b8ua figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 Do not be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 lp5f figs-123person ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 for your one teacher is the Christ When Jesus said “the Christ,” he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d62b ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν 1 he who is greatest among you “the person who is most important among you”
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d9xw figs-you ὑμῶν 1 among you Here “you” is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 11 d9xw figs-you ὑμῶν 1 among you Here **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 12 x187 ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν 1 exalts himself “makes himself important”
|
||||
MAT 23 12 e81r figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 12 uz88 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 13 ts6z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Jesus speaks of the kingdom of heaven as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” Also, since the words “kingdom of heaven,” which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 13 ts6z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Jesus speaks of the kingdom of heaven as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” Also, since The words **kingdom of heaven**, which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 13 aw49 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
|
||||
MAT 23 13 i9dq οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But woe to you “How terrible it will be for you!” See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 13 j4sd figs-metaphor κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 You shut the kingdom of heaven against people. For you do not enter it yourselves, and neither do you allow those about to enter to enter Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven…you do not enter it…neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king…you do not accept him as king…and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 13 j4sd figs-metaphor κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 You shut the kingdom of heaven against people. For you do not enter it yourselves, and neither do you allow those about to enter to enter Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven…you do not enter it…neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king…you do not accept him as king…and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 e4a8 figs-idiom περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 you go over sea and land This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 iyl7 ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 to make one convert “to make one person accept your religion”
|
||||
MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 a son of hell Here “son of” is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 a son of hell Here **son of** is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 blind guides The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in [Matthew 15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 qgh8 ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 by the temple, it is nothing “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath “is tied to his oath.” The phrase “bound to his oath” is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath “is tied to his oath.” The phrase **bound to his oath** is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί! 1 You fools and blind men! The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? 1 For which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that makes the gold holy “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2274,16 +2274,16 @@ MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewash
|
|||
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 of the righteous This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers “during the time of our forefathers”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 nq82 οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν 1 we would not have been participants with them “we would not have joined with them”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν 1 in shedding the blood Here “blood” refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: “killing” or “murdering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here “sons” means “descendants.”
|
||||
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν 1 in shedding the blood Here **blood** refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: “killing” or “murdering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here **sons** means “descendants.”
|
||||
MAT 23 32 bpz8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 You also fill up the measure of your fathers Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “You also finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 va5c figs-doublet ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You serpents, you offspring of vipers Serpents are snakes, and vipers are poisonous snakes. They are dangerous and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 blv6 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 offspring of vipers Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 33 blv6 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 offspring of vipers Here **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 33 vi6c figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 how will you escape the judgment of hell? Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 34 an97 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
|
||||
MAT 23 34 rq8c ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς 1 I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
|
||||
MAT 23 35 l7ya figs-idiom ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 upon you will come all the righteous blood that has been shed on the earth The phrase “upon you will come” is an idiom that means to receive punishment. To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that has been shed on the earth” represents righteous people who have been killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 b3a7 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the blood…to the blood Here the word “blood” represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder…to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 l7ya figs-idiom ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 upon you will come all the righteous blood that has been shed on the earth The phrase **upon you will come** is an idiom that means to receive punishment. To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that has been shed on the earth” represents righteous people who have been killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 b3a7 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the blood…to the blood Here the word **blood** represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder…to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 z95g figs-merism Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου 1 Abel…Zechariah Abel was the first righteous victim of murder, and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 cbq9 Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah This Zechariah was not the father of John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 23 35 s11l ὃν ἐφονεύσατε 1 whom you killed Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually killed Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2297,32 +2297,32 @@ MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 a hen a female chicken. You can t
|
|||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house Possible meanings are (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 i14n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord! Here **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The end of the age”<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let”<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
|
||||
MAT 24 1 dh7u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
|
||||
MAT 24 1 ke79 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 from the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 2 mh5y figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα? 1 Do you not see all these things? Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 24 2 fnv8 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 2 l45q figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 certainly one stone will not be left on another here, that will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age? Here “your coming” refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Be careful that no one leads you astray Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here “name” refers to “in the authority” or “as the representative” of someone. Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age? Here **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Be careful that no one leads you astray Here **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here **name** refers to “in the authority” or “as the representative” of someone. Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 6 hdz3 figs-activepassive ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 See that you are not troubled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 8 q4gl figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 the beginning of birth pains This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 You will be hated by all the nations Here “nations” is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 for my name’s sake Here “name” refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will rise up “Rise” here is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 lawlessness will increase The abstract noun “lawlessness” can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 You will be hated by all the nations Here **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 for my name’s sake Here **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will rise up **Rise** here is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here **lead…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 lawlessness will increase The abstract noun **lawlessness** can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, he will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 the…who endures “the person who stays faithful”
|
||||
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the word “end” refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether The word **end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 all the nations Here, “nations” stands for people. Alternate translation: “all people in all places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ MAT 24 22 r9qw figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 flesh “people.” Here, “flesh”
|
|||
MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 those days will be shortened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avv5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 do not believe it “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here “lead astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ 1 if they say to you, ‘Look, he is in the wilderness,’ do not This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Or, ‘See, he is in the inner rooms,’ This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms “in a secret room” or “in secret places”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2349,7 +2349,7 @@ MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 t
|
|||
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 29 w1bi figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 yc2x figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here “tribes” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here **tribes** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet “He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
|
||||
MAT 24 31 rlb4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ 1 He will send…his Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather together “his angels will gather”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2358,13 +2358,13 @@ MAT 24 31 ibw7 figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων,
|
|||
MAT 24 33 cu5a figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 33 cfz8 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the very gates “close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation will certainly not pass away Here “pass away” is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation will certainly not pass away Here **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Possible interpretations are (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 fb4k ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται 1 until all of these things will have happened “until God causes all these things to happen”
|
||||
MAT 24 34 r6sk παρέλθῃ 1 will…pass away “disappear” or “someday no longer exist”
|
||||
MAT 24 35 i8vv figs-synecdoche ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 Heaven and the earth will pass away The words “heaven” and “earth” are a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 24 35 e6bf figs-metonymy οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν 1 my words will never pass away Here “words” refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 q4pj figs-metonymy τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 that day and hour Here “day” and “hour” refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 35 i8vv figs-synecdoche ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 Heaven and the earth will pass away The word **talents** and **earth** are a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 24 35 e6bf figs-metonymy οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν 1 my words will never pass away Here **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 q4pj figs-metonymy τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 that day and hour Here **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 wq5r οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός 1 nor the Son “not even the Son”
|
||||
MAT 24 36 p5vu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 f4s2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2387,15 +2387,15 @@ MAT 24 45 f92d figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δο
|
|||
MAT 24 45 lf8d τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 to give them their food “give the people in the master’s home their food”
|
||||
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 48 ek9x writing-proverbs 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “thinks in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “thinks in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 on a day that the servant does not expect and at an hour that he does not know Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 He will cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει 1 assign his place with the hypocrites “put him with the hypocrites” or “send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
|
||||
MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 there will be weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 there will be weeping and grinding of teeth **Grinding of teeth** here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here **kingdom of heaven** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of heaven** is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Five of them “Five of the virgins”
|
||||
MAT 25 3 b37a οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 did not take any oil with them “had with them only the oil in their lamps”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2415,14 +2415,14 @@ MAT 25 10 g29i figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 the door was
|
|||
MAT 25 11 e5pz figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 open for us This implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 12 z5u1 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 12 h4a8 οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 I do not know you “I do not know who you are.” This is the end of the parable.
|
||||
MAT 25 13 hn7w figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 you do not know the day or the hour Here “day” and “hour” refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 13 hn7w figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 you do not know the day or the hour Here **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 14 cn21 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 14 zqi2 ὥσπερ 1 it is like The word “it” here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md)).
|
||||
MAT 25 14 zqi2 ὥσπερ 1 it is like The word **it** here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md)).
|
||||
MAT 25 14 wv71 ἀποδημῶν 1 going on a journey “was ready to go” or “was to go soon”
|
||||
MAT 25 14 vhw1 παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 gave them his wealth “put them in charge of his wealth”
|
||||
MAT 25 14 fmb3 τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his wealth “his property”
|
||||
MAT 25 15 i81u translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 five talents “five talents of gold.” Avoid translating this into modern money. A “talent” of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 15 vyj2 figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο…ἕν 1 to another he gave two…he gave one talent The word “talents” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another he gave two talents of gold…gave one talent of gold” or “to another he gave two bags of gold…gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 15 vyj2 figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο…ἕν 1 to another he gave two…he gave one talent The word **talents** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another he gave two talents of gold…gave one talent of gold” or “to another he gave two bags of gold…gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 15 d87u figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 according to his own ability The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 16 qkr2 ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 made another five talents “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 17 m2l8 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2432,18 +2432,18 @@ MAT 25 19 vc9p δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main s
|
|||
MAT 25 20 adz4 πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I have made five talents more “I have earned five more talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 20 ttf7 translate-bmoney τάλαντα 1 talents A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 21 l5mg εὖ 1 Well done “You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done.
|
||||
MAT 25 21 d2s9 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 21 d2s9 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 22 yhi1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 22 n2xc δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I have made two more talents “I have earned two more talents”
|
||||
MAT 25 23 hsb6 εὖ 1 Well done “You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:21](../25/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 25 23 plv7 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:21](../25/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 23 plv7 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:21](../25/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 24 ial6 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 24 m8an figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 You reap where you did not sow, and you harvest where you did not scatter The words “reap where you did not sow” and “harvest where you did not scatter” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 24 m8an figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 You reap where you did not sow, and you harvest where you did not scatter The words **reap where you did not sow** and **harvest where you did not scatter** mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 24 au9f διεσκόρπισας 1 scatter “scatter seed.” This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
|
||||
MAT 25 25 wl5c ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 See, you have here what belongs to you “Look, here is what is yours”
|
||||
MAT 25 26 hj83 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy servant, you knew “You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew”
|
||||
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered The words “reap where I have not sowed” and “harvest where I have not scattered” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered The words **reap where I have not sowed** and **harvest where I have not scattered** mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 rhg9 figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν 1 would have received back my money The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 n7jd τόκῳ 1 interest payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money
|
||||
MAT 25 28 qm6x figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2453,20 +2453,20 @@ MAT 25 29 e5py figs-explicit τῷ…ἔχοντι 1 to everyone who possesses I
|
|||
MAT 25 29 r7lv καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 even more abundantly “even much more”
|
||||
MAT 25 29 pcr5 figs-explicit τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος 1 from anyone who does not possess anything It is implied that the person does possess something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “from anyone does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 mdc1 figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 30 zy3k translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth “Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 25 31 qtg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 31 e7um figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 f2w9 figs-activepassive καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Before him will be gathered all the nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will gather all the nations before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 Before him “In front of him”
|
||||
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here “nations” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 He will place the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς…δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 the King…his right hand Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King,…my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world “since he first created the world”
|
||||
MAT 25 37 yh3p figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 the righteous This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 37 cs5d figs-ellipsis ἢ διψῶντα 1 Or thirsty The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2475,14 +2475,14 @@ MAT 25 40 m6mi figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 the King This is another t
|
|||
MAT 25 40 i2aq ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς 1 say to them “say to those at his right hand”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This emphasizes what the King says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 40 acs3 ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 one of the least “one of the least important”
|
||||
MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 these brothers of mine Here “brothers” refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 these brothers of mine Here **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 you did it for me “I consider that you did it for me”
|
||||
MAT 25 41 z1nh figs-123person τότε ἐρεῖ 1 Then he will say “Then the King will.” Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 you cursed “you people whom God has cursed”
|
||||
MAT 25 41 hqf5 figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 the eternal fire that has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the eternal fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 g51u τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his angels his helpers
|
||||
MAT 25 43 g6ec figs-ellipsis γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με 1 naked, but you did not clothe me The words “I was” preceding “naked” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words “I was” preceding “sick” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 43 g6ec figs-ellipsis γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με 1 naked, but you did not clothe me The words **I was** preceding “naked” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words “I was” preceding **sick** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 44 f3dc 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 23:1](../23/01.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 zyc5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer “those on his left will also answer”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2512,7 +2512,7 @@ MAT 26 7 yu67 μύρου 1 ointment oil that has a pleasing smell
|
|||
MAT 26 7 ea5e κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 she poured it upon his head The woman does this to honor Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 8 vit4 figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 What is the reason for this waste? The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 y83e figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 This could have been sold for a large amount and given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “She could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 f76h figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Here “the poor” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 f76h figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Here **the poor** can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 10 pfv1 figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Why are you causing trouble for this woman? Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 10 fg3v figs-you παρέχετε 1 are you causing All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 11 wsp9 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ MAT 26 20 bga4 ἀνέκειτο 1 he reclined to eat Use the word for the posi
|
|||
MAT 26 21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 22 n12r figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Surely not I, Lord? “I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 n7dw figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 x2n9 figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 will go Here “go” is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 x2n9 figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 will go Here **go** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 vix3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 just as it is written about him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 hai5 figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 25 vpq1 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Surely it is not I, Rabbi? “Rabbi, am I the one who will betray you?” Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2543,7 +2543,7 @@ MAT 26 25 y9lk figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is
|
|||
MAT 26 26 qh16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 26 mr5u λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν 1 took…blessed…broke See how you translated these words in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 27 jd53 καὶ λαβὼν 1 He took Translate “took” as you did in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here “cup” refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here **cup** refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 27 zb1i ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 gave it to them “gave it to the disciples”
|
||||
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Drink from it “Drink the wine from this cup”
|
||||
MAT 26 28 l55a τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 For this is my blood “For this wine is my blood”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2551,42 +2551,42 @@ MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the covena
|
|||
MAT 26 28 bms3 figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 is poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 l556 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 29 h85b figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 the fruit of the vine This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s kingdom Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s kingdom Here **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father’s This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nzy2 0 General Information: In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nkw2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 ed5k καὶ ὑμνήσαντες 1 When they had sung a hymn a song of praise to God
|
||||
MAT 26 31 v8yl σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away “leave me”
|
||||
MAT 26 31 iap6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here “I” refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the shepherd…the sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 rvk1 figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the sheep of the flock will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 pj2u figs-activepassive μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 after I am raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 33 m2un σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 fall away See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:31](../26/31.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 ui4y figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 before the rooster crows Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word “rooster” in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 34 ui4y figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 before the rooster crows **Roosters** often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep The word **rooster** in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 34 lx5i ἀλέκτορα 1 rooster a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
|
||||
MAT 26 34 h66w φωνῆσαι 1 crows This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 you will deny me three times “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
|
||||
MAT 26 36 lm3n 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
|
||||
MAT 26 37 ny4m ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι 1 began to become sorrowful “he became very sad”
|
||||
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 38 c43t figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 even to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 kcz4 figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 fell on his face He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 nuv7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word “cup” is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here “cup” is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word **cup** is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 39 k5in figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Yet, not as I will, but as you will This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι 1 he said to Peter, “So, could you not watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the “you” is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 40 c11a figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 So, could you not watch with me for one hour? Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 buv4 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 you do not enter into temptation Here the abstract noun “temptation” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here “spirit” is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. “Flesh” stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 buv4 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 you do not enter into temptation Here the abstract noun **temptation** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. **Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 He went away “Jesus went away”
|
||||
MAT 26 42 tqp8 translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](./39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 ch7t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this cannot pass away unless I drink it “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it.” Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ…τοῦτο 1 if this Here “this” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 i135 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 unless I drink it “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here “it” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ…τοῦτο 1 if this Here **this** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 i135 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 unless I drink it “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 xsk1 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 your will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 43 lts9 figs-idiom ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 their eyes were heavy This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 44 v3i9 translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 a third time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](./39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2594,26 +2594,26 @@ MAT 26 45 vvp9 figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀ
|
|||
MAT 26 45 rw3r figs-idiom ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour is approaching This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 g9hi figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 ell4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 g9eb figs-metonymy παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 is being betrayed into the hands of sinners Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 g9eb figs-metonymy παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 is being betrayed into the hands of sinners Here **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 45 yx8v ἰδοὺ 1 Look “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 hsv7 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
|
||||
MAT 26 47 rlp9 καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was still speaking “While Jesus was still speaking”
|
||||
MAT 26 47 e26h ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ…κρατήσατε αὐτόν 1 Now…Seize him Here “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ…κρατήσατε αὐτόν 1 Now…Seize him Here **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 saying, “Whomever I kiss, he is the one. Seize him.” This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Whomever I kiss “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
|
||||
MAT 26 48 nr34 φιλήσω 1 I kiss This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
|
||||
MAT 26 49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 he came up to Jesus “Judas came up to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 26 49 cyb7 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “met him with a kiss.” Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 w3d6 τότε προσελθόντες 1 Then they came Here “they” refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 w3d6 τότε προσελθόντες 1 Then they came Here **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 50 vmd1 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on Jesus, and seized him “grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
|
||||
MAT 26 51 vm6s καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 26 52 tj6n figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 those who take up the sword The word “sword” is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 51 vm6s καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 26 52 tj6n figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 those who take up the sword The word **sword** is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 the sword will perish by the sword “sword will die by means of the sword” or “sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
|
||||
MAT 26 53 kgx8 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι…ἀγγέλων 1 Or do you think that I could not call upon…angels? Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could call…angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 do you think Here “you” is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 do you think Here **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 g3zq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 tfw8 translate-numbers πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 more than twelve legions of angels The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 tfw8 translate-numbers πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 more than twelve legions of angels The word **legion** is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 26 54 teq5 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 But how then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen? Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 yf4p figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber? Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 q9vq ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
|
|
@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ MAT 26 58 jui3 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 But Pete
|
|||
MAT 26 58 isd4 τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 the courtyard of the high priest an open area near the high priest’s house
|
||||
MAT 26 58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 He went inside “Peter went inside”
|
||||
MAT 26 59 i8jw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here “they” refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death “might have a reason to execute him”
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two came forward “two men came forward” or “two witnesses came forward”
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι…διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 This man said, ‘I am able to destroy…rebuild it in three days.’ If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy…days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2633,20 +2633,20 @@ MAT 26 61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 This man said “This man Jesus said”
|
|||
MAT 26 61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time
|
||||
MAT 26 62 v6j9 τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 What is it that they are testifying against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
|
||||
MAT 26 63 mm28 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 63 lry9 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 63 lry9 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here **living** contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 64 gi6v figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 But I tell you, from now on you will see Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 from now on you will see the Son of Man Possible meanings are (1) the phrase “from now on” is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) the phrase “from now on” means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
|
||||
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 But I tell you, from now on you will see Here **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 from now on you will see the Son of Man Possible meanings are (1) The phrase **from now on** is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) The phrase **from now on** means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
|
||||
MAT 26 64 b6cb figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here “Power” is metonym that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here **Power** is metonym that represents God. To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
|
||||
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his clothes Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here “you” is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they spit Possible meanings are (1) “Then some of the men” or (2) “Then the soldiers.”
|
||||
MAT 26 67 g1c2 ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 they spit in his face This was done as an insult.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 f2bj προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Prophesy to us Here “Prophesy to us” means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 f2bj προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Prophesy to us Here **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
|
||||
MAT 26 68 b5xe figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Christ Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 26 69 bsb3 0 General Information: These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 26 69 h5ts 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2684,7 +2684,7 @@ MAT 27 9 g1gc 0 General Information: The author quotes Old Testament scripture
|
|||
MAT 27 9 rj3u figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 Then that which had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 t1dj figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the price set on him by the sons of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 9 d7l7 figs-metonymy υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the sons of Israel This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here “me” refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here **me** refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 pjc5 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md).
|
||||
MAT 27 11 we3a δὲ 1 Now If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
|
||||
MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor “Pilate”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2704,16 +2704,16 @@ MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 But while he was sitting
|
|||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου…ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 was sitting on the judgment seat “sitting on the judge’s seat.” This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word “sent a message”
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today “I have been very upset today”
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background δὲ…τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Now…but have Jesus killed Here “now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background δὲ…τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Now…but have Jesus killed Here **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 but have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 21 x6vf εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 said to them “asked the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 22 zl85 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 has he done “has Jesus done”
|
||||
MAT 27 23 nb7p οἱ…ἔκραζον 1 they cried out “the crowd cried out”
|
||||
MAT 27 24 yj8t translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 washed his hands in front of the crowd Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here “blood” refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 de8w ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See to it yourselves “This is your responsibility”
|
||||
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 May his blood be on us and our children Here “blood” is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. The phrase “be on us and our children” is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 May his blood be on us and our children Here **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
|
||||
MAT 27 26 m63d figs-explicit τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but he scourged Jesus and handed him over to be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] )
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 he scourged Jesus “beat Jesus with a whip” or “whipped Jesus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2746,20 +2746,20 @@ MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ…Υἱός 1 the Son of
|
|||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 e7z4 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 from the sixth hour…until the ninth hour “from about noon…for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday…until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word “darkness” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word **darkness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried out “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
|
||||
MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Possible meanings are (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 a sponge This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
|
||||
MAT 27 48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink “gave it to Jesus”
|
||||
MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 gave up his spirit Here “spirit” refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 gave up his spirit Here **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 27 51 w1wq 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
|
||||
MAT 27 51 a92g ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 27 51 a92g ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 27 51 m1ic figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was split in two This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 52 a1cu figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 The tombs were opened, and the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 52 kj3r figs-idiom σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into to the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 52 hgn1 figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 who had fallen asleep This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 27 53 q2x5 καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ…ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς 1 They came out…appeared to many The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened (1) the holy people came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the holy people entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the holy ones came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
|
||||
MAT 27 53 q2x5 καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ…ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς 1 They came out…appeared to many The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with The words **The tombs were opened** in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened (1) the holy people came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the holy people entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the holy ones came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
|
||||
MAT 27 54 f6rz δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 54 vv2g figs-explicit οἱ…τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 those who were watching Jesus “those who were guarding Jesus.” This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 54 gw6n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2789,7 +2789,7 @@ MAT 28 1 anr1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the resurrect
|
|||
MAT 28 1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Now late on the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week “After the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
|
||||
MAT 28 1 gs43 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 28 1 zu2b ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 the other Mary “the other woman named Mary.” This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph ([Matthew 27:56](../27/56.md)).
|
||||
MAT 28 2 j25i ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 2 j25i ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 2 l4s2 σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς…ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 there was a great earthquake, for an angel of the Lord descended…rolled away the stone Possible meanings are (1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone or (2) all these events happened at the same time .
|
||||
MAT 28 2 s43v σεισμὸς 1 earthquake a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
|
||||
MAT 28 3 vfh4 ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ 1 His appearance “The angel’s appearance”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2801,10 +2801,10 @@ MAT 28 5 tbd8 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 who has bee
|
|||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 tell his disciples, ‘He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has risen “He has come back to life”
|
||||
MAT 28 7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 going ahead of you…you will see him Here “you” is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 hf9i figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 I have told you Here “you” is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 going ahead of you…you will see him Here **you** is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 hf9i figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 I have told you Here **you** is plural and refers to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 28 8 j2sv καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι 1 They left “Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
|
||||
MAT 28 9 s393 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 9 s393 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 9 n5sz χαίρετε 1 Greetings This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
|
||||
MAT 28 9 nmg1 ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 took hold of his feet “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
|
||||
MAT 28 10 etk6 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 my brothers This refers to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2824,9 +2824,9 @@ MAT 28 16 h1ln 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus meetin
|
|||
MAT 28 17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 they worshiped him, but some doubted Possible meanings are (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
MAT 28 17 xgr5 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 but some doubted It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 All authority has been given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here “heaven” and “earth” are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here “nations” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the Father…the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
410
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
410
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
|
|
@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ MRK 1 intro c6ep 0 # Mark 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>
|
|||
MRK 1 1 s8qp 0 General Information: The book of Mark begins with the prophet Isaiah’s foretelling of the coming of John the Baptist, who baptizes Jesus. The author is Mark, also called John Mark, who is the son of one of the several women named Mary mentioned in the four Gospels. He is also the nephew of Barnabas.
|
||||
MRK 1 1 i3bc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 gu7i figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face This is an idiom that means “ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face…your way Here the word “your” refers to Jesus and is singular. When you translate this, use the pronoun “your” because this is a quote from a prophet, and he did not use Jesus’ name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 your face…your way Here the word **your** refers to Jesus and is singular. When you translate this, use the pronoun “your” because this is a quote from a prophet, and he did not use Jesus’ name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MRK 1 2 wry5 ὃς 1 the one who This refers to the messenger.
|
||||
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord…make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord “Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 4 j798 0 General Information: In these verses the words “he,” “him,” and “his” refer to John.
|
||||
MRK 1 4 j798 0 General Information: In these verses The words **he**, **him**, and **his** refer to John.
|
||||
MRK 1 4 yg66 ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης 1 John came Be sure your reader understands that John was the messenger spoken of by the prophet Isaiah in the previous verse.
|
||||
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The words “whole country” are a metaphor for the people who live in the country and a generalization that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “Many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The word **name** are a metaphor for the people who live in the country and a generalization that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “Many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 5 h8h7 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 They were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins They did these things at the same time. The people were baptized because they repented of their sins. Alternate translation: “When they repented of their sins, John baptized them in the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 7 l7jd ἐκήρυσσεν 1 He proclaimed “John proclaimed”
|
||||
MRK 1 7 g8fw figs-metaphor οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie John is comparing himself to a servant to show how great Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 7 q5m4 τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the strap of his sandals At the time Jesus was on earth, people often wore sandals that were made of leather and tied to their feet with leather straps.
|
||||
MRK 1 7 iz8v κύψας 1 stoop down “bend down”
|
||||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for “baptize” here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 It happened in those days This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove Possible meanings are (1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or (2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,47 +47,47 @@ MRK 1 21 d4mr εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 came i
|
|||
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes The idea of “teach” can be stated clearly when talking about “someone who has authority” and “the scribes.” Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 threw him down Here the word “him” refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 threw him down Here the word **him** refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 while crying out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion συνζητεῖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντας, τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν!…ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ! 1 they asked each other, “What is this? A new teaching with authority!…and they obey him!” The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: “they said to each other, ‘This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority!…and they obey him!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει 1 He commands The word “He” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 ἐπιτάσσει 1 He commands The word **He** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 29 ybs7 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon’s mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon’s mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word “Now” introduces Simon’s mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon’s mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word **Now** introduces Simon’s mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 qtw2 ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν 1 raised her up “caused her to stand” or “made her able to get out of bed”
|
||||
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-explicit ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her You may want to make explicit who healed her. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 i5br figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 she started serving them You may want to make explicit that she served food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 32 b8sl 0 General Information: Here the words “him” and “he” refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 32 d1i7 figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 all who were sick or possessed by demons The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. Alternate translation: “many who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The whole city gathered together at the door The word “city” is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Here the word “whole” is probably a generalization to emphasize that most people from the city gathered. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 35 zi68 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 32 b8sl 0 General Information: Here the words **him** and **he** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 32 d1i7 figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 all who were sick or possessed by demons The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. Alternate translation: “many who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 33 grp2 figs-metonymy ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The whole city gathered together at the door The word **city** is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Here the word **whole** is probably a generalization to emphasize that most people from the city gathered. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 35 zi68 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **him** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 z4kt 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus takes time to pray in the midst of his time of healing people. He then goes to towns throughout Galilee to preach, heal, and cast out demons.
|
||||
MRK 1 35 rbb9 ἔρημον τόπον 1 a solitary place “a place where he could be alone”
|
||||
MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those who were with him Here “him” refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is looking for you The word “Everyone” is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 38 ve8a 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “I” refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 38 plm9 ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Let us go elsewhere “We need to go to some other place.” Here Jesus uses the word “us” to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went throughout all of Galilee The words “throughout all” are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those who were with him Here **him** refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is looking for you The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 38 ve8a 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **I** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 38 plm9 ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Let us go elsewhere “We need to go to some other place.” Here Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went throughout all of Galilee The words **throughout all** are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 i2af ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ γονυπετῶν λέγων αὐτῷ 1 a leper came to him, begging him and kneeling down and saying to him “A leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said”
|
||||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 If you are willing, you can make me clean In the first phrase, the words “to make me clean” are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 If you are willing, you can make me clean In the first phrase, The words **to make me clean** are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 u9ew θέλῃς 1 you are willing “want” or “desire”
|
||||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 Moved with compassion Here the word “moved” is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another’s need. Alternate translation: “Having compassion for him, Jesus” or “Jesus felt compassion for the man, so he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 Moved with compassion Here the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another’s need. Alternate translation: “Having compassion for him, Jesus” or “Jesus felt compassion for the man, so he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word “him” used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word **him** used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 44 a7hs ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 Be sure to say nothing to anyone “Be sure to not say anything to anyone”
|
||||
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word “yourself” here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word **yourself** here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun “them,” if possible, in your language. Possible meanings are (1) “a testimony to the priests” or (2) “a testimony to the people.”
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word “he” refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο…διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here “spread the news widely” is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word **he** refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο…διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here **spread the news widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so much that The man spread the news so much that
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here “openly” is a metaphor for “publicly.” Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: “that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly” or “that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here **openly** is a metaphor for “publicly.” Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: “that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly” or “that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 d5lw ἐρήμοις τόποις 1 remote places “lonely places” or “places where no one lived”
|
||||
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from everywhere The word “everywhere” is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 z363 figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 from everywhere The word **everywhere** is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 2 intro zhb5 0 # Mark 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 1 se22 0 Connecting Statement: After preaching and healing people throughout Galilee, Jesus returns to Capernaum where he heals and forgives the sin of a paralyzed man.
|
||||
MRK 2 1 ir5j figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 it was heard that he was at home This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 d3iy figs-explicit καὶ συνήχθησαν πολλοὶ 1 So many gathered there The word “there” refers to the house that Jesus stayed it in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “So many people gathered there” or “So many people came to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 d3iy figs-explicit καὶ συνήχθησαν πολλοὶ 1 So many gathered there The word **there** refers to the house that Jesus stayed it in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “So many people gathered there” or “So many people came to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 e7d4 figs-explicit μηκέτι χωρεῖν, μηδὲ τὰ 1 there was no more space This refers to there being no space inside the house. Alternate translation: “there was no more room for them inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 2 dps4 ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus spoke the word to them “Jesus spoke his message to them”
|
||||
MRK 2 3 n643 αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων 1 he was carried by four men “four of them were carrying him.” It is likely that there were more than four people within the group that brought the man to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,17 +95,17 @@ MRK 2 3 c1vr φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν 1 bringing a paralyzed
|
|||
MRK 2 4 h3yn μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 could not get near him “could not get close to where Jesus was”
|
||||
MRK 2 4 v6ma ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην…χαλῶσι 1 they removed the roof…they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Seeing their faith “Seeing the men’s faith.” Possible meanings are (1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or (2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 hzg6 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child The word “Son” here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 hzg6 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child The word **Son** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 vd3i ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man’s sins. Alternate translation: “your sins are gone” or “you do not have to pay for your sins” or “your sins do not count against you”
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here “their hearts” is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here **their hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? 1 How can this man speak this way? The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in his inner being” or “in himself”
|
||||
MRK 2 8 t87i διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 they were thinking within themselves Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Why are you thinking these things in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word “hearts” is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 these things in your hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ…ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 What is easier to say to the paralyzed man…take up your bed, and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 10 g4jn ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know “But so that you may know.” The word “you” refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 2 10 g4jn ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know “But so that you may know.” The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone “while all the people there were watching”
|
||||
MRK 2 13 ma6f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is teaching the crowd beside the Sea of Galilee, and he calls Levi to follow him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ MRK 2 18 z394 ἔρχονται 1 they came “Some men.” It is best to trans
|
|||
MRK 2 18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 they came and said to him “came and said to Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 The wedding attendants cannot fast while the bridegroom is still with them, can they? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 c7ik ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν…νηστεύσουσιν 1 taken away from them…they will fast The word “them” and “they” refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||||
MRK 2 20 c7ik ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν…νηστεύσουσιν 1 taken away from them…they will fast The word **them** and **they** refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new cloth on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and old garment will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 dw15 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell another parable. This one is about putting new wine into old wineskins rather than into new wineskins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 y7rw οἶνον νέον 1 new wine “grape juice.” This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit juice.
|
||||
|
|
@ -152,11 +152,11 @@ MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποί
|
|||
MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit ἀνέγνωτε τί…Δαυεὶδ 1 read what David Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. This can be translated showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “read in the scriptures what David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 x3bb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 25.
|
||||
MRK 2 26 zmd3 figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ…τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 how he went into the house of God…to those who were with him? This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God…to those who were with him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 al82 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν 1 how he went The word “he” refers to David.
|
||||
MRK 2 26 al82 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν 1 how he went The word **he** refers to David.
|
||||
MRK 2 26 y57j τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 bread of the presence This refers to the twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times.
|
||||
MRK 2 27 i374 figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 The Sabbath was made for mankind Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 27 u83s figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 mankind “man” or “people” or “the needs of people.” This word here refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not mankind for the Sabbath The words “was made” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “mankind was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make mankind for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 2 27 s2yd figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 not mankind for the Sabbath The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “mankind was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make mankind for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 intro x969 0 # Mark 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
|
||||
MRK 3 1 cp3e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus heals a man on the Sabbath in the synagogue and shows how he feels about what the Pharisees had done with the Sabbath rules. The Pharisees and Herodians begin to plan to put Jesus to death.
|
||||
MRK 3 1 y5l9 ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 a man with a withered hand “a man with a crippled hand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -185,10 +185,10 @@ MRK 3 8 gra8 ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν 1 came to him “came to where J
|
|||
MRK 3 9 q65h figs-events 0 General Information: Verse 9 tells what Jesus asked his disciples to do because of the large crowd of people around him. Verse 10 tells why such a large crowd was around Jesus. The information in these verses can be reordered to present the events in the order they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MRK 3 9 zu5e εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον…μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 he told his disciples to have a small boat…not press against him As the large crowd was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was just that there were so many people.
|
||||
MRK 3 10 e86s grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε…ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 For he healed many, so that everyone…to touch him This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone…to touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ei4n figs-ellipsis πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν 1 For he healed many The word “many” refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: “For he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ei4n figs-ellipsis πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν 1 For he healed many The word **many** refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: “For he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 g1r5 αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν 1 saw him “saw Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 they fell down before him and cried out and said Here “they” refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 they fell down before him and cried out and said Here **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 mcr9 προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 they fell down before him The unclean spirits did not fall down before Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him.
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xjy4 σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are the Son of God Jesus has power over unclean spirits because he is the “Son of God.”
|
||||
MRK 3 11 xf41 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,23 +197,23 @@ MRK 3 12 npi9 μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they woul
|
|||
MRK 3 13 ue15 0 General Information: Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his apostles.
|
||||
MRK 3 14 xc5r ἵνα ὦσιν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν 1 so that they might be with him and so that he might send them to preach “so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message”
|
||||
MRK 3 16 i7tf ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 Simon, to whom he added the name Peter The author begins to list the names of the twelve apostles. Simon is the first man listed.
|
||||
MRK 3 17 cj3v ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 to whom he added The phrase “to whom” refers to both James son of Zebedee and his brother John.
|
||||
MRK 3 17 cj3v ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 to whom he added The phrase **to whom** refers to both James son of Zebedee and his brother John.
|
||||
MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-names ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like thunder. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 18 mq9b translate-names Θαδδαῖον 1 Thaddaeus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him “who would betray Jesus” The word “who” refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||||
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him “who would betray Jesus” The word **who** refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||||
MRK 3 20 jxr5 καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον 1 Then he entered into a house “Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying.”
|
||||
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they could not even eat bread The word “bread” represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they could not even eat bread The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 3 21 bk6g ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν 1 they went out to seize him Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Possible meanings for the word “they” are (1) his relatives or (2) some people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Possible meanings for The word **they** are (1) his relatives or (2) some people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 out of his mind Jesus’ family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “crazy” or “insane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 22 yxd9 ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons “By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons”
|
||||
MRK 3 23 ji69 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 3 23 gcy5 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus called them to himself “Jesus called the people to come to him”
|
||||
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 How can Satan cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-metonymy ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 If a kingdom is divided against itself The word “kingdom” is a metonym for the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-metonymy ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 If a kingdom is divided against itself The word **kingdom** is a metonym for the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 k3bz figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 cannot stand This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “cannot endure” or “will fall”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 3 25 zcr1 figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 house This is a metonym for the people who live in a house. Alternate translation: “family” or “household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 If Satan has risen up against himself and is divided The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan, and it is also a metonym for his evil spirits. Alternate translation: “If Satan and his evil spirits were fighting one another” or “If Satan and his evil spirits have risen up against each other and are divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 If Satan has risen up against himself and is divided The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan, and it is also a metonym for his evil spirits. Alternate translation: “If Satan and his evil spirits were fighting one another” or “If Satan and his evil spirits have risen up against each other and are divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι 1 he is not able to stand This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: “will cease to be united” or “cannot endure and has come to an end” or “will fall and has come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 27 mvr6 διαρπάσει 1 he will plunder to steal a person’s valuables and possessions
|
||||
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important.
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,18 +231,18 @@ MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>
|
|||
MRK 4 1 a6pk figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 4 1 i95e τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 4 3 vqh3 ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ…ὁ σπείρων 1 Listen! Behold, the farmer “Pay attention! A farmer”
|
||||
MRK 4 3 dr34 σπεῖραι 1 to sow his seed All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “his seeds”
|
||||
MRK 4 3 dr34 σπεῖραι 1 to sow his seed All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one **seed**. “his seeds”
|
||||
MRK 4 4 si37 ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 As he sowed, some seed fell on the road “As he threw seed over the soil.” In different cultures people sow seeds differently. In this parable the seeds were sown by throwing the seeds over the land that was prepared for growing.
|
||||
MRK 4 4 s95n ὃ μὲν…κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 some seed…devoured it All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “some seeds…devoured them”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 w853 ἄλλο…οὐκ εἶχεν…ἐξανέτειλεν…τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 Other seed…it did not have…it sprang…it did not have All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “Other seeds…they did not have…they sprang…they did not have”
|
||||
MRK 4 4 s95n ὃ μὲν…κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 some seed…devoured it All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one **seed**. “some seeds…devoured them”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 w853 ἄλλο…οὐκ εἶχεν…ἐξανέτειλεν…τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 Other seed…it did not have…it sprang…it did not have All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one **seed**. “Other seeds…they did not have…they sprang…they did not have”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 px9w ἐξανέτειλεν 1 it sprang up “the seed that landed on the rocky soil began to grow quickly”
|
||||
MRK 4 5 le2a γῆν 1 soil This refers to the loose dirt on the ground in which you can plant seeds.
|
||||
MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 the plants were scorched This refers to the young plants. This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 6 hht3 διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη 1 because they had no root, they dried up “because the young plants had no roots, they dried up”
|
||||
MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο…συνέπνιξαν αὐτό…οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 Other seed…choked it…it did not produce All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “Other seeds…choked them…they did not produce”
|
||||
MRK 4 7 bw62 ἄλλο…συνέπνιξαν αὐτό…οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 Other seed…choked it…it did not produce All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one **seed**. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “Other seeds…choked them…they did not produce”
|
||||
MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 increasing thirty, sixty, and even a hundred times The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore thirty times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced sixty times as much grain, and some produced a hundred times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν 1 thirty…sixty…a hundred “30…60…100.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to listen, listen” or “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to listen, listen” or “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person ὃς ἔχει…ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has…let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 When Jesus was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely alone; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν…δέδοται 1 To you is given This can be stated in active form. “God has given you” or “I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω 1 to those who are outside
|
|||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: “I have spoken everything in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit βλέποντες…ἀκούοντες 1 when they look…when they hear It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing…when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn “turn to God.” Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn “turn to God.” Here **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 13 xc29 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||||
MRK 4 13 qzt4 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them “Then Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 4 13 fs1v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? 1 Do you not understand this parable? How then will you understand all the other parables? Jesus used these questions to show how sad he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all the other parables.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ MRK 4 14 zu7y ὁ σπείρων 1 The farmer “The farmer who sows his seed r
|
|||
MRK 4 14 rp6h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word The “word” represents God’s message. Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 15 cy3i οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 These are the ones that fall beside the road “Some people are like the seeds that fall beside road” or “Some people are like the path where some of the seeds fell”
|
||||
MRK 4 15 yf39 τὴν ὁδὸν 1 the road “the path”
|
||||
MRK 4 15 q5th ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν 1 when they hear it Here “it” refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
|
||||
MRK 4 15 q5th ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν 1 when they hear it Here **it** refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
|
||||
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν…οἱ 1 These are the ones “And some people are like the seeds.” Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: “And they are like the young plants that have no roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ…ῥίζαν 1 no root This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ MRK 4 21 zzw7 καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He also said to them “Je
|
|||
MRK 4 21 nn7e figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 The lamp is not brought in order to put it under a basket, or under the bed, is it? This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 22 y5kn figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ…ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 For nothing is hidden except so that it will be revealed…come to light This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 4 22 kc6k figs-parallelism οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον 1 nothing is hidden…nothing has happened in secret “there is nothing that is hidden…there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 23 izg1 figs-123person εἴ τις…ἀκουέτω 1 If anyone…let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to the crowd”
|
||||
MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 for with that measure you use Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is talking about a literal measure and giving generously to others or (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,33 +287,33 @@ MRK 4 27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ
|
|||
MRK 4 27 c6jv ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός 1 though he does not know how “though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows”
|
||||
MRK 4 28 diz5 χόρτον 1 the blade the stalk or sprout
|
||||
MRK 4 28 cew8 στάχυν 1 the ear the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
|
||||
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends in the sickle Here “the sickle” is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 29 ah9d figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 he immediately sends in the sickle Here **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 sickle a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut grain
|
||||
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase “has come” is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because the grain is ready to be harvested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 29 hx6v figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 because the harvest has come Here the phrase **has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because the grain is ready to be harvested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 30 ivk2 figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 To what can we compare the kingdom of God, or what parable can we use to explain it? Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to think about what the kingdom of God is. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 31 w4l5 ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 when it is sown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it”
|
||||
MRK 4 32 x1xh figs-personification ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 it forms large branches The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 4 33 v2rp figs-synecdoche ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 he spoke the word to them “Word” here is a synecdoche for “the message of God.” The word “them” refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: “he taught the message of God to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 4 33 v2rp figs-synecdoche ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 1 he spoke the word to them **Word** here is a synecdoche for “the message of God.” The word **them** refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: “he taught the message of God to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 4 33 vhe5 καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1 as they were able to hear “and if they were able to understand some, he kept telling them more”
|
||||
MRK 4 34 q2ht κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 when he was alone This means that he was away from the crowds, but his disciples were still with him.
|
||||
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he explained everything Here “everything” is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 34 gp99 figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 he explained everything Here **everything** is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 35 qua2 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples take a boat to escape the crowds of people, a great storm arises. His disciples are afraid when they see that even the wind and the sea obey Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 35 hc5b λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 4 35 biy2 τὸ πέραν 1 the other side “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” or “the other side of the sea”
|
||||
MRK 4 37 sqj5 figs-idiom γίνεται λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου 1 a violent windstorm arose Here “arose” is an idiom for “began.” Alternate translation: “a violent windstorm began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 37 sqj5 figs-idiom γίνεται λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου 1 a violent windstorm arose Here **arose** is an idiom for “began.” Alternate translation: “a violent windstorm began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 4 37 at6u figs-ellipsis ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον 1 the boat was almost full of water It may be helpful to state that the boat was filling up with water. Alternate translation: “the boat was in danger of being filled with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qy5l τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 the stern This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
|
||||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 they woke him up The word “they” refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, “He got up.” “He” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 38 xdm6 ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν 1 they woke him up The word **they** refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, “He got up.” “He” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 4 38 b4xb figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? 1 do you not care that we are perishing? The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word “we” includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 38 qtb3 figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are perishing The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Silence! Be still! These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm “a great stillness over the sea” or “a great calm over the sea”
|
||||
MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them “And Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 05 General Notes<br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words “Talitha, koum” ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 05 General Notes<br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 5 1 fix1 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 gt8a ἦλθον 1 They came The word “They” refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 gt8a ἦλθον 1 They came The word **They** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 ahx8 τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 the Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is “controlled” or “possessed” by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “controlled by an unclean spirit” or “that an unclean spirit possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ MRK 5 13 a28z translate-numbers ὡς δισχίλιοι 1 about two thousand pi
|
|||
MRK 5 14 lt8x figs-ellipsis εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 in the city and in the countryside It can be stated clearly that the men gave their report to the people who were in the city and countryside. Alternate translation: “to people in the city and in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 the Legion This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
MRK 5 15 fb4b figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 in his right mind This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. Alternate translation: “of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 15 yv69 ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid The word “they” refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
|
||||
MRK 5 15 yv69 ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid The word **they** refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
|
||||
MRK 5 16 t4ez οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο 1 Those who had seen what happened “The people who had witnessed what had happened”
|
||||
MRK 5 18 mwg9 ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς 1 the demon-possessed man Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been demon-possessed”
|
||||
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But Jesus did not permit him What Jesus did not allow the man to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1
|
|||
MRK 5 30 ma2b τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 that power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt his power healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: “that his healing power had healed the woman”
|
||||
MRK 5 31 hb58 τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε 1 this crowd pressed in on you This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:24](../05/24.md).
|
||||
MRK 5 33 yn9g προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ 1 fell down before him “knelt down before him.” She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission.
|
||||
MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase “the whole truth” refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 33 b6kz figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 told him the whole truth The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 34 gbk8 θυγάτηρ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
|
||||
MRK 5 34 a5qw ἡ πίστις σου 1 your faith “your faith in me”
|
||||
MRK 5 35 kmm7 ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was speaking “While Jesus was speaking”
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,22 +404,22 @@ MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμ
|
|||
MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 to lay his hands on a few sick people Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus’ instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 6 7 g5um 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the twelve Here the word “called” means that he summoned the twelve to come to him.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the twelve Here the word **called** means that he summoned the twelve to come to him.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here “bread” is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here **bread** is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 6 10 wv9h ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to the twelve”
|
||||
MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain until you go away from there Here “remain” represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain until you go away from there Here **remain** represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them “as a testimony against them.” It may be helpful to explain how this action was a testimony to them. “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 They went out The word “They” refers to the twelve and does not include Jesus. Also, it may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “They went out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 ld7a figs-metaphor μετανοῶσιν 1 people should repent Here “turn away from” is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “stop sinning” or “repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 sqt2 figs-ellipsis ἐξελθόντες 1 They went out The word **They** refers to the twelve and does not include Jesus. Also, it may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “They went out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 12 ld7a figs-metaphor μετανοῶσιν 1 people should repent Here **turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “stop sinning” or “repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 13 i7eq figs-ellipsis δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον 1 They cast out many demons It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “They cast many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
|
||||
MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word “this” refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 14 f9um ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 King Herod heard this The word **this** refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 Some were saying, “John the Baptist has been raised Some people were saying that Jesus was John the Baptist. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” or “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised **Raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” or “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 But some others said, “He is Elijah.” It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word “I” to refer to himself. The word “I” is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-activepassive ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 i7bw ἀποστείλας 1 sent to have “ordered to have”
|
||||
|
|
@ -431,9 +431,9 @@ MRK 6 20 k8wa grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβ
|
|||
MRK 6 20 fj95 εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον 1 he knew that he was a righteous man “Herod knew that John was a righteous”
|
||||
MRK 6 20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 Listening to him “Listening to John”
|
||||
MRK 6 21 xi2t writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 21 m54q δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ…τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 he made a dinner for his officials…of Galilee Here the word “he” refers to Herod and is a metonym for his servant whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “he had a dinner made for his officials…of Galilee” or “he invited his officials…of Galilee to eat and celebrate with him”
|
||||
MRK 6 21 m54q δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ…τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 he made a dinner for his officials…of Galilee Here the word **he** refers to Herod and is a metonym for his servant whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “he had a dinner made for his officials…of Galilee” or “he invited his officials…of Galilee to eat and celebrate with him”
|
||||
MRK 6 21 h5x9 δεῖπνον 1 a dinner a formal meal or banquet
|
||||
MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 Herodias herself The word “herself” is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 6 22 a1d7 figs-rpronouns αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 Herodias herself The word **herself** is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 6 22 nir8 εἰσελθούσης 1 came in “came into the room”
|
||||
MRK 6 23 qr1w ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς…τῆς βασιλείας μου 1 Whatever you ask of me…my kingdom “I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it”
|
||||
MRK 6 24 jky3 ἐξελθοῦσα 1 she went out “went out of the room”
|
||||
|
|
@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 When
|
|||
MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον 1 a deserted place a place where there are no people
|
||||
MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν…οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 many were coming and going This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 a8q1 οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν 1 they did not even have time The word “they” refers to the apostles.
|
||||
MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 So they went away Here the word “they” includes both the apostles and Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 a8q1 οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν 1 they did not even have time The word **they** refers to the apostles.
|
||||
MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 So they went away Here the word **they** includes both the apostles and Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας 1 they saw them leaving “the people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving”
|
||||
MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going on foot by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat.
|
||||
MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd “Jesus saw a great crowd”
|
||||
|
|
@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομέν
|
|||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 This place is deserted, This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||||
MRK 6 37 am7m ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 But he answered and said to them “But Jesus answered and said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? 1 Should we go and buy two hundred denarii worth of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 two hundred denarii “200 denarii.” The singular form of the word “denarii” is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 two hundred denarii “200 denarii.” The singular form of The word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 38 h61r ἄρτους 1 of bread lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked
|
||||
MRK 6 39 xgb6 τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 the green grass Describe the grass with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color green.
|
||||
MRK 6 40 e4cb translate-numbers πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 groups of hundreds and fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -474,18 +474,18 @@ MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 fourth watch
|
|||
MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
|
||||
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Take courage!…Do not fear! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not fear me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο 1 They were completely amazed If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “They were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase “the loaves” refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 about the loaves Here the phrase **the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their hearts were hardened Having a hard heart represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
|
||||
MRK 6 53 p316 translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 Gennesaret This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 55 e7fh figs-explicit περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν 1 they ran throughout the whole region It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout…they heard The word “they” refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 55 d9k9 περιέδραμον…ἤκουον 1 they ran throughout…they heard The word **they** refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 55 wr7f figs-nominaladj τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 those who were sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 bjv5 ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο 1 wherever he entered “Wherever Jesus entered”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here “they” refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 they were putting Here **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 y6hs figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 6 56 a3i3 παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 were begged him Possible meanings are (1) “The sick begged him” or (2) “The people begged him.”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 touch The word “them” refers to the sick.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 m366 ἅψωνται 1 touch The word **them** refers to the sick.
|
||||
MRK 6 56 wd2u τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 the edge of his garment “the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
|
||||
MRK 6 56 ugr3 ὅσοι ἂν 1 as many as “all those who”
|
||||
MRK 7 intro vq1j 0 # Mark 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -493,14 +493,14 @@ MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
|
|||
MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 gathered around him “gathered around Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 7 2 b8qw writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees’ washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus’ disciples did not wash their hands before eating. This information can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 7 2 a2qf ἰδόντες 1 They saw “The Pharisees and the scribes saw”
|
||||
MRK 7 2 eea5 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις 1 that is, unwashed The word “unwashed” explains why the disciples’ hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 2 eea5 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις 1 that is, unwashed The word **unwashed** explains why the disciples’ hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 3 mj6u τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the elders Jewish elders were leaders in their communities and were also judges for the people.
|
||||
MRK 7 4 wsb8 χαλκίων 1 copper vessels “copper kettles” or “metal containers”
|
||||
MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, for they eat their bread with unwashed hands? “Walk in” here is a metaphor for “obey.” The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 7 5 hts4 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, for they eat their bread with unwashed hands? **Walk in** here is a metaphor for “obey.” The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 7 5 j7ht figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 t7px 0 General Information: Here Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah, who had written scripture many years earlier.
|
||||
MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here “lips” is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here “heart” refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 ep7u figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 with their lips Here **lips** is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 6 zgt9 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 7 f8q5 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 They worship me in vain “They offer me useless worship” or “They worship me in vain”
|
||||
MRK 7 8 yqj3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MRK 7 8 xz71 ἀφέντες 1 abandon refuse to obey
|
||||
|
|
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 He who speaks evil “who
|
|||
MRK 7 10 ayl3 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 will surely die “must be put to death”
|
||||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely die This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 q76i κορβᾶν, (ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον), ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
|
||||
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban “Corban” here is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 is Corban **Corban** here is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive δῶρον 1 Given to God This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” It can be stated in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 12 g18b translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God’s commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 7 12 cb8c figs-explicit οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί 1 then you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother By doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with “Whatever help” in verse 11: “You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, ‘Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban.’ (Corban means ‘Given to God.’)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ MRK 7 13 df13 ἀκυροῦντες 1 You are making…void canceled or done a
|
|||
MRK 7 13 ena5 παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε 1 many similar things you do “you are doing may other things similar to this”
|
||||
MRK 7 14 wp7p figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 7 14 ts15 προσκαλεσάμενος 1 he called “Jesus called”
|
||||
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words “Listen” and “understand” are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 7 14 yni7 figs-ellipsis σύνετε 1 understand It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to understand. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside the man Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-explicit τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 the things that come out of the man This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -529,20 +529,20 @@ MRK 7 18 f5sf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples by a
|
|||
MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wyw4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wi6y figs-rquestion ὅτι…εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται? 1 because…passes our into the latrine? This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here “it” refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 it does not go into his heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 he68 οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 it does not go Here **it** refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit (καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 he said “Jesus said”
|
||||
MRK 7 20 eq3a τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 That which comes out of the man, that defiles the man “What defiles a person is what comes out of him”
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας…οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας…οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 22 y3md ἀσέλγεια 1 sensuality not controlling one’s lustful desires
|
||||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come from within Here the word “within” describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come from within Here the word **within** describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 24 k9bl 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
|
||||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν…πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 had an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “was possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 25 q47q προσέπεσεν 1 fell down “knelt.” This is an act of honor and submission.
|
||||
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 Now the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word “Now” marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 Now the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word **Now** marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν…τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Let the children first be fed. For it is not right…throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are children and the Gentiles as if they are dogs. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 gsj7 figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν…τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Let the children first be fed. For it is not right…throw it to the dogs Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 Let the children first be fed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 yn61 τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 the dogs This refers to small dogs kept as pets.
|
||||
|
|
@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ MRK 8 4 b7tn ἄρτων 1 bread Loaves of bread are lumps of dough that have b
|
|||
MRK 8 5 m56c ἠρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them “Jesus asked his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 8 6 x2jr figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 he commanded the crowd to recline on the ground This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 8 6 x144 ἀναπεσεῖν 1 to recline Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 They also had Here the word “they” is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 They also had Here the word **they** is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 after he gave thanks for them “Jesus gave thanks for the fish”
|
||||
MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 They ate “The people ate”
|
||||
MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up “the disciples picked up”
|
||||
|
|
@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανου
|
|||
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cqy5 0 Connecting Statement: In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
|
||||
MRK 8 11 f9y8 ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They sought from him “They asked him for”
|
||||
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. Possible meanings are (1) The word “heaven” is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” or (2) the word “heaven” refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a sign from heaven They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. Possible meanings are (1) The word **heaven** is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” or (2) The word **heaven** refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 to test him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 He sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit “in himself”
|
||||
|
|
@ -604,10 +604,10 @@ MRK 8 14 gtg6 figs-litotes εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον 1 except for one loaf
|
|||
MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Keep watch and be on guard These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 8 15 ya88 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to yeast, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 It is because we do not have bread In this statement, it may be helpful to state that “it” refers to what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: “He must have said that because we have no bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 we do not have bread The word “no” is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 we do not have bread The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive, nor understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” or “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hearts become so dull” is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become hardened? Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hearts become so dull** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the five thousand This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε? 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,11 +621,11 @@ MRK 8 23 t5ud πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ…ἐπηρ
|
|||
MRK 8 24 jcv8 ἀναβλέψας 1 He looked up “The man looked up”
|
||||
MRK 8 24 r6tk figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 I see men who look like walking trees The man sees men walking around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to trees. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 8 25 png5 εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν 1 Then he again laid “Then Jesus again”
|
||||
MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and the man looked intently and was restored The phrase “his sight was restored” can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 and the man looked intently and was restored The phrase **his sight was restored** can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 27 e4l3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
|
||||
MRK 8 28 bh7h οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες 1 They answered him, saying “They answered him, saying,”
|
||||
MRK 8 28 ac8h figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν 1 John the Baptist The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 Others say…others The word “others” refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “Other people say you are…other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 Others say…others The word **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “Other people say you are…other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 8 29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them “Jesus asked his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus warned them not to tell anyone about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Also, this can also be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” or “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 8 31 d4dc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -635,16 +635,16 @@ MRK 8 32 te4z figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ 1 began
|
|||
MRK 8 33 ev5s 0 Connecting Statement: After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
|
||||
MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς 1 Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 33 r9gy ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Get behind me “Get away from me”
|
||||
MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 m732 figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 to follow after me To **follow** Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 skl2 ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 must deny himself “must not give in to his own desires” or “must forsake his own desires”
|
||||
MRK 8 34 c6ll figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me “carry his cross and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 zs3l figs-metaphor ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 follow me Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 34 zs3l figs-metaphor ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 follow me To **follow** Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 35 d5rj ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants “For anyone who wants”
|
||||
MRK 8 35 a6g3 τὴν ψυχὴν 1 soul This refers to both physical life and spiritual life.
|
||||
MRK 8 35 mpq6 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for my sake and for the gospel “because of me and because of the gospel.” Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and the gospel. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he follows me and tells others the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 What does it profit a person to gain the whole world and then forfeit his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 w7gm κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 to gain the whole world and then forfeit his soul This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word “if.” Alternate translation: “if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life”
|
||||
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words “the whole world” are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words **the whole world** are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 to forfeit To forfeit something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
|
||||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his soul? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 What can a person give If in your language “giving” requires someone to receive what is given, “God” can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: “What can a person give to God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this cha
|
|||
MRK 9 1 mt8p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus has just been talking to the people and his disciples about following him. Six days later, Jesus goes with three of his disciples up a mountain where his appearance temporarily changes to what he will look like one day in the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 1 q4b6 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 9 1 yjf6 figs-metonymy τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 the kingdom of God come with power The kingdom of God coming represents God showing himself as king. Alternate translation: “God show himself with great power as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 alone by themselves The author uses the reflexive pronoun “themselves” here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 uf5f figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 alone by themselves The author uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 krt6 μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 he was transfigured before them When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
|
||||
MRK 9 2 b3bb figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 he was transfigured This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 2 i9vm ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them “in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
|
||||
|
|
@ -666,23 +666,23 @@ MRK 9 3 id6l στίλβοντα 1 radiantly brilliant “shining” or “glowi
|
|||
MRK 9 3 s2qf λείαν 1 extremely as much as possible or more than most
|
||||
MRK 9 3 gp48 οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 as no bleacher on earth could bleach them Bleaching describes the process of making natural white wool even whiter by using chemicals like bleach or ammonia. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person on earth could whiten them”
|
||||
MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit ὤφθη…Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: “two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking The word “they” refers to Elijah and Moses.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 w6vs ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Peter answered and said to Jesus “Peter said to Jesus.” Here the word “answered” is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
|
||||
MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking The word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 w6vs ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Peter answered and said to Jesus “Peter said to Jesus.” Here the word **answered** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
|
||||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
|
||||
MRK 9 7 e3id ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα 1 came and overshadowed “appeared and covered”
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 and a voice came out of the cloud Here “a voice came out” is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: “Then someone spoke from the cloud” or “Then God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 and a voice came out of the cloud Here **a voice came out** is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: “Then someone spoke from the cloud” or “Then God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 hn9m οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 This is my beloved Son. Listen to him God the Father expresses his love for his “beloved Son,” the Son of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός…ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 8 hq73 περιβλεψάμενοι 1 when they looked around Here “they” refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 8 hq73 περιβλεψάμενοι 1 when they looked around Here **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 9 dv4d figs-explicit διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ…εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 he commanded them to tell no one…until the Son of Man had risen This implies that he was permitting them to tell people about what they had seen only after he rose from being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 had risen from the dead “risen from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase “the dead” refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “risen from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 had risen from the dead “to rise from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase “the dead” refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “rising from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 So they kept the matter to themselves Here “kept the matter to themselves” is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: “So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 had risen from the dead “risen from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase **the dead** refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “risen from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 had risen from the dead “to rise from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase **the dead** refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “rising from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 So they kept the matter to themselves Here **kept the matter to themselves** is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: “So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 pck1 0 Connecting Statement: Though Peter, James, and John wondered what Jesus might mean by “rising from the dead,” they asked him instead about Elijah’s coming.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 s9zn ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 they asked him The word “they” refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 s9zn ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 they asked him The word **they** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 h45a figs-explicit λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον? 1 Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? Prophecy foretold that Elijah would come again from heaven. Then the Messiah, who is the Son of Man, would come to rule and reign. The disciples are confused about how the Son of Man could die and rise again. Alternate translation: “Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first before the Messiah comes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 x5ep Ἠλείας μὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα 1 Elijah does come first to restore all things By saying this, Jesus affirms that Elijah would come first.
|
||||
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion πῶς γέγραπται…ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 Why then is it written…be despised? Jesus uses this question to remind his disciples that the scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. This may be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ MRK 9 23 f3uj τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one who believes “for the
|
|||
MRK 9 23 e5kk τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one who believes This refers to belief in God. Alternate translation: “believes in God”
|
||||
MRK 9 24 h4y6 βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Help my unbelief The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. Alternate translation: “Help me when I do not believe” or “Help me have more faith”
|
||||
MRK 9 25 qaw4 ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd was running to them This means that more people were running toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
|
||||
MRK 9 25 ul8k τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 You mute and deaf spirit The words “mute” and “deaf” can be explained. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear”
|
||||
MRK 9 25 ul8k τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 You mute and deaf spirit The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear”
|
||||
MRK 9 26 adb6 κράξας 1 It cried out “The unclean spirit cried out”
|
||||
MRK 9 26 i8dz πολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν 1 convulsed the boy greatly “shook the boy violently”
|
||||
MRK 9 26 ry3l figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 came out It is implied that the spirit came out of the boy. Alternate translation: “came out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ MRK 9 27 g2lt figs-idiom κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 t
|
|||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up “helped him get up”
|
||||
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately This means they were alone.
|
||||
MRK 9 28 x1ej figs-ellipsis ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 cast it out “cast the unclean spirit out.” This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “cast the unclean spirit out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστεία 1 This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer The words “cannot” and “except” are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστεία 1 This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer The words **cannot** and **except** are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 30 q4iu 0 Connecting Statement: After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
|
||||
MRK 9 30 pp6z κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες 1 They went out from there “Jesus and his disciples left that region”
|
||||
|
|
@ -732,46 +732,46 @@ MRK 9 30 f12g παρεπορεύοντο διὰ 1 passed through “traveled t
|
|||
MRK 9 31 ywi8 figs-explicit ἐδίδασκεν γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 for he was teaching his disciples Jesus was teaching his disciples privately, away from the crowd. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching his disciples privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 w75k figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 The Son of Man will be delivered This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 y5cw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Here Jesus refers to himself as the Son of Man. This is an important title for Jesus. “I, the Son of Man,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here “hands” is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 z8ud figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of men Here **hands** is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 31 s1n2 figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 When he has been killed, after three days he will rise again This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After they have put him to death and three days have passed, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 32 vtx1 figs-ellipsis ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι 1 they were afraid to ask him They were afraid to ask Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 xv94 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 swa7 ἦλθον εἰς 1 they came to “they arrived at.” The word “they” refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 9 33 swa7 ἦλθον εἰς 1 they came to “they arrived at.” The word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 9 33 t717 διελογίζεσθε 1 were you discussing “were you discussing with one another”
|
||||
MRK 9 34 sq3c figs-explicit οἱ…ἐσιώπων 1 they were silent They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: “they were silent because they were ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here “the greatest” refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all Here the words “first” and “last” are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being “first” and of being the “least important” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 about who was the greatest Here **the greatest** refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being “first” and of being the “least important” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων 1 of all “of all people…of all people”
|
||||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in their midst “among them.” The word “their” refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in their midst “among them.” The word **their** refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ 1 He took him in his arms This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
|
||||
MRK 9 37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 one of these little children “a child like this”
|
||||
MRK 9 37 ul12 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he loves me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 37 y24n figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one who sent me This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 idn7 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 John said to him “John said to Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 9 38 tn6s figs-explicit ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια 1 driving out demons “sending away demons.” This refers to casting demons out of people. Alternate translation: “driving demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here “name” is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 dxq5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 in your name Here **name** is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 38 k2i2 figs-idiom οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 he does not follow us This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: “he is not one of us” or “he does not walk with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 is not against us “is not opposing us”
|
||||
MRK 9 40 j8gq ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 is for us It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: “is trying to achieve the same goals that we are”
|
||||
MRK 9 41 lz5d figs-metaphor ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 gives you a cup of water to drink because you are in the name of Christ Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of water as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 41 bgq1 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he will not lose This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “definitely receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 9 42 z6k5 μύλος 1 millstone a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here “hand” is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 If your hand causes you to stumble Here **hand** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 iku4 κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life maimed “to be maimed and then to enter into life” or “to be maimed before entering into life”
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g6ww figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 qjm9 κυλλὸν 1 maimed missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: “without a hand” or “missing a hand”
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire “where the fire cannot be put out”
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 If your foot causes you to stumble Here the word “foot” is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 If your foot causes you to stumble Here the word **foot** is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 vj49 εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame “to be lame and then to enter into life” or “to be lame before entering into life”
|
||||
MRK 9 45 r1dy figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 c2vw χωλὸν 1 lame “unable to walk easily.” Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: “without a foot” or “missing a foot”
|
||||
MRK 9 45 tmd6 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 be thrown into hell This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word “eye” is a metonym for either (1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” or (2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word **eye** is a metonym for either (1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” or (2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes This refers to the state of a person’s physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: “to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” or “Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here “fire” is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So “will be salted with fire” is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So “will be salted with fire” is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 becomes unsalty “its salty taste”
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 with what will you season it? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 t76n ἀρτύσετε 1 season it “taste salty again”
|
||||
|
|
@ -780,30 +780,30 @@ MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br
|
|||
MRK 10 1 vf86 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς 1 Jesus left that place Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and to the area beyond the Jordan River “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 He was teaching them again The word “them” refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 He was teaching them again The word **them** refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 he was accustomed to do “was his custom” or “he usually did”
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς? 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: “What did Moses command your ancestors about this”
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 But Jesus said to them…this commandment…your hardness of heart In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘It was because…this law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words “your” and “you.” Alternate translation: “because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law”
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. The phrase “hard hearts” is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην 1 because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words **your** and **you**. Alternate translation: “because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law”
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. The phrase **hard hearts** is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 m6lj ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 God made them “God made people”
|
||||
MRK 10 7 k39e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν τούτου 1 For this reason “Therefore” or “Because of this”
|
||||
MRK 10 8 rd63 οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 and the two…one flesh Jesus finishes quoting what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 8 p7yc figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor to illustrate their close union as husband and wife. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” or “they are no longer two, but together they are one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God has joined together, let man not separate The phrase “what God has joined together” refers to any married couple. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 9 ty4e figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Therefore what God has joined together, let man not separate The phrase **what God has joined together** refers to any married couple. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 10 ufw6 καὶ εἰς 1 When they were in “When Jesus and his disciples were”
|
||||
MRK 10 10 c2ya figs-explicit εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 they were in the house Jesus’ disciples were speaking to him privately. Alternate translation: were alone in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 10 l8fu περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 asked him again about this The word “this” refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce.
|
||||
MRK 10 10 l8fu περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 asked him again about this The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce.
|
||||
MRK 10 11 i5kp ὃς ἂν 1 Whoever “Anyone who”
|
||||
MRK 10 11 vt25 μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 commits adultery against her Here “her” refers to the first woman he was married to.
|
||||
MRK 10 11 vt25 μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 commits adultery against her Here **her** refers to the first woman he was married to.
|
||||
MRK 10 12 sn1m figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 she commits adultery In this situation she commits adultery again her previous husband. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against him” or “she commits adultery against the first man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 j3t9 0 Connecting Statement: When the disciples rebuke the people for bringing their little children to Jesus, he blesses the children and reminds the disciples that people must be as humble as a child to enter the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 13 zx1f writing-newevent καὶ προσέφερον 1 Then they brought “Now people were bringing.” This is the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them This means that Jesus would touch them with his hands and bless them. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “he might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 13 w5lm ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς 1 rebuked them “rebuked the people”
|
||||
MRK 10 14 lsq4 ἰδὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus noticed it The word “it” refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 10 14 lsq4 ἰδὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus noticed it The word **it** refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 10 14 rv7x ἠγανάκτησεν 1 he was very displeased “became angry”
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not forbid This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,14 +811,14 @@ MRK 10 14 je6w figs-metaphor τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ
|
|||
MRK 10 15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται…παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 whoever will not receive…child will definitely not enter it “if anyone will not recieve…child, he will definitely not enter it”
|
||||
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as a child would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 h8pt μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not receive the kingdom of God “will not accept God as their king”
|
||||
MRK 10 15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 definitely not enter into it The word “it” refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 definitely not enter into it The word **it** refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 he took the children into his arms “he hugged the children”
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 to inherit eternal life Here the man speaks of “receiving” as if it were “inheriting.” This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, “inherit” here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 to inherit eternal life Here the man speaks of “receiving” as if it were “inheriting.” This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, **inherit** here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why do you call me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 is good except God alone “good. Only God is good”
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ…ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you lack “There is one thing you are missing.” Here “lack” is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here the word “it” refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you lack “There is one thing you are missing.” Here **lack** is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 give it to the poor Here the word **it** refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 iij4 θησαυρὸν 1 treasure wealth, valuable things
|
||||
MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 one who had many possessions “owned many things”
|
||||
|
|
@ -832,39 +832,39 @@ MRK 10 25 t4y8 τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle “the
|
|||
MRK 10 26 ly6b οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 They were greatly astonished “The disciples were”
|
||||
MRK 10 26 q8b7 figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 Then who can be saved? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “If that is so, then no one will be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 27 a7bi figs-ellipsis παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ 1 With people it is impossible, but not with God The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι 1 Look, we have left everything and have followed you Here the word “Look” is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Similar emphasis can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: “We have left everything and have followed you”
|
||||
MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι 1 Look, we have left everything and have followed you Here the word **Look** is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Similar emphasis can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: “We have left everything and have followed you”
|
||||
MRK 10 28 cj3f ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 have left everything “have left everything behind”
|
||||
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands “or plots of ground” or “or the land that he owns”
|
||||
MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake “for my cause” or “for me”
|
||||
MRK 10 29 pf2g τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the gospel “to proclaim the gospel”
|
||||
MRK 10 30 zhx5 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who will not receive Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with the words “there is no one who has left” (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 zhx5 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who will not receive Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with The words **there is no one who has left** (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 heb4 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ 1 in this time “this life” or “this present age”
|
||||
MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα 1 brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word “fathers” is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
|
||||
MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα 1 brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word **fathers** is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
|
||||
MRK 10 30 ae92 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 with persecutions, and in the age to come, eternal life This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun “persecution” are expressed with the verb “persecute.” Because the sentence is so long and complicated, “will receive” can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 v8nr ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 in the age to come “in the future world” or “in the future
|
||||
MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here the words “first” and “last” are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 31 xcj1 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The phrase “the last” refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 who are first will be last, and the last first Here the words **first** and **last** are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 31 xcj1 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The phrase **the last** refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 32 zc62 ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ…ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 They were on the road…and Jesus was going ahead of them “Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road…and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 10 32 hq7y οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who were following behind “those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 10 33 pv4w ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered Jesus is speaking about himself. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς 1 the Son of Man will be delivered to the This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man to” or “they will hand the Son of Man over to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 zhf1 κατακρινοῦσιν 1 They will condemn The word “They” refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||||
MRK 10 33 zhf1 κατακρινοῦσιν 1 They will condemn The word **They** refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||||
MRK 10 33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 deliver him to the Gentiles “put him under the control of the Gentiles””
|
||||
MRK 10 34 ccd3 ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 They will mock “People will mock”
|
||||
MRK 10 34 xa5b ἀποκτενοῦσιν 1 kill him “kill him”
|
||||
MRK 10 34 xv2g figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 35 li9k figs-exclusive θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν 1 we desire…we ask…for us These words refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory “when you are glorified.” The phrase “in your glory” refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 37 bb98 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 in your glory “when you are glorified.” The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know “You do not understand”
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 drink the cup which I will drink Here “cup” refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized with the baptism with which I will be baptized Here “baptism” and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 yvu8 figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 drink the cup which I will drink Here **cup** refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 38 pd7l figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 to be baptized with the baptism with which I will be baptized Here **baptism** and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 r3pm figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 We are able They respond this way, meaning that they are able to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 39 hc1g πίεσθε 1 you will drink “you will drink as well”
|
||||
MRK 10 40 ig8f τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου…οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι 1 But who is to sit at my right hand…is not mine to give “But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand”
|
||||
MRK 10 40 pdc1 ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word “it” refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
|
||||
MRK 10 40 pdc1 ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 but it is for those for whom it has been prepared “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word **it** refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
|
||||
MRK 10 40 eu9v figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 it has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 41 ad19 ἀκούσαντες, 1 When heard about this The word “this” refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
|
||||
MRK 10 41 ad19 ἀκούσαντες, 1 When heard about this The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus called them to himself “Jesus called his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 10 42 sfs9 figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles” or (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 10 42 hme7 κατακυριεύουσιν 1 dominate have control or power over
|
||||
|
|
@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is call
|
|||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων…πολλοὶ 1 Many rebuked “Many people rebuked”
|
||||
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 much more “even more”
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-activepassive εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 commanded him to be called This can be translated in active form or as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” or “commanded them, ‘Call him to come over here.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 They called The word “They” refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 They called The word **They** refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 10 49 jvr1 θάρσει 1 Take courage! “Have courage” or “Do not be afraid”
|
||||
MRK 10 49 gnb9 φωνεῖ σε 1 He is calling you “Jesus is calling for you”
|
||||
MRK 10 50 z6ec ἀναπηδήσας 1 sprang up “jumped up”
|
||||
|
|
@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is the name of a
|
|||
MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us “ahead of us”
|
||||
MRK 11 2 r41g πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
|
||||
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 on which no one has yet sat This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this It can be written clearly what the word “this” refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 Why are you doing this It can be written clearly what The word **this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 k7fd αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it “needs it”
|
||||
MRK 11 3 yj5y figs-explicit εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 they will immediately send it back here Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 4 y381 ἀπῆλθον 1 They went away “The two disciples went”
|
||||
|
|
@ -913,10 +913,10 @@ MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This word means
|
|||
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Blessed is the one who comes This is referring to Jesus. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord’s authority. Alternate translation: “the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 el81 εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed is “May God bless”
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David “Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word “blessed” can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” or “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David “Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” or “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Possible meanings are (1) “Praise God who is in heaven” or (2) “Let those who are in heaven shout ‘Hosanna’.”
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as “the highest.” Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 mz8r ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας 1 The hour was already late “because it was late in the day”
|
||||
MRK 11 11 t5nv ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he went out to Bethany with the twelve “he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
|
||||
MRK 11 12 zr8n ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 when they returned from Bethany “while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany”
|
||||
|
|
@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 h
|
|||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ…καιρὸς 1 the season “the time of year”
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 spoke to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 spoke to it “He spoke to the tree”
|
||||
MRK 11 14 ij5h ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples heard it The word “it” refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
|
||||
MRK 11 14 ij5h ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples heard it The word **it** refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
|
||||
MRK 11 15 hj7z ἔρχονται 1 They came “Jesus and his disciples came”
|
||||
MRK 11 15 md5l figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 began to cast out those who were selling and those who were buying in the temple Jesus is driving these people out of the temple. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 those who were selling and those who were buying “the people who were buying and selling”
|
||||
|
|
@ -945,26 +945,26 @@ MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter r
|
|||
MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus answered and said to them “Jesus replied to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MRK 11 23 c3cj ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ 1 whoever says “if anyone says”
|
||||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 does not doubt in his heart but believes Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 does not doubt in his heart but believes Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 it will be done “God will make happen”
|
||||
MRK 11 24 pn9x grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Therefore I say to you “So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours It is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 25 m7xi ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 When you stand and pray It is common in Hebrew culture to stand when praying to God. Alternate translation: “When you pray”
|
||||
MRK 11 25 f6ex εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 whatever you have against anyone “whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word “whatever” refers to any grudge you hold against someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
|
||||
MRK 11 25 f6ex εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 whatever you have against anyone “whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word **whatever** refers to any grudge you hold against someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
|
||||
MRK 11 27 n3ei 0 Connecting Statement: The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
|
||||
MRK 11 27 s2ac ἔρχονται…εἰς 1 they came to “Jesus and his disciples came to”
|
||||
MRK 11 27 alh5 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple; he was not walking into the temple.
|
||||
MRK 11 28 r3ik ἔλεγον αὐτῷ 1 They said to him The word “They” refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
|
||||
MRK 11 28 r3ik ἔλεγον αὐτῷ 1 They said to him The word **They** refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
|
||||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς? 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you the authority to do them? Possible meanings: (1) Both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) They are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 you do these things The words “these things” refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 you do these things The words **these things** refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 29 v7q9 ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 Answer me “Answer me”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John “The baptism that John performed”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men “was it authorized by heaven or by men”
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here “heaven” refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men “from people”
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we say, ‘From heaven,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here “heaven” refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him The word “him” refers to John the Baptist.
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here **heaven** refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him The word **him** refers to John the Baptist.
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, ‘From men,’ This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men “From people”
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων…ἦν. 1 But if we say, ‘From men,’…. The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” or “But we do not want to say that it was from men.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They wer
|
|||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qa93 καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables The word “them” here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qa93 καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables The word **them** here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qap8 περιέθηκεν φραγμὸν 1 put a hedge around it He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
|
||||
MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: “carved a pit into rock for the winepress” or “he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 l2i2 ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
|
||||
|
|
@ -989,12 +989,12 @@ MRK 12 8 gx6l λαβόντες 1 they seized him “The vine growers seized the
|
|||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 rde6 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 Therefore Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 g4ce ἀπολέσει 1 destroy kill
|
||||
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word “others” refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word **others** refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 v6ta 0 General Information: This scripture was written long before in God’s word.
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 Have you not read this scripture: Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read this scripture.” or “You should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 jpa3 ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone”
|
||||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord “The Lord has done this”
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here “in our eyes” stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here **in our eyes** stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι 1 they sought to arrest Jesus “They” refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as the “Jewish leaders.”
|
||||
MRK 12 12 sl74 ἐζήτουν 1 sought “wanted”
|
||||
MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what the crowd would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1003,20 +1003,20 @@ MRK 12 13 s1hb 0 Connecting Statement: In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the
|
|||
MRK 12 13 z2sf καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 Then they sent “Then the Jewish leaders sent”
|
||||
MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 in order to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν 1 When they came, they said Here “they” refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν 1 When they came, they said Here **they** refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 do not defer to anyone This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: “you do not care about people’s opinions” or “you are not concerned with earning people’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 Jesus knew their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus knew that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 So they brought one “The Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν…καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 likeness and inscription “picture and name”
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 1 They said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here “Caesar’s” refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “They said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 1 They said to him, “Caesar’s.” Here **Caesar’s** refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “They said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ…τῷ Θεῷ 1 and to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 They marveled at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “They marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, ‘If a man’s brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote for us “wrote for us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word “us” to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote for us “wrote for us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word **us** to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 he should take his brother’s wife “the man should marry his brother’s wife”
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 raise up offspring for his brother “have a son for his brother.” The man’s first son would be considered to be the dead brother’s son, and the son’s descendants would be considered to be the dead brother’s descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀνα
|
|||
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε…τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Is this not the reason you are mistaken…power of God? Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because…power of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 you do not know the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
|
||||
MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God “how powerful God is”
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they rise Here the word “they” refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they rise Here the word **they** refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-metaphor ἀναστῶσιν 1 they rise Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 vh7r ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 p5ak οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage “they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1043,20 +1043,20 @@ MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the account about the bush Thi
|
|||
MRK 12 26 si2b τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to him “about when God spoke to Moses”
|
||||
MRK 12 26 re82 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 I am the God of Abraham…Isaac…Jacob This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ…Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here “the dead” refers to people who are dead, and “the living” refers to people who are alive. Also, the words “the God” can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ…Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here **the dead** refers to people who are dead, and “the living” refers to people who are alive. Also, The words **the God** can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken “completely mistaken” or “very wrong”
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 He asked him “The scribe asked Jesus”
|
||||
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj πρώτη ἐστίν 1 The first is “The most important” refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one “Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord”
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here **heart** and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word “these” refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
|
||||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher “Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher”
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 that there is no other The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 with all the heart…all the understanding…all the strength Here “heart” is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 with all the heart…all the understanding…all the strength Here **heart** is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one’s neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1066,16 +1066,16 @@ MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖ
|
|||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David “a descendant of David”
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word “himself” refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God “The Lord” and calls the Christ “my Lord.” This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God **The Lord** and calls the Christ **my Lord**. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies your footstool In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as making them into a footstool. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here the word “him” refers to the Christ.
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him ‘Lord,’ Here the word **him** refers to the Christ.
|
||||
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 so how can the Christ be David’s son? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 k31m figs-abstractnouns ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 greetings in the marketplaces The noun “greetings” can be expressed with the verb “greet.” These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 They devour widows’ houses Here Jesus describes the scribes’ cheating of widows and stealing of their houses as “devouring” their houses. Alternate translation: “They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-synecdoche τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 widows’ houses The words “widows” and “houses” are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person’s important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-synecdoche τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 widows’ houses The words **widows** and **houses** are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person’s important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These men will receive greater condemnation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation” or “God will certainly punish them severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The word “greater” implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The word **greater** implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 r69x 0 Connecting Statement: Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widow’s offering.
|
||||
MRK 12 41 p2kp τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου 1 the temple offering box This box, which everyone could use, held temple offerings.
|
||||
MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites “two small copper coins.” These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1098,8 +1098,8 @@ MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately when they were alone
|
|||
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit ταῦτα ἔσται…μέλλῃ…συντελεῖσθαι 1 these things will be…are about to be fulfilled This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “these things happen to the buildings of the temple…are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα 1 when all these things “that all these things”
|
||||
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to them “to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here **leads you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here **lead…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 z63u figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Possible meanings are (1) “claiming my authority” or (2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 l7f9 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am he “I am the Christ”
|
||||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars “hear of wars and reports about wars.” Possible meanings are (1) “hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away” or (2) “hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 cause
|
|||
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym “my name” to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end, that person will be saved This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here “endures” represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 the one who endures to the end Here **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end Possible meanings are (1) “to the end of his life” or (2) “to the end of that time of trouble”
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 standing where it should not be Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1139,54 +1139,54 @@ MRK 13 18 w91r χειμῶνος 1 in winter “the cold season” or “the co
|
|||
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη 1 such as has not been “greater than there has ever been.” This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 c5sz οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 that will never be again “and greater than there will ever be again” or “and after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it”
|
||||
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-explicit ἐκολόβωσεν…τὰς ἡμέρας 1 had shortened the days “had shortened the time.” It may be helpful to specify which “days” are referred to. Alternate translation: “had reduced the days of suffering” or “had shortened the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word “flesh” refers to people, and “saved” refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word **flesh** refers to people, and “saved” refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 q8hm διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 for the sake of the elect “in order to help the elect”
|
||||
MRK 13 20 er43 figs-doublet τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 the elect whom he chose The phrase “those whom he chose” means the same thing as “the elect.” Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 13 21 d9gr translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 n81i ψευδόχριστοι 1 false Christs “people who claim they are Christ”
|
||||
MRK 13 22 yw81 πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν 1 so as to deceive “in order to deceive” or “hoping to deceive” or “trying to deceive”
|
||||
MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect The phrase “even the elect” implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect The phrase **even the elect** implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 eq7b τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 the elect “the people whom God has chosen”
|
||||
MRK 13 23 jq8p ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε 1 You must watch out “Be watchful” or “Be alert”
|
||||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you ev Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες 1 the stars will be falling from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 hge7 αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 the powers that are in the heavens “the powerful things in the heavens.” Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the sun, moon, and stars or (2) this refers to powerful spiritual beings
|
||||
MRK 13 25 h5k1 ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 in the heavens “in the sky”
|
||||
MRK 13 26 kl95 τότε ὄψονται 1 Then they will see “Then people will see”
|
||||
MRK 13 26 h4z1 μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 with great power and glory “powerfully and gloriously”
|
||||
MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-metonymy ἐπισυνάξει 1 he will gather together The word “he” refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who will gather the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-metonymy ἐπισυνάξει 1 he will gather together The word **he** refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who will gather the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 vpb6 figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 the four winds The whole earth is spoken of as “the four winds,” which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” or “all parts of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 u1vp figs-merism ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 from the ends of the earth to the ends of the sky These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: “from every place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c8r7 ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς ἁπαλὸς γένηται, καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 its branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves The phrase “the branch” refers to the branches of the fig tree. Alternate translation: “its branches become tender and put out their leaves”
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c8r7 ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς ἁπαλὸς γένηται, καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 its branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves The phrase **the branch** refers to the branches of the fig tree. Alternate translation: “its branches become tender and put out their leaves”
|
||||
MRK 13 28 u8ha ἁπαλὸς 1 tender “green and soft”
|
||||
MRK 13 28 q6yc figs-personification ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 puts out its leaves Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its leaves to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 q6yc figs-personification ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 puts out its leaves Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its **leaves** to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 z417 τὸ θέρος 1 summer the warm part of the year or the growing season
|
||||
MRK 13 29 q53b figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: “these things I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 29 aul8 ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near “the Son of Man is near”
|
||||
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 right at the doors This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: “will not die” or “will not end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 t66q μέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα 1 until all of these things The phrase “these things” refers to the days of tribulation.
|
||||
MRK 13 30 t66q μέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα 1 until all of these things The phrase **these things** refers to the days of tribulation.
|
||||
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Heaven and earth The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: “The sky, the earth, and everything in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 31 bjr8 παρελεύσονται 1 will pass away “will cease to exist.” Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
|
||||
MRK 13 31 ah6w figs-metaphor οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 my words will never pass away Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 km5z figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 that day or that hour This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 btq5 figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from the Father, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here “heaven” refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 13 32 z3q9 οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 the angels in heaven Here **heaven** refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 13 32 gwh2 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 but only the Father It is best to translate “Father” with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 33 i43k figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 what time it is It can be stated clearly what “time” refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 33 i43k figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 what time it is It can be stated clearly what **time** refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 34 a8ku ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 each one over his work “telling each one what work he should do”
|
||||
MRK 13 35 z7wi ἢ ὀψὲ 1 whether in the evening “he could return in the evening”
|
||||
MRK 13 35 s8j9 ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 when the rooster crows The rooster is a bird that “crows” very early in the morning by making a loud call.
|
||||
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as “sleeping.” Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 36 mh8t figs-metaphor εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας 1 he might find you sleeping Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as **sleeping**. Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 14 1 hwb4 0 Connecting Statement: Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 14 1 gd33 ἐν δόλῳ 1 by stealth without people noticing
|
||||
MRK 14 2 em4q ἔλεγον γάρ 1 For they were saying The word “they” refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||||
MRK 14 2 em4q ἔλεγον γάρ 1 For they were saying The word **they** refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
|
||||
MRK 14 2 fk19 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the feast This refers to them not arresting Jesus during the feast. Alternate translation: “We must not do it during the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 m95w 0 Connecting Statement: Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die.
|
||||
MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Simon the leper This man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 on his head “on Jesus’
|
|||
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? 1 Why has this waste of the anointing-oil happened? They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 This perfume could have been sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were more concerned about money. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We could have sold this perfume” or “She could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 three hundred denarii “300 denarii.” Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-ellipsis δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-ellipsis δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase **the poor** refers to poor people. This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? 1 Why are you troubling her? Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman’s action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 7 tc3j figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ 1 deliver him over “bring Jesus t
|
|||
MRK 14 11 kzk1 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 When the chief priests heard it It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “When the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bn76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal.
|
||||
MRK 14 12 wpe7 figs-explicit ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον 1 when they sacrificed the Passover lamb At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 eat the Passover Here the “Passover” refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 12 bel5 figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 eat the Passover Here the **Passover** refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 13 a7xg κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 bearing a pitcher of water “carrying a large jar full of water”
|
||||
MRK 14 14 i344 figs-quotations ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου…μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room…with my disciples?” This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 14 14 q3pn τὸ κατάλυμά 1 guest room a room for visitors
|
||||
|
|
@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπ
|
|||
MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened bread, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
|
||||
MRK 14 22 ula2 figs-explicit ἔκλασεν 1 broke it This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 adb2 writing-symlanguage λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Take this. This is my body “Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 He took a cup Here “cup” is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “He took the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 He took a cup Here **cup** is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “He took the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, the blood that is poured out for many The covenant is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 This is my blood “This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1238,12 +1238,12 @@ MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new Possible meanings are (1) “again” or (2)
|
|||
MRK 14 26 l996 ὑμνήσαντες 1 When they had sung a hymn A hymn is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them “Jesus said to his disciples”
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lty4 figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 will fall away This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lze6 πατάξω 1 I will strike “kill.” Here “I” refers to God.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 lze6 πατάξω 1 I will strike “kill.” Here **I** refers to God.
|
||||
MRK 14 27 w2az figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 the sheep will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 lv2u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” or “God makes me alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 nwg8 προάξω ὑμᾶς 1 I will go ahead of you “I will go before you”
|
||||
MRK 14 29 div5 figs-ellipsis εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Even if all fall away, yet I will not “I will not” can be fully expressed as “I will not fall away.” The phrase “not fall away” is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 14 29 div5 figs-ellipsis εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Even if all fall away, yet I will not “I will not” can be fully expressed as “I will not fall away.” The phrase **not fall away** is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 14 30 z2q9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 30 i4g3 ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 the rooster crows The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
|
||||
MRK 14 30 e8sh ἢ δὶς 1 twice two times
|
||||
|
|
@ -1251,26 +1251,26 @@ MRK 14 30 um1m σὺ…με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 you will deny me “you will s
|
|||
MRK 14 31 y9el ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν 1 If I must die “Even if I must die”
|
||||
MRK 14 31 z9le ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον 1 they all also spoke in the same manner This means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said.
|
||||
MRK 14 32 ni66 0 Connecting Statement: When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal.
|
||||
MRK 14 32 deg7 ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον 1 They came to the place The word “they” refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 14 32 deg7 ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον 1 They came to the place The word **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 14 33 ps7u ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι 1 distressed overwhelmed with sorrow
|
||||
MRK 14 33 n279 figs-metaphor ἀδημονεῖν 1 deeply troubled The word “deeply” refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 33 n279 figs-metaphor ἀδημονεῖν 1 deeply troubled The word **deeply** refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is Jesus speaks of himself as his “soul.” Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 even to the point of death Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 a54k γρηγορεῖτε 1 stay alert The disciples were to stay alert while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
|
||||
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it were possible This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here “this hour” refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here **this hour** refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 ha77 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ 1 But not what I will, but what you will Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word “them” refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 so that you do not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “that you are not tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 xk5y τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak”
|
||||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ 1 The spirit…the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. “The spirit” is his inmost desires. “The flesh” is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 39 l9nj τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών 1 saying the same thing “prayed again what he prayed before”
|
||||
MRK 14 40 v49m εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word “them” refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were heavy Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having “heavy eyes.” Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 40 v49m εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 for their eyes were heavy Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having **heavy eyes**. Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 x7qd figs-explicit ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 He came the third time Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a third time. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Then he went and prayed again. He returned the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 lw7w figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε. 1 Are you still sleeping and taking your rest? Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: “You are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 ae53 ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come The time of Jesus’ suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ
|
|||
MRK 14 43 r9cp writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 14 43 nz4t 0 Connecting Statement: Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
|
||||
MRK 14 44 bzj2 δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 Now the one betraying him This refers to Judas.
|
||||
MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he is the one Here “the one” refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 44 lsh3 figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 he is the one Here **the one** refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 45 tpd4 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him “Judas kissed him”
|
||||
MRK 14 46 y5qv figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on him and seized him These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 14 47 m6b9 τῶν παρεστηκότων 1 those who stood by “who was standing nearby”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1301,17 +1301,17 @@ MRK 14 55 d9gn figs-explicit οὐχ ηὕρισκον 1 But they did not find a
|
|||
MRK 14 56 cew3 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 brought false testimony against him Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: “accused him by speaking false testimony against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony did not agree This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
|
||||
MRK 14 57 pr71 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 brought false testimony against him Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: “accused him by speaking false testimony against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him say “We heard Jesus say.” The word “we” refers to the people who brought false testimony against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 made with hands Here “hands” refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men…without man’s help” or “built by men…without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him say “We heard Jesus say.” The word **we** refers to the people who brought false testimony against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 made with hands Here **hands** refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men…without man’s help” or “built by men…without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 k1vs διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days “within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
|
||||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω 1 will build another The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 59 x6hk οὐδὲ…ἴση ἦν 1 was not in agreement “contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
|
||||
MRK 14 60 d7i8 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
|
||||
MRK 14 60 q2u1 figs-explicit ἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον 1 stood up among them Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood up to speak. Alternate translation: “stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 60 af5e figs-explicit οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not answer? What is it they testify against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed One Here God is called “the Blessed.” It is best to translate “Son” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed One Here God is called **the Blessed One**. It is best to translate **Son** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z5rv ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This likely has a double meaning: (1) to respond to the high priest’s question and (2) to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here “power” is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here **power** is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 comes with the clouds of heaven Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 tore his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage”
|
||||
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 What need do we still have for witnesses? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1325,12 +1325,12 @@ MRK 14 66 fj8d 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus had predicted, Peter denies Je
|
|||
MRK 14 66 m8g8 κάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ 1 below in the courtyard “outside in the courtyard”
|
||||
MRK 14 66 t2mx figs-explicit μία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 one of the servant girls of the high priest The servant girls worked for the high priest. Alternate translation: “one of the servant girls who worked for the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 68 l5i1 ἠρνήσατο 1 denied it This means to claim that something is not true. In this case, Peter was saying that what the servant girl said about him was not true.
|
||||
MRK 14 68 d3ch figs-doublet οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 I neither know nor understand what you are saying Both “know” and “understand” have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 14 68 d3ch figs-doublet οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 I neither know nor understand what you are saying Both **know** and **understand** have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 14 69 l137 ἡ παιδίσκη 1 the servant girl This is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously.
|
||||
MRK 14 69 v5kr figs-explicit ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus’ disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: “one of Jesus’ disciples” or “one of those who have been with that man they arrested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 71 ce6r figs-idiom ἀναθεματίζειν 1 to curse If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: “to say for God to curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 72 i7u2 εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 rooster immediately crowed The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
|
||||
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time “Second” here is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time **Second** here is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν 1 he broke down This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 15 1 mps2 0 Connecting Statement: When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ MRK 15 22 w6c7 0 Connecting Statement: The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, w
|
|||
MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull “Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 22 m1dd Κρανίου 1 Skull A skull is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
|
||||
MRK 15 23 e9xd figs-explicit ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 wine mixed with myrrh It may be helpful to explain that myrrh is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour “Third” here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o’clock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 15 25 q1ze translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 the third hour **Third** here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o’clock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 15 26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him “the crime they were accusing him of doing”
|
||||
MRK 15 27 mgf3 figs-explicit ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ 1 one on the right of him and one on his left This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 29 v8nu κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ MRK 15 32 r6c4 figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 believe The means to belie
|
|||
MRK 15 32 dcb9 ὠνείδιζον 1 taunted mocked, insulted
|
||||
MRK 15 33 zc37 0 Connecting Statement: At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o’clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 q1gh ὥρας ἕκτης 1 the sixth hour This refers to noon or 12 p.m.
|
||||
MRK 15 33 jl1i figs-metaphor σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the darkness were a wave that moved over the land. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 33 jl1i figs-metaphor σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the **darkness** were a wave that moved over the land. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 34 r6tj τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 At the ninth hour This refers to three o’clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: “At three o’clock in the afternoon” or “In the middle of the afternoon”
|
||||
MRK 15 34 ls1n translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 15 34 qw71 ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 is translated “means”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ MRK 15 36 un73 καλάμῳ 1 a reed “stick.” This was a staff made from a
|
|||
MRK 15 36 yb55 figs-explicit ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink “gave it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 38 ni8j figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 The curtain of the temple was torn in two Mark is showing that God himself split the temple curtain. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 lg4u ὁ κεντυρίων 1 the centurion This is the centurion who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 15 39 y4wn figs-idiom ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who stood in front of Jesus Here “faced” is an idiom that means to look towards someone. Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 y4wn figs-idiom ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 who stood in front of Jesus Here **faced** is an idiom that means to look towards someone. Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 39 t828 ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 that he had breathed his last in this way “how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died”
|
||||
MRK 15 39 nqv8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 15 40 i1ee ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι 1 who looked on from a distance “watched from far away”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1407,8 +1407,8 @@ MRK 15 40 tw5s translate-names Σαλώμη 1 Salome Salome is the name of a wom
|
|||
MRK 15 41 j15z writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 When he was in Galilee they followed him…with him to Jerusalem “When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him…with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 15 41 a3qk συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 came up with him to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
MRK 15 42 lxm5 0 Connecting Statement: Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb.
|
||||
MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ὀψίας γενομένης 1 evening had come Here evening is spoken of as if it were something that is able to “come” from one place to another. Alternate translation: “it had become evening” or “it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων 1 Joseph of Arimathea, a respected…came The phrase “came there” refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 15 42 ug97 figs-metaphor ὀψίας γενομένης 1 evening had come Here **evening** is spoken of as if it were something that is able to **come** from one place to another. Alternate translation: “it had become evening” or “it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 xn8t writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων 1 Joseph of Arimathea, a respected…came The phrase **came there** refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 wgz8 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea “Joseph from Arimathea.” Joseph is the name of a man, and Arimathea is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 u7ll writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a respected member of the council…for the kingdom of God This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 15 43 zm1u εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 went in to Pilate “went to Pilate” or “went in to where Pilate was”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
650
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
650
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
|
|
@ -5,49 +5,49 @@ JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 In the beginning This refers to the very earlie
|
|||
JHN 1 1 z59q ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.”
|
||||
JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “with him there was every thing made that has been made” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men “In him was life” is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, “light” here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here “him” refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||||
JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for “life.” If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.”
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here “light” is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here “darkness” is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here “light” is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men **In him was life** is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, **light** here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here **him** refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||||
JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for **life**. If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.”
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here **darkness** is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him “Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him”
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him “He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either”
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν…παρέλαβον 1 receive him “accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name The word “name” is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name The word **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν…ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right “he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them”
|
||||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word “children” is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 The Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here “flesh” represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase “the one an only” means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase “who came from the Father” means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father”
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase **the one an only** means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase **who came from the Father** means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father”
|
||||
JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace “full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve”
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase “comes after me” means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **comes after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am “is more important than I am” or “has more authority than I have”
|
||||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God’s grace that has no end.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace “blessing after blessing”
|
||||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent…to him from Jerusalem The word “Jews” here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase “he did not deny” says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent…to him from Jerusalem The word **Jews** here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase **he did not deny** says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 What are you then? “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?”
|
||||
JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
|
||||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 they said to him “the priests and Levites said to John”
|
||||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give…us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said “John said”
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word “voice” here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word “way” is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word **voice** here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word **way** is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word “world” is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 32 mcc7 καταβαῖνον 1 descending coming down from above
|
||||
JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 1 32 uji2 οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven The word “heaven” refers to the “sky.”
|
||||
JHN 1 32 uji2 οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven The word **heaven** refers to the “sky.”
|
||||
JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God Some copies of this text say “Son of God”; others say “chosen one of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 35 i3lg τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 Again, the next day This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ JHN 2 1 vw9e τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later Most inter
|
|||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “this has nothing to do with me.” or “you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word **time** is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “75 to 115 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim This means “to the very top” or “completely full.”
|
||||
JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
|
||||
|
|
@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, ο
|
|||
JHN 2 10 mh3s μεθυσθῶσιν 1 drunk unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
|
||||
JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here “his glory” refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power”
|
||||
JHN 2 11 z3tk ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here **his glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power”
|
||||
JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation.
|
||||
JHN 2 12 x3f7 οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers The word “brothers” includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
|
||||
JHN 2 12 x3f7 οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 his brothers The word **brothers** includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
|
||||
JHN 2 13 bh23 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
|
||||
JHN 2 14 i8lv καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce.
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,42 +90,42 @@ JHN 2 16 h6qy τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου 1 the house of my
|
|||
JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 ua3v τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house This term refers to the temple, God’s house.
|
||||
JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume The word “consume” points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume The word **consume** points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 18 qtx1 σημεῖον 1 sign This refers to an event that proves something is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 18 r5rw ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus’ actions against the money changers in the temple.
|
||||
JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple,…I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words “destroy” and “raise” using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple,…I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate The words **destroy** and **raise** using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up “cause it to stand”
|
||||
JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 forty-six years…three days “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here “believe” means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here **believe** means to accept something or trust that it is true.
|
||||
JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word “now” introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word **now** introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here **name** is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει 1 the signs that he did Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word “man” represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word **man** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 1 yl6f 0 General Information: Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 3 2 skq8 οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
|
||||
JHN 3 2 skq8 οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here **we** is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
|
||||
JHN 3 3 b9u1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
|
||||
JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again “born from above” or “born of God”
|
||||
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. “Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 z64b δεύτερον 1 a second time “again” or “twice”
|
||||
JHN 3 4 ppr8 τὴν κοιλίαν 1 womb the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows
|
||||
JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit There are two possible meanings: (1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” or (2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again “You must be born from above”
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the **wind** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher…yet you do not understand The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher…yet you do not understand The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word **you** is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπο
|
|||
JHN 3 12 lbv3 εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 heavenly things spiritual things
|
||||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here “world” is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here **world** is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn “to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
|
||||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word “light” is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τ
|
|||
JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words
|
||||
JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, “look” is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless “Nobody has any power unless”
|
||||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here “heaven” is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here **heaven** is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This “You” is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the “bride” and “bridegroom” are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the **bride** and **bridegroom** are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So then I rejoice greatly” or “So I rejoice much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word “my” refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 30 kn9s ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase “He” refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all “He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else”
|
||||
JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: “He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -179,12 +179,12 @@ JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>
|
|||
JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: A long sentence begins here.
|
||||
JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this.”
|
||||
JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
|
||||
JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word **now** is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
|
||||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun “himself” adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words “Now when Jesus” in verse 1. “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee”
|
||||
JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite request, not a command.
|
||||
JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word “him” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word **him** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking…for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ…συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with “do not associate with”
|
||||
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸ
|
|||
JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob “our ancestor Jacob”
|
||||
JHN 4 12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it “drank water that came from it”
|
||||
JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again “will need to drink water again”
|
||||
JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word “fountain” is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here “life” refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give.
|
||||
JHN 4 14 g598 figs-metaphor τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος 1 the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him Here the word **fountain** is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 14 fha9 ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life Here **life** refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give.
|
||||
JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as “Sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness.
|
||||
JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water “get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope
|
||||
JHN 4 18 zpl1 τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,10 +209,10 @@ JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1
|
|||
JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the “spirit” here is (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the **spirit** here is (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
|
||||
JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in…truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||||
JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah…Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.”
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words “explain everything” imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words **explain everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
|
||||
JHN 4 27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?” Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’”
|
||||
|
|
@ -220,18 +220,18 @@ JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς ε
|
|||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman was going into town”
|
||||
JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him “the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus”
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal “food,” but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal **food**, but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal “food.” They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here “food” is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here **food** is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say “Is this not one of your popular sayings”
|
||||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words “fields” and “ripe for harvest” are metaphors. The “fields” represent people. The words “ripe for harvest” mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here “fruit for everlasting life” is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words **fields** and **ripe for harvest** are metaphors. The **fields** represent people. The words **ripe for harvest** mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here **fruit for everlasting life** is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων 1 One sows, and another harvests The words “sows” and “harvests” are metaphors. The one who “sows” shares the message of Jesus. The one who “harvests” helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων 1 One sows, and another harvests The words **sows** and **harvests** are metaphors. The one who **sows** shares the message of Jesus. The one who **harvests** helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor “you are now joining in their work”
|
||||
JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To “believe in” someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To **believe in** someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here “word” is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here **word** is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,10 +240,10 @@ JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴ
|
|||
JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe “Unless…not believe” here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here “word” is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe **Unless…not believe** here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here **word** is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun “himself” is used here to emphasize the word “he.” If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun **himself** is used here to emphasize the word **he**. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.”<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([John 5:19](../../jhn/05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([John 5:27](../../jhn/05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,22 +259,22 @@ JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν…ἐκεῖ 1 was there “was at the Bethesda pool” ([Jo
|
|||
JHN 5 5 z6e1 translate-numbers τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 thirty-eight years “38 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 5 6 c7ef γνοὺς 1 he realized “he understood” or “he found out”
|
||||
JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him “Jesus said to the paralyzed man”
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε…οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word “sir” is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε…οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word **sir** is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in [John 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me “someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me”
|
||||
JHN 5 8 eqe4 ἔγειρε 1 Get up “Stand up!”
|
||||
JHN 5 8 ft81 ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει 1 take up your bed, and walk “Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!”
|
||||
JHN 5 9 z33x ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man was healed “the man became healthy again”
|
||||
JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses The word **now** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 10 ja3x ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 So the Jews said to him who was healed The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
|
||||
JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath “It is God’s Day of Rest”
|
||||
JHN 5 11 en3v ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy “The man who made me well”
|
||||
JHN 5 12 r7nx ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed”
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him “Jesus found the man he had healed”
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See The word “See” is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
|
||||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See The word **See** is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
|
||||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses The word **now** to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 5 17 ijd8 ἐργάζεται 1 is working This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
|
||||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God “saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,31 +287,31 @@ JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ
|
|||
JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This refers to “spiritual life.”
|
||||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word “for” marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word **for** marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 honor the Son just as…the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here “word” is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here **word** is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this “This” refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice “hear my voice”
|
||||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word “him” refers to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word **him** refers to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 5 32 yt31 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me “There is someone else who tells people about me”
|
||||
JHN 5 32 nr3l ἄλλος 1 another This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true “what he tells people about me is true”
|
||||
JHN 5 34 rvc5 ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man “I do not need people’s testimony”
|
||||
JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here “lamp” and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here **lamp** and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish…that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
|
||||
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles “testify” or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles **testify** or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun “himself” emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent “You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you”
|
||||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “You do not live according to his word” or “You do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -320,27 +320,27 @@ JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in t
|
|||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me “you refuse to believe my message”
|
||||
JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 receive accept
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.”
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here the word “name” is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend
|
||||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word “name” is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word **name** is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 How can you believe, you who accept praise…God? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 believe This means to trust in Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope “Moses” here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope **Moses** here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 your hope “your confidence” or “your trust”
|
||||
JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion εἰ…τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε 1 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 5 47 x7h9 τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words “what I say”
|
||||
JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 6;26](./26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase “these things” refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
|
||||
JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase **these things** refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
|
||||
JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd “A large number of people”
|
||||
JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 kct2 0 General Information: The action in the story begins in verse 5.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun “himself” makes it clear that the word “he” refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word “denarii” is the plural of “denarius. “Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun “himself” makes it clear that The word **he** refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius. “Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 6 9 k3k6 πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley “Five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain.
|
||||
JHN 6 9 fjx1 ἄρτους 1 loaves A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves.
|
||||
JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ JHN 6 10 n9ft ἀναπεσεῖν 1 sit down “lie down”
|
|||
JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number While the crowd probably included women and children ([John 6:4-5](./04.md)), here John is counting only the men.
|
||||
JHN 6 11 mnw3 εὐχαριστήσας 1 giving thanks Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves.
|
||||
JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it “he” here represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it **he** here represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 6 13 y3zz 0 General Information: Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
|
||||
JHN 6 13 hqx9 συνήγαγον 1 they gathered “the disciples gathered”
|
||||
JHN 6 13 h64z ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν 1 left over the food that no one had eaten
|
||||
|
|
@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ JHN 6 32 e6s1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this
|
|||
JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven The “true bread” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 33 rrf5 ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ 1 gives life to the world “gives spiritual life to the world”
|
||||
JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ
|
|||
JHN 6 38 z84i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me “my Father, who sent me”
|
||||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily
|
||||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -402,14 +402,14 @@ JHN 6 47 t8lk ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who
|
|||
JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 49 uh76 οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors”
|
||||
JHN 6 49 mr3u ἀπέθανον 1 died This refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here “bread” is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 50 v212 μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die “live forever.” Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος 1 This is the bread Here **bread** is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 50 v212 μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die “live forever.” Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 6 51 px99 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread This means “the bread that causes people to live” ([John 6:35](../06/35.md)).
|
||||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here **the world** is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
|
||||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about “his flesh.” Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 q8jl ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases “eat the flesh” and “drink his blood” are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves “you will not receive eternal life”
|
||||
JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
|
||||
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eats my flesh” and “drinks my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -417,20 +417,20 @@ JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to r
|
|||
JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day “on the day when God judges everyone”
|
||||
JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food…my blood is true drink The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him “has a close relationship with me”
|
||||
JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase “eats me” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase **eats me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father Possible meanings are (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.”
|
||||
JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here “eats this bread” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here **eats this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers “the forefathers” or “the ancestors”
|
||||
JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue…in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει 1 Does this offend you? “Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
|
||||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word “profit” means to cause good things to happen.
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word **profit** means to cause good things to happen.
|
||||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words Possible meanings are (1) Jesus’ words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you “What I have told you”
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐ
|
|||
JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me “follow me and receive eternal life”
|
||||
JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here “his disciples” refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here **his disciples** refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -449,17 +449,17 @@ JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>
|
|||
JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or “Some time later”
|
||||
JHN 7 1 k5yv περιεπάτει 1 traveled The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle.
|
||||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι 1 the Jews were seeking to kill him Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 2 m4ch ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near “Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters”
|
||||
JHN 7 3 x8ce οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
|
||||
JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word “works” refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
|
||||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself wants The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word “he.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 3 id2z σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do The word **works** refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
|
||||
JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself wants The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes The word **he**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers”
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word **time** is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ…καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready “any time is good for you”
|
||||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
|
||||
JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
|
||||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -467,10 +467,10 @@ JHN 7 10 xw52 0 General Information: The setting of the story has changed, Jes
|
|||
JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς…ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These “brothers” were the younger brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word “Jews”is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here “leads…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word **Jews**is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here **leads…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
|
||||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
|
||||
JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν 1 How does this man know so much? The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but is of him who sent me “but comes from God, the one who sent me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the
|
|||
JHN 7 28 rq9t figs-irony κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί 1 You both know me and know where I come from John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 w35k ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself “on my own authority.” See how you translated “of himself” in [John 5:19](../05/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true “God is the one who sent me and he is true”
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word “hour” is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word **hour** is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
|
||||
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
|
||||
|
|
@ -510,16 +510,16 @@ JHN 7 35 ef1y τὴν διασπορὰν 1 the dispersion This refers to the J
|
|||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said This “word” is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ…μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is “great” because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word “thirsty” is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word “drink” is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word **thirsty** is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word **drink** is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here “he” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he said Here **he** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word “glorified” refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word **glorified** refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of th
|
|||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!”
|
||||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Does our law judge a man…what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man…what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 jm59 προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
|
||||
|
|
@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early text
|
|||
JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>### The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap<br><br>The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 8:28](../../jhn/08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 1 mkz2 0 General Information: While some texts have 7:53 - 8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
|
||||
JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author neither gives background to this event nor marks the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the “light” is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the **light** is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The im
|
|||
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
|
||||
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
|
||||
JHN 8 17 i1sl καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 1 Yes, and in your law The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
|
||||
JHN 8 17 i1sl καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 1 Yes, and in your law The word **Yes** shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
|
||||
JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am he who bears witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself”
|
||||
|
|
@ -571,25 +571,25 @@ JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father This i
|
|||
JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word “hour” is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word **hour** is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning”
|
||||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word **die** refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning”
|
||||
JHN 8 21 e83m ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 you cannot come “you are not able to come”
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below “You were born in this world”
|
||||
JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above “I came from heaven”
|
||||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world “You belong to this world”
|
||||
JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world “I do not belong to this world”
|
||||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins “you will die without God’s forgiving your sins”
|
||||
JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
|
||||
JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said The word “They” refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
|
||||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said The word **They** refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
|
||||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 28 x6ca ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
|
||||
JHN 8 28 er3s Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself.
|
||||
JHN 8 28 tcs5 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||||
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things “I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 29 w9cl ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me The word “He” refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things “I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 29 w9cl ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me The word **He** refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 30 ld9x ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things “As Jesus spoke these words”
|
||||
JHN 8 30 uj29 πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 many believed in him “many people trusted him”
|
||||
JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -598,13 +598,13 @@ JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει
|
|||
JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God”
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word “slave” is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here “house” is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word **slave** is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here **house** is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “If I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
|
||||
JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
|
||||
JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
|
||||
|
|
@ -614,34 +614,34 @@ JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεν
|
|||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here “words” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here **words** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil “You belong to your father, Satan”
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here “father” is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here **father** is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ…ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth “because I tell you true things about God”
|
||||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth “If I say things that are true”
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here “words” is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here **words** is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here **word** is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον…θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here “Jews” is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here **Jews** is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word “If anyone obeys my teaching”
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word “Father” is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here “word” is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word **Father** is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here **word** is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad “he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced”
|
||||
JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 58 rnw4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -649,12 +649,12 @@ JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσι
|
|||
JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
|
||||
JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here “Jesus” is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here **Jesus** is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here “day” and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here “light” is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here **day** and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash…washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -671,14 +671,14 @@ JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the S
|
|||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs This is another word for miracles. “Signs” give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet “I think he is a prophet”
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents “They” refers to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child”
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 j15m ἐφοβοῦντο 1 afraid This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others.
|
||||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν…γένηται 1 would confess him to be the Christ “would say that Jesus is the Christ”
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here “be thrown out of the synagogue” is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here **be thrown out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 23 f9zl ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 He is an adult “he is a man” or “he is no longer a child.” See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md).
|
||||
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, “they” refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
|
||||
JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -700,12 +700,12 @@ JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης
|
|||
JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out “they threw him out of the synagogue”
|
||||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 believe in This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if “the Son of Man” were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if **the Son of Man** were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
|
||||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here “seeing” and “blindness” are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here **seeing** and **blindness** are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 40 d8mm μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? “Do you think we are spiritually blind?”
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here “blindness” is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains Here “seeing” is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here **blindness** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 but now you say, ‘We see,’ so your sin remains Here **seeing** is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.
|
||||
JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -721,32 +721,32 @@ JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not underst
|
|||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here “gate” is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here **gate** is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-explicit πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers “a thief and a robber” because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here “gate” is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word “pasture” means a grassy area where sheep eat.
|
||||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here **gate** is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word **pasture** means a grassy area where sheep eat.
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-explicit κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word “they” refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing”
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word **they** refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing”
|
||||
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here “good shepherd” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here **good shepherd** is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the “good shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει…περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word **sheep** is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the **good shepherd** is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here “other sheep” is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here “flock” and “shepherd” are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here **other sheep** is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here **flock** and **shepherd** are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 i59j διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 px17 ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun “myself” is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father “This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father “This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
|
||||
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε 1 Why do you listen to him? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -754,24 +754,24 @@ JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: During the Festival of
|
|||
JHN 10 22 w25f ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of the Dedication This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
|
||||
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-explicit περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 23 cs2b στοᾷ 1 porch This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
|
||||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here “name” is a metonym for the power of God. Here “Father” is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here **name** is a metonym for the power of God. Here **Father** is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word “hand” is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word “hand” is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει…αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word **hand** is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word **hand** is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God “claiming to be God”
|
||||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written…gods”’? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers “gods,” perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||||
JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
|
||||
JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.”
|
||||
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -779,20 +779,20 @@ JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting
|
|||
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father…Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here “believe in” is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||||
JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 k2zf τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here **believe in** is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
|
||||
JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word “hand” is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word **hand** is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true “It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.”
|
||||
JHN 10 41 lw9n σημεῖον 1 signs These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility.
|
||||
JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here “believed in” means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
|
||||
JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here **believed in** means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
|
||||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.
|
||||
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord…her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus “asked Jesus to come”
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here “love” refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here **love** refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 k8d3 θάνατον 1 death This refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 q343 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -803,10 +803,10 @@ JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a syne
|
|||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here “night” is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί 1 if he walks at night Here **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.”
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here “fallen asleep” is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words “wake him out of sleep” form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Here **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words **wake him out of sleep** form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
|
||||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly “So Jesus told them in words that they could understand”
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,10 +822,10 @@ JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their br
|
|||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “Your younger brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again “he will become alive again”
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here “dies” refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here “live” refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here **dies** refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here **live** refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die “those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever”
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here “die” refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here **die** refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him “Martha said to Jesus”
|
||||
JHN 11 27 zd3n ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God…coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ JHN 11 42 bj2b ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστει
|
|||
JHN 11 43 ev4z ταῦτα εἰπὼν 1 After he had said this “After Jesus had prayed”
|
||||
JHN 11 43 cz9f φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν 1 he cried out with a loud voice “he shouted”
|
||||
JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 44 d8xf λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them The word “them” refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
|
||||
JHN 11 44 d8xf λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them The word **them** refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
|
||||
JHN 11 45 rlf4 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 ib61 0 General Information: Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
|
||||
JHN 11 47 nhw4 οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Then the chief priests “Then the leaders among the priests”
|
||||
|
|
@ -863,18 +863,18 @@ JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 th
|
|||
JHN 11 48 ah4r ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 take away both our place and our nation “destroy both our temple and our nation”
|
||||
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain man among them This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word “nation” here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word **nation** here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation The word “nation” is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one This is an ellipsis. The word “people” is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation The word **nation** is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one This is an ellipsis. The word **people** is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 52 mle1 τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s children.
|
||||
JHN 11 54 gp4h 0 General Information: Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
|
||||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and “walk openly” is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and **walk openly** is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
|
||||
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word “they” refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 57 glb6 writing-background δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary anointed Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -902,64 +902,64 @@ JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day The au
|
|||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd “a great crowd of people”
|
||||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This means “May God save us now!”
|
||||
JHN 12 13 i5ul εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
|
||||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “comes as the representative of the Lord” or “comes in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word **name** is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “comes as the representative of the Lord” or “comes in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a **donkey**. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion “Daughter of Zion” here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion **Daughter of Zion** here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 a74d writing-background 0 General Information: John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words “these things” refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words **these things** refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words “these things” refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words **these things** refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 18 eel6 ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον 1 they heard that he had done this sign “they heard others say that he had done this sign”
|
||||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks The phrase “now certain” marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks The phrase **now certain** marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-explicit ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John implies that these “Greeks” were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 21 lr8c Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida This was a town in the province of Galilee.
|
||||
JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they told Jesus Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
|
||||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit Here “a grain of wheat” or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here “loves his life” means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who “hates his life” refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit Here **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here **loves his life** means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who **hates his life** refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here “this hour” is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here **this hour** is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here “this world” is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here “ruler” refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here **this world** is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here **ruler** refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase “lifted up” means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hardened their hearts” is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
|
||||
JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word “him” refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me”
|
||||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me”
|
||||
JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here “darkness” is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here “to judge the world” implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς…ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here **darkness** is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here **to judge the world** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day “at the time when God judges people’s sins”
|
||||
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life “I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever”
|
||||
|
|
@ -967,18 +967,18 @@ JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br
|
|||
JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 13 1 a1w4 ἀγαπήσας 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase **put it into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ…εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here **his hands** is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
|
||||
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
|
||||
JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
|
||||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses the word “you” to refer to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses The word **you** to refer to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here “bathed” is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here **bathed** is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -986,9 +986,9 @@ JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, κ
|
|||
JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
|
||||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here “bless” means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 17 an8u figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed Here **bless** means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase “eats my bread” is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase “lifted up his heel” is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here the phrase **eats my bread** is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase **lifted up his heel** is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 13 19 qd39 ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι 1 I tell you this now before it happens “I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
|
||||
JHN 13 19 gg19 ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
|
||||
JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1005,11 +1005,11 @@ JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατ
|
|||
JHN 13 27 rz21 λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 so Jesus said to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
|
||||
JHN 13 27 agd7 ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον 1 What you are doing, do it quickly “Do quickly what you are planning to do!”
|
||||
JHN 13 29 rv4z τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.”
|
||||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν…νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the **night**. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word “him” refers to the Son of Man. The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **him** refers to the Son of Man. The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
|
||||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 13 34 fkc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1018,11 +1018,11 @@ JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θ
|
|||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times “you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows”
|
||||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father’s house are many rooms “There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word “room” can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word **room** can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? “how can we know how to get there?”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1038,20 +1038,20 @@ JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then h
|
|||
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe…in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
|
||||
JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here “you” is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 14 12 gh64 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
|
||||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-explicit ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
|
||||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 ht8z καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you “you and I are just like one person”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1059,8 +1059,8 @@ JHN 14 21 rw8n ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focu
|
|||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ…ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love anyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word “show” refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?”
|
||||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here “world” is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word **show** refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?”
|
||||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here **world** is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word “The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
|
||||
JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1068,82 +1068,82 @@ JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father T
|
|||
JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me “The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own”
|
||||
JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word “The message”
|
||||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says “you” he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says **you** he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world The “world” is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler…is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the “true vine” is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the **true vine** is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here “every branch” represents people, and “bear fruit” represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here **every branch** represents people, and **bear fruit** represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 takes away “cuts off and takes away”
|
||||
JHN 15 2 xej7 πᾶν…καθαίρει 1 prunes every branch “trims every branch”
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the “clean branches” that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 you The word “you” throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the **clean** branches that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 you The word **you** throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you “If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
|
||||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
|
||||
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches The “vine” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The “branches” is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “you will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much **fruit**, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “you will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here “fruit” is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here **fruit** is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples “show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love “Continue to accept my love”
|
||||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
|
||||
JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life.
|
||||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you “I have told you everything my Father told me”
|
||||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 yu3e figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε 1 You did not choose me Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here “fruit” is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε 1 go and bear fruit Here **fruit** is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 v3je καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain “that the results of what you do should last forever”
|
||||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 z431 figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν 1 whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here “word” is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here “because of my name” is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here **word** is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here **because of my name** is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin “they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v6pt καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. “Word” here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. **Word** here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here “testifying” means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the “beginning” is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here **testifying** means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the **beginning** is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase “fall away” implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase **fall away** implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 2 i79b ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God “it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.”
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1153,12 +1153,12 @@ JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύο
|
|||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης…ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me “when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things”
|
||||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ…κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged “God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ…ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you “messages for you” or “words for you”
|
||||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here “things of mine” refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here **things of mine** refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time “Soon” or “Before much time passes”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1170,84 +1170,84 @@ JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father T
|
|||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying,…see me’? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said,…see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 jx6s ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech “in language that is not clear”
|
||||
JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming “it will soon happen”
|
||||
JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father “tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
|
||||
JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here **name** is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…going to the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…going to the Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 kcb1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 the Father is with me This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here “peace” refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here “the world” refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here **peace** refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here **the world** refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms one long prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([John 17:1](../../jhn/17/01.md)).<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([John 17:5](../../jhn/17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [John 1:1](../../jhn/01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([John 3:16](../../jhn/03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father…glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
|
||||
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
|
||||
JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life…know you, the only true God, and…Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here “work” is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here “world” is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here **world** is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them…that they will be one…as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction “the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction”
|
||||
JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them”
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world Here **the “world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y5qx ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν 1 Your word is truth “Your message is true” or “What you say is true”
|
||||
JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here into “the world” is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 into the world Here into **the world** is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 those who will believe in me through their word “those who will believe in me because they teach about me”
|
||||
JHN 17 21 s8a1 πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
|
||||
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 22 p4mj κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them “I have honored my followers just as you have honored me”
|
||||
JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 fld5 ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity “that they may be completely united”
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here **the world** is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here “where I am” refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here **where I am** refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 hz83 θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory “to see my greatness”
|
||||
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love…loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>### Jesus’ kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1257,21 +1257,21 @@ JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a gard
|
|||
JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him “Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him”
|
||||
JHN 18 5 vg2d Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
|
||||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word “he” is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word **he** is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 g4hx ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 who betrayed him “who handed him over”
|
||||
JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 7 uf85 Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth “Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
|
||||
JHN 18 8 l8as writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 8 ui8z figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here “the word” refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 8 ui8z figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am Here the word **he** is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-explicit ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here **the word** refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 u2s9 θήκην 1 sheath the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner
|
||||
JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here “cup” is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον 1 the cup Here **cup** is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here **the Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1280,9 +1280,9 @@ JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι κ
|
|||
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here “his teaching” refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word “world” is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration “the world” emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here “all the Jews” is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here **his teaching** refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word **world** is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration **the world** emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong “tell me what I said that was wrong”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1290,53 +1290,53 @@ JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ…καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 if r
|
|||
JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
|
||||
JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that **Peter** **denied** knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the **rooster crowed**. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die “regarding how he would die”
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people “Your fellow Jews”
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here “world” is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here “the truth” refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here **world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here **the truth** refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here “voice” is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here **voice** is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([John 19:12](../../jhn/19/12.md)).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 19:41](../../jhn/19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
|
||||
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns…purple garment The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md).
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
|
||||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here “power” is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here **power** is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here “this answer” refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here **this answer** refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of “tried” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar “you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
|
||||
JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king “claims that he is a king”
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here “he” refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here **he** refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον…δὲ 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1344,13 +1344,13 @@ JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew This refers to the language that the
|
|||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα…ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour “about noontime”
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here “I” is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here **I** is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here **Pilate** gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called “Golgotha.” Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here “on the cross” refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here **on the cross** refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1363,29 +1363,29 @@ JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος
|
|||
JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said”
|
||||
JHN 19 24 lqy3 λάχωμεν 1 cast lots This was how the soldiers divided Jesus’ clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: “they gambled”
|
||||
JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This is John, the writer of this Gospel.
|
||||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word “son” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word “mother” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word **son** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word **mother** is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour “From that very moment”
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς…ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 sour wine “bitter wine”
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here “they” refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here **they** refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 on a hyssop staff “on a branch of a plant called hyssop”
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave **his spirit** back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here “believe” means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here **believe** means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in [John 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1399,17 +1399,17 @@ JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this ch
|
|||
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
|
||||
JHN 20 1 a8vl μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week “Sunday”
|
||||
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word **love** refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name.
|
||||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as **the other disciple**, rather than including his name.
|
||||
JHN 20 3 p6ex figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 went out John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: “rushed out to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here “his head” refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here **his head** refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book.
|
||||
JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν 1 they still did not know the scripture Here the word “they” refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit οὐδέπω…ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν 1 they still did not know the scripture Here the word **they** refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again
|
||||
JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1418,18 +1418,18 @@ JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her
|
|||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord “Because they took away the body of my Lord”
|
||||
JHN 20 13 aq3x οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 I do not know where they have put him “I do not know where they have put it”
|
||||
JHN 20 15 le9x λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to her “Jesus asked her”
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-explicit κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν 1 Sir, if you have taken him away Here the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me where you have put him “tell me where you have put it”
|
||||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word “Rabboni” means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word “brothers” to refer to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word **Rabboni** means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used The word **brothers** to refer to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
|
||||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 21 ylp8 εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
|
||||
|
|
@ -1438,23 +1438,23 @@ JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are fo
|
|||
JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever’s sins you keep back “If you do not forgive another’s sins”
|
||||
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word “him” refers to Thomas.
|
||||
JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word **him** refers to Thomas.
|
||||
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see…his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see…his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands…into his side The word “his” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word “his” refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands…into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word **his** refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
|
||||
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-explicit πιστός 1 believe Here **believe** means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q81m figs-explicit πεπίστευκας 1 you have believed Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 29 zgv1 μακάριοι οἱ 1 Blessed are those This means “God gives great happiness to those.”
|
||||
JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-explicit μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word “signs” refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word **signs** refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here “life” is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν…ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here **life** is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “Some time later”
|
|||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ…Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here “some” refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here **some** refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 6 p8he αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι 1 draw it in “pull the net in”
|
||||
JHN 21 7 u5c3 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 7 h3p4 τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment “he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1471,39 +1471,39 @@ JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλ
|
|||
JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς…ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits “90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here “went up” means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη…Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here **went up** means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 drew the net to land “pulled the net to the shore”
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων 1 full of large fish “full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 21 12 za5g ἀριστήσατε 1 breakfast the morning meal
|
||||
JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 m1bh 0 General Information: Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 t1uj ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love you When Peter answers, he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here “lambs” is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here “sheep” is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus. Here “a third time” means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here **lambs** is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here **love** refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here **sheep** is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Here **a third time** means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here “sheep” is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here **sheep** is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 sqb7 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background δὲ 1 Now John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 hf2r figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the word “follow” means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the word **follow** means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here “him” refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον…ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here **him** refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
|
||||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him “Jesus said to Peter”
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here “him” refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here **him** refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tef8 ἔρχομαι 1 I come This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ 1 what is that to you? This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here “the brothers” refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here **the brothers** refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple “the disciple John”
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here **testifies** means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here **we** refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ…βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
516
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
516
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
|
|
@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ ROM 1 1 sg88 κλητὸς 1 called This means that God has appointed or chosen
|
|||
ROM 1 2 r5x7 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις 1 which he promised beforehand by his prophets in the holy scriptures God promised his people that he would set up his kingdom. He told the prophets to write these promises in the Scriptures.
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lab1 περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This refers to “the gospel of God,” the good news that God promised to send his Son into the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-explicit τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here the word “flesh” refers to the physical body. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David according to the physical nature” or “who was born into the family of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-explicit τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here the word **flesh** refers to the physical body. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of David according to the physical nature” or “who was born into the family of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 z3yq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks here about his obligation to preach.
|
||||
ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God The word “he” refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him with power to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God The word **he** refers to Jesus Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God declared him with power to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 4 h97z ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead “by raising him from among the people who are dead.” This expression speaks of all dead people together in the underworld, and coming alive again is spoken of as resurrection from among them.
|
||||
ROM 1 4 m89w Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness This refers to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-activepassive ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 we have received grace and apostleship God has given Paul the gift of being an apostle. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God caused me to be an apostle. This is a special privilege” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Paul uses the word “name” as a metonym to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to teach all nations to obey because of their faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Paul uses The word **name** as a metonym to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order to teach all nations to obey because of their faith in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 z85a figs-activepassive πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter to all of you in Rome whom God loves and has chosen to become his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 v8bl figs-activepassive χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you, and peace You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “May God give you grace and peace” or “May God bless you and give you inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 God our Father The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 1 8 e6el ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the whole world the world Paul and his readers knew and could travel in, which was the Roman Empire
|
||||
ROM 1 9 c7pa μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 For God is my witness Paul emphasizes that he earnestly prays for them and that God has seen him praying. The word “for” is often left untranslated.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 c7pa μάρτυς γάρ μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 For God is my witness Paul emphasizes that he earnestly prays for them and that God has seen him praying. The word **for** is often left untranslated.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 dx6p ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 in my spirit A person’s spirit is the part of him that can know God and believe in him.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world.
|
||||
ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,31 +34,31 @@ ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν συνπαρακλ
|
|||
ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Paul is emphasizing that he wanted them to have this information. You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 u1cq ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 1 13 ru3x figs-activepassive καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 but I was hindered until now You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “something has always prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you The word “harvest” is a metaphor that represents people in Rome whom Paul wants to believe the gospel. Alternate translation: “that more people among you might trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you The word **harvest** is a metaphor that represents people in Rome whom Paul wants to believe the gospel. Alternate translation: “that more people among you might trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 13 j96v τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the rest of the Gentiles the Gentiles in the other regions where he had gone
|
||||
ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor τε…ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both Using the metaphor “debtor,” Paul speaks of his duty to serve God as if he owed God a financial debt. Alternate translation: “I must take the gospel to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I trust completely in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις…Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here “believes” means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 h7nu figs-explicit δύναμις…Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 it is the power of God for salvation for everyone who believes Here **believes** means that one puts his trust in Christ. Alternate translation: “it is through the gospel that God powerfully saves those who put their trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 16 f5x9 Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek “for Jewish people and also for Greek people”
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here “first” means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here “it” refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 16 sz5b τε πρῶτον 1 first Here **first** means coming before all others in order of time.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 ii3m γὰρ…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it Here **it** refers to the gospel. Paul explains why he completely trusts in the gospel.
|
||||
ROM 1 17 h38h figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ…ἀποκαλύπτεται, ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about the gospel message as if it were an object that God could physically show to people. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has told us that it is by faith from beginning to end that people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 igg9 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ…δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 The righteous will live by faith Here “righteous” refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: “It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 17 hbv6 figs-explicit ὁ…δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 1 The righteous will live by faith Here **righteous** refers to those who trust in God. Alternate translation: “It is people who trust in God that he considers right with him, and they will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 gqv3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reveals God’s great anger against sinful man.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God shows how angry he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses the word “for” to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people The words “ungodliness” and “unrighteousness” are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives “ungodly,” which describes the people, and “unrighteous,” which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here “truth” refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 c69s γὰρ 1 For Paul uses The word **for** to show he is about to tell why people know that what he has said in [Romans 1:17](../01/17.md) is true.
|
||||
ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people The word **therefore** and **unrighteousness** are abstract nouns that can be expressed using the adjectives “ungodly,” which describes the people, and “unrighteous,” which describes their deeds. These nouns are metonyms for the people with whom God is angry. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God reveals from heaven how angry he is with people because they are ungodly and do unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here **truth** refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they can know about God because of what they can plainly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here “enlightened them” means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here **enlightened them** means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities…have been clearly seen Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 wk7u θειότης 1 divine nature “all the qualities and characteristics of God” or “the things about God that make him God”
|
||||
ROM 1 20 uvc1 κόσμου 1 world This refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them.
|
||||
ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of the things that God has made” or “because people have seen the things that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 20 dxr6 τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse “these people can never say that they did not know”
|
||||
ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “began to think foolish things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here “darkness” is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here **darkness** is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 1 22 ddr2 φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish “While they were claiming that they were wise, they became foolish”
|
||||
ROM 1 22 ly68 φάσκοντες 1 They…they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md)
|
||||
ROM 1 23 k9xu ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God “traded the truth that God is glorious and will never die” or “stopped believing that God is glorious and will never die”
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,43 +68,43 @@ ROM 1 23 u971 πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπ
|
|||
ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in”
|
||||
ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them…their…themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here “lusts of their hearts” is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here **lusts of their hearts** is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 they This word refers to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here “creation” refers to what God created. Alternate translation: “They worshiped things that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-explicit ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 1 who worshiped and served the creation Here **creation** refers to what God created. Alternate translation: “They worshiped things that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 25 v89u παρὰ 1 instead of “rather than”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 jb2g διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because of idolatry and sexual sin”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 pil3 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 hw81 πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions “shameful sexual desires”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 j4ni αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν 1 for their women “because their women”
|
||||
ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural The idea of relations “that were unnatural” is a euphemism for immoral sexuality. Alternate translation: “started practicing sexuality in a way God did not design” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ…ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here “natural relations” is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: “many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism καὶ…ἄρσενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women Here **natural relations** is a euphemism for sexual relationships. Alternate translation: “many men stopped having natural sexual desire for women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ROM 1 27 c7ja ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 burned in their lust for one another “experienced strong sexual desire for other men”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 committed shameless acts “committed acts for which they should have been ashamed, but they were not ashamed”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν…καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error “men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed”
|
||||
ROM 1 27 yvm1 πλάνης 1 error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts
|
||||
ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness “They did not think it was necessary to know God”
|
||||
ROM 1 28 bt7u αὐτοὺς 1 they…their…them These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md).
|
||||
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here “a depraved mind” means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here **a depraved mind** means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 not proper “disgraceful” or “sinful”
|
||||
ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They have been filled with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “They have in them a strong desire for” or “They strongly desire to do deeds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people…Many constantly desire to murder people…to cause arguments and quarrels among people…to deceive others…to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 1 30 f4tt καταλάλους 1 slanderers A slanderer says false things about another person in order to damage that person’s reputation.
|
||||
ROM 1 30 th8q ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil “thinking of new ways to do evil things to others”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 cxx8 οἵτινες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God “They know how God wants them to live”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες 1 that those who practice such things Here “practice” refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: “and that those who keep on doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-explicit ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες 1 that those who practice such things Here **practice** refers to continually or habitually doing things that are evil. Alternate translation: “and that those who keep on doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 z12q ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 are deserving of death “deserve to die”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 ama2 αὐτὰ 1 these things “these kinds of evil things”
|
||||
ROM 1 32 iqg1 figs-explicit τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them Here the verb “do” refers to continuing to do things that are evil. Alternate translation: “who keep on doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 1 32 iqg1 figs-explicit τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them Here the verb **do** refers to continuing to do things that are evil. Alternate translation: “who keep on doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter shifts its audience from Roman Christians to those who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “Therefore you are without excuse”<br>This phrase looks back at Chapter 1. In some ways, it actually concludes what Chapter 1 teaches. This phrase explains why everyone in the world must worship the true God.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Doers of the Law”<br>Those who try to obey the law will not be justified by trying to obey it. Those who are justified by believing in Jesus show that their faith is real by obeying God’s commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Hypothetical Situation<br>In context, “he will give eternal life” in verse 7 is a hypothetical statement. If a person could live a perfect life, they would earn eternal life as a reward. But only Jesus was able to live a perfect life.<br><br>Paul gives another hypothetical situation in verses 17-29. Here he explains that even those who earnestly try to obey the law of Moses are guilty of violating the law. In English, this is about those who follow the “letter” of the law but cannot follow the “spirit” or general principles of the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You who judge”<br>At times, this could be translated in a simpler way. But it is translated in this relatively awkward way because when Paul refers to “people who judge” he is also saying that everyone judges. It is possible to translate this as “those who judge (and everyone judges).”
|
||||
ROM 2 1 y6ts 0 Connecting Statement: Paul has affirmed all men are sinners and continues to remind them that all people are wicked.
|
||||
ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-explicit διὸ ἀναπολόγητος εἶ 1 Therefore you are without excuse The word “therefore” marks a new section of the letter. It also makes a concluding statement based on what Paul has said in [Romans 1:1-32](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Since God will punish those who continually sin, he will certainly not excuse your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-explicit διὸ ἀναπολόγητος εἶ 1 Therefore you are without excuse The word **therefore** marks a new section of the letter. It also makes a concluding statement based on what Paul has said in [Romans 1:1-32](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Since God will punish those who continually sin, he will certainly not excuse your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 x3mi figs-apostrophe εἶ 1 you are Paul is writing here as if he were addressing a Jewish person who is arguing with him. Paul is doing this to teach his audience that God will punish everyone who continually sins, whether Jew or Gentile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word “person” here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: “You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 md5e figs-you εἶ 1 you Here the pronoun **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 jt4b figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων 1 you person, you who judge Paul uses the word **person** here to scold anyone who might think he can act like God and judge others. Alternate translation: “You are just a human being, yet you judge others and say they deserve God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 1 ybp2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself “But you are only judging yourself because you do the same wicked deeds as they do”
|
||||
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun “we” may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of “God’s judgment” as if it were alive and could “fall” on people. Alternate translation: “God will judge those people truly and fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν δὲ 1 But we know Here the pronoun **we** may include Christian believers and also Jews who are not Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those Here Paul speaks of **God’s judgment** as if it were alive and could “fall” on people. Alternate translation: “God will judge those people truly and fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 2 2 rgw4 τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας 1 those who practice such things “the people who do those wicked deeds”
|
||||
ROM 2 3 wg1h λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο 1 But consider this “So consider this” or “Therefore, consider this”
|
||||
ROM 2 3 ijd6 λογίζῃ…τοῦτο 1 consider this “think about what I am going to tell you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-rquestion ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ
|
|||
ROM 2 5 t8pv 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the people that all people are wicked.
|
||||
ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 f52g figs-doublet τὴν σκληρότητά…καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This is a doublet that you can combine as “unrepentant heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath The phrase “storing up” implies a metaphor that usually refers to a person gathering his treasures and putting them in a safe place. Paul says, instead of treasures, that the person is gathering God’s punishment. The longer they go without repenting, the more severe the punishment. Alternate translation: “you are making your punishment worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath The phrase **storing up** implies a metaphor that usually refers to a person gathering his treasures and putting them in a safe place. Paul says, instead of treasures, that the person is gathering God’s punishment. The longer they go without repenting, the more severe the punishment. Alternate translation: “you are making your punishment worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς…ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath…of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: “when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 6 c4dn ἀποδώσει 1 will pay back “give a fair reward or punishment”
|
||||
ROM 2 6 gj1q ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions “each person according to what that person has done”
|
||||
|
|
@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ ROM 2 7 m341 ἀφθαρσίαν 1 incorruptibility This refers to physical, no
|
|||
ROM 2 8 guq1 0 Connecting Statement: Though this section is speaking to the non-religious wicked person, Paul sums it up by stating both non-Jews and Jews are wicked before God.
|
||||
ROM 2 8 wa6f ἐριθείας 1 self-seeking “selfish” or “only concerned with what makes themselves happy”
|
||||
ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-parallelism ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second intensifies the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath and fierce anger will come The words “wrath” and “fierce anger” mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s anger. Alternate translation: “God will show his terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 wrath Here the word “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s severe punishment of wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 tribulation and distress on The words “tribulation” and “distress” mean basically the same thing here and emphasize how bad God’s punishment will be. Alternate translation: “awful punishments will happen to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Here, Paul uses the word “soul” as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 wrath and fierce anger will come The words **wrath** and **fierce anger** mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s anger. Alternate translation: “God will show his terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 8 c2n3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 wrath Here the word **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s severe punishment of wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ 1 tribulation and distress on The words **tribulation** and **distress** mean basically the same thing here and emphasize how bad God’s punishment will be. Alternate translation: “awful punishments will happen to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 on every human soul Here, Paul uses The word **soul** as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 9 n7q4 τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil “has continually done evil things”
|
||||
ROM 2 9 a9s5 Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first, and also to the Greek “God will judge the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people”
|
||||
ROM 2 9 n5ev πρῶτον 1 first Possible meanings are (1) “first in order of time” or (2) “most certainly”
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,24 +145,24 @@ ROM 2 12 m6cy ὅσοι…ἥμαρτον 1 as many as have sinned “all those
|
|||
ROM 2 12 y3bu figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ…διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 with respect to the law will be judged by the law God will judge sinful people according to his law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and who do know the law of Moses, God will judge them according to that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 sw8x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to let the reader know that perfect obedience to God’s law is required even for those who never had God’s law.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 k32u γὰρ 1 For Verses 14 and 15 interrupt Paul’s main argument to give the reader extra information. If you have a way to mark an interruption like this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here “the law” refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is not the hearers of the law Here **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “it is not those who only hear the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God “whom God considers righteous”
|
||||
ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law “but it is those who obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law…are a law to themselves The phrase “law to themselves” is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here “the law” refers to the law of Moses.” Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law…are a law to themselves The phrase **law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here **the law** refers to the law of Moses.” Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show “By naturally obeying the law they show”
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase “written in their hearts” is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here “bears witness” refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 15 z28q figs-idiom συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here **bears witness** refers to the knowledge they gain from the law that God has written in their hearts. Alternate translation: “tells them if they are disobeying or obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 2 16 c5fp ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge This finishes Paul’s thought from [Romans 2:13](../02/13.md). “This will happen when God judges”
|
||||
ROM 2 17 lc6m 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins Paul’s discussion that the law the Jews possess actually condemns them because they do not obey it.
|
||||
ROM 2 17 cnq7 εἰ…σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 if you call yourself a Jew “since you call yourself a Jew”
|
||||
ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law The phrase “rest upon the law” represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-metaphor ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law The phrase **rest upon the law** represents believing that they can become righteous by obeying the law. Alternate translation: “rely on the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 18 l3we γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα 1 know his will “and know God’s will”
|
||||
ROM 2 18 xn6w figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 because you have been instructed from the law This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because people have taught you what is right from the law” or “because you have learned from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here “the blind” and “those who walk in darkness” represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-parallelism πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Here **the blind** and **those who walk in darkness** represent people who do not understand the law. Alternate translation: “that because you teach the law, you yourself are like a guide to blind people, and you are like a light to people who are lost in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 p7qq παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish “you correct those who do wrong”
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to very small children. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Here Paul compares those who do not know anything about the law to very small **children**. Alternate translation: “and you teach those who do not know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 2 20 gh9s figs-explicit ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 and that you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth The knowledge of the truth that is in the law comes from God. Alternate translation: “because you are sure you understand the truth that God has given in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 uq9y figs-rquestion ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You teach others, but you do not teach yourself!” or “You teach others, but you do not do what you teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rquestion ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,38 +171,38 @@ ROM 2 22 qn68 figs-rquestion ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα,
|
|||
ROM 2 22 mv4d ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 Do you rob temples Possible meanings are (1) “steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit” or (2) “do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God.”
|
||||
ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-rquestion ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 q13d figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word “name” is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 24 xq7q figs-metonymy ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 name of God The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 25 i497 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to show that God, by his law, condemns even the Jews who have God’s law.
|
||||
ROM 2 25 jg8q περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ 1 For circumcision indeed benefits you “I say all of this because being circumcised does benefit you”
|
||||
ROM 2 25 sbm3 ἐὰν…παραβάτης νόμου ᾖς 1 if you break the law “if you do not obey the commandments found in the law”
|
||||
ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision “it is as though you were no longer circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person “the person who is not circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law”
|
||||
ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that **circumcision** is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-rquestion καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you…the law? This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you…the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see.
|
||||
ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him.
|
||||
ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh This is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases have similar meanings. The first phrase, “he is a Jew who is one inwardly,” explains the second phrase, “circumcision is that of the heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 v149 ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 inwardly This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed.
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here “heart” is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here “letter” is a synecdoche that refers to written Scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dk8q figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 of the heart Here **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Here **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written Scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 2 29 qa6b ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit This refers to the internal, spiritual part of a person that “God’s Spirit” changes .
|
||||
ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])
|
||||
ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
|
||||
ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-explicit τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision? Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here “It” refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here **It** refers to being a member of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 q2dh πρῶτον μὲν 1 First of all Possible meanings are (1) “First in order of time” or (2) “Most certainly” or (3) “Most importantly.”
|
||||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here “revelation” refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 2 r62g figs-explicit ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were entrusted with revelation from God Here **revelation** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 3 d9k3 figs-rquestion τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness? Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 z465 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!”
|
||||
ROM 3 4 kz4j γινέσθω δὲ 1 Instead, let be found “We should say this instead, let”
|
||||
ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-explicit γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true God will always be true and will keep his promises. Alternate translation: “God always does what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words “every” and “liar” are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-hyperbole πᾶς δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar The words **every** and **liar** are exaggerations here to add emphasis that God alone is always true to his promises. Alternate translation: “even if every man were a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 te39 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures themselves agree with what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases have very similar meanings. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone must acknowledge that what you say is true, and you will always win your case when anyone accuses you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 dgk8 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 But if our unrighteousness shows the righteousness of God, what can we say? Can we say that God is unrighteous to bring his wrath upon us? Paul uses these questions to present what some people were arguing and to get his readers to think about whether or not this argument is true. Alternate translation: “Some people say that since our unrighteousness shows God’s righteousness, then God is unrighteous when he punishes us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 to bring his wrath Here **wrath** is a metonym for punishment. Alternate translation: “to bring his punishment upon us” or “to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 5 j631 (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument “I am saying here what some people say” or “This is what some people say”
|
||||
ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that God is unrighteous”
|
||||
ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -216,37 +216,37 @@ ROM 3 9 fia9 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα 1 What then? Are
|
|||
ROM 3 9 g85q οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all These words are stronger than a simple “no,” but not as strong as “absolutely not!”
|
||||
ROM 3 10 u88n figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This is as the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands There is no one who understands what is right. Alternate translation: “No one really understands what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase “seeks after God” means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks after God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their…Their The word “their” refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word “throat” is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here “open grave” is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word “tongues” is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here “poison of snakes” is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word “lips” refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here “mouths” is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word “full” exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here “feet” is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word “blood” is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet The word “their” refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths The word “their” refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here “destruction and suffering” are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their…Their The word **their** refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word **tongues** is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here **poison of snakes** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here **mouths** is a metonym that represents the evil words of the people. The word **full** exaggerates how often people speak bitterly and curse. Alternate translation: “They often speak curses and cruel words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Here **feet** is a synecdoche that represents the people themselves. The word **blood** is a metaphor that refers to killing people. Alternate translation: “They are in a hurry to harm and murder people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 3 15 a1dr οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet The word **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 d4y3 ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 their paths The word **their** refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-metonymy σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths Here **destruction and suffering** are metonyms that represent the harm that these people cause others to suffer. Alternate translation: “They try to destroy others and cause them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 17 zk1i ἔγνωσαν 1 They have known These words refer to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 17 jb6b ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace “how to live at peace with others.” A “way” is a road or path.
|
||||
ROM 3 18 cpf2 αὐτῶν 1 their This word refers to the Jews and Greeks in [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here “fear” is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes Here **fear** is a metonym that represents respect for God and willingness to honor him. Alternate translation: “Everyone refuses to give God the respect he deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Paul speaks of the law here as if it were alive and had its own voice. Alternate translation: “everything that the law says people should do is for” or “all the commands that Moses wrote in the law are for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 n399 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law “those who must obey the law”
|
||||
ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here “world” is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here “flesh” refers to all human beings.
|
||||
ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-synecdoche ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Here **mouth** is a synecdoche that means the words people speak. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that no people will be able to say anything valid to defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 the whole world held accountable to God Here **world** is a synecdoche that represents all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “that God can declare everyone in the world guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 3 20 xs9x σὰρξ 1 flesh Here **flesh** refers to all human beings.
|
||||
ROM 3 20 gaa3 γὰρ 1 For Possible meanings are (1) “Therefore” or (2) “This is because”
|
||||
ROM 3 20 wtp4 διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 through the law comes the knowledge of sin “when someone knows God’s law, he realizes that he has sinned”
|
||||
ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: The word “but” here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point.
|
||||
ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word “now” refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth.
|
||||
ROM 3 21 fqz4 0 Connecting Statement: The word **but** here shows Paul has completed his introduction and is now beginning to make his main point.
|
||||
ROM 3 21 y3te νυνὶ 1 now The word **now** refers to the time since Jesus came to the earth.
|
||||
ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has made known a way to be right with him without obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words “the Law and the Prophets” refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here “righteousness” means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets The words **the Law and the Prophets** refer to the parts of scripture that Moses and the prophets wrote in the Jewish scriptures. Paul describes them here as if they were people testifying in court. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What Moses and the prophets wrote confirms this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 ffw8 figs-explicit δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the righteousness of God through faith in Jesus Christ Here **righteousness** means being right with God. Alternate translation: “being right with God through trusting Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 22 s36i figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολή 1 For there is no distinction Paul implies that God accepts all people in the same way. Alternate translation: “There is no difference at all between the Jews and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the “glory of God” is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here “justified” refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 23 lym5 figs-metonymy ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 come short of the glory of God Here the **glory of God** is a metonym that refers to the image of God and his nature. Alternate translation: “have failed to be like God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 xcu6 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they are freely justified by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus Here **justified** refers to being made right with God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God makes them right with himself as a free gift, because Christ Jesus sets them free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 24 bcc2 δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 they are freely justified This means that they are justified without having to earn or merit being justified. God freely justifies them. Alternate translation: “they are made right with God without earning it”
|
||||
ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood This is a metonym for the death of Jesus as a sacrifice for sins. Alternate translation: “in his death as a sacrifice for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 25 ieq9 πάρεσιν 1 disregard Possible meanings are (1) ignoring or (2) forgiving.
|
||||
|
|
@ -254,11 +254,11 @@ ROM 3 26 lm1r πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνη
|
|||
ROM 3 26 cg55 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus “By this he shows that he is both just and the one who declares everyone righteous who has faith in Jesus”
|
||||
ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? ἐξεκλείσθη 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul asks this question to show that there is no reason for people to boast about obeying the law. Alternate translation: “So there is no way that we can boast that God favors us because we obeyed those laws. Boasting is excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul asks and answers these rhetorical questions to emphasize that each point he is making is certainly true. You can translate this by including the words that Paul implies, and by using an active form. Alternate translation: “On what grounds should we exclude boasting? Should we exclude it because of our good works? No, rather, we should exclude it because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 t8um figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Here “faith” is an abstract noun that refers to the person believing in God. The “person” here is any person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in God” or “when God justifies a person, he does so because the person believes in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 t8um figs-abstractnouns δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith here is any person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: **God justifies any person who believes in God** here is any person. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God justifies any person who believes in God” or “when God justifies a person, he does so because the person believes in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 3 28 ycx2 χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law “even if he has done no works of the law”
|
||||
ROM 3 29 n7r5 figs-rquestion ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον 1 Or is God the God of Jews only? Paul asks this question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You who are Jews certainly should not think that you are the only ones whom God will accept!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 29 gdt4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Is he not also the God of Gentiles? Yes, of Gentiles also Paul asks this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “He will also accept non-Jews, that is, Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here “circumcision” is a metonym that refers to Jews and “uncircumcision” is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here **circumcision** is a metonym that refers to Jews and “uncircumcision” is a metonym that refers to non-Jews. Alternate translation: “God will make both Jews and non-Jews right with himself through their faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 if2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul confirms the law though faith.
|
||||
ROM 3 31 wb6r figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Do we then nullify the law through faith? Paul asks a question that one of his readers might have. Alternate translation: “Someone might say that we can ignore the law because we have faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 3 31 jdq1 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar express in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “This is certainly not true” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -281,25 +281,25 @@ ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncirc
|
|||
ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 10 uy4t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: “When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 4 10 p5rp οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision “It happened before he was circumcised, not after he was circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here “righteousness of the faith” means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 11 s2ez figs-explicit σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision Here **righteousness of the faith** means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 11 i2vz δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 even if they are in uncircumcision “even if they are not circumcised”
|
||||
ROM 4 11 a5b6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 This means that righteousness will be counted for them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This means that God will consider them righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here “the circumcision” refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here “follow in the steps of faith” is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words “the promise came” are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 4 12 u8j3 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here **the circumcision** refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here **follow in the steps of faith** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example of follow. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 13 x9s9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 but through the righteousness of faith The words **the promise came** are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 cf9t figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here “live by the law” refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 p51n figs-explicit εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 if those who live by the law are to be the heirs Here **live by the law** refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 14 gd78 κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 faith is made empty, and the promise is void “faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless”
|
||||
ROM 4 15 b3h8 figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 there is no trespass This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “trespass.” Alternate translation: “no one can break the law” or “it is impossible to disobey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 d4jz διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “So”
|
||||
ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word “it” refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: “it is by faith that we receive the promise” or “we receive the promise by faith”
|
||||
ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here “the promise may rest on grace” represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 tm4j ἐκ πίστεως 1 it is by faith The word **it** refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: “it is by faith that we receive the promise” or “we receive the promise by faith”
|
||||
ROM 4 16 mex6 figs-metaphor ἵνα κατὰ χάριν…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 in order that the promise may rest on grace Here **the promise may rest on grace** represents God giving what he promised because of his grace. Alternate translation: “so that what he promised might be a free gift” or “so that his promise would be because of his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 ns6r τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey the law of Moses.
|
||||
ROM 4 16 v4z9 τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who share the faith of Abraham This refers to those who have faith as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did”
|
||||
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-exclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word “us” refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 16 l7gg figs-exclusive πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 father of us all Here the word **us** refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 iju4 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Where it is written can be made explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here “of him whom he trusted” refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 mxm5 figs-you τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you Here the word **you** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here **of him whom he trusted** refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 17 uun9 καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 calls the things that do not exist into existence “created everything from nothing”
|
||||
ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-explicit ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem that he could have a son. Alternate translation: “Even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 4 18 b92q figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as God said to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -310,76 +310,76 @@ ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he
|
|||
ROM 4 21 y2sh καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced “Abraham was completely sure”
|
||||
ROM 4 21 sbu3 δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι 1 he was also able to accomplish “God was able to do”
|
||||
ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore God counted Abraham’s belief as righteousness” or “Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was “Now” is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 a92n ἐγράφη δὲ 1 Now it was **Now** is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection.
|
||||
ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit “for Abraham only”
|
||||
ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word “us” refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word **us** refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead “Raised…from the dead” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead **Raised…from the dead** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
|
||||
ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
|
||||
ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified”
|
||||
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ”
|
||||
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God.
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
|
||||
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
|
||||
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here **Lord** means that Jesus is God.
|
||||
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here **by faith** refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
|
||||
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word **this** refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
|
||||
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here “hearts” represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase “the love of God has been poured into our hearts” is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word “we” here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of **confidence** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase **the love of God has been poured into our hearts** is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word **we** here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man”
|
||||
ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person”
|
||||
ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.”
|
||||
ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here “justified” means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here **justified** means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
|
||||
ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-exclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son…his life “God’s Son…the life of God’s Son”
|
||||
ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses.
|
||||
ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered…death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of “one man,” Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered…death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of **one man**, Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave the law. Alternate translation: “People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: “but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ…ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death “Even though what I have just said is true, death” or “There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death” ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)).
|
||||
ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Paul is speaking of death as if it were a king who ruled. Alternate translation: “people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 14 t481 καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 even over those who did not sin like Adam’s disobedience “even people whose sins were different from Adam’s continue to die”
|
||||
ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is a pattern of him who was to come Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him.
|
||||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here “one” refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here “grace” refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here “the gift” refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here **one** refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here **grace** refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here **the gift** refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift…justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses “after the sins of many”
|
||||
ROM 5 17 f94r τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam.
|
||||
ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of “death” as a king who ruled. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled Here Paul speaks of **death** as a king who ruled. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wr2r ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος 1 by one trespass “through the one sin committed by Adam” or “because of Adam’s sin”
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here “condemnation” refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ta2j figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα 1 condemnation came to all people Here **condemnation** refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 wgh4 δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος 1 one act of righteousness the sacrifice of Jesus Christ
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here “justification” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 18 ifk1 figs-explicit εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους…δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 justification and life for all people Here **justification** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God’s offer to make all people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 j5yh τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 one man’s disobedience the disobedience of Adam
|
||||
ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 the many were made sinners You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many people sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 19 aa3e τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 the obedience of the one the obedience of Jesus
|
||||
ROM 5 19 w571 figs-activepassive δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 will the many be made righteous You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will make many people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification νόμος…παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in Here Paul speaks of the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 c59u ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 sin abounded “sin increased”
|
||||
ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here “grace” refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of “grace” here as if it were a king that ruled. The word “righteousness” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 20 x7ny figs-explicit ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 grace abounded even more Here **grace** refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 w4ut figs-personification οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 m5by figs-personification οὕτως…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 so grace might rule through righteousness Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. The word **righteousness** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 5 21 ew1b figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
|
||||
ROM 6 1 x13n 0 Connecting Statement: Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God.
|
||||
ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 we say The pronoun “we” refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here “died to sin” means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 2 be39 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 We who died to sin, how can we still live in it? Here **died to sin** means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer’s baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -391,12 +391,12 @@ ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body
|
|||
ROM 6 6 syc4 figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ 1 might be destroyed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 ft8v figs-activepassive μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “sin should no longer enslave us” or “we should no longer be slaves to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 6 hq35 figs-metaphor μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 we should no longer be enslaved to sin Slavery to sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “we should no longer be controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here “righteous” refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here “died” refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 7 g3pf figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 1 He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin Here **righteous** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When God declares a person right with him, that person is no longer controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 8 muv7 figs-explicit ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here **died** refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-activepassive εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 kl3e ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here “death” is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “He can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 10 s2xy figs-idiom ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all The phrase “once for all” means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when he died he broke the power of sin completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here **death** is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “He can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 10 s2xy figs-idiom ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all The phrase **once for all** means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when he died he broke the power of sin completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 11 cac8 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, λογίζεσθε 1 In the same way, you also must consider “For this reason consider”
|
||||
ROM 6 11 jja7 λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς 1 consider yourselves “think of yourselves as” or “see yourselves as”
|
||||
ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dead to sin Just as one cannot force a corpse to do anything, sin has no power to force believers to dishonor God. Alternate translation: “as if you were dead to the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτ
|
|||
ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 12 r462 figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 rh3z figs-synecdoche μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness The picture is of the sinner offering the “parts of his body” to his master or king. One’s “body parts” are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here “now living” refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here “parts of your body” is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of “sin” here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: “Do not let sinful desires control what you do” or “Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 r4wz figs-explicit ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life Here **now living** refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 13 pgw5 figs-synecdoche καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness Here **parts of your body** is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of **sin** here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: “Do not let sinful desires control what you do” or “Do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 iev9 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον 1 For you are not under law To be “under law” means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To be “under grace” means that God’s free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but you are bound to God’s grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -419,31 +419,31 @@ ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακο
|
|||
ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death…which leads to righteousness “which results in death…which results in righteousness”
|
||||
ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But thanks be to God! “But I thank God!”
|
||||
ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “you were like slaves of sin” or “you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word “heart” refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here “pattern” refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word **heart** refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given Here **pattern** refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has freed you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here “free from sin” is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “you have been made free from sin’s control over you”
|
||||
ROM 6 18 idu4 ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 You have been made free from sin Here **free from sin** is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “you have been made free from sin’s control over you”
|
||||
ROM 6 18 g42l figs-metaphor ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness Slavery of righteousness is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: “you have been made like slaves of righteousness” or “you are now controlled by righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 18 fx5r ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you have been made slaves of righteousness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has made you slaves of righteousness” or “Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness”
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4cl ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 I speak like a man Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: “I am speaking about this in human terms” or “I am using examples from everyday life”
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses the word “flesh” as the opposite of “spirit.” Alternate translation: “because you do not fully understand spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Often Paul uses The word **flesh** as the opposite of “spirit.” Alternate translation: “because you do not fully understand spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 ran5 figs-synecdoche παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil Here, “body parts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here “body parts” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here “free from righteousness” is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” or “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? “Fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: “Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame” or “You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 19 wzt1 figs-synecdoche παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification Here **body parts** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-metaphor ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here **free from righteousness** is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” or “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? **Fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: “Nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame” or “You gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But now that you have become free from sin and have become God’s slaves” or “But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 j25t figs-metaphor νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 But now that you have been made free from sin Being “free from sin” is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “But now that God has made you able not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 u9dm figs-metaphor δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and are enslaved to God Being “enslaved” to God is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: “and God has made you able to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here “fruit” is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification Here **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 6 22 a478 τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life “The result of all of this is that you will live forever with God”
|
||||
ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word “wages” refers to a payment given to someone for their work. “For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment” or “For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death”
|
||||
ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death The word **wages** refers to a payment given to someone for their work. “For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment” or “For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death”
|
||||
ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord “but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord”
|
||||
ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law.
|
||||
ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers…that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)).
|
||||
ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here “bound by law to the husband” is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here **bound by law to the husband** is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 2 iu7r ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ 1 the married woman This refers to any woman who is married.
|
||||
ROM 7 3 w3yw 0 Connecting Statement: This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)).
|
||||
ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει 1 she will be called an adulteress You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -451,9 +451,9 @@ ROM 7 3 wg4k ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she i
|
|||
ROM 7 4 ne64 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Therefore, my brothers This relates back to [Romans 7:1](../07/01.md).
|
||||
ROM 7 4 u5nu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” or “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here “fruit” is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here “fruit” is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead **Raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” or “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Here **fruit** is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here **fruit** is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 6 mze7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law.
|
||||
ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 we have been released from the law You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-exclusive κατηργήθημεν 1 we have been released This pronoun refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -485,16 +485,16 @@ ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment “bec
|
|||
ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 15 hv9g ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι 1 For what I do “because what I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω, 1 what I want to do, this I do not do The words “I do not do” are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate, this I do The words “I do,” which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω, 1 what I want to do, this I do not do The words **I do not do** are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 15 zv5l figs-hyperbole ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 1 what I hate, this I do The words **I do**, which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 7 16 y26s εἰ δὲ…ποιῶ 1 But if I do “However, if I do”
|
||||
ROM 7 16 q3b5 σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ 1 I agree with the law “I know God’s law is good”
|
||||
ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Paul describes sin as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here “flesh” is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 7 19 ri3b ἀγαθόν 1 the good “the good deeds” or “the good actions”
|
||||
ROM 7 19 j69g κακὸν 1 the evil “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions”
|
||||
ROM 7 20 afw6 figs-personification ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 rather sin that lives in me Paul speaks of “sin” as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of “evil” here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 21 fbr9 figs-personification ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me Paul speaks of **evil** here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man This is the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 7 23 clu4 βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive “I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me”
|
||||
ROM 7 23 t7yh νόμῳ 1 new principle This is the new spiritually alive nature.
|
||||
|
|
@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ ROM 7 25 w9ui χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τ
|
|||
ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-metaphor ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either God’s law or the principle of sin. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “These are sons of God”<br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Paul poetically presents his teaching in verses 38 and 39 in the form of an extended metaphor. He explains that nothing can separate a person from the love of God in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### No condemnation<br>This phrase must be translated carefully to avoid doctrinal confusion. People are still guilty of their sin. God disapproves of acting sinfully, even after believing in Jesus. God still punishes the sins of believers, but Jesus has paid the punishment for their sin. This is what Paul expresses here. The word “condemn” has several possible meanings. Here Paul emphasizes that people who believe in Jesus are no longer punished eternally for their sin by being “condemned to hell.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xq2y 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives the answer to the struggle he has with sin and good.
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here “condemnation” refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-explicit οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus Here **condemnation** refers to punishing people. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn and punish those who are joined to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 1 i12t ἄρα 1 therefore “for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
|
||||
ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus This refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Being free from the law of sin and death is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πλη
|
|||
ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit “but who obey the Holy Spirit”
|
||||
ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have.
|
||||
ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh…the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the “flesh” and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think…the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh…the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the **flesh** and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think…the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 6 ec7j θάνατος 1 death Here this means the separation of a person from God.
|
||||
ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do.
|
||||
ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how “the flesh” was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -559,17 +559,17 @@ ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτ
|
|||
ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 19 sr2p υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here this means all believers in Jesus. You can also translate this as “children of God.”
|
||||
ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ματαιότητι, ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God caused what he had created to be unable to achieve what he intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul describes “creation” as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: “not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul describes **creation** as a person who can desire. Alternate translation: “not because this is what the created things wanted, but because it is what God wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here being in slavery to decay is a metaphor for being certain to decay. Alternate translation: “from being like a slave to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God “Freedom” here is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: “that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God **Freedom** here is in contrast with slavery to decay. It is a metaphor meaning that the creation will not decay. Alternate translation: “that it will become gloriously free from decay like the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 22 l69k figs-metaphor οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now The creation is compared to a woman groaning while giving birth to a baby. Alternate translation: “For we know that everything that God created wants to be free and groans for it like a woman giving birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here “our adoption” means when we become full members of God’s family, as adopted children. The word “redemption” means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family and he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 waiting for our adoption, the redemption of our body Here **our adoption** means when we become full members of God’s family, as adopted children. The word **redemption** means when God saves us. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family and he saves our bodies from decay and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ ἐλπίδι ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For God saved us because we hoped in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς; ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει 1 Now hope that is seen is not hope. For who hopes for what he can see? Paul uses a question to help his audience understand what “hope” is. Alternate translation: “But if we are confidently waiting, that means we do not yet have what we want. No one can confidently wait if he already has what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 26 h8jy 0 Connecting Statement: Though Paul has been emphasizing that there is a struggle in believers between the flesh and the Spirit, he affirms that the Spirit is aiding us.
|
||||
ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans “groanings that we cannot express in words”
|
||||
ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here “He” refers to God. Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. The phrase “searches the hearts” is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He who searches the hearts Here **He** refers to God. Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts and emotions. The phrase **searches the hearts** is a metaphor for examining thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “God, who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 8 28 w4rz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that nothing can separate them from God’s love.
|
||||
ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 1 for those who are called You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for those whom God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 m3vv οὓς προέγνω 1 those whom he foreknew “those whom he knew before he even created them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -577,12 +577,12 @@ ROM 8 29 rg4t καὶ προώρισεν 1 he also predestined “he also made
|
|||
ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-activepassive συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son God planned from before the beginning of creation to grow those who believe in Jesus, the Son of God, into persons who are like Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that he would change them to be like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 lf49 εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn “so that his Son would be the firstborn”
|
||||
ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here “brothers” refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 29 s552 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here **brothers** refers to all believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “among many brothers and sisters who belong to the family of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 hg3f οὓς…προώρισεν 1 Those whom he predestined “Those whom God made plans for in advance”
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here “justified” is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word “glorified” is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g1y3 figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν 1 these he also justified Here **justified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he also put right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 30 g29g figs-explicit τούτους καὶ ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified The word **glorified** is in the past tense to emphasize that this will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “these he will also glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 What then shall we say about these things? If God is for us, who is against us? Paul uses questions to emphasize the main point of what he said previously. Alternate translation: “This is what we should know from all of this: since God is helping us, no one can defeat us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 He who did not spare his own Son God the Father sent the Son of God, Jesus Christ, to the cross as the holy, infinite sacrifice necessary to satisfy God’s infinite, holy nature against the sin of humanity. Here **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 b3au ἀλλὰ…παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up “but put him under the control of his enemies”
|
||||
ROM 8 32 gk4l figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 how will he not also with him freely give us all things? Paul is using a question for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will certainly and freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 32 rib2 τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται 1 freely give us all things “kindly give us all things”
|
||||
|
|
@ -592,10 +592,10 @@ ROM 8 34 vd8g translate-symaction ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τ
|
|||
ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul uses this question to teach that nothing can separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “No one will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” or “Nothing will ever separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The words “shall separate us from the love of Christ” are understood from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul uses this question to emphasize that even these things cannot separate us from the love of Christ. Alternate translation: “Even tribulation, distress, persecution, hunger, nakedness, danger, and sword cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Here “sword” is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? The abstract nouns can be expressed with verbal phrases. Here **sword** is a metonym that represents being killed violently. Alternate translation: “Even if people cause us trouble, hurt us, take away our clothes and food, or kill us, they cannot separate us from the love of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress These words both mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here “your” is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here “we” refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase “all day long” is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 t67y figs-you ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here **your** is singular and refers to God. Alternate translation: “For you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 we are killed all day long Here **we** refers to the one who wrote this part of Scripture, but not his audience, who was God. The phrase **all day long** is an exaggeration to emphasize how much danger they are in. Paul uses this part of Scripture to show that all who belong to God should expect difficult times. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “our enemies continually seek to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to livestock those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Our lives have no more value to them than the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 8 37 iui3 ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors “we have complete victory”
|
||||
ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,17 +606,17 @@ ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
ROM 9 1 b89f 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
|
||||
ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 1 h9mp συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς μου ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 my conscience bears witness with me in the Holy Spirit “the Holy Spirit controls my conscience and confirms what I say”
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here “unceasing pain in my heart” is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom ὅτι λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. Alternate translation: “I tell you that I grieve very greatly and deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how great his emotions are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ηὐχόμην γὰρ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς, ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου, τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I personally would be willing to let God curse me and, keep me apart from Christ forever if that would help my fellow Israelites, my own people group, to believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 3 eg9b τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 9 4 p1ys οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites “They, like me, are Israelites. God chose them to be Jacob’s descendants”
|
||||
ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of “adoption” to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “They have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption Here Paul uses the metaphor of **adoption** to indicate that the Israelites are like God’s children. Alternate translation: “They have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 6 s2ma 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes that those who are born in the family of Israel can really only be a true part of Israel through faith.
|
||||
ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον δὲ, ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed “But God has not failed to keep his promises” or “God has kept his promises”
|
||||
ROM 9 6 wy8z οὐ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel God did not make his promises to all the physical descendants of Israel (or Jacob), but to his spiritual descendants, that is, those who trust in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 7 s3rj οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children “Nor are they all children of God just because they are Abraham’s descendants”
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here “children of the flesh” is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy οὐ τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here **children of the flesh** is a metonym that refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “not all of Abraham’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God This is a metaphor that refers to people who are spiritual descendants, those who have faith in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 8 ta8t τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise This refers to people who will inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham.
|
||||
ROM 9 9 up57 ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise “these are the words God used when he made the promise”
|
||||
|
|
@ -630,112 +630,112 @@ ROM 9 11 iw56 μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλο
|
|||
ROM 9 12 ze3m 0 Connecting Statement: It may be necessary in your language to place this verse between verse 10 and verse 11: “our father Isaac, it was said to her, ‘The older will serve the younger.’ Now the children were not yet born and had not yet done anything good or bad, but so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand—not because of actions, but because of him who calls. It is just”
|
||||
ROM 9 12 d6mr ἐκ τοῦ 1 because of him because of God
|
||||
ROM 9 12 wv7n ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ, ὅτι ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” “God said to Rebecca, ‘The older son will serve the younger son’”
|
||||
ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word “hated” is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-hyperbole τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The word **hated** is an exaggeration. God loved Jacob much more than he loved Esau. He did not literally hate Esau. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What then will we say? Paul is using the question to get the attention of his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 14 s1hm μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here.
|
||||
ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Paul speaks about God’s talking with Moses as if it is being done in the present time. Alternate translation: “For God said to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard”
|
||||
ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the scripture is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “The scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the **scripture** is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “The scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I…my God is referring to himself.
|
||||
ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up “Raised” here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up **Raised** here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name This metonym refers either (1) to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” or (2) To his reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words “he” and “his” here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ…ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has…withstood his will “has…stopped him from doing what he wanted to do”
|
||||
ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why…way?” Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why…way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Does the potter not have the right…for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right…for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words “he” and “his” here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great “riches.” Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here “glory” refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word “us” here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here “called” means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great **riches**. Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here **glory** refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The word **us** here refers to Paul and fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 24 t8rn ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here **called** means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 9 25 eqc2 0 Connecting Statement: In this section Paul explains how Israel’s unbelief as a nation was told ahead of time by the prophet Hosea.
|
||||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here “he” refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 ewb4 figs-explicit ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 As he says also in Hosea Here **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “As God says also in the book that Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea Hosea was a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 9 25 gi5k καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου 1 I will call my people who were not my people “I will choose for my people those who were not my people”
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here “her” refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word “living” may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God”
|
||||
ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved Here **her** refers to Hosea’s wife, Gomer, who represents the nation of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I will choose her whom I did not love to be one whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 26 qe9f υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God The word **living** may refer to the fact that God is the only true God, and not like the false idols. Alternate translation: “children of the true God”
|
||||
ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out”
|
||||
ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
|
||||
ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of **sand** in the **sea**. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses The word **saved** in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here **sentence** refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
|
||||
ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles”
|
||||
ROM 9 30 bnl6 τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness “who were not trying to please God”
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here “by faith” refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-explicit δικαιοσύνην…τὴν ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith Here **by faith** refers to placing one’s trust in Christ. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “because God made them right with him when they trusted in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 31 f18n figs-explicit οὐκ ἔφθασεν 1 did not arrive at it This means that the Israelites could not please God by trying to keep the law. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “were not able to please God by keeping the law because they could not keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί 1 Why not? This is an ellipsis. You can include the implied words in your translation. Paul asks this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 9 32 j5jp figs-explicit ὡς ἐξ ἔργων 1 by works This refers to things that people do to try to please God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “by trying to do things that would please God” or “by keeping the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 kx9c figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written You can indicate that Isaiah wrote this. You can also translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here Zion is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here **Zion** is a metonym that represents Israel. Alternate translation: “in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 u3dj figs-doublet λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 stone of stumbling and a rock of offense Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing and are metaphors that refer to Jesus and his death on the cross. It was as if the people stumbled over a stone because they were disgusted when they considered Jesus’ death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 9 33 tu4i πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 believes in it Because the stone stands for a person, you may need to translate “believes in him.”
|
||||
ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 18-20 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s righteousness<br><br>Paul teaches here that while many Jews earnestly tried to be righteous, they did not succeed. We cannot earn God’s righteousness. God gives us Jesus’ righteousness when we believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Hebrew people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I will provoke you to jealousy by what is not a nation”<br><br>Paul uses this prophecy to explain that God will use the church to make the Hebrew people jealous. This is so they will seek God and believe the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 pi37 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues stating his desire for Israel to believe but emphasizes that both those who are Jews as well as everyone else can only be saved by faith in Jesus.
|
||||
ROM 10 1 hj4b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions or inner being. Alternate translation: “my greatest desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 1 tmf2 ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 is for them, for their salvation “is that God will save the Jews”
|
||||
ROM 10 2 y7qg μαρτυρῶ…αὐτοῖς 1 I testify about them “I declare truthfully about them”
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here “righteousness refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-explicit ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 For they do not know of God’s righteousness Here **righteousness** refers to the way God puts people right with himself. You can make this explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “For they do not know how God puts people right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 3 a6r4 τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God “They did not accept God’s way of putting people right with himself”
|
||||
ROM 10 4 x1w8 τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law “For Christ completely fulfilled the law”
|
||||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here “believes” means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-explicit εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes Here **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-personification τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul speaks of “righteousness” as if it were alive and able to move. Alternate translation: “how the law makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 wjn6 figs-explicit ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words “will live” can refer to (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here “righteousness” is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 5 qkz4 ζήσεται 1 will live The words **will live** can refer to (1) eternal life or (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
|
||||
ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 But the righteousness that comes from faith says this Here **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-you μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 Do not say in your heart Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is able to go up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 6 gi7s τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down “in order that they might have Christ come down to earth”
|
||||
ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 Who will descend into the abyss Moses uses a question to teach his audience. His previous instruction of, “Do not say” requires a negative answer to this question. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No person can go down and enter the place where the spirits of dead persons are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be brought up from among them is to become alive again.
|
||||
ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead This word speaks of physical death.
|
||||
ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 But what does it say? The word “it” refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes “righteousness” as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes **righteousness** as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is…in your mouth The word “mouth” is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak…God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is…in your heart The phrase “in your heart” is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what…God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is…in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak…God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is…in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what…God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him”
|
||||
ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you confess that Jesus is Lord”
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead **Raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here “heart” is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For with the heart one believes unto righteousness, and with the mouth one confesses unto salvation Here **heart** is a metonym that represents the mind or will. Alternate translation: “For it is with the mind that a person trusts and is right before God, and it is with the mouth that a person confesses and God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-synecdoche στόματι 1 with the mouth Here **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person’s capacity to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Paul speaks of the Scripture as if it were alive and had a voice. You can make explicit who wrote the Scripture that Paul uses here. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame This is equivalent to: “Everyone who does not believe will be shamed.” The negative is used here for emphasis. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will honor everyone who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 z8p4 figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul implies that God will treat all people the same. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way, God treats the Jews and the non-Jews the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here “he is rich” means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word “name” is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word “they” refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here **he is rich** means that God blesses richly. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses all who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here the word **name** is a metonym for Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will save everyone who trusts in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 How then can they call on him in whom they have not believed? Paul uses a question to emphasize the importance of taking the good news of Christ to those who have not heard. The word **they** refers to those who do not yet belong to God. Alternate translation: “Those who do not believe in God cannot call on him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 lx52 figs-rquestion πῶς…πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 How can they believe in him of whom they have not heard? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard his message!” or “And they cannot believe in him if they have not heard the message about him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 14 mrl8 πιστεύσωσιν 1 believe in Here this means to acknowledge that what that person has said is true.
|
||||
ROM 10 14 iwc1 figs-rquestion πῶς…ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος 1 How can they hear without a preacher? Paul uses another question for the same reason. Alternate translation: “And they cannot hear the message if someone does not tell them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul uses “feet” to represent those who travel and bring the message to those who have not heard it. Alternate translation: “It is wonderful when messengers come and tell us the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here “they” refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed”
|
||||
ROM 10 16 hku8 οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν 1 not all of them obeyed Here **they** refers to the Jews. “not all of the Jews obeyed”
|
||||
ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Paul is using this question to emphasize that Isaiah prophesied in the Scriptures that many Jews would not believe in Jesus. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Lord, so many of them do not believe our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 10 16 z4s9 τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, “our” refers to God and Isaiah.
|
||||
ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here “faith” refers to “believing in Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 17 wu5a ἡ πίστις ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Here **faith** refers to “believing in Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ “hearing by listening to the message about Christ”
|
||||
ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word “their” refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you…I will stir you up This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you…God will stir you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation”
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here “without understanding” means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry”
|
||||
ROM 10 19 a7k7 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 qcx2 0 General Information: Here the words **I**, “me,” and “my” refer to God.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 cv1x Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This means the prophet Isaiah wrote what God had said.
|
||||
ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Prophets often speak of things in the future as if they have already happened. This emphasizes that the prophecy will certainly come true. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though the Gentile people will not look for me, they will find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 10 20 t78j ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην 1 I appeared “I made myself known”
|
||||
|
|
@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ ROM 11 2 h4qe ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew “whom he knew ahead of
|
|||
ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Surely you know what the Scriptures record about when Elijah pleaded with God against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says Paul is referring to the Scriptures as if they were able to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 11 3 fh9i ἀπέκτειναν 1 they have killed “They” refers to the people of Israel.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun “I” here refers to Elijah.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 ut1s κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left The pronoun **I** here refers to Elijah.
|
||||
ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life “desiring to kill me”
|
||||
ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul is using this question to bring the reader to his next point. Alternate translation: “How does God answer him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 4 x6e9 αὐτῷ 1 him The pronoun “him” refers to Elijah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -764,64 +764,64 @@ ROM 11 8 uc8g figs-metaphor ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦ
|
|||
ROM 11 8 z47a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of dullness Here this means “having the characteristics of,” such as the “spirit of wisdom.”
|
||||
ROM 11 8 zyk1 ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 eyes so that they should not see The concept of seeing with one’s eyes was considered to be equivalent to gaining understanding.
|
||||
ROM 11 8 ny8w ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear The concept of hearing with the ears was considered to be equivalent to obedience.
|
||||
ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap “Table” here is a metonym that represents feasting, and “net” and “trap” are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A “stumbling block” is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-metonymy γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap **table** here is a metonym that represents feasting, and **net** and **trap** are metaphors that represent punishment. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Please, God, make their feasts like a trap that catches them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 ya1g figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block A **stumbling block** is anything that causes a person to trip so that he falls down. Here it represents something that tempts a person to sin. Alternate translation: “something that tempts them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 9 xex5 ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them “something that allows you to take revenge on them”
|
||||
ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here “bend their back” is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 bend their backs continually Here **bend their backs** is a metonym for forcing slaves to carry heavy loads on their backs. This is a metaphor for making them suffer. Alternate translation: “make them suffer like people carrying heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake.
|
||||
ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι 1 provoke…to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the Gentiles by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ.
|
||||
ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 11 14 ua2k παραζηλώσω 1 I will provoke to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md).
|
||||
ROM 11 14 h1qe μου τὴν σάρκα 1 those who are of my own flesh This refers to “my fellow Jews.”
|
||||
ROM 11 14 gp38 figs-explicit καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Perhaps I will save some of them God will save those who believe. Alternate translation: “Perhaps some will believe and God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 es22 εἰ γὰρ ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world “For if because God rejected them, he will reconcile the rest of the world to himself”
|
||||
ROM 11 15 ui3i ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν 1 their rejection The pronoun “their” refers to Jewish unbelievers.
|
||||
ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here “the world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here **the world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul asks this question to emphasize that when God accepts the Jews, it will be a wonderful thing. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “how will it be when God accepts them? It will be like they have come back to life from among the dead!” or “then when God accepts them, it will be like they have died and become alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 15 jn4l νεκρῶν 1 the dead These words speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
ROM 11 16 b2s5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα; 1 If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the first grain or “firstfruits” to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who are descendants of those men as if they were a “lump of dough” that they made from the grain. Alternate translation: “If Abraham is counted as the first of what has been offered to God, all of our ancestors who followed should also be counted as God’s possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the root of a tree, and the Israelites who are descendants of those men, as if they were the tree’s “branches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor ἁγία 1 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here “firstfruits” stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-you σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wild olive branch The pronoun “you,” and the phrase “a wild olive branch,” refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as “broken branches.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone broke off some of the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were “grafted branches.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here “the rich root” is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here “the branches” is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 16 d1zi figs-metaphor ἁγία 1 reserved The people always dedicated to God the first crops that they harvested. Here **firstfruits** stands for the first people to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-you σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν 1 if you, a wild olive branch The pronoun **you**, and the phrase **a wild olive branch**, refer to the Gentile people who have accepted salvation through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Here Paul refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus as **broken branches**. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone broke off some of the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 z6hr figs-metaphor ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 were grafted in among them Here Paul speaks of the Gentile Christians as if they were **grafted branches**. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God attached you to the tree among the remaining branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 17 s9w3 figs-metaphor τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 the rich root of the olive tree Here **the rich root** is a metaphor that refers to the promises of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do not boast over the branches Here **the branches** is a metaphor that stands for the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “do not say you are better than the Jewish people God has rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here “branches” refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here **branches** refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 20 puj9 …ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their…they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe.
|
||||
ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the “natural branches” refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the **natural branches** refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.
|
||||
ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on the Jews who fell…God’s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell…but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 those who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “kindness.” Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can “cut off” if he needs to. Here “cut off” is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase “do not continue in their unbelief” is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can **cut off** if he needs to. Here **cut off** is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase **do not continue in their unbelief** is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree.
|
||||
ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they…them All occurrences of “they” or “them” refer to the Jews.
|
||||
ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The “natural branches” represent the Jews, and the “grafted branches” represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I The pronoun “I” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you…you…your The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of “hardening” or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “many people of Israel continue to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word “until” here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church.
|
||||
ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word **until** here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church.
|
||||
ROM 11 26 ds7a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul says that a deliverer will come out of Israel to the glory of God.
|
||||
ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive καὶ οὕτως πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Thus God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the scriptures record” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here “Zion” is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy ἐκ Σιὼν 1 Out of Zion Here **Zion** is used as a metonym for the place where God dwells. Alternate translation: “From where God is among the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 v96c ὁ ῥυόμενος 1 the Deliverer “the one who brings his people to safety”
|
||||
ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul speaks of ungodliness as if it were an object that someone could remove, perhaps like someone removes a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here “Jacob” is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here **Jacob** is used as a metonym for Israel. Alternate translation: “from the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Here Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could take away. Alternate translation: “I will remove the burden of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ μὲν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned You can make explicit why Paul mentions the gospel. Alternate translation: “Because the Jews rejected the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 they are enemies for your sake You can make explicit whose enemies they are, and how this was for the Gentiles’ sake. Alternate translation: “they are God’s enemies for your sake” or “God has treated them as enemies in order that you also might hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -829,27 +829,27 @@ ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-explicit κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 1 as far as el
|
|||
ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers You can make explicit who loves the Jews and why Paul mentions their forefathers. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God still loves them because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-metaphor ἀμεταμέλητα γὰρ τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable Paul speaks of the spiritual and material blessings that God promised to give his people as if they were gifts. The call of God refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. Alternate translation: “For God never changed his mind about what he has promised to give them, and about how he has called them to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 bj8g ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient “you did not obey in the past”
|
||||
ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here mercy means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 df91 figs-explicit ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here **mercy** means God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “because the Jews have rejected Jesus, you have received blessings that you did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 11 30 g3cn figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 you This refers to Gentile believers, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience God has treated people who disobey him like prisoners who are unable to escape from prison. Alternate translation: “God has made prisoners of those who disobey him. Now they cannot stop disobeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here “wisdom” and “knowledge” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-doublet ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “How amazing are the many benefits of both God’s wisdom and knowledge!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering “We are completely unable to understand the things that he has decided and find out the ways in which he acts toward us”
|
||||
ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here “mind” is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here **mind** is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him?” Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him…through him…to him Here, all occurrences of “him” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul’s desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “May all people honor him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses the word “therefore” in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian living<br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul uses The word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian living<br>Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Body of Christ<br>The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve.
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here “brothers” refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word “bodies” to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 d2y3 figs-explicit παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God Here **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 dwr5 figs-doublet ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ 1 holy, acceptable to God Possible meanings are (1) “a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him” or (2) “acceptable to God because it is morally pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 12 1 tyk7 τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 This is your reasonable service “This is the right way to worship God”
|
||||
ROM 12 2 clc6 figs-metaphor μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed to this world Possible meanings are (1) “Do not behave as the world behaves” or (2) “Do not think the way the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Do not be conformed Possible meanings are (1) “Do not let the world tell you what to do and think” or (2) “Do not allow yourself to act and do what the world does.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 this world This refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 2 na8p figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think and behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here “grace” refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here **grace** refers to God’s choosing Paul to be an apostle and leader of the church. You can make this explicit in your translation. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God freely chose me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 3 s6yg παντὶ τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think “that no one among you should think they are better than other people”
|
||||
ROM 12 3 me4t ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way “But you should be wise in how you think about yourselves”
|
||||
ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Paul implies here that believers have different abilities that correspond to their faith in God. Alternate translation: “since God has given each of you different abilities because of your trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -859,11 +859,11 @@ ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη 1 members These are such things as eyes, stomachs, and h
|
|||
ROM 12 5 dhx8 figs-metaphor τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 are individually members of each other Paul speaks of the believers as if God had physically joined them together like the parts of the human body. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 12 6 bnk9 κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Possible meanings are (1) “let him speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us” or (2) “let him speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.”
|
||||
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here “giving” refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “If one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
ROM 12 9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form “Concerning…be” to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning…do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md).
|
||||
ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **Concerning…be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning…do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md).
|
||||
ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers “As for how you love your fellow believers”
|
||||
ROM 12 10 lcg8 figs-activepassive φιλόστοργοι 1 be affectionate You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “show affection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another “Honor and respect one another” or “Honor your fellow believers by respecting them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ ROM 12 16 h469 μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς
|
|||
ROM 12 17 h2tz μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες 1 Repay no one evil for evil “Do not do evil things to someone who has done evil things to you”
|
||||
ROM 12 17 fzh8 προνοούμενοι καλὰ ἐνώπιον πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Do good things in the sight of all people “Do things that everyone considers to be good”
|
||||
ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύοντες 1 as far as it depends on you, live at peace with all people “do whatever you can to live in peace with everyone”
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here “wrath” is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy…feed him…give him a drink…if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ
|
|||
ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-you μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Paul teaches Christians to obey rulers who govern them. At that time, ungodly Roman rulers governed the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly rulers<br>When Paul teaches about obeying rulers, some readers will find this difficult to understand, especially in places where rulers persecute the church. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God, unless the rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do. There are times when a believer must submit to these rulers and suffer at their hands. Christians understand that this world is temporary and they will ultimately be with God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 v5ik 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to live under their rulers.
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here “soul” is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Every Christian should obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ…ὑποτασσέσθω 1 Let every soul be obedient to Here **soul** is a synecdoche for the whole person. “Every Christian should obey” or “Everyone should obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 13 1 g1by ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις 1 higher authorities “government officials”
|
||||
ROM 13 1 emi2 γὰρ 1 for because
|
||||
ROM 13 1 wii2 οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God “all authority comes from God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -903,15 +903,15 @@ ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴ
|
|||
ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good.
|
||||
ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Roman governors carried a short sword as a symbol of their authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here “wrath” represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here **wrath** represents the punishment people receive when they do evil deeds. Alternate translation: “a person who punishes people as an expression of the government’s anger against evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience “not only so the government will not punish you, but also so you will have a clear conscience before God”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because the government punishes evildoers”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 r4b3 figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 1 For they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities”
|
||||
ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 who attend to…continually “administer” or “work on”
|
||||
ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-you ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word “Pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν…φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying fear and honor is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν…φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying **fear** and **honor** is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 7 s2nf τὸ τέλος 1 toll This is a kind of tax.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 s8pb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers how to act toward neighbors.
|
||||
ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 Owe no one anything, except to love one another This is a double negative. You can translate it in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Pay all you owe to everyone, and love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -923,8 +923,8 @@ ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακ
|
|||
ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to change their behavior as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Paul speaks of the time when people do evil deeds as night. Alternate translation: “The sinful time is almost over” or “It is as though the night is almost finished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-metaphor ἡ…ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when people do what is right as the day. Alternate translation: “the time of righteousness will begin soon” or “it is as though it will soon be day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of “works of darkness” as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to “put aside” means to stop doing something. Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here “light” is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul speaks of **works of darkness** as if they are clothing that a person puts aside. Here to **put aside** means to stop doing something. Here **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing the evil things that people do in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα…τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here **light** is a metaphor for what is good and right. Paul speaks of doing what is right as if it were putting on armor to protect one’s self. Alternate translation: “let us start doing what is right. Doing this will protect us from what is evil like armor protects a solider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Paul includes his readers and other believers with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Paul speaks of living as true believers as if one were walking while it is day. Alternate translation: “Let us walk in a visible way knowing that everyone can see us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These concepts mean basically the same thing. You can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -932,24 +932,24 @@ ROM 13 13 h6xl ἔριδι 1 strife This refers to plotting against and arguing
|
|||
ROM 13 13 g117 ζήλῳ 1 jealousy This refers to negative feelings against another person’s success or advantage over others.
|
||||
ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of accepting the moral nature of Christ as if he were our outer clothing that people can see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 13 14 j795 ἐνδύσασθε 1 put on If your language has a plural form for commands, use it here.
|
||||
ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε 1 make no provision for the flesh Here the “flesh” refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: “do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε 1 make no provision for the flesh Here the **flesh** refers to the self-directed nature of people who oppose God. This is the sinful nature of human beings. Alternate translation: “do not allow your old evil heart any opportunity at all for doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 11 of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Weak in faith<br><br>Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” in a given situation. This describes Christians whose faith is immature, not strong, or misunderstood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Dietary restrictions<br><br>Many religions in the ancient Near East restricted what was eaten. Christians have freedom to eat what they want. But they need to use this freedom wisely, in a way that honors the Lord and does not cause others to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### The judgment seat of God<br><br>The judgment seat of God or Christ represents a time when all people, including Christians, will be held accountable for the way they lived their lives.
|
||||
ROM 14 1 abm6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages believers to remember that they are answerable to God.
|
||||
ROM 14 1 jf8v ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith This refers to those who felt guilty over eating and drinking certain things.
|
||||
ROM 14 1 p697 μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments “and do not condemn them for their opinions”
|
||||
ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Here “faith” refers to doing what a person believes God is telling him to do.
|
||||
ROM 14 2 ii8g ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Here **faith** refers to doing what a person believes God is telling him to do.
|
||||
ROM 14 2 n2n6 ὁ…ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables This describes a person who believes God does not want him to eat meat.
|
||||
ROM 14 4 q9bx figs-rquestion σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην 1 Who are you, you who judge a servant belonging to someone else? Paul is using a question to scold those who are judging others. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are not God, and you are not allowed to judge one of his servants!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 xq7r figs-you σὺ…ὁ κρίνων 1 you, who judges The form of **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 ba38 figs-metaphor τῷ ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει ἢ πίπτει 1 It is before his own master that he stands or falls Paul speaks of God as if he were a master who owned servants. Alternate translation: “Only the master can decide if he will accept the servant or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 4 cp9y figs-metaphor σταθήσεται δέ, δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος στῆσαι αὐτόν 1 But he will be made to stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand Paul speaks of the servant who is acceptable to God as if he were being “made to stand” instead of falling. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “But the Lord will accept him because he is able to make the servant acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 5 x7j2 ὃς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ’ ἡμέραν; ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 1 One person values one day above another. Another values every day equally “One person thinks one day is more important than all the others, but another person thinks that all days are the same”
|
||||
ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind You can make the full meaning explicit. You can also translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Let each person be sure what he is doing is to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here “observes” refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, Κυρίῳ φρονεῖ 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord Here **observes** refers to worshiping. Alternate translation: “The person who worships on a certain day does it to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “the person who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 6 f9tm Κυρίῳ ἐσθίει 1 eats for the Lord “eats to honor the Lord” or “eats that way in order to honor the Lord”
|
||||
ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat The word “everything” is understood from [Romans 14:3](../14/03.md). It can be repeatd here. Alternate translation: “He who does not eat everything” or “The person who does not eat certain kinds of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here “lives for himself” means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ζῇ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here **lives for himself** means to live only to please oneself. Alternate translation: “None of us should live merely to please ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive οὐδεὶς…ἡμῶν 1 none of us Paul is including his readers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 none dies for himself This means one’s death affects other people. Alternate translation: “none of us should think that when we die, it affects only us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is speaking of both himself and his readers, so all instances of “we” are inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -958,23 +958,23 @@ ROM 14 10 al55 τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 brother Here this means a fellow Chris
|
|||
ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God The “judgment seat” refers to God’s authority to judge. Alternate translation: “For God will judge us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ…ἐγώ 1 For it is written, “As I You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written in the Scriptures: ‘As” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words “knee” and “tongue” to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word “God” to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses The word **God** and **tongue** to refer to the whole person. Also, the Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “every person will bow and give praise to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God “will have to explain our actions to God”
|
||||
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here “stumbling block” and “snare” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here **stumbling block** and **snare** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “but instead make it your goal not to do or say anything that might cause a fellow believer to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 13 cx4s τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words “know” and “am persuaded” mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am certain because of my relationship with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself “by its nature” or “because of what it is”
|
||||
ROM 14 14 w3gg figs-explicit εἰ μὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι κοινὸν εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν 1 Only for him who considers anything to be unclean, for him it is unclean Paul implies here that a person should stay away from anything that he thinks is unclean. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “But if a person thinks something is unclean, then for that person it is unclean and he should stay away from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word “your” refers to those who are strong in faith and “brother” refers to those who are weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 15 iw7w εἰ…διὰ βρῶμα, ὁ ἀδελφός σου λυπεῖται 1 If because of food your brother is hurt “If you hurt your fellow believer’s faith over the matter of food.” Here the word **your** refers to those who are strong in faith and “brother” refers to those who are weak in faith.
|
||||
ROM 14 15 ln42 ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul speaks of the behavior of believers as if it were a walk. Alternate translation: “then you are no longer showing love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 14 16 gl48 μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil “If someone thinks that something is evil, do not do it, even if you consider it to be good”
|
||||
ROM 14 17 j92k figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit Paul argues that God set up his kingdom so he could give us a right relationship with himself, and to provide peace and joy. Alternate translation: “For God did not set up his kingdom so that he could rule over what we eat and drink. He set up his kingdom so we could have a right relationship with him, and so he could give us peace and joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people will approve of him” or “people will respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here “build up one another” refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-explicit τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης διώκωμεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here **build up one another** refers to helping each other grow in faith. Alternate translation: “let us seek to live peacefully together and help one another grow stronger in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος, κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food You can make explicit the full meaning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not undo what God has done for a fellow believer just because you want to eat a certain kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that “causes him to stumble” means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here anything that **causes him to stumble** means it causes a weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience. Alternate translation: “but it would be a sin for someone to eat food, which another brother thinks is wrong to eat, if by eating this causes the weaker brother to do something that is against his conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει 1 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense “It is better not to eat meat or drink wine or do anything else that might cause your brother to sin”
|
||||
ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female.
|
||||
ROM 14 21 e1du σου 1 your This refers to the strong in faith and “brother” refers to the weak in faith.
|
||||
|
|
@ -982,54 +982,54 @@ ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This r
|
|||
ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you…yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do”
|
||||
ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is “not from faith” is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is “not from faith” is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 14 23 tr9i figs-explicit πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν 1 whatever is not from faith is sin Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “you are sinning if you do something that you do not believe God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 intro ae9u 0 # Romans 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 9-11 and 21 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 12.<br><br>In [Romans 15:14](../../rom/15/14.md), Paul begins to speak more personally. He shifts from teaching to telling of his personal plans.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Strong/Weak<br>These terms are used to refer to people who are mature and immature in their faith. Paul teaches that those who are strong in faith need to help those who are weak in faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 cx66 0 Connecting Statement: Paul concludes this section about believers’ living for others with reminding them how Christ lived.
|
||||
ROM 15 1 u19s δὲ 1 Now Translate this using the words your language uses to introduce a new idea into an argument.
|
||||
ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here “strong” refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here **strong** refers to the people who are strong in their faith. They believe that God allows them to eat any kind of food. Alternate translation: “we who are strong in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 dx9d figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we This refers to Paul, his readers, and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here “the weak” refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here **the weak** refers to the people who are weak in their faith. They believe that God does not allow them to eat some kinds of food. Alternate translation: “those who are weak in faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up By this, Paul means to strengthen someone’s faith. Alternate translation: “to strengthen his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here “have confidence” means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here **have confidence** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ.
|
||||
ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that…God…will grant”
|
||||
ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the “same mind” is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the **same mind** is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another””
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The word “I” refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here “the circumcision” is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gbh8 λέγω γὰρ 1 For I say The word **I** refers to Paul.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy Χριστὸν διάκονον γεγενῆσθαι περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jews. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ has become a servant of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 me1e εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 in order to confirm the promises This is one of the two purposes for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision.
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here “the fathers” refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-explicit τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers Here **the fathers** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 k5q7 τὰ δὲ ἔθνη, ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy This is the second reason for which Christ became a servant of the circumcision. Alternate translation: “and in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy”
|
||||
ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here “your name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 sing praise to your name Here **your name** is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “sing praise to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 10 yvy9 καὶ πάλιν λέγει 1 Again it says “Again the scripture says”
|
||||
ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people This refers to God’s people. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 11 xw7t ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν 1 Let praise him “praise the Lord”
|
||||
ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metonymy ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Jesse was the physical father of King David. Alternate translation: “descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here “him” refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 12 i4nn figs-explicit ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν 1 in him the Gentiles will have hope Here **him** refers to the descendant of Jesse, the Messiah. Those who are not Jews will also trust him to fulfill his promises. Alternate translation: “The people who are not Jews can trust him to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-hyperbole πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “fill you with great joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 h98x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Rome that God chose him to reach the Gentiles.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qfs6 figs-explicit πέπεισμαι…ἀδελφοί μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 1 I myself am also convinced about you, my brothers Paul is quite sure that the believers in Rome are honoring each other in their behavior. Alternate translation: “I myself am completely sure that you yourselves have acted toward others in a completely good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 d878 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Paul exaggerates here to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “filled with sufficient knowledge to follow God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here “exhort” means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 14 ge2l figs-explicit δυνάμενοι καὶ ἀλλήλους νουθετεῖν 1 able to also exhort one another Here **exhort** means to teach. Alternate translation: “also able to teach each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God Paul speaks of grace as if it were a physical gift that God had given him. God had appointed Paul and apostle even though he had persecuted believers before he decided to follow Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor γένηται ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel as if he, as a priest, were making an offering to God. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles might please God when they obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 18 by9s εἰς ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles “so that the Gentiles will obey God”
|
||||
ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-activepassive λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action This can be translated in active form: Alternative translation: Alternate translation: “These are things that Christ has accomplished through what I have said and done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Here “these are things” refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 lu97 figs-doublenegatives ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 by the power of signs and wonders, and by the power of the Spirit of God You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Here **these are things** refers to what Christ has accomplished through Paul. Alternate translation: “For the sake of the obedience of the Gentiles, I will only speak of what Christ has accomplished through me in my words and actions and by the power of signs and wonders through the power of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-doublet σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders These two words mean basically the same thing and refer to various kinds of miracles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 15 19 c8ff ὥστε…ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχρι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum This is from the city of Jerusalem as far as the province of Illyricum, a region close to Italy.
|
||||
ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-explicit οὕτως δὲ φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel, but not where Christ is known by name Paul only wants to preach to people who have never heard of Christ. Alternate translation: “Because of this, I want to preach the good news in places where people have never heard of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 in order that I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his ministry work as if he were building a house on a foundation. Alternate translation: “in order that I might not be simply continuing the work that someone else already started. I do not want to be like a man who builds a house on someone else’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 rb5r figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 It is as it is written Here Paul refers to what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures. You can translate this in an active form and make the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “What is happening is like what Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the “tidings” or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-personification οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Here Paul speaks of the **tidings** or message about Christ as if it were alive and able to move by itself. Alternate translation: “Those whom no one had told the news about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 15 22 f1fq 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Rome about his personal plans to visit them and asks the believers to pray.
|
||||
ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also hindered me” or “people also hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul implies that there are no more places in these areas where people live who have not heard about Christ. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain This is a roman pr
|
|||
ROM 15 24 c6wq διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing “as I pass through Rome” or “while I am on my way”
|
||||
ROM 15 24 vya3 figs-explicit καὶ ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 and to be helped by you along my journey there Here Paul implies that he wants the Roman believers to provide some financial assistance to him for his journey to Spain. Alternate translation: “that you will help me on my journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν…ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company “have enjoyed spending some time with you” or “have enjoyed visiting you”
|
||||
ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words “Macedonia” and “Achaia” are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Here the words **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are synecdoches for the people who live in those areas. Alternate translation: “the believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Achaia were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ROM 15 27 w5ap εὐδόκησαν γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this “The believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased to do it”
|
||||
ROM 15 27 tfz1 γάρ…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν αὐτῶν 1 indeed, they are their debtors “indeed the people of Macedonia and Achaia are in debt to the believers in Jerusalem”
|
||||
ROM 15 27 en7l εἰ…τοῖς πνευματικοῖς αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ ἔθνη, ὀφείλουσιν καὶ…λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς 1 if the Gentiles have shared in their spiritual things, they owe it to them also to serve them “since the Gentiles have shared in the spiritual things of the Jerusalem believers, the Gentiles owe service to the Jerusalem believers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1048,13 +1048,13 @@ ROM 15 30 yb7m παρακαλῶ…ὑμᾶς 1 I urge you “I encourage you
|
|||
ROM 15 30 v9iy ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 15 30 fy1v συναγωνίσασθαί 1 to strive together with “you work hard” or “you struggle”
|
||||
ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God may rescue me from those who are disobedient” or “God may keep those who are disobedient from harming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the believers in Jerusalem will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-explicit καὶ ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος τοῖς ἁγίοις γένηται 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here Paul expresses his desire that the **believers** in **Jerusalem** will gladly accept the money from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. Alternate translation: “pray that the believers in Jerusalem will be glad to receive the money that I am bringing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 15 33 s947 figs-explicit ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 1 May the God of peace be with The “God of peace” means the God who causes believers to have inner peace. Alternate translation: “I pray that God who causes all of us to have inner peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives personal greetings to some of the Christians in Rome. It was common to end a letter in the ancient Near East with this type of personal greeting.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Because of the personal nature of this chapter, much of the context is unknown. This will make translation more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 1 sg6a 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then greets many of the believers in Rome by name.
|
||||
ROM 16 1 vkg8 συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην 1 I commend to you Phoebe “I want you to respect Phoebe”
|
||||
ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word “our” refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν 1 our sister The word **our** refers to Paul and all believers. Alternate translation: “our sister in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea This was a seaport city in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit αὐτὴν προσδέξησθε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Paul encourages the Roman believers to welcome Phoebe as a fellow believer. Alternate translation: “welcome her because we all belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints “in the way that believers should welcome other believers”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus This is a man’s
|
|||
ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer”
|
||||
ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus…Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles…Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word “approved” refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved”
|
||||
ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word **approved** refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved”
|
||||
ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion…Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-explicit τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord This refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are believers” or “who belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena…Tryphosa…Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1085,21 +1085,21 @@ ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians,
|
|||
ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus…Nereus…Olympas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The name of a woman. Julia was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers
|
||||
ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the churches of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the **churches** of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ROM 16 17 u1m9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives one last warning to the believers about unity and living for God.
|
||||
ROM 16 17 wx6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
ROM 16 17 ztv5 σκοπεῖν 1 to think about “to watch out for”
|
||||
ROM 16 17 n59l figs-explicit τὰς διχοστασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα…ποιοῦντας 1 who are causing the divisions and obstacles This refers to those who argue and cause others to stop trusting in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are causing believers to argue with one another and to stop having faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 17 j9x7 παρὰ τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐμάθετε 1 They are going beyond the teaching that you have learned “They teach things that do not agree with the truth you have already learned”
|
||||
ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them “Turn away” here is an metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “Do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words “they serve” are understood from the previous phrase. This can be expressed as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here “stomach” is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words “smooth” and “flattering” mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: “By saying things that seem to be good and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn away from them **Turn away** here is an metaphor for “refuse to listen.” Alternate translation: “Do not listen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach The words **they serve** are understood from the previous phrase. This can be expressed as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, they serve their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here **stomach** is a metonym that refers to physical desires. Serving there stomach represents satisfying their desires. Alternate translation: “but they only want to satisfy their own selfish desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 eif6 figs-doublet καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 By their smooth and flattering speech The words **smooth** and **flattering** mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing how these people are deceiving believers. Alternate translation: “By saying things that seem to be good and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy ἐξαπατῶσι τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they deceive the innocent believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ROM 16 18 m9h5 ἀκάκων 1 innocent This refers to those who are simple, inexperienced, and naive. Alternate translation: “those who innocently trust them” or “those who do not know these teachers are fooling them”
|
||||
ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ obedience as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. Alternate translation: “For everyone has heard how you obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ROM 16 19 le5l ἀκεραίους…εἰς τὸ κακόν 1 innocent to that which is evil “not involved in doing evil things”
|
||||
ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase “crush under your feet” refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over Satan as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their feet. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet The phrase **crush under your feet** refers to complete victory over an enemy. Here Paul speaks of the victory over **Satan** as if the Roman believers were trampling an enemy under their **feet**. Alternate translation: “Soon God will give you peace and complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers who are with him.
|
||||
ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος, καὶ Ἰάσων, καὶ Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 Tertius, who write this epistle Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1108,10 +1108,10 @@ ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1
|
|||
ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship.
|
||||
ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group.
|
||||
ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing.
|
||||
ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word “now” marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now Here the word **now** marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you can use it here.
|
||||
ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Paul speaks here of having strong faith as if a person were standing, instead of falling. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 according to my gospel and the preaching of Jesus Christ “by the good news that I have preached about Jesus Christ”
|
||||
ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ…εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs “revealed” and “made known” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here “obedience” and “faith” are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God…be glory forever. Amen Here “through Jesus Christ” refers to what Jesus did. To give “glory” means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God…be glory forever. Amen Here **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
146
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
146
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
|
|
@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 1 e8j3 Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul”
|
||||
1CO 1 1 qp1n translate-names Σωσθένης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Sosthenes our brother This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Sosthenes. Alternate translation: “Sosthenes the brother you and I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 r9kg τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 to the church of God at Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the intended audience. Alternate translation: “wrote this letter to you in Corinth who believe in God”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here “sanctified” refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: “to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God” or “to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e75p ἡγιασμένοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus Here **sanctified** refers to people whom God has reserved to honor him. Alternate translation: “to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God” or “to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus”
|
||||
1CO 1 2 e8jw figs-activepassive τῇ οὔσῃ…κλητοῖς ἁγίοις 1 who are called to be saints This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has called to be holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 those who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word “name” here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who call on the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l9rq figs-exclusive αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν 1 their Lord and ours The word “ours” includes Paul’s audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l21m figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 those who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ The word **name** here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who call on the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 2 l9rq figs-exclusive αὐτῶν καὶ ἡμῶν 1 their Lord and ours The word **ours** includes Paul’s audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 3 gc2b 0 General Information: Paul and Sosthenes wrote this letter to the Christians who belonged to the church in Corinth.
|
||||
1CO 1 3 gc2c figs-you 0 General Information: Unless otherwise noted, such words as “you” and “your” refer to Paul’s audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 1 4 pt1r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes the believer’s position and fellowship in Christ as they wait for his coming.
|
||||
|
|
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 9 kx3z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1CO 1 10 spu8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that they are to live in unity with each other and that the message of the cross of Christ, not baptism by people, is what saves.
|
||||
1CO 1 10 k7gw ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 1 10 sw54 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “Name” here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by means of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 10 sw54 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ **Name** here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by means of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 10 u4y2 ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ λέγητε πάντες 1 that you all agree “that you live in harmony with one another”
|
||||
1CO 1 10 j75c καὶ μὴ ᾖ ἐν ὑμῖν σχίσματα 1 that there be no divisions among you “that you do not divide into separate groups among yourselves”
|
||||
1CO 1 10 emt2 ἦτε…κατηρτισμένοι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ 1 be joined together with the same mind and by the same purpose “live in unity”
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 13 wf6r figs-rquestion μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Is Christ divided? Paul wishes to emphasize the truth that Christ is not divided but one. “It is not possible to divide Christ in the way you are doing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 13 g5qh figs-rquestion μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 Was Paul crucified for you? Paul wishes to emphasize that it was Christ, not Paul or Apollos, who was crucified. This can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “It certainly was not Paul whom they put to death on the cross for your salvation!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 13 tb2i figs-rquestion εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπτίσθητε? 1 Were you baptized in the name of Paul? Paul wishes to emphasize that we all are baptized in the name of Christ. This can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “It was not in the name of Paul that people baptized you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 13 zi1y figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου 1 in the name of Paul “In the name of” here is a metonym for “by the authority of.” Alternate translation: “by Paul’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 13 zi1y figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου 1 in the name of Paul **In the name of** here is a metonym for “by the authority of.” Alternate translation: “by Paul’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 1 14 hhh8 οὐδένα ὑμῶν…εἰ μὴ 1 none of you, except “only”
|
||||
1CO 1 14 vqq6 translate-names Κρίσπον 1 Crispus He was a synagogue ruler who became a Christian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 1 14 lv4y translate-names Γάϊον 1 Gaius He traveled with the Apostle Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 1 15 hv3m figs-metonymy ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name Here “name” represents “authority.” This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul’s disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 15 hv3m figs-metonymy ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name Here **name** represents “authority.” This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul’s disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 16 ed59 translate-names τὸν Στεφανᾶ οἶκον 1 the household of Stephanas This refers to the family members and slaves in the house where Stephanas, a man, was the head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1CO 1 17 tg7i οὐ…ἀπέστειλέν με Χριστὸς βαπτίζειν 1 Christ did not send me to baptize This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul’s ministry.
|
||||
1CO 1 17 zn1n figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου…μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 clever speech…the cross of Christ should not be emptied of its power Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom…those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom…people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 1 18 j7cw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes God’s wisdom rather than man’s wisdom.
|
||||
1CO 1 18 fq4x ὁ λόγος…ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the message about the cross “the preaching about the crucifixion” or “the message of Christ’s dying on the cross”
|
||||
1CO 1 18 p4wb μωρία ἐστίν 1 is foolishness “is senseless” or “is silly”
|
||||
1CO 1 18 lq5z τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις 1 to those who are dying Here “dying” refers to the process of spiritual death.
|
||||
1CO 1 18 lq5z τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις 1 to those who are dying Here **dying** refers to the process of spiritual death.
|
||||
1CO 1 18 ji74 δύναμις Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 it is the power of God “it is God working powerfully in us”
|
||||
1CO 1 19 tc6n τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω 1 I will frustrate the understanding of the intelligent “I will confuse intelligent people” or “I will make the plans intelligent people make completely fail”
|
||||
1CO 1 20 m6tf figs-rquestion ποῦ σοφός? ποῦ γραμματεύς? ποῦ συνζητητὴς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου? 1 Where is the wise person? Where is the scholar? Where is the debater of this world? Paul emphasizes that truly wise people are nowhere to be found. Alternate translation: “Compared with the wisdom of the gospel, there are no wise people, no scholars, no debaters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 1 20 u5j5 συνζητητὴς 1 the debater a person who argues about what he knows or who is skilled in such arguments
|
||||
1CO 1 20 a7zl figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ κόσμου? 1 Has not God turned the wisdom of the world into foolishness? Paul uses this question to emphasize what God has done to the wisdom of this world. Alternate translation: “God has shown that everything they call wisdom is really foolishness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 1 21 d7xw τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 those who believe Possible meanings are (1) “all who believe the message” or (2) “all who believe in Christ.”
|
||||
1CO 1 22 v9fa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul and other Bible teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 22 v9fa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **we** refers to Paul and other Bible teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 23 ntu3 figs-activepassive Χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 Christ crucified “about Christ, who died on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 1 23 krw3 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block Just as a person can stumble over a block on a road, so the message of salvation through the crucifixion of the Christ keeps Jews from believing in Jesus. Alternate translation: “not acceptable” or “very offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 1 24 h7iw αὐτοῖς…τοῖς κλητοῖς 1 to those whom God has called “to the people God calls”
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 2 3 e8li ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ 1 in weakness Possible meanings are: (1) “physically weak” or (2) “feeling like I could not do what I needed to do.”
|
||||
1CO 2 4 z81a πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις 1 persuasive words of wisdom words that sound wise and with which the speaker hopes to cause people to do or believe something
|
||||
1CO 2 6 sg76 0 General Information: Paul interrupts his main argument to explain what he means by “wisdom” and to whom he desires to speak.
|
||||
1CO 2 6 azm7 δὲ λαλοῦμεν 1 Now we do speak The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Paul begins to explain that true wisdom is God’s wisdom.
|
||||
1CO 2 6 azm7 δὲ λαλοῦμεν 1 Now we do speak The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Paul begins to explain that true wisdom is God’s wisdom.
|
||||
1CO 2 6 uka3 figs-abstractnouns σοφίαν…λαλοῦμεν 1 speak wisdom The abstract noun “wisdom” can be stated as the adjective, “wise.” Alternate translation: “speak wise words” or “speak a wise message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 2 6 eq1q τοῖς τελείοις 1 the mature “mature believers”
|
||||
1CO 2 7 k2ct πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων 1 before the ages “before God created anything”
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 2 11 h4p8 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 For who knows a person’s thoughts except the spirit of the person in him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: “No one knows what a person is thinking except that person’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 2 11 i47d τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 spirit of the person This refers to a person’s inner being, his own spiritual nature.
|
||||
1CO 2 11 gw3u figs-doublenegatives τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐδεὶς ἔγνωκεν, εἰ μὴ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one knows the deep things of God except the Spirit of God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only the Spirit of God knows the deep things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 2 12 zbv8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 2 12 zbv8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **we** includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 2 12 n1c7 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν 1 freely given to us by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God freely gave to us” or “that God has kindly given us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 2 13 u797 ἐν διδακτοῖς Πνεύματος, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συνκρίνοντες 1 The Spirit interprets spiritual words with spiritual wisdom The Holy Spirit communicates God’s truth to believers in the Spirit’s own words and gives them his own wisdom.
|
||||
1CO 2 13 yg45 ἐν διδακτοῖς Πνεύματος, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συνκρίνοντες 1 The Spirit interprets spiritual words with spiritual wisdom “The Spirit explains uses his own spiritual wisdom to explain spiritual words”
|
||||
1CO 2 14 cve2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 2 14 cve2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **we** includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 2 14 hq3u ψυχικὸς…ἄνθρωπος 1 unspiritual person the non-Christian person, who has not received the Holy Spirit
|
||||
1CO 2 14 gwe3 ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται 1 because they are spiritually discerned “because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit”
|
||||
1CO 2 15 w4q7 ὁ…πνευματικὸς 1 the one who is spiritual “The believer who has received the Spirit”
|
||||
|
|
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 3 2 vg2v figs-metaphor γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, οὐ βρῶμα 1 I fed you milk, not solid food The Corinthians can understand only easy truths like babies who can drink only milk. They are not mature enough to understand greater truths like older children who now can eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 2 vt3e figs-explicit οὐδὲ νῦν δύνασθε 1 you are not yet ready It is implied that they are not ready to understand more difficult teachings. Alternate translation: “you still are not ready to understand the harder teachings about following Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 3 3 m712 ἔτι…σαρκικοί 1 still fleshly still behaving according to sinful or worldly desires
|
||||
1CO 3 3 k5ll figs-rquestion οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε? 1 are you not living according to the flesh, and are you not walking by human standards? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for their sinful behavior. “Walking” here is a metaphor for “judging your behavior,” deciding what is good and bad. Alternate translation: “you should be ashamed because you are behaving according to your sinful desires and you are using human standards to decide whether your behavior is good or bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 3 k5ll figs-rquestion οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε? 1 are you not living according to the flesh, and are you not walking by human standards? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for their sinful behavior. **Walking** here is a metaphor for “judging your behavior,” deciding what is good and bad. Alternate translation: “you should be ashamed because you are behaving according to your sinful desires and you are using human standards to decide whether your behavior is good or bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 4 s96g figs-rquestion οὐκ ἄνθρωποί ἐστε? 1 are you not living as human beings? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “you should be ashamed because you are living the same way people who do not have the Spirit live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 3 5 m463 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν Ἀπολλῶς? τί δέ ἐστιν Παῦλος? 1 Who then is Apollos? And who is Paul? Paul is emphasizing that he and Apollos are not the original source of the gospel, and therefore the Corinthians should not follow them. Alternate translation: “It is wrong to form groups to follow Apollos or Paul!” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 3 5 lq6n figs-rquestion τί δέ ἐστιν Παῦλος? 1 And who is Paul? Paul is speaking of himself as though he were speaking of someone else. Alternate translation: “I am not important!” or “Who am I?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 3 6 gyi5 figs-metaphor Ἀπολλῶς ἐπότισεν 1 Apollos watered As seeds need water, faith needs further teaching in order for it to grow. Alternate translation: “and when Apollos continued to teach you God’s word, he was like one who waters a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 6 iq9n figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ηὔξανεν 1 but God gave the growth As plants grow and develop, so faith and knowledge in God also grow and become deeper and stronger. Alternate translation: “but God caused you to grow” or “but just as God causes plants to grow, he causes you to grow spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 7 dl3z οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν τι…ἀλλ’ ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 neither he who plants is anything…but God is the one who causes the growth Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers’ spiritual growth, but it is God’s doing.
|
||||
1CO 3 7 c68g figs-abstractnouns ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 but God is the one who causes the growth Here to give growth means to cause growth. The abstract noun “growth” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it is God who causes you to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 3 7 c68g figs-abstractnouns ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 but God is the one who causes the growth Here to give growth means to cause growth. The abstract noun **growth** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it is God who causes you to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 3 8 s16b figs-metaphor ὁ φυτεύων…καὶ ὁ ποτίζων, ἕν εἰσιν 1 he who plants and he who waters are one Paul speaks of telling people the good news and teaching those who have accepted it as if they were planting and watering plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 8 za43 ἕν εἰσιν 1 are one Possible meanings are “one” are (1) “united in purpose” or (2) “equal in importance.”
|
||||
1CO 3 8 zd36 μισθὸν 1 wages an amount of money that a worker receives for his work
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 3 12 nbu2 figs-metaphor εἰ δέ τις ἐποικοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον χρυσόν, ἄργυρον, λίθους τιμίους, ξύλα, χόρτον, καλάμην 1 Now if anyone builds on the foundation with gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, or straw The building materials used to build a new building are being compared to the spiritual values used to build a person’s behavior and activities during his lifetime. Alternate translation: “Whether a person builds with valuable materials that will last or with cheap materials that burn easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 12 i14y λίθους τιμίους 1 precious stones “expensive stones”
|
||||
1CO 3 13 t2mk figs-activepassive ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον φανερὸν γενήσεται 1 his work will be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will show everyone what the builder has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 3 13 mv14 figs-metaphor ἡ γὰρ ἡμέρα δηλώσει 1 for the daylight will reveal it The “daylight” here is a metaphor for the time when God will judge everyone. When God shows everyone what these teachers have done, it will be like the sun has come up to reveal what happened during the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 13 mv14 figs-metaphor ἡ γὰρ ἡμέρα δηλώσει 1 for the daylight will reveal it The **daylight** here is a metaphor for the time when God will judge everyone. When God shows everyone what these teachers have done, it will be like the sun has come up to reveal what happened during the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 13 ndu3 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται; καὶ ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον, ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, τὸ πῦρ αὐτὸ δοκιμάσει 1 For it will be revealed in fire. The fire will test the quality of what each one had done Just as fire will reveal the strengths or destroy the weaknesses of a building, God’s fire will judge man’s efforts and activities. Alternate translation: “God will use fire to show the quality of his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 3 14 t8yv 0 General Information: The terms “a person” and “anyone’s” and “he” and “himself” refer to believers.
|
||||
1CO 3 14 s4u3 τὸ ἔργον μενεῖ 1 work remains “work lasts” or “work survives”
|
||||
|
|
@ -164,14 +164,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 4 4 u9jd οὐδὲν…ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα 1 I am not aware of any charge being made against me “I have not heard anyone accuse me of doing wrong”
|
||||
1CO 4 4 h3wl οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωμαι; ὁ δὲ ἀνακρίνων με Κύριός ἐστιν 1 that does not mean I am innocent. It is the Lord who judges me “that lack of accusation does not prove I am innocent. The Lord knows if I am innocent or guilty”
|
||||
1CO 4 5 qi3g ὥστε 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
1CO 4 5 wl3i figs-metaphor ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν 1 He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart Here “bring to light the hidden things of darkness” is a metaphor for making known to everyone things that were done in secret. Here “heart” is a metonym for people’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “Like a light that shines on things in darkness, God will show what people have secretly done and what they secretly planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 4 5 wl3i figs-metaphor ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν 1 He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart Here **bring to light the hidden things of darkness** is a metaphor for making known to everyone things that were done in secret. Here **heart** is a metonym for people’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “Like a light that shines on things in darkness, God will show what people have secretly done and what they secretly planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 4 6 ijn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1CO 4 6 ziz9 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes “for your welfare”
|
||||
1CO 4 7 fnu3 figs-you σε…ἔχεις…ἔλαβες…ἔλαβες…καυχᾶσαι…λαβών 1 between you…do you have that you did not…you have freely…do you boast…you had not Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of “you” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 fnu3 figs-you σε…ἔχεις…ἔλαβες…ἔλαβες…καυχᾶσαι…λαβών 1 between you…do you have that you did not…you have freely…do you boast…you had not Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 gtb5 figs-rquestion τίς γάρ σε διακρίνει? 1 For who makes you superior? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians who think they are better than those who heard the gospel from someone else. Alternate translation: “For there is no difference between you and others.” or “For you are not superior to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 r6yw figs-rquestion τί δὲ ἔχεις ὃ οὐκ ἔλαβες? 1 What do you have that you did not freely receive? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they did not earn the things they have. Alternate translation: “Everything that you have is what you have freely received.” or “God gave to you everything that you have for free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 e8l2 figs-rquestion τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών? 1 why do you boast as if you had not done so? Paul was rebuking them for boasting in what they had. Alternate translation: “you should not boast as if you had not done so.” or “you have no right to boast!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 4 7 rqd7 ὡς μὴ λαβών 1 as if you did not receive it The phrase “done so” refers to freeling receiving what they had. Alternate translation: “as you had not freely received it” or “as if you had earned it”
|
||||
1CO 4 7 rqd7 ὡς μὴ λαβών 1 as if you did not receive it The phrase **done so** refers to freeling receiving what they had. Alternate translation: “as you had not freely received it” or “as if you had earned it”
|
||||
1CO 4 8 yp8s figs-irony 0 General Information: Paul uses irony here to shame the Corinthians and make them realize that they are sinning when they are proud of themselves and their teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 bb41 figs-parallelism ὁ Θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν 1 God has put us apostles on display Paul expresses two ways how God has put his apostles on display for the world to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 4 9 vfq3 figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν 1 has put us apostles on display God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners at the end of a Roman military parade, who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 6 11 v5yq figs-activepassive ἀπελούσασθε 1 you have been cleansed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has cleansed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 11 u8kl figs-activepassive ἡγιάσθητε 1 you have been sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has set you apart for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 11 gnr6 figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθητε 1 you were justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has made you right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 6 11 s55x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ “Name” here is a metonym for the power and authority of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by the power and authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 6 11 s55x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ **Name** here is a metonym for the power and authority of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by the power and authority of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 6 12 sw2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that God wants them pure because Christ has bought them with his death. Their bodies are now God’s temple. He does so by saying what the Corinthians might say and then correcting them.
|
||||
1CO 6 12 r4mx πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν 1 Everything is lawful for me Possible meanings are (1) Paul is answering what some Corinthians might be thinking, “Some say, ‘I can do anything’” or (2) Paul is actually saying what he thinks is true, “God allows me to do anything.”
|
||||
1CO 6 12 q7dc ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 but not everything is beneficial Paul is answering whoever says, “Everything is lawful for me.” Alternate translation: “but not everything is good for me”
|
||||
|
|
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 2 fys4 διὰ δὲ τὰς πορνείας, ἕκαστος 1 But because of temptations for many immoral acts, each “But because Satan tempts people to commit sexual sin, each” or “But we desire to commit sexual sin because of our sinful nature, so each”
|
||||
1CO 7 3 mj8l figs-euphemism ὀφειλὴν 1 sexual rights Both husbands and wives are obligated to regularly sleep with their spouses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CO 7 3 vhv1 figs-ellipsis ὁμοίως…καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί 1 likewise the wife to her husband The words “should give” and “sexual rights” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “likewise the wife should give to her husband his sexual rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 7 5 qq7u figs-euphemism μὴ ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους 1 Do not deprive each other The word “deprive” means to keep from someone something that the other person has the right to receive. “Do not refuse to have marital relations with your spouse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 7 5 qq7u figs-euphemism μὴ ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους 1 Do not deprive each other The word **deprive** means to keep from someone something that the other person has the right to receive. “Do not refuse to have marital relations with your spouse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 7 5 uq6x ἵνα σχολάσητε τῇ προσευχῇ 1 so that you may devote yourselves to prayer in order to have a period of especially deep prayer
|
||||
1CO 7 5 d3er σχολάσητε 1 devote yourselves “commit yourselves”
|
||||
1CO 7 5 s1ya πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἦτε 1 come together again “sleep together again”
|
||||
|
|
@ -315,17 +315,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 14 w5y9 figs-activepassive ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother Possible meanings are (1) “God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 14 i1x4 τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the brother the believing man or husband
|
||||
1CO 7 14 fmu5 figs-activepassive ἅγιά ἐστιν 1 they are set apart Possible meanings are (1) “God has set them apart for himself” or (2) “God treats them as he would treat his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 15 jef4 figs-metaphor οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις 1 In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows Here “brother” and “sister” refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here “not bound to their vows” is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 do you know, woman…you will save your husband…do you know, man…you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 15 jef4 figs-metaphor οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις 1 In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows Here **brother** and **sister** refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here **not bound to their vows** is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 do you know, woman…you will save your husband…do you know, man…you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 h5td figs-rquestion τί…οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις 1 how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband? Paul uses a question to cause women to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving husband.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 16 dbz6 figs-rquestion τί οἶδας, ἄνερ, εἰ τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 how do you know, man, whether you will save your wife? Paul uses a question to cause men to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 17 ya76 ἑκάστῳ 1 each one “each believer”
|
||||
1CO 7 17 iid2 οὕτως ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πάσαις διατάσσομαι 1 I direct in this way in all the churches Paul was teaching believers in all the churches to act in this manner.
|
||||
1CO 7 18 unc4 figs-rquestion περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη? 1 Was anyone called when he was circumcised? Paul was addressing the circumcised ones (the Jews). Alternate translation: “To the circumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you had already been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 18 fqv6 figs-rquestion ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ κέκληταί τις? 1 Was anyone called in uncircumcision? Paul was now addressing the uncircumcised ones. Alternate translation: “To the uncircumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you were not circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words “us” and “we” refer to all Christians and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here “calling” refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
|
||||
1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you…called you? Do not be…you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of “you” and the command “be” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words **us** and **we** refer to all Christians and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here **calling** refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did”
|
||||
1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you…called you? Do not be…you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and the command **be** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 7 21 nli9 figs-rquestion δοῦλος ἐκλήθης? μή σοι μελέτω 1 Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned This can be stated as a statement. Alternate translation: “To those who were slaves when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 22 l6vq ἀπελεύθερος Κυρίου 1 the Lord’s freeman This freeman is forgiven by God and therefore free from Satan and sin.
|
||||
1CO 7 23 m53p figs-activepassive τιμῆς ἠγοράσθητε 1 You have been bought with a price This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ bought you by dying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 27 k9td figs-rquestion δέδεσαι γυναικί? μὴ ζήτει 1 Are you married to a wife? Do not… Paul uses this question to introduce a possible condition. The question can be translated as a phrase with “if.” Alternate translation: “If you are married, do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 7 27 x2lk μὴ ζήτει λύσιν 1 Do not seek a divorce “Do not try to divorce her” or “Do try to separate from her”
|
||||
1CO 7 27 d79c μὴ ζήτει…γυναῖκα 1 do not seek a wife “do not try to get married”
|
||||
1CO 7 28 whf5 figs-explicit ἐγὼ…ὑμῶν φείδομαι 1 I want to spare you from this The word “this” refers to the kinds of worldly trouble that married people might have. Alternate translation: “I want to help you not to have worldly trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 7 28 whf5 figs-explicit ἐγὼ…ὑμῶν φείδομαι 1 I want to spare you from this The word **this** refers to the kinds of worldly trouble that married people might have. Alternate translation: “I want to help you not to have worldly trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 7 29 r594 ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν 1 The time is short “There is little time” or “Time is almost gone”
|
||||
1CO 7 30 vm8k οἱ κλαίοντες 1 those who weep cry or grieve with tears
|
||||
1CO 7 31 t41v οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κόσμον 1 those using the world “those who deal every day with unbelievers”
|
||||
1CO 7 31 jl2r ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι 1 as though they were not using it “should show by their actions that they have their hope in God”
|
||||
1CO 7 32 t4ab figs-idiom ἀμερίμνους 1 free from worries “Free” here is an idiom which means the ability to live without constantly thinking about.” Alternate translation: “without needing to worry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 7 32 t4ab figs-idiom ἀμερίμνους 1 free from worries **Free** here is an idiom which means the ability to live without constantly thinking about.” Alternate translation: “without needing to worry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 7 32 d4zd μεριμνᾷ 1 concerned about “focused on”
|
||||
1CO 7 34 ug6n μεριμνᾷ 1 is concerned about “he is trying to please God and please his wife at the same time”
|
||||
1CO 7 35 rp3w βρόχον 1 constraint restriction
|
||||
|
|
@ -351,8 +351,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 7 36 jn8j ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ 1 he is acting improperly toward “not being kind to” or “not honoring”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 crb8 τὴν παρθένον αὐτοῦ 1 his virgin Possible meanings are (1) “the woman whom he promised to marry” or (2) “his virgin daughter.”
|
||||
1CO 7 36 wdj5 γαμείτωσαν 1 let them marry Possible meanings are (1) “He should marry his fiancée” or (2) “He should let his daughter get married.”
|
||||
1CO 7 37 nm99 figs-metaphor ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος 1 But if he is standing firm in his heart Here “standing firm” is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here “heart” is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 d413 figs-metaphor γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives Here “bound” is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 7 37 nm99 figs-metaphor ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος 1 But if he is standing firm in his heart Here **standing firm** is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here **heart** is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 d413 figs-metaphor γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives Here **bound** is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 7 39 ms7z ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ 1 for as long as…lives “until he dies”
|
||||
1CO 7 39 y6rz ᾧ θέλει 1 whomever she wishes “anyone she wants”
|
||||
1CO 7 39 rr2d ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord “if the new husband is a believer”
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 8 1 nzt4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers that though idols have no power, believers must be careful not to affect the weaker believers who might think they care about the idols. He tells believers to be careful with the liberty believers have in Christ.
|
||||
1CO 8 1 cep1 περὶ δὲ 1 Now about Paul uses this phrase to move on to the next question the Corinthians had asked him.
|
||||
1CO 8 1 g5t3 τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων 1 food sacrificed to idols Gentile worshipers would offer grain, fish, fowl, or meat, to their gods. The priest would burn a portion of it on the altar. Paul is speaking of the portion the priest would give back for the worshiper to eat or sell in the market.
|
||||
1CO 8 1 ri3s figs-metaphor ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ 1 Knowledge puffs up “Knowledge puffs people up.” Here “puffs up” is a metaphor for making someone proud. The abstract noun “knowledge” can be expressed with the verb “know.” Alternate translation: “Knowledge makes people proud” or “People who think that they know a lot become proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 8 1 ri3s figs-metaphor ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ 1 Knowledge puffs up “Knowledge puffs people up.” Here **puffs up** is a metaphor for making someone proud. The abstract noun “knowledge” can be expressed with the verb “know.” Alternate translation: “Knowledge makes people proud” or “People who think that they know a lot become proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 8 1 yw8s figs-abstractnouns ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 but love builds up The abstract noun “love” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “but when we love people, we build them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 8 1 an8s figs-metaphor ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ 1 love builds up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. Alternate translation: “love strengthens people” or “when we love people, we strengthen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 8 2 qbh9 δοκεῖ ἐγνωκέναι τι 1 thinks he knows something “believes he knows everything about something”
|
||||
|
|
@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 8 5 sl8j λεγόμενοι θεοὶ 1 so-called gods “things that people call gods”
|
||||
1CO 8 5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many “gods” and many “lords.” Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
|
||||
1CO 8 6 y6hq ἀλλ’ ἡμῖν εἷς Θεὸς 1 Yet for us there is only one God “Yet we know that there is only one God”
|
||||
1CO 8 7 th5p 0 General Information: Paul is speaking here of “weak” brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers’ conscience.
|
||||
1CO 8 7 th5p 0 General Information: Paul is speaking here of **weak** brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers’ conscience.
|
||||
1CO 8 7 v7lt πᾶσιν…τινὲς 1 everyone…some “all people…some people who are now Christians”
|
||||
1CO 8 7 ba7e μολύνεται 1 is defiled ruined or harmed
|
||||
1CO 8 8 ii4m figs-personification βρῶμα…ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 food will not present us to God Paul speaks of food as though it were a person who could make God welcome us. Alternate translation: “food does not give us favor with God” or “the food we eat does not make God pleased with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -383,20 +383,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 8 10 usg7 figs-you ἴδῃ τὸν ἔχοντα 1 sees the one who has Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so these words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 8 10 i6ej ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ 1 his…conscience what he understands to be right and wrong
|
||||
1CO 8 10 x5pa οἰκοδομηθήσεται, εἰς…ἐσθίειν 1 built up so as to eat “encouraged to eat”
|
||||
1CO 8 11 ez6t figs-you τῇ σῇ γνώσει 1 your knowledge Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “your” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 8 11 ez6t figs-you τῇ σῇ γνώσει 1 your knowledge Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **your** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 8 11 g5tn ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak…is destroyed The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith.
|
||||
1CO 8 13 i8tb διόπερ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true”
|
||||
1CO 8 13 vf92 figs-metonymy εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει 1 if food causes to stumble “Food” here is a metonym for the person eating the food. Alternate translation: “if I cause by eating” or “if I, because of what I eat, cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 8 13 vf92 figs-metonymy εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει 1 if food causes to stumble **Food** here is a metonym for the person eating the food. Alternate translation: “if I cause by eating” or “if I, because of what I eat, cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul defends himself in this chapter. Some people claimed that he was trying to gain financially from the church.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Earning money from the church<br>People accused Paul of just wanting money from the church. Paul answered that he rightfully could get money from the church. The Old Testament taught that those who worked should get their living from their work. He and Barnabas purposefully never used this right and earned their own living.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors teach complex truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Contextualization<br>This passage is important because Paul “contextualizes” ministering the gospel to different audiences. This means that Paul makes himself and the gospel understandable without his actions hindering the gospel being received. The translator should take extra care to preserve aspects of this “contextualization” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize various points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
1CO 9 1 fu7x 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how he uses the liberty he has in Christ.
|
||||
1CO 9 1 mdm4 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 Am I not free? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of the rights he has. Alternate translation: “I am a free person.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 1 dbp9 figs-rquestion οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος 1 Am I not an apostle? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is and the rights he has. Alternate translation: “I am an apostle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 1 re1t figs-rquestion οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα 1 Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: “I have seen Jesus our Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 1 zd7e figs-rquestion οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Are you not my workmanship in the Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: “You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 2 j6qz figs-metonymy ἡ…σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord “Proof” here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 2 j6qz figs-metonymy ἡ…σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord **Proof** here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This is my defense…me: Possible meanings are (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense…me.”
|
||||
1CO 9 4 mr4g figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν 1 Do we not have the right to eat and drink? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we…have Here “we” refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we…have Here **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 5 s9k8 figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν, γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς? 1 Do we not have the right to take along with us a wife who is a believer, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 6 wx1p figs-rquestion ἢ μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρναβᾶς, οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν μὴ ἐργάζεσθαι? 1 Or is it only Barnabas and I who do not have the right not to work? Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You seem to think that the only people you think need to work to earn money are Barnabas and me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 7 f3qf figs-rquestion τίς στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτέ? 1 Who serves as a soldier at his own expense? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We all know that no soldier has to buy his own supplies.” or “We all know that every soldier receives his supplies from the government.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,16 +407,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 9 h2d3 figs-you οὐ φιμώσεις 1 Do not put a muzzle on Moses was speaking to the Israelites as if they were one person, so this command is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 9 9 sxk2 figs-rquestion μὴ τῶν βοῶν μέλει τῷ Θεῷ? 1 Is it really the oxen that God cares about? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that it is not the oxen that God cares most about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 10 x84t figs-rquestion ἢ δι’ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει? 1 Or is he speaking entirely for our sake? Paul asks a question to emphasize the statement he is making. Alternate translation: “Instead, God was certainly speaking about us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 10 f8f4 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for our sake Here “us” refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 10 f8f4 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for our sake Here **us** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 11 g1wh figs-rquestion μέγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ θερίσομεν? 1 is it too much for us to reap material things from you? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Alternate translation: “you should know without me telling you that it is not too much for us to receive material support from you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 12 lld4 figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 If others exercised this right over you, should we not even more? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here “we” refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised…you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 12 lld4 figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 If others exercised this right over you, should we not even more? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised…you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 12 v333 εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς…ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν 1 If others exercised this right Paul and the Corinthians both know that others exercised the right. “Since others exercised this right”
|
||||
1CO 9 12 nr6u ἄλλοι 1 others other workers of the gospel
|
||||
1CO 9 12 q7vj τῆς…ἐξουσίας 1 this right the right to have the believers at Corinth provide for the living expenses of those who told them the good news
|
||||
1CO 9 12 vt6t μή τινα ἐνκοπὴν δῶμεν 1 to cause any hindrance “be a burden to” or “stop the spread of”
|
||||
1CO 9 13 slf9 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐσθίουσιν 1 Do you not know that those who serve in the temple eat from the things of the temple Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you that those who serve in the temple get their food from the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 13 wwj4 figs-rquestion οἱ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ παρεδρεύοντες, τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συνμερίζονται? 1 those who serve at the altar partake from the altar? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you that those who serve at the altar get some of the foods and meat that people offer on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 9 14 rj38 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ζῆν 1 get their living from the gospel The words “the gospel” here are a metonym for (1) the people to whom they tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need from those to whom they teach the good news,” or (2) the result of working to tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need because they work to tell the good news.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 14 rj38 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ζῆν 1 get their living from the gospel The words **the gospel** here are a metonym for (1) the people to whom they tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need from those to whom they teach the good news,” or (2) the result of working to tell the gospel, “receive their food and other things they need because they work to tell the good news.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 9 15 fs7a τούτων 1 these rights “these things that I deserve”
|
||||
1CO 9 15 sy42 figs-activepassive ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί 1 so that this might be done for me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so you will do something for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 9 15 fd69 τὸ καύχημά μου…κενώσει 1 deprive me of my boasting “take away this opportunity I have to boast”
|
||||
|
|
@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 18 ia5x ἵνα εὐαγγελιζόμενος ἀδάπανον, θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 That when I preach, I may offer the gospel without charge “My reward for preaching is that I can preach without receiving payment”
|
||||
1CO 9 18 dln7 θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 offer the gospel “preach the gospel”
|
||||
1CO 9 18 fn7i εἰς τὸ μὴ καταχρήσασθαι τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 so not take full use of my right in the gospel “so not ask people to support me as I travel and preach”
|
||||
1CO 9 19 s48l figs-metaphor ἐλεύθερος…ὢν ἐκ πάντων 1 I am free from all “Free from all” here is an idiom meaning the ability to live without thinking of what one must do for others. Alternate translation: “I am able to live without serving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 19 s48l figs-metaphor ἐλεύθερος…ὢν ἐκ πάντων 1 I am free from all **Free from all** here is an idiom meaning the ability to live without thinking of what one must do for others. Alternate translation: “I am able to live without serving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 19 mms9 τοὺς πλείονας κερδήσω 1 I might gain even more “persuade others to believe” or “help others trust in Christ”
|
||||
1CO 9 20 hh8t ἐγενόμην…ὡς Ἰουδαῖος 1 I became like a Jew “I acted like a Jew” or “I practiced Jewish customs”
|
||||
1CO 9 20 s9tu ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον 1 I became like one under the law “I became like one committed to following the demands of the Jewish leadership, accepting their understanding of the Jewish scriptures”
|
||||
|
|
@ -439,17 +439,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 9 24 mq1d figs-metaphor τρέχουσιν 1 run Paul compares living the Christian life and working for God to running a race and being an athlete. As in a race, the Christian life and work require strict discipline on the part of the runner, and, as in a race, the Christian has a specific goal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 24 mh8z figs-metaphor οὕτως τρέχετε, ἵνα καταλάβητε 1 So run in such a way that you might obtain it Paul is speaking of the reward God will give his faithful people as if it were a prize given for an athletic contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor φθαρτὸν στέφανον…ἄφθαρτον 1 a wreath that is perishable…one that is imperishable A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air Here “running” and “boxing” are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air Here **running** and **boxing** are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή…αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: “the judge will not disqualify me” or “God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”<br><br>In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exodus<br>Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### Eating meat sacrificed to idol<br>Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
1CO 10 1 r66h 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers’ experiences with immorality and idolatry.
|
||||
1CO 10 1 g34f figs-exclusive οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word “our” refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 1 g34f figs-exclusive οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. The word **our** refers to himself and the Corinthians and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 1 v4c6 διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης διῆλθον 1 passed through the sea This sea is known by two names, the Red Sea and the Sea of Reeds.
|
||||
1CO 10 1 z5s9 διὰ…διῆλθον 1 passed through “walked through” or “traveled through”
|
||||
1CO 10 2 f7cq πάντες εἰς τὸν Μωϋσῆν ἐβαπτίσαντο 1 All were baptized into Moses “All followed and were committed to Moses”
|
||||
1CO 10 2 y72i ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ 1 in the cloud by the cloud that represented the presence of God and led the Israelites during the day
|
||||
1CO 10 4 xut2 τὸ αὐτὸ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα…πνευματικῆς…πέτρας 1 drank the same spiritual drink…spiritual rock “drank the same water that God supernaturally brought out of the rock…supernatural rock”
|
||||
1CO 10 4 whj4 figs-metonymy ἡ…πέτρα ἦν ὁ Χριστός 1 that rock was Christ The “rock” was a literal, physical rock, so it would be best to translate this literally. If your language cannot say that a rock “was” a person’s name, treat the word “rock” as a metonym for the power of Christ that worked through the rock. Alternate translation: “it was Christ who worked through that rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 10 4 whj4 figs-metonymy ἡ…πέτρα ἦν ὁ Χριστός 1 that rock was Christ The “rock” was a literal, physical rock, so it would be best to translate this literally. If your language cannot say that a rock “was” a person’s name, treat The word **rock** as a metonym for the power of Christ that worked through the rock. Alternate translation: “it was Christ who worked through that rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 10 5 lh93 figs-litotes οὐκ…ηὐδόκησεν 1 not well pleased “displeased” or “angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1CO 10 5 tnu4 τοῖς πλείοσιν αὐτῶν 1 most of them the Israelite fathers
|
||||
1CO 10 5 w673 κατεστρώθησαν 1 their corpses were scattered about “God scattered their dead bodies around” or “God killed them and scattered their bodies”
|
||||
|
|
@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 10 nye7 γογγύζετε 1 grumble complaining
|
||||
1CO 10 10 i3q3 figs-activepassive ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ 1 were destroyed by the destroyer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did. As a result, an angel of death destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 11 u1mp ταῦτα…συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις 1 these things happened to them “God punished our ancestors”
|
||||
1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-exclusive τυπικῶς 1 as examples Here “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 11 wmp1 figs-exclusive τυπικῶς 1 as examples Here **us** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 10 11 j3z1 τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων 1 the end of the ages “the last days”
|
||||
1CO 10 12 df2p μὴ πέσῃ 1 does not fall does not sin or reject God
|
||||
1CO 10 13 a8vj figs-doublenegatives πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν, εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “The temptations that affect you are temptations that all people experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -490,11 +490,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 10 23 jm4k οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 not everything is beneficial “some things are not beneficial”
|
||||
1CO 10 23 ex6z figs-metaphor οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ 1 not everything builds people up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “not everything strengthens people” or “some things do not strengthen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 10 27 g31y ὑμῖν…μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 you without asking questions of conscience “you. God wants you to eat the food with a clear conscience”
|
||||
1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-you ἐὰν δέ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 But if someone says to you…do not eat…who informed you Some translations put this verse, continuing to “and not yours” in the next verse, in parentheses because (1) the forms of “you” and “eat” here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) the words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 28 qi77 figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you…do not eat…informed you Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “you” and the command “do not eat” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 v1d9 figs-you συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours Some translations put these words, along with the words in the verse before this one, in parentheses because (1) the form of “yours” here is singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) the words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in this verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 s1wk figs-you οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 and not yours Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “yours” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως? 1 For why…conscience? Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) the word “for” refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why…conscience?” or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why…conscience?’”
|
||||
1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-you ἐὰν δέ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 But if someone says to you…do not eat…who informed you Some translations put this verse, continuing to “and not yours” in the next verse, in parentheses because (1) the forms of **you** and **eat** here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) the words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 28 qi77 figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you…do not eat…informed you Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** and the command **do not eat** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 v1d9 figs-you συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours Some translations put these words, along with the words in the verse before this one, in parentheses because (1) the form of **yours** here is singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) The words **For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?** in this verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 s1wk figs-you οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 and not yours Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **yours** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 10 29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως? 1 For why…conscience? Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **for** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why…conscience?” or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why…conscience?’”
|
||||
1CO 10 29 d4q1 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί…ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως? 1 why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience? The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that no one should be able to say I am doing wrong just because that person has ideas about right and wrong that are different from mine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 10 30 dv5f figs-rquestion εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ? 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “I partake of the meal with gratitude, so no one should insult me for that for which I gave thanks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 10 30 x2v5 εἰ ἐγὼ…μετέχω 1 If I partake If Paul is not quoting what some Corinthians might be thinking, the “I” represents those who eat meat with thankfulness. “If a person partakes” or “When a person eats”
|
||||
|
|
@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 7 aa4r figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 should not have his head covered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are (1) “must not cover his head” or (2) “does not need to cover his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 7 t5jn δόξα ἀνδρός 1 glory of the man Just as man reflects God’s greatness, the woman reflects the man’s character.
|
||||
1CO 11 8 s5ns figs-activepassive οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός. 1 For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 11 9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 For neither…for man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word “this” in “this is why…the angels” clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
1CO 11 9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 For neither…for man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that The word **this** in **this is why…the angels** clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
1CO 11 10 wh4c ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 have a symbol of authority on her head Possible meanings are (1) “to symbolize that she has man as her head” or (2) “to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.”
|
||||
1CO 11 11 pir4 πλὴν…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Nevertheless, in the Lord “While what I have just said is all true, the most important thing is this: in the Lord”
|
||||
1CO 11 11 h9t4 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord Possible meanings are (1) “among Christians, who belong to the Lord” or (2) “in the world as created by God.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 17 du1a οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον 1 it is not for the better but for the worse “you do not help each other; instead, you harm each other”
|
||||
1CO 11 18 iu3q ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 in the church “as believers.” Paul is not talking about being inside a building.
|
||||
1CO 11 18 l9vx σχίσματα ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν 1 there are divisions among you “you divide yourselves into opposing groups”
|
||||
1CO 11 19 s9sy figs-irony δεῖ γὰρ καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι 1 For there must also be factions among you Possible meanings (1) The word “must” indicates that this situation is likely to happen. Alternate translation: “For there will probably be factions among you” or (2) Paul was using irony to shame them for having factions. Alternate translation: “For you seem to think that there must be factions among you” or “For you seem to think that you must divide yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 s9sy figs-irony δεῖ γὰρ καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι 1 For there must also be factions among you Possible meanings (1) The word **must** indicates that this situation is likely to happen. Alternate translation: “For there will probably be factions among you” or (2) Paul was using irony to shame them for having factions. Alternate translation: “For you seem to think that there must be factions among you” or “For you seem to think that you must divide yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 kcr7 αἱρέσεις 1 factions opposing groups of people
|
||||
1CO 11 19 vfv4 figs-irony ἵνα καὶ οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται ἐν ὑμῖν 1 so that those who are approved may be recognized among you Possible meanings are (1) “so that people will know the most highly regarded believers among you” or (2) “so that people can display this approval to the others among you.” Paul may have been using irony, saying the opposite of what he wanted the Corinthians to understand, to shame them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
1CO 11 19 j7db δόκιμοι 1 who are approved Possible meanings are (1) “whom God approves” or (2) “whom you, the church, approve.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 11 28 nhx7 figs-metaphor δοκιμαζέτω 1 examine Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how “test the quality” is translated in [1 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 11 29 gqd2 μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα 1 without discerning the body Possible meanings are (1) “and does not recognize that the church is the body of the Lord” or (2) “and does not consider that he is handling the Lord’s body.”
|
||||
1CO 11 30 kbi6 ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄρρωστοι 1 weak and ill These words mean almost the same thing and can be combined, as in UST.
|
||||
1CO 11 30 vx5t figs-euphemism κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί 1 and many of you have fallen asleep “Sleep” here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “and some of you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]).
|
||||
1CO 11 30 vx5t figs-euphemism κοιμῶνται ἱκανοί 1 and many of you have fallen asleep **Sleep** here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “and some of you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]).
|
||||
1CO 11 30 bh6j figs-explicit ἱκανοί 1 many of you If this would sound like Paul is talking to those who have died, you may need to make explicit that he is not. Alternate translation: “some of the members of your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 11 31 j6ml figs-metaphor διεκρίνομεν 1 examine Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 11 31 egl8 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα 1 we will not be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 1 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Gifts of the Holy Spirit<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. Chapters 12-14 discuss spiritual gifts within the church.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Church, the body of Christ<br><br>This is an important metaphor in Scripture. The Church has many different parts. Each part has different functions. They combine to make one church. All of the different parts are necessary. Each part is to be concerned for all the other parts, even those that seem less important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “No one can say, ‘Jesus is Lord,’ except by the Holy Spirit.”<br>In reading the Old Testament, the Jews would have substituted the word “Lord” for the word “Yahweh.” This sentence probably means that no one can say that Jesus is Yahweh, God in the flesh, without the Holy Spirit’s influence drawing them to accept this truth. If this statement is translated poorly, it can have unintended theological consequences.
|
||||
1CO 12 1 da2e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets them know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
|
||||
1CO 12 1 i3k7 figs-doublenegatives οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here “led astray” is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 2 hbt8 figs-metaphor ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι 1 you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them Here **led astray** is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases “were led astray” and “you were led by them” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak” or “you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 3 zg4j οὐδεὶς ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλῶν, λέγει 1 no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say Possible meanings are (1) “no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say” or (2) “no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say.”
|
||||
1CO 12 3 jak6 ἀνάθεμα Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus is accursed “God will punish Jesus” or “God will make Jesus suffer”
|
||||
1CO 12 6 eth3 ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν 1 who is working all things in everyone “causes everyone to have them”
|
||||
|
|
@ -583,26 +583,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 12 8 p2pm figs-hendiadys λόγος σοφίας 1 a word of wisdom Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: “wise words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1CO 12 8 a9pr figs-hendiadys λόγος γνώσεως 1 a word of knowledge Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: “words that show knowldge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1CO 12 8 pe8s figs-activepassive δίδοται 1 is given This can be stated in active form. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md). Alternate translation: “God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 9 d7qg figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ…χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ Πνεύματι 1 to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit The words “are given” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit are given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 9 d7qg figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ…χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων ἐν τῷ ἑνὶ Πνεύματι 1 to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit The words **are given** are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit are given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 x572 figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ προφητεία 1 to another prophecy The phrase “is given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another prophecy is given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 v7xy figs-ellipsis ἑτέρῳ γένη γλωσσῶν 1 to another various kinds of tongues The phrase “are given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another various kinds of tongues are given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 skl8 figs-metonymy γένη γλωσσῶν 1 various kinds of tongues Here “tongues” represents languages. Alternate translation: “the ability to speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 skl8 figs-metonymy γένη γλωσσῶν 1 various kinds of tongues Here **tongues** represents languages. Alternate translation: “the ability to speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 j8qk figs-ellipsis ἄλλῳ…ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 to another the interpretation of tongues The phrase “is given by the same Spirit” is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: “to another the interpretation of tongues is given by the same Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1CO 12 10 c14y ἑρμηνία γλωσσῶν 1 the interpretation of tongues This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: “the ability to interpret what is said in other languages”
|
||||
1CO 12 11 z383 τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα 1 one and the same Spirit God gives the gifts through the work of the one and only Holy Spirit. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md).
|
||||
1CO 12 12 j3xl 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk of the variety of gifts God gives believers, God gives different gifts to different believers, but Paul wants them to know that all believers are made into one body, which is called the body of Christ. For this reason believers should have unity.
|
||||
1CO 12 13 g8uk figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες…ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 For by one Spirit we were all baptized Possible meanings are (1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, “For one Spirit baptized us” or (2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r9hm figs-metonymy εἴτε…δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 whether bound or free “Bound” here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r9hm figs-metonymy εἴτε…δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 whether bound or free **Bound** here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 12 13 r5kw figs-activepassive πάντες ἓν Πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν 1 all were made to drink of one Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave all of us the same Spirit, and we share the Spirit as people might share a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 12 17 rsl6 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 where would the sense of hearing be?…where would the sense of smell be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything…you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 19 zw6k τὰ…ἓν μέλος 1 the same member The word “member” is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: “the same part of the body”
|
||||
1CO 12 19 zw6k τὰ…ἓν μέλος 1 the same member The word **member** is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: “the same part of the body”
|
||||
1CO 12 19 y4vg figs-rquestion ποῦ τὸ σῶμα? 1 where would the body be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “there would be no body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 12 21 u9r9 χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω 1 I have no need of you “I do not need you”
|
||||
1CO 12 23 rrs6 ἀτιμότερα 1 less honorable “less important”
|
||||
1CO 12 23 id5z figs-euphemism τὰ ἀσχήμονα ἡμῶν 1 our unpresentable members This probably refers to the private parts of the body, which people keep covered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CO 12 25 z4kk μὴ ᾖ σχίσμα ἐν τῷ σώματι, ἀλλὰ 1 there may be no division within the body, but “the body may be unified, and”
|
||||
1CO 12 26 da97 figs-activepassive δοξάζεται μέλος 1 one member is honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone gives honor to one member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 12 27 z2ct ὑμεῖς δέ ἐστε 1 Now you are Here the word “now” is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
1CO 12 27 z2ct ὑμεῖς δέ ἐστε 1 Now you are Here the word **now** is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
1CO 12 28 ll3s πρῶτον ἀποστόλους 1 first apostles Possible meanings are (1) “the first gift I will mention is apostles” or (2) “the most important gift is apostles.”
|
||||
1CO 12 28 unh1 ἀντιλήμψεις 1 those who provide helps “those who provide help to other believers”
|
||||
1CO 12 28 l6p1 κυβερνήσεις 1 those who do the work of administration “those who govern the church”
|
||||
|
|
@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 13 1 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 krt1 translate-unknown χαλκὸς 1 gong a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 1 qbx6 translate-unknown κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 a clanging cymbal two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1CO 13 3 ar2q figs-activepassive παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου 1 I give my body The phrase “to be burned” can be made active. Alternate translation: “I allow those who persecute me to burn me to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 13 3 ar2q figs-activepassive παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου 1 I give my body The phrase **to be burned** can be made active. Alternate translation: “I allow those who persecute me to burn me to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1CO 13 4 m671 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη μακροθυμεῖ…οὐ φυσιοῦται 1 Love is patient and kind…It is not arrogant Here Paul speaks about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 13 5 cp6x figs-personification 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1CO 13 5 xt3v figs-activepassive οὐ παροξύνεται 1 It is not easily angered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to make it angry quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -652,23 +652,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 15 vm6p figs-rquestion τί…ἐστιν 1 What should I do? Paul is introducing his conclusion. Alternate translation: “This is what I will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 15 r11f προσεύξομαι τῷ Πνεύματι…προσεύξομαι…τῷ νοΐ…ψαλῶ τῷ Πνεύματι…ψαλῶ…τῷ νοΐ 1 pray with my spirit…pray with my mind…sing with my spirit…sing with my mind Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand.
|
||||
1CO 14 15 fi2f τῷ νοΐ 1 with my mind “with words that I understand”
|
||||
1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις 1 you praise God…you are giving thanks…you are saying Though “you” is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις 1 you praise God…you are giving thanks…you are saying Though **you** is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 r4w5 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν…οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 how will the outsider say “Amen”…saying? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’…saying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 the ungifted Possible meanings are (1) “another person” or (2) “people who are new to your group.”
|
||||
1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν 1 say “Amen” “be able to agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 a7wr figs-you σὺ μὲν…εὐχαριστεῖς 1 you certainly give Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 a7wr figs-you σὺ μὲν…εὐχαριστεῖς 1 you certainly give Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 14 17 w25k figs-metaphor ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 the other person is not built up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the other person is not strengthened” or “what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 19 cbw8 translate-numbers ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ 1 than ten thousand words in a tongue Paul was not counting words, but used exaggeration to emphasize that a few understandable words are far more valuable than even a great number of words in a language that people cannot understand. Alternate translation: “10,000 words” or “a great many words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1CO 14 20 luu4 0 General Information: Paul tells them that speaking in different languages was told ahead of time by the prophet Isaiah many years before this speaking in other languages happened at the start of Christ’s church.
|
||||
1CO 14 20 mh5t figs-metaphor μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν 1 do not be children in your thinking Here “children” is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “do not think like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 14 20 mh5t figs-metaphor μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν 1 do not be children in your thinking Here **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “do not think like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 14 21 jx6l figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται 1 In the law it is written, This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: “The prophet wrote these words in the law:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 21 l9xz figs-parallelism ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέρων 1 By men of strange tongues and by the lips of strangers These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 22 bp4j 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives specific instructions on an orderly way to use gifts in the church.
|
||||
1CO 14 22 qj5f figs-doublenegatives οὐ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις 1 not for unbelievers, but for believers This can be expressed positively and combined with the other positive statement. Alternate translation: “only for believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 23 hj3d figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐροῦσιν ὅτι μαίνεσθε? 1 would they not say that you are insane? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “they would say that you are insane.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 24 xxy5 figs-parallelism ἐλέγχεται ὑπὸ πάντων, ἀνακρίνεται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 he would be convicted by all and examined by all Paul says basically the same thing twice for emphasis. Alternate translation: “he would realize that he is guilty of sin because he hears what you are saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 ma47 figs-metonymy τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται 1 The secrets of his heart would be revealed Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God would reveal to him the secrets of his heart” or “He would recognize his own private inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 w31w figs-idiom πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, προσκυνήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 he would fall on his face and worship God “Fall on his face” here is an idiom, meaning to bow down. Alternate translation: “He would bow down and worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 ma47 figs-metonymy τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται 1 The secrets of his heart would be revealed Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God would reveal to him the secrets of his heart” or “He would recognize his own private inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 25 w31w figs-idiom πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, προσκυνήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 he would fall on his face and worship God **Fall on his face** here is an idiom, meaning to bow down. Alternate translation: “He would bow down and worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 14 26 bv9k figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐστιν, ἀδελφοί? 1 What is tp be then, brothers? Paul uses a question to introduce the next part of his message. Alternate translation: “Because everything I have just told you is true, this is what you need to do, my fellow believers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 26 xzz2 ἑρμηνίαν 1 interpretation This means a telling of what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how “interpret” is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md).
|
||||
1CO 14 27 wc1z καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος 1 and each one in turn “and they should speak one after another” or “and they should speak one at a time”
|
||||
|
|
@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 14 33 my65 οὐ…ἐστιν ἀκαταστασίας ὁ Θεὸς 1 God is not a God of confusion God does not create confusing situations by making people all speak at the same time.
|
||||
1CO 14 34 gjv2 σιγάτωσαν 1 let be silent Possible meanings are (1) stop speaking, (2) stop speaking when someone is prophesying, or (3) be absolutely silent during the church service.
|
||||
1CO 14 36 h8lp figs-rquestion ἢ ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν, ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς μόνους κατήντησεν? 1 Did the word of God come from you? Are you the only ones it has reached? Paul emphasizes that the Corinthians are not the only ones who understand what God wants Christians to do. Alternate translation: “The word of God did not come from you in Corinth; you are not the only people who understand God’s will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 14 36 mj6b figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God “Word of God” here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 14 36 mj6b figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God **Word of God** here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1CO 14 37 ab6u ἐπιγινωσκέτω 1 he should acknowledge A true prophet or truly spiritual person will accept Paul’s writings as coming from the Lord.
|
||||
1CO 14 38 l68a figs-activepassive ἀγνοείτω 1 let him be ignorant This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you should not recognize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 14 39 jvr7 τὸ λαλεῖν μὴ κωλύετε γλώσσαις 1 do not forbid anyone from speaking in tongues Paul makes it clear that speaking in tongues at a church gathering is permissible and acceptable.
|
||||
|
|
@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 5 rhd3 0 Connecting Statement: If you need for verse 5 to be a complete sentence, end [1 Corinthians 15:4](../15/04.md) with a comma so that verse 5 completes the sentence begun in [1 Corinthians 15:3](../15/03.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 5 q3nb ὤφθη 1 he appeared “showed himself to”
|
||||
1CO 15 6 l7vc translate-numbers πεντακοσίοις 1 five hundred 500 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1CO 15 6 q8bl figs-euphemism τινὲς…ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 some have fallen asleep “Sleep” here is a common euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “some have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CO 15 6 q8bl figs-euphemism τινὲς…ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 some have fallen asleep **Sleep** here is a common euphemism for death. Alternate translation: “some have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1CO 15 8 n9c6 ἔσχατον…πάντων 1 Last of all “Finally, after he had appeared to the others”
|
||||
1CO 15 8 vg7t figs-idiom τῷ ἐκτρώματι 1 a child born at the wrong time This is an idiom by which Paul may mean that he became a Christian much later than the other apostles. Or perhaps he means that, unlike the other apostles, he did not witness Jesus’ three-year-long ministry. Alternate translation: “someone who missed the experiences of the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 15 10 xiq6 χάριτι…Θεοῦ, εἰμι ὅ εἰμι 1 by the grace of God I am what I am God’s grace or kindness has made Paul as he is now.
|
||||
|
|
@ -719,12 +719,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 19 d9nq πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 of all people “of everyone, including believers and non-believers”
|
||||
1CO 15 19 ts7u ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐσμέν 1 of all people we are most to be pitied “people should feel sorry for us more than they do for anyone else”
|
||||
1CO 15 20 cxp9 νυνὶ…Χριστὸς 1 now Christ “as it is, Christ” or “this is the truth: Christ”
|
||||
1CO 15 20 zw31 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here “firstfruits” is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 20 n6cl figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀπαρχὴ τῶν κεκοιμημένων 1 Christ has been raised from the dead, the firstfruit of those who have fallen asleep “Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has raised Christ, who is the firstfruits of those who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 15 20 zw31 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here **firstfruits** is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 20 n6cl figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀπαρχὴ τῶν κεκοιμημένων 1 Christ has been raised from the dead, the firstfruit of those who have fallen asleep **Raised** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has raised Christ, who is the firstfruits of those who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 15 21 uca8 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀνθρώπου θάνατος 1 death came by a man The abstract noun “death” can be expressed with the verb “die.” Alternate translation. “people die because of what one man did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 15 21 gf8p figs-abstractnouns καὶ δι’ ἀνθρώπου ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν 1 by a man also came the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun “resurrection” can be expressed with the verb “raise.” Alternate translation: “people are raised from the dead because of another man” or “people will become alive again because of what one man did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1CO 15 23 p4g9 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here “firstfruits” is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 24 u298 0 General Information: Here the words “he” and “his” refer to Christ.
|
||||
1CO 15 23 p4g9 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ 1 the firstfruits Here **firstfruits** is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “who is like the first part of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 24 u298 0 General Information: Here the words **he** and **his** refer to Christ.
|
||||
1CO 15 24 uwh3 καταργήσῃ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν 1 he will abolish all rule and all authority and power “he will stop those people who rule, who have authority, and who have power from doing what they are doing”
|
||||
1CO 15 25 t8mk figs-idiom ἄχρι οὗ θῇ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 until he has put all his enemies under his feet Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. Alternate translation: “until God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1CO 15 26 x49h figs-activepassive ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος 1 The last enemy to be destroyed is death Paul speaks of death here as if it were a person whom God will kill. Alternate translation: “The final enemy that God will destroy is death itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -752,17 +752,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 35 hw4a figs-rquestion ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί? ποίῳ δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται? 1 But someone will say, “How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?” Possible meanings are (1) The person is asking sincerely or (2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: “But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 35 ty4t ἐρεῖ τις 1 someone will say “someone will ask”
|
||||
1CO 15 35 e5lv ποίῳ…σώματι ἔρχονται 1 with what kind of body will they come That is, will it be a physical body or a spiritual body? What shape will the body have? What will the body be made of? Translate using the most general question that someone who wants to know the answers to these questions would ask.
|
||||
1CO 15 36 ha84 figs-you ἄφρων! σὺ ὃ σπείρεις 1 You are so foolish! What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of “you” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 36 ha84 figs-you ἄφρων! σὺ ὃ σπείρεις 1 You are so foolish! What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 36 jnf9 ἄφρων! σὺ 1 You are so foolish! What you sow “You do not know about this at all”
|
||||
1CO 15 36 q2zd figs-metaphor ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ ζῳοποιεῖται, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 What you sow will not start to grow unless it dies A seed will not grow unless it is first buried underground. In the same way, a person has to die before God can resurrect him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 pw6v figs-metaphor ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ τὸ σῶμα τὸ γενησόμενον 1 What you sow is not the body that will be Paul uses the metaphor of the seed again to say that God will resurrect the dead body of the believer, but that body will not appear as it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 h6zi figs-you ὃ σπείρεις 1 What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 37 h6zi figs-you ὃ σπείρεις 1 What you sow Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1CO 15 38 dmx1 ὁ…Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὐτῷ σῶμα, καθὼς ἠθέλησεν 1 God will give it a body as he chooses “God will decide what kind of body it will have”
|
||||
1CO 15 39 qi8y σὰρξ 1 flesh In the context of animals, “flesh” may be translated as “body,” “skin,” or “meat.”
|
||||
1CO 15 40 d9k2 σώματα ἐπουράνια 1 heavenly bodies Possible meanings are (1) the sun, moon, stars, and other visible lights in the sky or (2) heavenly beings, such as angels and other supernatural beings.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 k9pg σώματα ἐπίγεια 1 earthly bodies This refers to humans.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 qg3p ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων 1 the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another “the glory that heavenly bodies have is different from the glory of human bodies”
|
||||
1CO 15 40 j1kb δόξα 1 glory Here “glory” refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
|
||||
1CO 15 40 j1kb δόξα 1 glory Here **glory** refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky.
|
||||
1CO 15 42 s12t figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 What is sown…what is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground…what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury…what God raises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1CO 15 42 ay76 ἐγείρεται 1 is raised “is caused to live again”
|
||||
1CO 15 42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ…ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 in decay…in immortality “can rot…cannot rot”
|
||||
|
|
@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 15 52 bmx2 ἄφθαρτοι 1 imperishable “in a form that cannot rot.” See how a similar phrase is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 53 nua2 τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο…ἀφθαρσίαν 1 this perishable body…is imperishable “this body that can rot…cannot rot.” See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
1CO 15 53 iyd2 figs-metaphor δεῖ…ἐνδύσασθαι 1 must put on Paul is speaking of God making our bodies so they will never die again as if God were putting new clothes on us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 54 qq5m figs-personification ὅταν…τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀφθαρσίαν 1 when this perishable body has put on what is imperishable Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming imperishable is spoken of as if being imperishable was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this perishable body has become imperishable” or “when this body that can rot can no longer rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 54 qq5m figs-personification ὅταν…τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀφθαρσίαν 1 when this perishable body has put on what is imperishable Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming **imperishable** is spoken of as if being imperishable was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this perishable body has become imperishable” or “when this body that can rot can no longer rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 54 j9zs figs-personification τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀθανασίαν 1 this mortal body has put on immortality Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming immortal is spoken of as if being immortal was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this mortal body has become immortal” or “when this body that can die can no longer die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 15 55 c9zw figs-apostrophe ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ νῖκος? ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ κέντρον? 1 Death, where is your victory? Death, where is your sting? Paul speaks as if death were a person, and he uses this question to mock the power of death, which Christ has defeated. Alternate translation: “Death has no victory. Death has no sting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1CO 15 55 gg3d figs-you σου…σου 1 your…your These are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1CO 16 9 fyj3 figs-metaphor θύρα…ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη 1 a wide door has opened Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 10 p6vb βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 see that he is with you unafraid “see that he has no cause to fear being with you”
|
||||
1CO 16 11 f4mw μή τις…αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήσῃ 1 Let no one despise him Because Timothy was much younger than Paul, sometimes he was not shown the respect he deserved as a minister of the gospel.
|
||||
1CO 16 12 is6j figs-exclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 16 12 is6j figs-exclusive Ἀπολλῶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 our brother Apollos Here the word **our** refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 p2la figs-parallelism γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, κραταιοῦσθε 1 Stay alert; stand firm in the faith; act like men; be strong Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he was giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 ng8n figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 Stay alert Paul speaks of people being aware of what is happening as if they were guards keeping watch over a city or vineyard. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “Be careful whom you trust” or “Watch out for danger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1CO 16 13 uys8 figs-metaphor στήκετε ἐν τῇ πίστει 1 stand firm in the faith Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. Possible meanings are (1) “keep strongly believing what we have taught you” or (2) “keep strongly trusting in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
184
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
184
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
|
|
@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father “God, who is the Father”
|
||||
2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Possible meanings are (1) that the words “mercies” and “all comfort” describe the character of “Father” and “God” or (2) that the words “Father” and “God” refer to one who is the source of “mercies” and “all comfort.”
|
||||
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here “us” and “our” include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort Possible meanings are (1) that The words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God** or (2) that the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
|
||||
2CO 1 4 n2lc figs-exclusive παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 comforts us in all our affliction Here **us** and **our** include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 5 nn5a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 For just as the sufferings of Christ abound toward us Paul speaks of Christ’s sufferings as if they were objects that could increase in number. Alternate translation: “For just as Christ suffered greatly for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ Possible meanings are (1) that this refers to the suffering that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ or (2) that this refers to the suffering that Christ experienced on their behalf.
|
||||
2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 1 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of comfort as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word “we” refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results “You experience effective comfort”
|
||||
2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-litotes οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word “crushed” refers to the feeling of despair. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The troubles we experienced completely crushed us” or “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **crushed** refers to the feeling of despair. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The troubles we experienced completely crushed us” or “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God The words “put our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, to put our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,33 +27,33 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 1 10 mwn9 ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us “he will continue to rescue us”
|
||||
2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 as you also join together…on our behalf “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us”
|
||||
2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words “we,” “our,” “ourselves,” and “us” to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word “proud” here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In these verses Paul uses The words **we**, **our**, **ourselves**, and **us** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **proud** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his conscience were a person that could speak. Alternate translation: “We know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here “fleshly” represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 12 c1bd figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν χάριτι Θεοῦ 1 not relying on fleshly wisdom but on the grace of God. Here **fleshly** represents human. Alternate translation: “We have not relied on human wisdom but on the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 13 h21j figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε ἢ καὶ ἐπιγινώσκετε 1 For we write no other things to you, but that which you read or also understand This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “You can read and understand everything we write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word “boasting” here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 1 14 ma5m καύχημα ὑμῶν 1 your reason for boasting The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 nhq8 0 General Information: Paul wrote at least 3 letters to the Corinthians. Only 2 letters to Corinth are recorded in the Bible.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 k1u9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains his sincere expectation with pure motives to come see the believers in Corinth after his first letter.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word “this” refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 n5ex ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει 1 with this confidence The word **this** refers to Paul’s previous comments about the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing “you might benefit from me visiting you twice”
|
||||
2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you “assist me on my way to Judea”
|
||||
2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is no. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards…at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards…at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 y41z figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things…so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. The words “yes” and “no” are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things…so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 1 17 y41z figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things…so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. The words **yes** and **no** are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things…so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God…is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” Jesus says “Yes” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God…does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of God’s promises. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 “Yes” in him…through him we say The word “him” refers to Jesus Christ.
|
||||
2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 “Yes” in him…through him we say The word **him** refers to Jesus Christ.
|
||||
2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you Possible meanings are (1) “God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ” or (2) “God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ.”
|
||||
2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us Possible meanings are (1) “he sent us to preach the gospel” or (2) “he chose us to be his people.”
|
||||
2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word “hearts” refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: “gave us the Spirit to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 22 xe98 figs-metonymy δοὺς τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 he gave us the pledge of the Spirit in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Alternate translation: “gave us the Spirit to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 1 22 jcv7 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the pledge of the Spirit The Spirit is spoken of as if he was a partial downpayment toward eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul The phrase “bear witness” refers to a person telling what they have seen or heard in order to settle an argument. Alternate translation: “I ask God to show what I say is true”
|
||||
2CO 1 23 j8lc ἐγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν 1 Now I call God as a witness to my soul The phrase **bear witness** refers to a person telling what they have seen or heard in order to settle an argument. Alternate translation: “I ask God to show what I say is true”
|
||||
2CO 1 23 j15t ὅτι φειδόμενος ὑμῶν 1 so that I might spare you “so that I might not cause you more suffering”
|
||||
2CO 1 24 cyu4 συνεργοί ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶς ὑμῶν 1 we are fellow workers with you for your joy “we are working with you so that you may have joy”
|
||||
2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith The word “stand” can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 1 24 cih8 figs-idiom τῇ…πίστει ἑστήκατε 1 you stand firm in the faith The word **stand** can refer to something that does not change. Alternate translation: “remain firm in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 2 intro hy3h 0 # 2 Corinthians 02 General Notes<br>## Special Concepts<br><br>### Harsh writing<br>In this chapter, Paul refers to a letter he previously wrote to the Corinthians. That letter had a harsh and corrective tone. Paul probably wrote it after the letter known as First Corinthians and before this letter. He implies that the church had to rebuke an erring member. Paul is now encouraging them to be gracious to that person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Aroma<br>A sweet aroma is a pleasing smell. Scripture often describes things that are pleasing to God as having a pleasing aroma.
|
||||
2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
|
||||
2CO 2 1 x9s5 ἔκρινα γὰρ ἐμαυτῷ 1 I personally decided “I made the decision”
|
||||
|
|
@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 3 kxu2 figs-explicit ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ 1 I wrote this same thing This refers to another letter that Paul had written to the Corinthian Christians that no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 3 i5r6 ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 my joy is the same joy you all have “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
|
||||
2CO 2 4 uch7 ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως 1 from great affliction Here the word “affliction” refers to emotional pain.
|
||||
2CO 2 4 vs7m figs-metonymy συνοχῆς καρδίας 1 with anguish of heart Here the word “heart” refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 4 uch7 ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως 1 from great affliction Here the word **affliction** refers to emotional pain.
|
||||
2CO 2 4 vs7m figs-metonymy συνοχῆς καρδίας 1 with anguish of heart Here the word **heart** refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 4 d5vf διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων 1 with many tears “with much crying”
|
||||
2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough This can be stated in active form. The word “punishment” can be translated using a verb. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough This can be stated in active form. The word **punishment** can be translated using a verb. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 2 6 a7c4 ἱκανὸν 1 is enough “is sufficient”
|
||||
2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή…τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “too much sorrow does not overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 8 r916 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -87,21 +87,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ Possible meanings are (1) “the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of Christ” or (2) “the sweet aroma that Christ offers.”
|
||||
2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 dwk6 figs-metaphor ὀσμὴ 1 an aroma “the knowledge of Christ is an aroma.” This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death Possible meanings are (1) that the word “death” is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death” or (2) “an aroma of death that causes people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death Possible meanings are (1) that The word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death” or (2) “an aroma of death that causes people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life Possible meanings are (1) that the word “life” is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life” or (2) “an aroma of life that gives people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life Possible meanings are (1) that The word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life” or (2) “an aroma of life that gives people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God **Word** here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 2 17 x86y εἰλικρινείας 1 sincerity “pure motives”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 u2zb ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak in Christ “we speak as people who are joined to Christ” or “we speak with the authority of Christ”
|
||||
2CO 2 17 q4dc figs-ellipsis κατέναντι Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul and his coworkers preach the gospel with the awareness that God is watching them. Alternate translation: “we speak in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”<br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here “Spirit” probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 intro f7rh 0 # 2 Corinthians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues his defense. Paul views the Corinthian Christians as the proof of his work.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>Paul alludes to God giving the Ten Commandments on stone tablets. This represents the law of Moses. The law was good because it came from God. But God punished the Israelites because they disobeyed it. This chapter may be difficult for translators to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Paul uses many metaphors used in this chapter to explain complex spiritual truths. It is unclear whether this makes Paul’s teachings easier or more difficult to understand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “This is a covenant not of the letter but of the Spirit.”<br>Paul contrasts the old and new covenants. The new covenant is not a system of rules and regulations. Here **Spirit** probably refers to the Holy Spirit. It may also refer to the new covenant being “spiritual” in nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 1 m1k8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds them that he is not boasting as he tells them about what he has done through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 3 1 um8x figs-rquestion ἀρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν? 1 Are we beginning to praise ourselves again? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they are not bragging about themselves. Alternate translation: “We are not beginning to praise ourselves again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 3 1 y8yc figs-rquestion ἢ μὴ χρῄζομεν, ὥς τινες, συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐξ ὑμῶν? 1 We do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people, do we? Paul says this to express that the Corinthians already know about Paul and Timothy’s good reputation. The question prompts a negative answer. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need letters of recommendation to you or from you, like some people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 3 1 ad1u συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν 1 letters of recommendation This is a letter that a person writes to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
|
||||
2CO 3 2 ty59 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε 1 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a letter of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word “hearts” refers to their thoughts and emotions. Possible meanings are (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation or (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. Possible meanings are (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation or (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts This can be stated in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 3 s717 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the letter. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 3 u959 figs-metaphor πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their hearts as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 4 z7qx πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην 1 such confidence This refers to what Paul has just said. His confidence comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
|
||||
2CO 3 5 qye9 ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί 1 competent in ourselves “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
|
||||
2CO 3 5 e5e7 figs-explicit λογίσασθαί τι ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν 1 to consider anything as coming from us Here the word “anything” refers to anything pertaining to Paul’s apostolic ministry. Alternate translation: “to claim that anything we have done in ministry comes from our own efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 5 e5e7 figs-explicit λογίσασθαί τι ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν 1 to consider anything as coming from us Here the word **anything** refers to anything pertaining to Paul’s apostolic ministry. Alternate translation: “to claim that anything we have done in ministry comes from our own efforts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 5 wi1t ἡ ἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 our competence is from God “God gives us our sufficiency”
|
||||
2CO 3 6 dp6i figs-synecdoche καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμματος 1 a new covenant, not of the letter Here the word “letter” means letters of the alphabet and refers to words that people write down. The phrase alludes to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: “a covenant not based on commands that men have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 6 dp6i figs-synecdoche καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμματος 1 a new covenant, not of the letter Here the word **letter** means letters of the alphabet and refers to words that people write down. The phrase alludes to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: “a covenant not based on commands that men have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 6 tc4u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ Πνεύματος 1 but of the Spirit The Holy Spirit is the one who establishes God’s covenant with people. Alternate translation: “but a covenant based on what the Spirit does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 3 6 q4at figs-personification τὸ…γράμμα ἀποκτέννει 1 the letter kills Paul speaks of the Old Testament law as a person who kills. Following that law leads to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “the written law leads to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 7 lyf7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 8 xxn6 figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ? 1 Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory? Paul uses this question to emphasize that “the service that the Spirit does” must be more glorious than “the service that produced” because it leads to life. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 3 8 wq1v figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the ministry of the Spirit “the ministry of the Spirit.” This refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 9 k779 figs-explicit τῇ διακονίᾳ τῆς κατακρίσεως 1 the ministry of condemnation “the ministry of condemnation.” This refers to the Old Testament law. Alternate translation: “the ministry that condemns people because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 9 if33 figs-exclamations πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ 1 how much more does the ministry of righteousness abound in glory! Here the word “how” marks this phrase as an exclamation, not as a question. Alternate translation: “then the service of righteousness must abound in so much more glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 3 9 if33 figs-exclamations πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ 1 how much more does the ministry of righteousness abound in glory! Here the word **how** marks this phrase as an exclamation, not as a question. Alternate translation: “then the service of righteousness must abound in so much more glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 3 9 e5zz figs-metaphor περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ. 1 the ministry of righteousness abound in glory Paul speaks of “the service of righteousness” as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that “the service of righteousness” is far more glorious than the law, which also had glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 9 ufq6 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the ministry of righteousness “the ministry of righteousness.” This refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 3 10 n4pe καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης 1 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious…because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears glorious when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
|
||||
|
|
@ -140,25 +140,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 3 14 zm7j ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 For until this present day to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians
|
||||
2CO 3 14 w68p figs-metaphor τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει 1 when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses’ face because he covered his face with a veil, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gg2d ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης 1 when they read the old covenant “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here both occurrences of the word “it” refer to “the same veil.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here both occurrences of the word **it** refer to “the same veil.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 rjh5 ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον 1 But even today This phrase refer to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 3 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word “Moses” refers to the Old Testament law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word “hearts” represents what people think, and the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have a veil that covers their hearts the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here “turns to” is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word **hearts** represents what people think, and the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have a veil that covers their hearts the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here **turns to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word “us” refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word **us** refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory.” This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the glory of believers.
|
||||
2CO 3 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord “just as this comes from the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 4 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Life and death<br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hope<br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
|
||||
2CO 4 1 lyi4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that he is honest in his ministry by preaching Christ, not praising himself. He shows the death and the life of Jesus in how he lives so that life can work in the Corinthian believers.
|
||||
2CO 4 1 ix7n figs-exclusive ἔχοντες τὴν διακονίαν ταύτην 1 having this ministry Here the word “we” refers to Paul and his coworker, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 1 ix7n figs-exclusive ἔχοντες τὴν διακονίαν ταύτην 1 having this ministry Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworker, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 1 h1ud figs-explicit καθὼς ἠλεήθημεν 1 and just as we have received mercy This phrase explains how Paul and his coworkers “have this ministry.” It is a gift that God has given to them through his mercy. Alternate translation: “because God has shown us mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 yp4g ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 1 we have rejected the shameful hidden things This means that Paul and his coworkers refused to do “secret and shameful” things. It does not mean that they had done these things in the past.
|
||||
2CO 4 2 z4c2 figs-hendiadys τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 1 the shameful hidden things The word “secret” describes the things that people do secretly. Things that are shameful should cause people who do them to feel ashamed. Alternate translation: “the things that people do secretly because they cause shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 z4c2 figs-hendiadys τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 1 the shameful hidden things The word **secret** describes the things that people do secretly. Things that are shameful should cause people who do them to feel ashamed. Alternate translation: “the things that people do secretly because they cause shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 ey75 περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ 1 walking in craftiness “live by deception”
|
||||
2CO 4 2 gp3g figs-doublenegatives μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not distorting the word of God “Word of God” here is a metonym for the message from God. This phrase uses two negative thoughts to express a positive thought. Alternate translation: “we do not mishandle God’s message” or “we use the word of God correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 gp3g figs-doublenegatives μηδὲ δολοῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 not distorting the word of God **Word of God** here is a metonym for the message from God. This phrase uses two negative thoughts to express a positive thought. Alternate translation: “we do not mishandle God’s message” or “we use the word of God correctly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 4 2 aj24 συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων 1 commending ourselves to every person’s conscience This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
|
||||
2CO 4 2 f6n1 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God This refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “before God” or “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 3 mti5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -172,11 +172,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 4 5 ddw1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν Κύριον, ἑαυτοὺς δὲ δούλους ὑμῶν 1 but Christ Jesus as Lord, and ourselves as your servants You can supply the verb for these phrases. Alternate translation: “but we proclaim Christ Jesus as Lord, and we proclaim ourselves as your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 4 5 t8du διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 for Jesus’ sake “because of Jesus”
|
||||
2CO 4 6 rw5z ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψει 1 Light will shine out of darkness With this sentence, Paul refers to God creating light, as described in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
2CO 4 6 d5x7 figs-metaphor ὃς ἔλαμψεν…πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He has shone…to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God Here the word “light” refers to the ability to understand. Just as God created light, he also creates understanding for believers. Alternate translation: “He has shone…to enable us to understand the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 6 bj1j figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 in our hearts Here the word “hearts” refers to the mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “in our minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 4 6 d5x7 figs-metaphor ὃς ἔλαμψεν…πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He has shone…to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God Here the word **light** refers to the ability to understand. Just as God created light, he also creates understanding for believers. Alternate translation: “He has shone…to enable us to understand the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 6 bj1j figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “in our minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 4 6 mpg9 πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the light of the knowledge of the glory of God “the light, which is the knowledge of the glory of God”
|
||||
2CO 4 6 p736 figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ “the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.” Just as God’s glory shone upon Moses’ face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon Jesus face. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 7 xe5i figs-exclusive ἔχομεν δὲ 1 But we have Here the word “we” refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 7 xe5i figs-exclusive ἔχομεν δὲ 1 But we have Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 7 xx2c figs-metaphor ἔχομεν…τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν 1 we have this treasure in jars of clay Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a treasure and their bodies as if they were breakable jars made out of clay. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 8 ga9z figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 We are afflicted in every way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 9 bz8m figs-activepassive διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι 1 We are persecuted but not forsaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 4 11 d1wm ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh God wants Jesus’ life be shown in us. Possible meanings are (1) “our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive” or (2) “the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies.” See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
|
||||
2CO 4 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 12 q3il figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 death is at work in us, but life is at work in you Paul speaks of death and life as if they are persons who can work. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 4 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith “the same attitude of faith.” Here the word “spirit” refers a person’s attitude and temperament.
|
||||
2CO 4 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith “the same attitude of faith.” Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament.
|
||||
2CO 4 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 13 il5h ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα 1 I believed, and so I spoke This is a quote from the Psalms.
|
||||
2CO 4 14 t2i8 figs-idiom ὅτι ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν…ἐγερεῖ 1 that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will…raise Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “that the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 4 15 v7sj τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 For all these things are for your sake Here the word “everything” refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
|
||||
2CO 4 15 v7sj τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 For all these things are for your sake Here the word **everything** refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
|
||||
2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 4 15 u8pp figs-metaphor τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ 1 thanksgiving may increase Paul speaks of thanksgiving as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 4 16 u6e5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
|
||||
|
|
@ -207,17 +207,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 4 18 f97x figs-ellipsis τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 but for things that are unseen You can supply the verb for this phrase. AT “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 5 intro s14p 0 # 2 Corinthians 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New bodies in heaven<br>Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### New creation<br><br>The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Home<br>The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of reconciliation”<br>This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 p7b7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues by contrasting believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
|
||||
2CO 5 1 z4vs figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God Here a temporary “earthly dwelling” is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 z4vs figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God Here a temporary **earthly dwelling** is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 bqi5 figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον 1 It is a house not made by human hands Here “house” means the same thing as “building from God.” Here “hands” is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is a house that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here “this tent” means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
|
||||
2CO 5 2 ss6g figs-metaphor τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες 1 longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling The words “our heavenly dwelling” means the same thing as “building from God.” Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 1 bqi5 figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον 1 It is a house not made by human hands Here **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is a house that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here **this tent** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
|
||||
2CO 5 2 ss6g figs-metaphor τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες 1 longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling The words **our heavenly dwelling** means the same thing as **building from God**. Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 3 i4es ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 we have put it on “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
|
||||
2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 bz6k figs-metaphor οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει 1 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a “tent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word “tent” refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 5 4 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed…we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing. Here “to be unclothed” refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed…we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing. Here **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
|
||||
2CO 5 4 de2b figs-metaphor ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of life as if it were an animal that eats “what is mortal.” The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 6 clh5 0 Connecting Statement: Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because (1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ and (2) because of love for Christ who died for believers.
|
||||
2CO 5 6 xv3m figs-metaphor ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 being at home in the body Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 6 ebl4 ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 we are away from the Lord “we are not at home with the Lord” or “we are not in heaven with the Lord”
|
||||
2CO 5 7 rfn4 figs-metaphor διὰ πίστεως…περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους 1 we walk by faith, not by sight Here “walk” is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “we live according to faith, not according to what we see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 8 a6au εὐδοκοῦμεν, μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος 1 we would rather be away from the body Here the word “body” refers to the physical body.
|
||||
2CO 5 7 rfn4 figs-metaphor διὰ πίστεως…περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους 1 we walk by faith, not by sight Here **walk** is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “we live according to faith, not according to what we see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 8 a6au εὐδοκοῦμεν, μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος 1 we would rather be away from the body Here the word **body** refers to the physical body.
|
||||
2CO 5 8 i3m3 ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν Κύριον 1 at home with the Lord “at home with the Lord in heaven”
|
||||
2CO 5 9 ml5j figs-ellipsis εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες 1 whether we are at home or away The word “the Lord” may be supplied from the previous verses. Alternate translation: “whether we are at home with the Lord or away from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 5 9 j1sl εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι 1 to be pleasing to him “to please the Lord”
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience “that you are also convinced of it”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer “so you may have something to say to”
|
||||
2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word “appearances” refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word “heart” refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word **appearances** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 13 cy57 figs-idiom εἴτε…ἐξέστημεν…εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν 1 if we are out of our minds…if we are in our right minds Paul is speaking about the way others think of him and his coworkers. Alternate translation: “if people think we are crazy…if people think we are sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 5 14 azi9 ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the love of Christ Possible meanings are (1) “Our love for Christ” or (2) “Christ’s love for us.”
|
||||
2CO 5 14 nd9g ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 1 died for all “died for all people”
|
||||
|
|
@ -248,32 +248,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 5 16 f2ww 0 Connecting Statement: Because of Christ’s love and death, we are not to judge by human standards. We are appointed to teach others how to be united with and have peace with God through Christ’s death and receive God’s righteousness through Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 16 ic21 ὥστε 1 For this reason This refers to what Paul has just said about living for Christ instead of living for self.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 tl3h figs-metaphor καινὴ κτίσις 1 he is a new creation Paul speaks of the person who believes in Christ as if God had created a new person. Alternate translation: “he is a new person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 5 17 ue8f τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 1 The old things have passed away Here “the old things” refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 vpe3 ἰδοὺ 1 See The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 ue8f τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 1 The old things have passed away Here **the old things** refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
|
||||
2CO 5 17 vpe3 ἰδοὺ 1 See The word **See** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 5 18 jyf7 τὰ…πάντα 1 All these things “God has done all these things.” This refers to what Paul has just said in the previous verse about new things replacing old things.
|
||||
2CO 5 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the ministry of reconciliation This can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 5 19 gvl2 ὡς ὅτι 1 That is “This means”
|
||||
2CO 5 19 w1d1 figs-metonymy ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ 1 in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself Here the word “world” refers to people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God is reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 19 w1d1 figs-metonymy ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ 1 in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself Here the word **world** refers to people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God is reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 5 19 b62q θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
|
||||
2CO 5 19 ix97 τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the message of reconciliation “the message about reconciliation”
|
||||
2CO 5 20 wg8f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 20 q9u9 Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ “those who speak for Christ”
|
||||
2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us…we Here the words “our” and “we” are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us…we Here the words **our** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin “Christ is the one who never sinned”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 zm9e δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the righteousness of God in him “God did this…the righteousness of God in Christ”
|
||||
2CO 5 21 kmt9 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 so that we might become the righteousness of God in him The phrase “the righteousness of God” refers to the righteousness that God requires and which comes from God. Alternate translation: “so that we might have God’s righteousness in us through Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 5 21 kmt9 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 so that we might become the righteousness of God in him The phrase **the righteousness of God** refers to the righteousness that God requires and which comes from God. Alternate translation: “so that we might have God’s righteousness in us through Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 6 intro f5qu 0 # 2 Corinthians 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Servants<br>Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Contrasts<br><br>Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.
|
||||
2CO 6 1 in53 0 General Information: In verse 2, Paul quotes a portion from the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
2CO 6 1 kf1d 0 Connecting Statement: Paul summarizes how working together for God is supposed to be.
|
||||
2CO 6 1 tbr6 figs-explicit συνεργοῦντες 1 Working together Paul is implying that he and Timothy are working with God. Alternate translation: “Working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 6 1 s8db figs-doublenegatives καὶ, παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι ὑμᾶς 1 we also urge you not to receive the grace of God in vain Paul pleads with them to allow the grace of God to be effective in their lives. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “we beg you to make use of the grace that you have received from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 6 2 u9kc figs-explicit λέγει γάρ 1 For he says “For God says.” This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “For God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 6 2 sa94 ἰδοὺ 1 Look The word “Look” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 6 2 sa94 ἰδοὺ 1 Look The word **Look** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
2CO 6 3 v3wc figs-metaphor μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν 1 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “We do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word “discredited” refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we do not want anyone to be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 4 xd9l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: When Paul uses “we” here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we do not want anyone to be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 4 xd9l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: When Paul uses **we** here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 4 p9up ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι 1 we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants “We prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do”
|
||||
2CO 6 4 xyf9 Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις 1 God’s servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship Paul mentions various difficult situations in which they proved that they are God’s servants.
|
||||
2CO 6 5 it8g ἐν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν κόποις, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις 1 beatings, imprisonments, riots, in hard work, in sleepless nights, in hunger Paul continues to mention various difficult situations in which they proved that they are God’s servants.
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 vh9v 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers at Corinth to be separated from idols and live clean lives for God.
|
||||
2CO 6 11 v74j τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Our mouth has been opened to you “spoken honestly to you”
|
||||
2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a heart that is open. Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their hearts were squeezed into a tight space. Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a heart that is open. Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their hearts were squeezed into a tight space. Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε…ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “your own hearts are restraining you” or “you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 13 c6vp figs-metaphor πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 open yourselves wide also Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,13 +299,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 6 14 v7kk figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις 1 Do not be yoked together with unbelievers This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 6 14 qd33 figs-metaphor μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες 1 be yoked together with Paul speaks of working together toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “team up with” or “have a close relationship with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 14 v7pw figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μετοχὴ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ 1 For what association does righteousness have with lawlessness? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “For righteousness can have no association with lawlessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 6 14 xr52 figs-rquestion ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος? 1 For what fellowship does light have with darkness? Paul asks this question to emphasize that light and darkness cannot coexist since light dispels darkness. The words “light” and “darkness” refer to the moral and spiritual qualities of believers and unbelievers. Alternate translation: “Light can have no fellowship with darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 14 xr52 figs-rquestion ἢ τίς κοινωνία φωτὶ πρὸς σκότος? 1 For what fellowship does light have with darkness? Paul asks this question to emphasize that light and darkness cannot coexist since light dispels darkness. The words **light** and **darkness** refer to the moral and spiritual qualities of believers and unbelievers. Alternate translation: “Light can have no fellowship with darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 15 r1vq figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συμφώνησις Χριστοῦ πρὸς Βελιάρ 1 What agreement can Christ have with Beliar? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between Christ and Beliar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 6 15 rm3r translate-names Βελιάρ 1 Beliar This is another name for the devil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 6 15 z9iv figs-rquestion ἢ τίς μερὶς πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου? 1 Or what share does a believer have together with an unbeliever? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “A believer shares nothing in common with an unbeliever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 y99x figs-rquestion τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ Θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων? 1 And what agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? This is a rhetorical question that anticipates a negative answer. Alternate translation: “There is no agreement between the temple of God and idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 s3l8 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος 1 we are the temple of the living God Paul refers to all Christians as forming a temple for God to dwell in. Alternate translation: “we are like a temple where the living God dwells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation speaks of God being with the people in two different ways. The words “dwell among” speak of living where others live, while the words “walk among” speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation speaks of God being with the people in two different ways. The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while The words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
|
||||
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “Touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -317,40 +317,40 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 7 1 pt41 ἐν φόβῳ Θεοῦ 1 in the fear of God “out of deep respect for God”
|
||||
2CO 7 2 v4nu 0 Connecting Statement: Having already warned the people of Corinth about other leaders who were striving to get these Corinthian believers to follow them, Paul reminds the people of the way he feels about them.
|
||||
2CO 7 2 x3lg figs-metaphor χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς 1 Make room for us This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 6:11](../06/11.md) about them opening their hearts to him. Alternate translation: “Make room for us in your hearts” or “Love us and accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 3 bhb7 πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω 1 I do not speak for your condemnation “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.” The word “this” refers to what Paul just said about not having wronged anyone.
|
||||
2CO 7 3 bhb7 πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω 1 I do not speak for your condemnation “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.” The word **this** refers to what Paul just said about not having wronged anyone.
|
||||
2CO 7 3 fay3 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε 1 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates’ great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 7 3 xzg3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν 1 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 7 3 jt6b figs-exclusive εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν 1 for us to die “us” includes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of joy as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 even in all our afflictions “despite all our hardships”
|
||||
2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word “we” refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here “bodies” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here **bodies** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we experienced trouble in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Possible meanings for “outside” are (1) “outside of our bodies” or (2) “outside of the church.” The word “inside” refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Possible meanings for “outside” are (1) “outside of our bodies” or (2) “outside of the church.” The word **inside** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 7 w7td figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 by the comfort that Titus had received from you Paul received comfort from knowing that the Corinthians had comforted Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 8 b2xj 0 General Information: This refers to Paul’s previous letter to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
|
||||
2CO 7 8 jic5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul praises them for their godly sorrow, their zeal to do right, and the joy that it brought him and Titus.
|
||||
2CO 7 8 vk7m βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ 1 when I saw that my letter “when I learned that my letter”
|
||||
2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 9 l6d2 figs-idiom ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 you would not suffer loss in anything through us “you suffered no loss because we rebuked you.” This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation The word “repentance” may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 7 10 lc4m ἀμεταμέλητον 1 without regret Possible meanings are (1) Paul has no regret that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation or (2) the Corinthians will not regret experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
|
||||
2CO 7 10 lc1s figs-explicit ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται 1 But the sorrow of the world produces death This kind of sorrow leads to death instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 7 11 l24s ἰδοὺ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 For see what this very same thing “Look and see for yourselves what great determination”
|
||||
2CO 7 11 gpp2 figs-exclamations σπουδήν: ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν 1 what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves Here the word “How” makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 7 11 gpp2 figs-exclamations σπουδήν: ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν 1 what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves Here the word **How** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2CO 7 11 xt2r ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν 1 what indignation “your anger”
|
||||
2CO 7 11 h6jc figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν 1 what avenging of wrong This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 12 w6ls τοῦ ἀδικήσαντος 1 the one who did wrong “the one who did wrong”
|
||||
2CO 7 12 i6sn figs-activepassive τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 12 ycy7 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God This refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “before God” or “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the word “this” refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the word **this** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 7 14 b4uq ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι 1 For if I boasted to him about you “For although I boasted to him about you”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 m22c οὐ κατῃσχύνθην 1 I was not embarrassed “you did not disappoint me”
|
||||
2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true “you proved that our boasting about you to Titus was true”
|
||||
2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you This noun “obedience” can be stated with a verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here “fear” and “trembling” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Possible meanings are (1) “with great reverence for God” or (2) “with great reverence for Titus.”
|
||||
2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](./02.md))
|
||||
2CO 8 1 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
|
||||
|
|
@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 8 2 fsq8 figs-personification ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity Paul speaks of “joy” and “poverty” as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the people’s great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2CO 8 2 b7k5 figs-metaphor ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy Paul speaks of joy as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 8 2 pr8c ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 their deep poverty…the riches of their generosity Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and poverty, by God’s grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 8 2 z6mt τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the riches of their generosity “a very great generosity.” The words “great riches” emphasize the greatness of their generosity.
|
||||
2CO 8 2 z6mt τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the riches of their generosity “a very great generosity.” The words **great riches** emphasize the greatness of their generosity.
|
||||
2CO 8 3 uad6 κατὰ 1 they gave according to This refers to the churches in Macedonia.
|
||||
2CO 8 3 e6ub αὐθαίρετοι 1 voluntarily “voluntarily”
|
||||
2CO 8 4 nmw8 figs-explicit τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 this ministry to the saints Paul is referring to providing money to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “this ministry of providing for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 8 6 vn4u figs-explicit ἐπιτελέσῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ τὴν χάριν ταύτην 1 he would complete among you this act of grace Titus was to help the Corinthians to complete the collection of money. Alternate translation: “to encourage you to finish collecting and giving your generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 7 fpe1 figs-metaphor ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε 1 you should abound in this act of grace Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers as if they should produce physical goods. Alternate translation: “make sure you do well in giving for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 8 8 wn2k figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων σπουδῆς…δοκιμάζων 1 to test…through the diligence of others Paul is encouraging the Corinthians to give generously by comparing them with the generosity of the Macedonian churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 9 c1ch τὴν χάριν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord In this context, the word “grace” emphasizes the generosity with which Jesus had blessed the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 8 9 c1ch τὴν χάριν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord In this context, The word **grace** emphasizes the generosity with which Jesus had blessed the Corinthians.
|
||||
2CO 8 9 iz6z figs-metaphor δι’ ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν, πλούσιος ὤν 1 though he was rich, for your sakes he became poor Paul speaks of Jesus before his incarnation as being rich, and of his becoming human as becoming poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 8 9 j5ym figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε 1 through his poverty you might become rich Paul speaks of the Corinthians becoming spiritually rich as a result of Jesus becoming human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 8 10 b7ht figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 In this matter This refers to their collecting money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “With regard to the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 11 fc27 figs-abstractnouns καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν 1 there was the readiness of your desire This can be stated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 8 11 d6ly καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 1 there may be the completion “complete it” or “finish it”
|
||||
2CO 8 12 in3v figs-doublet εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 it is acceptable Here the words “good” and “acceptable” share similar meanings and emphasize the goodness of the thing. Alternate translation: “a very good thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 8 12 in3v figs-doublet εὐπρόσδεκτος 1 it is acceptable Here the words **good** and **acceptable** share similar meanings and emphasize the goodness of the thing. Alternate translation: “a very good thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2CO 8 12 k9wh καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ 1 according to whatever a person has “Giving must be based on what a person has”
|
||||
2CO 8 13 mp6k figs-explicit γὰρ 1 For this This refers to collecting money for the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For this task of collecting money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 13 smk2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις 1 for the ease of others, and your affliction This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 8 14 v7aj ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα 1 This is also so that their abundance may supply your need Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “This is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
|
||||
2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 8 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν 1 did not have too little This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2CO 8 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου 1 who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here the word “heart” refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 8 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου 1 who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here the word **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2CO 8 16 vsm3 τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν 1 same earnest care “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
|
||||
2CO 8 17 e4xn figs-explicit ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο 1 For he not only accepted our appeal Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 8 18 rje2 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him “with Titus”
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 8 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. The abstract noun “generosity” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 8 21 n4x1 προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ 1 For we considered beforehand what is right “We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way”
|
||||
2CO 8 21 ey5n ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπω 1 before the Lord…before people “in the Lord’s opinion…in people’s opinion”
|
||||
2CO 8 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word “them” refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
|
||||
2CO 8 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
|
||||
2CO 8 23 mmi2 κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός 1 he is my partner and fellow worker for you “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
|
||||
2CO 8 23 lat3 εἴτε ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν 1 As for our brothers This refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
|
||||
2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -401,14 +401,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 9 1 rd2g translate-names 0 General Information: When Paul refers to Achaia, he is talking about a Roman province located in southern Greece where Corinth is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2CO 9 1 wc5l 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
|
||||
2CO 9 1 fxs3 figs-explicit τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 the ministry that is for the saints This refers to the collection of money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ministry for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 9 2 i529 figs-metonymy Ἀχαΐα παρεσκεύασται 1 Achaia has been ready Here the word “Achaia” refers to the people who live in this province, and specifically to the people of the church in Corinth. Alternate translation: “the people of Achaia have been preparing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 2 i529 figs-metonymy Ἀχαΐα παρεσκεύασται 1 Achaia has been ready Here the word **Achaia** refers to the people who live in this province, and specifically to the people of the church in Corinth. Alternate translation: “the people of Achaia have been preparing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 3 r5pp τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 the brothers This refers to Titus and the two men who accompany him.
|
||||
2CO 9 3 k1er μὴ τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, κενωθῇ 1 our boasting about you may not be futile Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
|
||||
2CO 9 4 j8ey εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 1 find you unprepared “find you unprepared to give”
|
||||
2CO 9 5 q1up figs-go τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the brothers they they would come to you From Paul’s perspective, the brothers are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to go to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 6 mm9w figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων…ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει 1 the one who sows…will also reap in blessings Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he sows, so will God’s blessings be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 7 tzt4 figs-metonymy ἕκαστος καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 let each one give as he has decided in his heart Here the word “heart” refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “give as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 7 tzt4 figs-metonymy ἕκαστος καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 let each one give as he has decided in his heart Here the word **heart** refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “give as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 7 whg6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 not reluctantly or under compulsion This can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 9 7 t26d ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ Θεός 1 for God loves a cheerful giver God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers.
|
||||
2CO 9 8 cz9b figs-metaphor δυνατεῖ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 God is able to make all grace overflow for you Grace is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, God also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: “God is able to give you more than you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -416,32 +416,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 9 8 u8w6 περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν 1 you may abound in every good work “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
|
||||
2CO 9 9 mma1 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written “This is just as it is written.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 p3fl ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν 1 He who supplies “God who supplies”
|
||||
2CO 9 10 b1xe figs-metonymy ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν 1 bread for food Here the word “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 b1xe figs-metonymy ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν 1 bread for food Here the word **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 uts1 figs-metaphor χορηγήσει καὶ πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν 1 will supply and multiply your seed for sowing Paul speaks of the Corinthians’ possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were sowing seeds. Alternate translation: “will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 ci67 figs-metaphor αὐξήσει τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 will increase the fruits of your righteousness Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: “God will bless you even more for your righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 10 yv67 τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 the fruits of your righteousness “the harvest that comes from your righteous actions.” Here the word “righteousness” refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 9 10 yv67 τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 the fruits of your righteousness “the harvest that comes from your righteous actions.” Here the word **righteousness** refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
2CO 9 11 eey1 figs-activepassive πλουτιζόμενοι 1 enriching you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 11 b3e5 figs-explicit ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι’ ἡμῶν, εὐχαριστίαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 which produces thanksgiving to God through us The word this refers to the Corinthian’s generosity. Alternate translation: “Because of your generosity, those who receive the gifts we bring them will thank God” or “and when we give your gifts to those who need them, they will give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 9 12 l7kq figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης 1 For the ministry of this service Here the word “service” refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 9 12 l7kq figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης 1 For the ministry of this service Here the word **service** refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 9 12 esk7 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience…the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will glorify God both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
|
||||
2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift “for his gift, which words cannot describe.” Possible meanings are (1) that this gift refers to “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or (2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
|
||||
2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
|
||||
2CO 10 1 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
|
||||
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ The word “humility” and “gentleness” are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ The word **humility** and **gentleness** are abstract nouns, and can be expressed in another way. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2CO 10 2 i6hh τοὺς λογιζομένους 1 those who regard “who think that”
|
||||
2CO 10 2 ik1p figs-metonymy ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 1 as walking according to the flesh The word “flesh” is a metonym for sinful human nature. “we are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here “walk” is an metaphor for “live” and “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 2 ik1p figs-metonymy ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 1 as walking according to the flesh The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. “we are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here **walk** is an metaphor for “live” and “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 k7h8 figs-metaphor οὐ…στρατευόμεθα 1 we do not wage war Paul speaks of his trying to persuade the Corinthians to believe him and not the false teachers as if he were fighting a physical war. These words should be translated literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 gpd3 figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα 1 wage war according to the flesh Possible meanings are (1) the word “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” or (2) the word “flesh” is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 3 gpd3 figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα 1 wage war according to the flesh Possible meanings are (1) The word **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” or (2) The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 uf5s figs-metaphor τὰ…ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν…λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες 1 the weapons we fight with…for pulling down arguments Paul speaks of godly wisdom showing human wisdom to be false as if it were a weapon with which he was destroying an enemy stronghold. Alternate translation: “the weapons we fight with…show people that what our enemies say is completely wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 d1gj figs-metonymy οὐ σαρκικὰ 1 are not fleshly Possible meanings are (1) the word “fleshly” is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” or (2) the word “fleshly” is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 4 d1gj figs-metonymy οὐ σαρκικὰ 1 are not fleshly Possible meanings are (1) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” or (2) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 5 xuz9 πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον 1 every high thing that rises up Paul is still speaking with the metaphor of a war, as if “the knowledge of God” were an army and “every high thing” were a wall that people had made to keep the army out. Alternate translation: “every false argument that proud people think of to protect themselves”
|
||||
2CO 10 5 b74d πᾶν ὕψωμα 1 every high thing “everything that proud people do”
|
||||
2CO 10 5 vm1a figs-metaphor ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 rises up against the knowledge of God Paul speaks of arguments as if they were a wall standing high against an army. The words “rises up” mean “stands tall,” not that the “high thing” is floating up into the air. Alternate translation: “people use so they will not have to know who God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 5 vm1a figs-metaphor ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 rises up against the knowledge of God Paul speaks of arguments as if they were a wall standing high against an army. The words **rises up** mean “stands tall,” not that the “high thing” is floating up into the air. Alternate translation: “people use so they will not have to know who God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 10 5 r2yz figs-metaphor αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 We take every thought captive into obedience to Christ Paul speaks of people’s thoughts as if they were enemy soldiers whom he captures in battle. Alternate translation: “We show how all the false ideas those people have are wrong and teach the people to obey Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 6 m4ds figs-metonymy ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν 1 to avenge every act of disobedience The words “act of disobedience” are a metonym for the people who commit those acts. Alternate translation: “punish every one of you who disobey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 6 m4ds figs-metonymy ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν 1 to avenge every act of disobedience The words **act of disobedience** are a metonym for the people who commit those acts. Alternate translation: “punish every one of you who disobey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 10 7 y2yb figs-rquestion τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον βλέπετε 1 You are looking at the appearance of things Possible meanings are (1) this is a command or (2) this is a statement, “You are looking only at what you can see with your eyes.” Some think this is a rhetorical question that may also be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Are you looking at what is clearly in front of you?” or “You seem unable to see what is clearly in front of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 10 7 z1t5 λογιζέσθω πάλιν ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 let him remind himself “he needs to remember”
|
||||
2CO 10 7 f3i9 καθὼς αὐτὸς Χριστοῦ, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 that just as he is Christ’s, so also are we “that we belong to Christ just as much as he does”
|
||||
|
|
@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 10 si2r ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the truth of Christ is in me Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the truth about Christ, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you can know that what I am about to say is true. This”
|
||||
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 11 10 ua2i ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
|
||||
2CO 11 10 ry9c τοῖς κλίμασι τῆς Ἀχαΐας 1 the regions of Achaia “regions of Achaia.” The word “parts” speaks of areas of land, not political divisions.
|
||||
2CO 11 10 ry9c τοῖς κλίμασι τῆς Ἀχαΐας 1 the regions of Achaia “regions of Achaia.” The word **parts** speaks of areas of land, not political divisions.
|
||||
2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 11 rj6f figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν 1 God knows You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2CO 11 12 si5d 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues to affirm his apostleship, he talks about false apostles.
|
||||
|
|
@ -499,11 +499,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 13 y896 μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους 1 disguising themselves as apostles “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
|
||||
2CO 11 14 v9z4 figs-litotes οὐ θαῦμα 1 no wonder By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many “false apostles” ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: “we should expect this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 14 ss7s ὁ Σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός 1 Satan disguises himself as an angel of light “Satan is not an angel of light, but he tries to make himself look like an angel of light”
|
||||
2CO 11 14 mld4 figs-metaphor ἄγγελον φωτός 1 an angel of light Here “light” is a metaphor for righteousness. Alternate translation: “an angel of righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 14 mld4 figs-metaphor ἄγγελον φωτός 1 an angel of light Here **light** is a metaphor for righteousness. Alternate translation: “an angel of righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 fvx7 figs-litotes οὐ μέγα 1 it is no great thing By stating this in a negative form Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians should expect to meet many “false apostles” ([2 Corinthians 11:13](../11/13.md)). Alternate translation: “We should certainly expect that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
2CO 11 15 sb58 καὶ οἱ διάκονοι αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζονται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης 1 his servants also disguise themselves as servants of righteousness “his servants are not servants of righteousness, but they try to make themselves look like servants of righteousness”
|
||||
2CO 11 16 s962 ὡς ἄφρονα δέξασθέ με, ἵνα κἀγὼ μικρόν τι καυχήσωμαι 1 receive me as a fool so I may boast a little “receive me as you would receive a fool: let me talk, and consider my boasting the words of a fool”
|
||||
2CO 11 18 t4ic figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh Here the metonym “flesh” refers to man in his sinful nature and his achievements. Alternate translation: “about their own human achievements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 11 18 t4ic figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh Here the metonym **flesh** refers to man in his sinful nature and his achievements. Alternate translation: “about their own human achievements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 11 19 u8f3 ἀνέχεσθε τῶν ἀφρόνων 1 put up with the foolish “accept me when I act like a fool.” See how a similar phrase was translated in [2 Corinthians 11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
2CO 11 19 si6l figs-irony φρόνιμοι ὄντες 1 being wise Paul is shaming the Corinthians by using irony. Alternate translation: “You think you are wise, but you are not!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2CO 11 20 lu7d figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς καταδουλοῖ 1 enslaves you Paul uses exaggeration when he speaks of some people forcing others to obey rules as if they were forcing them to be slaves. Alternate translation: “makes you follow rules they have thought of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 11 27 ds5h figs-hyperbole γυμνότητι 1 nakedness Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2CO 11 28 n1q5 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπίστασίς μοι ἡ καθ’ ἡμέραν, ἡ μέριμνα πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 there is the daily pressure on me of my anxiety Paul knows that God will hold him responsible for how well the churches obey God and speaks of that knowledge as if it were a heavy object pushing him down. Alternate translation: “I know that God will hold me accountable for the spiritual growth of all the churches, and so I always feel like a heavy object is pushing me down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 fvz6 figs-rquestion τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone is weak, I feel that weakness also.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 hhb2 figs-metaphor τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? The word “weak” is probably a metaphor for a spiritual condition, but no one is sure what Paul is speaking of, so it is best to use the same word here. Alternate translation: “I am weak whenever anyone else is weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 hhb2 figs-metaphor τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ? 1 Who is weak, and I am not weak? The word **weak** is probably a metaphor for a spiritual condition, but no one is sure what Paul is speaking of, so it is best to use the same word here. Alternate translation: “I am weak whenever anyone else is weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 g5am figs-rquestion τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι? 1 Who has been caused to stumble, and I do not burn? Paul uses this question to express his anger when a fellow believer is caused to sin. Here his anger is spoken of as a burning inside him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Whenever anyone causes a brother to sin, I am angry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 xu57 figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζεται 1 has been caused to stumble Paul speaks of sin as if it were tripping over something and then falling. Alternate translation: “has been led to sin” or “has thought that God would permit him to sin because of something that someone else did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 11 29 jb4v figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι 1 I do not burn Paul speaks of being angry about sin as if he had a fire inside his body. Alternate translation: “I am not angry about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](./05.md))
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
|
||||
2CO 12 1 iur3 ἐλεύσομαι 1 I will go on to “I will continue talking, but now about”
|
||||
2CO 12 1 rb42 figs-hendiadys ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου 1 visions and revelations from the Lord Possible meanings are (1) Paul uses the words “visions” and “revelations” to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” or (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 12 1 rb42 figs-hendiadys ὀπτασίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεις Κυρίου 1 visions and revelations from the Lord Possible meanings are (1) Paul uses The words **visions** and **revelations** to mean the same thing in hendiadys for emphasis. Alternate translation: “things that the Lord has allowed only me to see” or (2) Paul is speaking of two different things. Alternate translation: “secret things that the Lord has let me see with my eyes and other secrets that he has told me about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2CO 12 2 cz7u οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I know a man in Christ Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
|
||||
2CO 12 2 fth2 εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα 1 whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
|
||||
2CO 12 2 k4aw τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 1 the third heaven This refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
|
||||
|
|
@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 7 v5s7 0 General Information: This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
|
||||
2CO 12 7 xxi2 καὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων 1 because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q5e7 figs-metaphor σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh Here Paul’s physical problems are compared to a thorn piercing his flesh. Alternate translation: “ an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q5e7 figs-metaphor σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh Here Paul’s physical problems are compared to a **thorn** piercing his **flesh**. Alternate translation: “ an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 7 q7lz ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ 1 a messenger from Satan “a servant of Satan”
|
||||
2CO 12 7 ehp9 ὑπεραίρωμαι 2 overly proud “too proud”
|
||||
2CO 12 8 n76p τρὶς 1 Three times Paul put these words at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that he had prayed many times about his “thorn” ([2 Corinthians 12:7](../12/07.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2CO 12 14 ugk1 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑμᾶς 1 but you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “What I want is that you love and accept me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2CO 12 14 wd97 οὐ…ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν 1 children should not save up for the parents Young children are not responsible for saving money or other goods to give to their healthy parents.
|
||||
2CO 12 15 vj2m figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἥδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι 1 I will most gladly spend and be spent Paul speaks of his work and his physical life as if it were money that he or God could spend. Alternate translation: “I will gladly do any work and gladly allow God to permit people to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 nk8v figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 for your souls The word “souls” is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “for you” or “so you will live well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 nk8v figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 for your souls The word **souls** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “for you” or “so you will live well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 t3na figs-rquestion εἰ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶν, ἧσσον ἀγαπῶμαι? 1 If I love you more, am I to be loved less? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I love you so much, you should not love me so little.” or “If…much, you should love me more than you do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2CO 12 15 j887 περισσοτέρως 1 more It is not clear what it is that Paul’s love is “more” than. It is probably best to use “very much” or a “so much” that can be compared to “so little” later in the sentence.
|
||||
2CO 12 16 ur5x figs-irony ἀλλὰ ὑπάρχων πανοῦργος δόλῳ, ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον 1 But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians who think he lied to them even if he did not ask them for money. Alternate translation: “but others think I was deceptive and used trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -5,15 +5,15 @@ GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-you 0 General Information: Paul, an apostle, writes this lett
|
|||
GAL 1 1 d1kd τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν 1 who raised him “who caused him to live again”
|
||||
GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins “Sins” is a metonym the punishment for sin. Alternate translation: “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here “this…age” represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: “that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here **this…age** represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: “that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 lbb2 τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father This refers to “God our Father.” He is our God and our Father.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 lf1w 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives his reason for writing this letter: he reminds them to continue to understand the gospel.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 f74p θαυμάζω 1 I am amazed “I am surprised” or “I am shocked.” Paul was disappointed that they were doing this.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here “turning away…from him” is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly starting to doubt him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here **turning away…from him** is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly starting to doubt him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 x7we τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 him who called you “God, who called you”
|
||||
GAL 1 6 fd7a τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 called Here this means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to serve him, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 cfr2 ἐν χάριτι Χριστοῦ 1 by the grace of Christ “because of Christ’s grace” or “because of Christ’s gracious sacrifice”
|
||||
GAL 1 6 n1rd figs-metaphor μετατίθεσθε…εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον 1 you are turning to a different gospel Here “turning to” is a metaphor that means to start to believe something. Alternate translation: “you are instead starting to believe a different gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 n1rd figs-metaphor μετατίθεσθε…εἰς ἕτερον εὐαγγέλιον 1 you are turning to a different gospel Here **turning to** is a metaphor that means to start to believe something. Alternate translation: “you are instead starting to believe a different gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 7 gy1i οἱ ταράσσοντες 1 some men “some people”
|
||||
GAL 1 8 i82d figs-hypo εὐαγγελίζηται 1 should proclaim This is describing something that has not happened and should not happen. Alternate translation: “would proclaim” or “were to proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 1 8 s5uq παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα 1 other than the one “different from the gospel” or “different from the message”
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ GAL 2 4 x1mx κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν
|
|||
GAL 2 4 m1al τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 1 liberty freedom
|
||||
GAL 2 4 l7n7 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 to make us slaves “to make us slaves to the law.” Paul is speaking about being forced to follow the Jewish rituals that the law commanded. He is speaking about this as if it were slavery. The most important ritual was circumcision. Alternate translation: “to force us to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 5 bba7 εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 yield in submission “submit” or “listen”
|
||||
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ…οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me The word “me” here represents what Paul was teaching. Alternate translation: “added nothing to what I teach” or “did not tell me to add anything to what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ…οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me The word **me** here represents what Paul was teaching. Alternate translation: “added nothing to what I teach” or “did not tell me to add anything to what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 7 cps6 ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 On the contrary “Instead” or “Rather”
|
||||
GAL 2 7 spa9 figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 I had been entrusted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God trusted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church They were men who taught people about Jesus and convinced people to believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -61,22 +61,22 @@ GAL 2 9 kz2m figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μ
|
|||
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν…κοινωνίας 1 gave…the right hand of fellowship Grasping and shaking the right hand was a symbol of fellowship. Alternate translation: “welcomed…as fellow workers” or “welcomed…with honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 gi7g δεξιὰς 1 the right hand “their right hands”
|
||||
GAL 2 10 kqq6 figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν 1 remember the poor You may need to make explicit what about the poor he was to remember. Alternate translation: “remember to take care of the needs of the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-metonymy κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The words “to his face” are a metonym for “where he could see and hear me.” Alternate translation: “I confronted him in person” or “I challenged his actions in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-metonymy κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The words **to his face** are a metonym for “where he could see and hear me.” Alternate translation: “I confronted him in person” or “I challenged his actions in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 12 xym6 πρὸ 1 Before in relation to time
|
||||
GAL 2 12 s18y ὑπέστελλεν 1 he stopped “he stopped eating with them”
|
||||
GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision The reason Cephas was afraid can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “He was afraid that these men who required circumcision would judge that he was doing something wrong” or “He was afraid that these men who required circumcision would blame him for doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 2 12 fy79 τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those who were demanding circumcision Jews who had become Christians, but who demanded that those who believe in Christ live according to Jewish customs
|
||||
GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from “stayed away from” or “avoided”
|
||||
GAL 2 14 sg53 οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 not following the truth of the gospel “they were not living like people who believe the gospel” or “they were living as though they did not believe the gospel”
|
||||
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. The word “you” is singular and refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? This rhetorical question is a rebuke and can be translated as a statement. The word **you** is singular and refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “you are wrong to force the Gentiles to live like Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 2 14 y1zw ἀναγκάζεις 1 force Possible meanings are (1) force by using words or (2) persuade .
|
||||
GAL 2 15 p3x8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers that Jews who know the law, as well as Gentiles who do not know the law, are saved only by faith in Christ and not by keeping the law.
|
||||
GAL 2 15 tz45 οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners “not those whom the Jews call Gentile sinners”
|
||||
GAL 2 16 zy8p καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 We also came to faith in Christ Jesus “We believed in Christ Jesus”
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j6l1 figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we This probably refers to Paul and others but not to the Galatians, who were primarily Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ…σάρξ 1 no flesh The word “flesh” is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 vnp6 ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase “justified in Christ” means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The words “were found to be” are an idiom that emphasizes that “we are” certainly sinners. Alternate translation: “we see that we also certainly are sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ…σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 vnp6 ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The words **were found to be** are an idiom that emphasizes that “we are” certainly sinners. Alternate translation: “we see that we also certainly are sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 yy9s figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! “Of course, that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question “Does Christ become a servant of sin?” You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Alternate translation: “I confirm the value of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ GAL 3 1 gwv2 figs-metaphor οἷς κατ’ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰησοῦς
|
|||
GAL 3 2 m1zd figs-irony τοῦτο μόνον θέλω μαθεῖν ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 This is the only thing I want to learn from you This continues the irony from verse 1. Paul knows the answers to the rhetorical questions he is about to ask. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Translate this rhetorical question as a question if you can, because the reader will be expecting a question here. Also, be sure that the reader knows that the answer to the question is “by believing what you heard,” not “by doing what the law says.” Alternate translation: “You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 f96u figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε 1 Are you so foolish? This rhetorical question shows that Paul is surprised and even angry that the Galatians are foolish. Alternate translation: “You are very foolish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh The word “flesh” is a metonym for effort. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” or “by your own work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh The word **flesh** is a metonym for effort. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” or “by your own work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing…? Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing…!” or “Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things…!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 qn1a figs-explicit τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing It can be stated clearly that they had suffered these things because of people who opposed them for their faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “Have you suffered so many things by those who opposed you for your faith in Christ for nothing” or “You believed in Christ, and you suffered many things by those who oppose Christ. Were your belief and suffering for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ 1 for nothing “uselessly” or “without the hope of receiving something good”
|
||||
|
|
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ GAL 3 6 f7sv ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it w
|
|||
GAL 3 7 i9x4 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 those of faith “those who have faith.” The meaning of the noun “faith” can be expressed with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “those who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor υἱοί…Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham This represents people whom God views as he viewed Abraham. Alternate translation: “righteous in the same way as Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 8 vs1m figs-personification προϊδοῦσα δὲ 1 foreseeing Because God made the promise to Abraham and they wrote it down before the promise came through Christ, the scripture is like someone who knows the future before it happens. Alternate translation: “predicted” or “saw before it happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 3 8 k9tp figs-you ἐν σοὶ 1 In you “Because of what you have done” or “Because I have blessed you.” The word “you” refers to Abraham and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 8 k9tp figs-you ἐν σοὶ 1 In you “Because of what you have done” or “Because I have blessed you.” The word **you** refers to Abraham and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 8 j83j πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations “all the people-groups in the world.” God was emphasizing that he was not favoring only the Jewish people, his chosen group. His plan of salvation was for both Jews and non-Jews.
|
||||
GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-metaphor ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on…the law are under a curse Being under a curse represents being cursed. Here it refers to being eternally punished. “Those who rely on…the law are cursed” or “God will eternally punish those who rely on…the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 10 mxe7 ἔργων νόμου 1 the works of the law “what the law says we must do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -116,16 +116,16 @@ GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσετ
|
|||
GAL 3 12 rep5 ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Possible meanings are (1) “must obey them all” or (2) “will be judged by his ability to do what the law demands.”
|
||||
GAL 3 13 x2lc 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds these believers again that keeping the law could not save a person and that the law did not add a new condition to the promise by faith given to Abraham.
|
||||
GAL 3 13 ml63 ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου 1 from the curse of the law The noun “curse” can be expressed with the verb “curse.” Alternate translation: “from being cursed because of the law” or “from being cursed for not obeying the law”
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα…ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς 1 from the curse of the law…becoming a curse for us…Cursed is everyone The word “curse” here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law…having God condemn him instead of us…God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κατάρα…ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς 1 from the curse of the law…becoming a curse for us…Cursed is everyone The word **curse** here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: “from us having God condemn us because we broke the law…having God condemn him instead of us…God condemns everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross.
|
||||
GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα…ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come “because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come”
|
||||
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα…λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 so that by faith we might receive “because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive”
|
||||
GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word “we” includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word **we** includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms “as a person” or “of things most people understand”
|
||||
GAL 3 16 f1xu δὲ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case.
|
||||
GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many “referring to many descendants”
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ…σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word “your” is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ…σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as “Christ”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: “the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance of property and wealth from a family member, and eternal blessings and redemption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added This can be s
|
|||
GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator “a representative”
|
||||
GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses with a mediator. As a result, Paul’s readers may have thought that the law somehow made the promise to no effect. Paul is stating what his readers might have thought here, and he will respond to them in the verses that follow.
|
||||
GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “us” in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **us** in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises”
|
||||
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun “life” can be translated with the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law “we could have become righteous by obeying that law”
|
||||
|
|
@ -157,9 +157,9 @@ GAL 4 1 fr5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the Galatian bel
|
|||
GAL 4 1 n5yb οὐδὲν διαφέρει 1 no different from “the same as”
|
||||
GAL 4 2 bd5a ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians people with legal responsibility for children
|
||||
GAL 4 2 v5g9 οἰκονόμους 1 trustees people whom others trust to keep valuable items safe
|
||||
GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here “children” is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here “enslaved” is a metaphor being unable to stop one’s self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world controlled us” or “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **we** here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here **children** is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here **enslaved** is a metaphor being unable to stop one’s self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world controlled us” or “we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or (2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
|
||||
GAL 4 4 l5tf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people’s sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -170,16 +170,16 @@ GAL 4 6 xhe6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his
|
|||
GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the one who calls.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 mlg1 Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father This is the way a young child would address his father in Paul’s home language, but not in the language of the Galatian readers. To keep the sense of a foreign language, translate this as a word that sounds as much like “Abba” as your language allows.
|
||||
GAL 4 7 e7tc οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος…καὶ κληρονόμος 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so “you” here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος…καὶ κληρονόμος 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 8 s4ic 0 General Information: He continues to rebuke the Galatians by asking rhetorical questions.
|
||||
GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith.
|
||||
GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are “those things that are” or “those spirits who are”
|
||||
GAL 4 9 ghx1 figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 you are known by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here “turning back to” is a metaphor for starting to pay attention to something again. This is the first of two rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “you should not start paying attention to the weak and worthless elemental principles.” or “you should not be concerned with the weak and worthless elemental principles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here **turning back to** is a metaphor for starting to pay attention to something again. This is the first of two rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “you should not start paying attention to the weak and worthless elemental principles.” or “you should not be concerned with the weak and worthless elemental principles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this question to rebuke the people for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. Alternate translation: “It seems that you want to be slaves again.” or “You behave as though you wanted to be like slaves again.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here being “enslaved” is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave has to obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here being **enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave has to obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years”
|
||||
GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect”
|
||||
GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -200,13 +200,13 @@ GAL 4 24 iit5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins a story to illustrate a trut
|
|||
GAL 4 24 bu23 ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα 1 These things may be interpreted as an allegory “This story of the two sons is like a picture of what I will tell you now”
|
||||
GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An “allegory” is a story in which the people and things in it represent other things. In Paul’s allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two covenants.
|
||||
GAL 4 24 ruw4 αὗται…εἰσιν 1 women represent “women are a picture of”
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u4hr figs-synecdoche Ὄρους Σινά 1 Mount Sinai “Mount Sinai” here is a synecdoche for the law that Moses gave to the Israelites there. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai, where Moses gave the law to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u4hr figs-synecdoche Ὄρους Σινά 1 Mount Sinai **Mount Sinai** here is a synecdoche for the law that Moses gave to the Israelites there. Alternate translation: “Mount Sinai, where Moses gave the law to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u3u9 figs-metaphor δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 she gives birth to children who are slaves Paul treats the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The people under this covenant are like slaves who have to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents “she is a picture of”
|
||||
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει…μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 26 wa1u ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν 1 is free “is not bound” or “is not a slave”
|
||||
GAL 4 27 jql2 εὐφράνθητι 1 Rejoice be happy
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you στεῖρα…ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα 1 you barren one…you who are not suffering Here “you” refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you στεῖρα…ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα 1 you barren one…you who are not suffering Here **you** refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Possible meanings are that the Galatians have become God’s children (1) by believing God’s promise or (2) because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
|
||||
GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to Abraham’s becoming Ishmael’s father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: “by means of human action” or “because of what people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -215,17 +215,17 @@ GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galati
|
|||
GAL 4 31 y3c2 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 but of the free woman The words “we are children” are understood from the previous phrase. This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, we are children of the free woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase “the fruit of the Spirit” is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace.”<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory by reminding the believers to use their liberty in Christ because all the law is fulfilled in loving neighbors as ourselves.
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free “It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free.” It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free “It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free.” It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free” or “Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm Standing firm here represents being determined not to change. How they are not to change can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else” or “Be determined to stay free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 usl9 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ δουλείας ἐνέχεσθε 1 do not again be put under the control of a yoke of slavery Here being under control of a yoke of slavery represents being obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: “do not live like one who is under the control of a yoke of slavery to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 2 bg6b figs-metonymy ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 if you let yourselves be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for Judaism. Alternate translation: “if you turn to the Jewish religion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 h4q5 μαρτύρομαι δὲ 1 I testify “I declare” or “I serve as a witness”
|
||||
GAL 5 3 s1af figs-metonymy παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ περιτεμνομένῳ 1 to every man who lets himself be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for being Jewish. Alternate translation: “to every person who has become a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 j88p ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν…ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligated to obey “he must obey”
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here “cut off” is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here **cut off** is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: “You have ended your relationship with Christ” or “You are no longer united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be justified by trying to do the deeds required by the law. Alternate translation: “all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law” or “you who want to be justified by the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit τῆς χάριτος ἐξεπέσατε 1 you no longer experience grace Who that grace comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will not be gracious to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **we** refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 vvk6 γὰρ Πνεύματι 1 For through the Spirit “This is because through the Spirit”
|
||||
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἡμεῖς…ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are (1) “we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness” or (2) “we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith.”
|
||||
GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς…ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness “we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it”
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,25 +249,25 @@ GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον το
|
|||
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves Possible meanings are (1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs or (2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has called you to freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here **freedom** from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The relationship between the opportunity and the sinful nature can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this” or (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this.”
|
||||
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-you ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words “you,” “your,” and “yourself” are all singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-you ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **you,** **your**, and **yourself** are all singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 q8wk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the Spirit gives control over sin.
|
||||
GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Walking is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: “conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit” or “live your life in dependence on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase “carry out someone’s desires” is an idiom meaning “do what someone desires.” Alternate translation: “You will not do what your sinful nature desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase **carry out someone’s desires** is an idiom meaning “do what someone desires.” Alternate translation: “You will not do what your sinful nature desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person and wanted to sin. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ…ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law “not obligated to obey the law of Moses”
|
||||
GAL 5 19 yf2a τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The abstract noun “works” can be translated with the verb “does.” Alternate translation: “what the sinful nature does”
|
||||
GAL 5 19 u2pu figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person who does things. Alternate translation: “what people do because of their sinful nature” or “the things people do because they are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ἐστιν ἀγάπη…πίστις 1 the fruit of the Spirit is love…faith Here “fruit” is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love…faith” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love…faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k figs-metaphor πραΰτης…ἐνκράτεια 1 gentleness…self-control The list of “the fruit of the Spirit” that begins with the words “love, joy, peace” ends here. Here “fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace…gentleness…self-control” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love, joy, peace…gentleness…self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός ἐστιν ἀγάπη…πίστις 1 the fruit of the Spirit is love…faith Here **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love…faith” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love…faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k figs-metaphor πραΰτης…ἐνκράτεια 1 gentleness…self-control The list of “the fruit of the Spirit” that begins with the words “love, joy, peace” ends here. Here **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace…gentleness…self-control” or “the Spirit produces in God’s people love, joy, peace…gentleness…self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if it were a person and they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 m3nm figs-personification τὴν σάρκα…σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 the sinful nature with its passions and desires The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person that had passions and desires. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature, and the things they strongly want to do because of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive”
|
||||
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι…στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit “Walk” here is a metaphor for living every day. Alternate translation: “allow the Holy Spirit to guide us so we do things that please and honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι…στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit **Walk** here is a metaphor for living every day. Alternate translation: “allow the Holy Spirit to guide us so we do things that please and honor God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 26 a9x9 γινώμεθα 1 Let us “We should”
|
||||
GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.<br><br>### Brothers<br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New Creation<br><br>People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])
|
||||
GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
100
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
100
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
|
|
@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of the Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>1. Instructions<br>- To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>- To be united (2:1-2)<br>- To be humble (2:3-11)<br>- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)<br>1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>1. Final remarks<br>- Values (4:8-9)<br>- Contentment (4:10-20)<br>- Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?<br><br>* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br>This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
|
||||
PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word **our** probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 1 kze2 Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος…καὶ διακόνοις 1 Paul and Timothy…and deacons If your language has a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter, use it here.
|
||||
PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus “Timothy, who are servants of Christ Jesus”
|
||||
PHP 1 1 na5j πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 all those set apart in Christ Jesus This refers to those whom God chose to belong to him by being united to Christ. Alternate translation: “all God’s people in Christ Jesus” or “all those who belong to God because they are united with Christ”
|
||||
PHP 1 1 im6v ἐπισκόποις καὶ διακόνοις 1 the overseers and deacons “the leaders of the church”
|
||||
PHP 1 3 ntp5 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν 1 every time I remember you Here “remember you” means when Paul thinks about the Philippians while he is praying. Alternate translation: “every time I think of you”
|
||||
PHP 1 3 ntp5 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν 1 every time I remember you Here **remember you** means when Paul thinks about the Philippians while he is praying. Alternate translation: “every time I think of you”
|
||||
PHP 1 5 yi9l figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 because of your partnership in the gospel Paul is expressing thanks to God that the Philippians have joined him in teaching people the gospel. He may have been referring to them praying for him and sending money so that he could travel and tell others. Alternate translation: “because you are helping me proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 6 s1l8 πεποιθὼς 1 I am confident “I am sure”
|
||||
PHP 1 6 jf4x ὁ ἐναρξάμενος 1 he who began “God, who began”
|
||||
PHP 1 7 v7yu ἐστιν δίκαιον ἐμοὶ 1 It is right for me “It is proper for me” or “It is good for me”
|
||||
PHP 1 7 fmc6 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς 1 I have you in my heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. This idiom expresses strong affection. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 1 7 fmc6 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς 1 I have you in my heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. This idiom expresses strong affection. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 1 7 jn2s συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντας 1 have been my partners in grace “have been partakers of grace with me” or “have shared in grace with me”
|
||||
PHP 1 8 sf3a μάρτυς…μου ὁ Θεός 1 God is my witness “God knows” or “God understands”
|
||||
PHP 1 8 xun1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the compassion of Christ Jesus The abstract noun “compassion” can be translated with the verb “love.” Alternate translation: “and I love you as Christ Jesus dearly loves us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 v2rw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the believers in Philippi and talks about the joy there is in suffering for the Lord.
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l2jl figs-metaphor ἔτι…περισσεύῃ 1 may abound Paul speaks of love as if it were objects that people could obtain more of. Alternate translation: “may increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l1cy figs-explicit ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει 1 in knowledge and all understanding Here “understanding” refers to understanding about God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “as you learn and understand more about what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l1cy figs-explicit ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει 1 in knowledge and all understanding Here **understanding** refers to understanding about God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “as you learn and understand more about what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 10 e17g δοκιμάζειν 1 approve This refers to examining things and taking only those that are good. Alternate translation: “test and choose”
|
||||
PHP 1 10 s4ec τὰ διαφέροντα 1 what is excellent “what is most pleasing to God”
|
||||
PHP 1 10 siv8 figs-doublet εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι 1 sincere and blameless The words “sincere” and “without offense” mean basically the same thing. Paul combines them to emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 10 siv8 figs-doublet εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι 1 sincere and blameless The words **sincere** and **without offense** mean basically the same thing. Paul combines them to emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: “completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 11 lu5n figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 filled with the fruit of righteousness that comes through Jesus Christ Being filled with something is a metaphor that represents being characterized by it or by habitually doing it. Possible meanings of “fruit of righteousness” are that (1) it is a metaphor that represents righteous behavior. Alternate translation: “habitually doing what is righteous because Jesus Christ enables you” or (2) it is a metaphor that represents good deeds as a result of being righteous. Alternate translation: “habitually doing good works because Jesus makes you righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 11 hwg1 εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ 1 to the glory and praise of God Possible meanings are (1) “Then other people will see how you honor God” or (2) “Then people will praise and give honor to God because of the good things they see you do.” These alternate translations would require a new sentence.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 uyc6 0 General Information: Paul says that two things have happened because of “the progress of the gospel”: many people inside and outside the palace have found out why he is in prison, and other Christians are no longer afraid to proclaim the good news.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 yrp2 δὲ…βούλομαι 1 Now I want Here the word “Now” is used to mark a new part of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 yrp2 δὲ…βούλομαι 1 Now I want Here the word **Now** is used to mark a new part of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 tu2t ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, because all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 zy4g figs-explicit ὅτι τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ 1 that what has happened to me Paul is talking about his time in prison. Alternate translation: “that the things I suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 12 q288 μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν 1 has really served to advance the gospel “has caused more people to hear the gospel”
|
||||
PHP 1 13 h1ly figs-metaphor τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ came to light “Chains in Christ” here is a metonym for being in prison for the sake of Christ. “Came to light” is a metaphor for “became known.” Alternate translation: “It became known that I am in prison for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 h1ly figs-metaphor τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ came to light **Chains in Christ** here is a metonym for being in prison for the sake of Christ. **Came to light** is a metaphor for “became known.” Alternate translation: “It became known that I am in prison for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 wi6n figs-activepassive τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς ἐν Χριστῷ…τῷ πραιτωρίῳ…τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 my chains in Christ came to light…guard…everyone else This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the palace guards and many other people in Rome know that I am in chains for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 f8az τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here Paul uses the preposition “in” to mean “for the sake of.” Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ”
|
||||
PHP 1 13 i46j figs-metonymy τοὺς δεσμούς μου 1 my chains Here the word “chains” is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 f8az τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here Paul uses the preposition **in** to mean “for the sake of.” Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ”
|
||||
PHP 1 13 i46j figs-metonymy τοὺς δεσμούς μου 1 my chains Here the word **chains** is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 dm1m πραιτωρίῳ 1 palace guard This is a group of soldiers that helped protect the Roman emperor.
|
||||
PHP 1 14 gy47 ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον λαλεῖν 1 fearlessly speak the word “fearlessly speak God’s message”
|
||||
PHP 1 15 vw1s τινὲς μὲν καὶ…τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν 1 Some indeed even proclaim Christ “Some people preach the good news about Christ”
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,25 +41,25 @@ PHP 1 16 qf4p οἱ 1 The latter “Those who proclaim Christ out of good will
|
|||
PHP 1 16 ttr2 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι 1 I am put here for the defense of the gospel This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God chose me to defend the gospel” or (2) “I am in prison because I defend the gospel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 16 st7k εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the defense of the gospel “to teach everyone that the message of Jesus is true”
|
||||
PHP 1 17 eq7s οἱ δὲ 1 But the former “But the others” or “But the ones who proclaim Christ out of envy and strife”
|
||||
PHP 1 17 z8ty figs-metonymy τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 while I am in chains Here the phrase “in chains” is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “while I am imprisoned” or “while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 17 z8ty figs-metonymy τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου 1 while I am in chains Here the phrase **in chains** is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “while I am imprisoned” or “while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 z5ia figs-rquestion τί γάρ 1 What then? Paul uses this question to tell how he feels about the situation he wrote about in [Philippians 15-17](./15.md). Possible meanings are (1) this is an idiom that means “It does not matter.” or (2) the words “shall I think about this” are understood as part of the question. Alternate translation: “What then shall I think about this?” or “This is what I think about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 ah9v πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 Only that in every way—whether from false motives or from true—Christ is proclaimed “As long as people preach about Christ, it does not matter if they do it for good reasons or for bad reasons”
|
||||
PHP 1 18 c8tr ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω 1 in this I rejoice “I am happy because people are preaching about Jesus”
|
||||
PHP 1 18 cf58 χαρήσομαι 1 I will rejoice “I will celebrate” or “I will be glad”
|
||||
PHP 1 19 qp81 τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 this will result in my deliverance “because people proclaim Christ, God will deliver me”
|
||||
PHP 1 19 h9hf figs-abstractnouns μοι…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 in my deliverance “Deliverance” here is an abstract noun that refers to one person bringing another person to a safe place. You may have to specify that it is God whom Paul expects to deliver him. Alternate translation: “in my being brought to a safe place” or “in God bringing me to a safe place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 19 h9hf figs-abstractnouns μοι…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 in my deliverance **Deliverance** here is an abstract noun that refers to one person bringing another person to a safe place. You may have to specify that it is God whom Paul expects to deliver him. Alternate translation: “in my being brought to a safe place” or “in God bringing me to a safe place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 19 x3fs διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως, καὶ ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through your prayers and the help of the Spirit of Jesus Christ “because you are praying and the Spirit of Jesus Christ is helping me”
|
||||
PHP 1 19 c48j Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit of Jesus Christ “Holy Spirit”
|
||||
PHP 1 20 fh48 figs-doublet κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου 1 It is my eager expectation and certain hope Here the word “expectation” and the phrase “certain hope” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how strong his expectation is. Alternate translation: “I eagerly and confidently hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 fh48 figs-doublet κατὰ τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα μου 1 It is my eager expectation and certain hope Here the word **expectation** and The phrase **certain hope** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how strong his expectation is. Alternate translation: “I eagerly and confidently hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 tk7l ἀλλ’ ἐν πάσῃ παρρησίᾳ 1 but that I will have complete boldness This is part of Paul’s expectation and hope. Alternate translation: “but that I will be very bold”
|
||||
PHP 1 20 jz1z figs-metonymy μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου 1 Christ will be exalted in my body The phrase “my body” is a metonym for what Paul does with his body. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “I will honor Christ by what I do” or (2) “people will praise Christ because of what I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 jz1z figs-metonymy μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου 1 Christ will be exalted in my body The phrase **my body** is a metonym for what Paul does with his body. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “I will honor Christ by what I do” or (2) “people will praise Christ because of what I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 y78k εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου 1 whether by life or by death “whether I live or die” or “if I go on living or if I die”
|
||||
PHP 1 21 p9b7 ἐμοὶ γὰρ 1 For to me These words are emphatic. They indicate that this is Paul’s personal experience.
|
||||
PHP 1 21 sxt5 figs-metaphor τὸ ζῆν Χριστὸς 1 to live is Christ Here pleasing and serving Christ is spoken of as Paul’s only purpose for living. Alternate translation: “to go on living is an opportunity to please Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 21 n3jd figs-metaphor τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος 1 to die is gain Here death is spoken of as “gain.” Possible meanings for “gain” are (1) Paul’s death will help spread the message of the gospel or (2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 a21c figs-metonymy εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί 1 But if I am to live in the flesh The word “flesh” here is a metonym for the body, and “living in the flesh” is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: “But if I am to remain alive in my body” or “But if I continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 21 n3jd figs-metaphor τὸ ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος 1 to die is gain Here death is spoken of as **gain.** Possible meanings for “gain” are (1) Paul’s death will help spread the message of the gospel or (2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 a21c figs-metonymy εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί 1 But if I am to live in the flesh The word **flesh** here is a metonym for the body, and “living in the flesh” is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: “But if I am to remain alive in my body” or “But if I continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 y9fv καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι 1 Yet which to choose? “But which should I choose?”
|
||||
PHP 1 22 mwl6 figs-metaphor τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου 1 that means fruitful labor for me The word “fruit” here refers to the good results of Paul’s work. Alternate translation: “that means I will be able to work and my work will produce good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 mwl6 figs-metaphor τοῦτό μοι καρπὸς ἔργου 1 that means fruitful labor for me The word **fruit** here refers to the good results of Paul’s work. Alternate translation: “that means I will be able to work and my work will produce good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 tq29 figs-metaphor συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο 1 For I am hard pressed between the two Paul speaks of how hard it is for him to choose between living and dying as if two heavy objects, like rocks or logs, were pushing on him from opposite sides at the same time. Your language might prefer the objects to pull rather than push. Alternate translation: “I am under tension. I do not know if I should choose to live or to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 f7qg figs-euphemism τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων εἰς τὸ ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι 1 My desire is to depart and be with Christ Paul uses a euphemism here to show that he is not afraid of dying. Alternate translation: “I would like to die because I will go to be with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
PHP 1 25 bu8d τοῦτο πεποιθὼς 1 Being convinced of this “Since I am sure that it is better for you that I stay alive”
|
||||
|
|
@ -71,55 +71,55 @@ PHP 1 27 ej2s συναθλοῦντες 1 striving together “working hard tog
|
|||
PHP 1 27 ya3h τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the faith of the gospel Possible meanings are (1) “to spread the faith that is based on the gospel” or (2) “to believe and live as the gospel teaches us”
|
||||
PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μηδενὶ 1 Do not be frightened in any respect This is a command to the Philippian believers. If your language has a plural command form, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 1 28 l495 ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God “Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Possible meanings are the word “this” refers to (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Possible meanings are The word **this** refers to (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me “suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering”
|
||||
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
|
||||
PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ’s example.
|
||||
PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ “If Christ has encouraged you” or “If you are encouraged because of Christ”
|
||||
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase “by love” probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way”
|
||||
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase **by love** probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way”
|
||||
PHP 2 1 m84k εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος 1 if there is any fellowship in the Spirit “if you have fellowship with the Spirit”
|
||||
PHP 2 1 l2px εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 if there are any tender mercies and compassions “if you have experienced many of God’s acts of tender mercy and compassion”
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of joy as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: “cause me to rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαρὰν 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of **joy** as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: “cause me to rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 y1le μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κατὰ κενοδοξίαν 1 Do nothing out of selfishness or empty conceit “Do not serve yourselves or think of yourselves as better than others”
|
||||
PHP 2 4 ezk6 μὴ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος σκοποῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἑτέρων ἕκαστοι 1 Let each of you look not only to his own interests, but also to the interests of others “Do not care only about what you need, but also about what others need”
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus “Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had” or “Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people”
|
||||
PHP 2 6 hs4q ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων 1 he existed in the form of God “everything that is true of God was true of him”
|
||||
PHP 2 6 els2 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ 1 did not consider his equality with God as something to hold on to Here “equality” refers to “equal status” or “equal honor.” Holding onto equality with God represents demanding that he continue to be honored as God is honored. Christ did not do that. Though he did not cease to be God, he ceased to act as God. Alternate translation: “did not think that he had to have the same status as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 6 els2 figs-metaphor οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ 1 did not consider his equality with God as something to hold on to Here **equality** refers to “equal status” or “equal honor.” Holding onto equality with God represents demanding that he continue to be honored as God is honored. Christ did not do that. Though he did not cease to be God, he ceased to act as God. Alternate translation: “did not think that he had to have the same status as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 7 yu25 figs-metaphor ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν 1 he emptied himself Paul speaks of Christ as if he were a container in order to say that Christ refused to act with his divine powers during his ministry on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 7 tc8n ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος 1 he was born in the likeness of men “he was born a human being” or “he became a human being”
|
||||
PHP 2 8 t8a6 figs-metaphor γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου 1 became obedient to the point of death Paul speaks of death here in a figurative way. The translator can understand “to the point of death” either as a metaphor of location (Christ went all the way to death) or as a metaphor of time (Christ was obedient even until the time that he died). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 8 t8a6 figs-metaphor γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου 1 became obedient to the point of death Paul speaks of death here in a figurative way. The translator can understand **to the point of death** either as a metaphor of location (Christ went all the way to death) or as a metaphor of time (Christ was obedient even until the time that he died). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 8 hi57 θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ 1 even death of a cross “even to dying on a cross”
|
||||
PHP 2 9 mvb7 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 the name that is above every name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to rank or honor. Alternate translation: “the rank that is above any other rank” or “the honor that is above any other honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 9 mvb7 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 the name that is above every name Here **name** is a metonym that refers to rank or honor. Alternate translation: “the rank that is above any other rank” or “the honor that is above any other honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 9 qsy9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 above every name The name is more important, more to be praised than any other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 tk45 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 in the name of Jesus every knee should bend Here “knee” is a synecdoche for the whole person, and bending the knee to kneel on the ground is a metonym for worship. “In the name of” here is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “every person will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 tk45 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 in the name of Jesus every knee should bend Here **knee** is a synecdoche for the whole person, and bending the knee to kneel on the ground is a metonym for worship. **In the name of** here is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: “every person will worship Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 kfb4 καταχθονίων 1 under the earth Possible meanings are (1) the place where people go when they die or (2) the place where demons dwell.
|
||||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-synecdoche πᾶσα γλῶσσα 1 every tongue Here “tongue” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person” or “every being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 mr2i figs-metaphor εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father Here the word “to” expresses result: “with the result that they will praise God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-synecdoche πᾶσα γλῶσσα 1 every tongue Here **tongue** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “every person” or “every being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 mr2i figs-metaphor εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father Here the word **to** expresses result: “with the result that they will praise God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 jnp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the Philippian believers and shows them how to live the Christian life before others and reminds them of his example.
|
||||
PHP 2 12 e359 ἀγαπητοί μου 1 my beloved “my dear fellow believers”
|
||||
PHP 2 12 c1ix ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου 1 in my presence “when I am there with you”
|
||||
PHP 2 12 u5ng ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου 1 in my absence “when I am not there with you”
|
||||
PHP 2 12 j897 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε 1 work out your own salvation with fear and trembling The abstract noun “salvation” can be expressed with a phrase about God saving people. Alternate translation: “with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do what is proper for those whom God saves” or “with awe and reverence for God, work hard to do the good things that show that he has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 cm1s figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Paul uses the words “fear” and “trembling” together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Alternate translation: “trembling with fear” or “with deep reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 cm1s figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Paul uses The words **fear** and **trembling** together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Alternate translation: “trembling with fear” or “with deep reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 13 m6b8 καὶ τὸ θέλειν, καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας 1 both to will and to work for his good pleasure “so that you will want to do what pleases him and will be able to do what pleases him”
|
||||
PHP 2 15 z2lz figs-doublet ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι 1 blameless and pure The words “blameless” and “pure” are very similar in meaning and are used together to strenghten the idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 z2lz figs-doublet ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι 1 blameless and pure The words **blameless** and **pure** are very similar in meaning and are used together to strenghten the idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 p71u figs-metaphor φαίνεσθε ὡς φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ 1 you may shine as lights in the world Light represents goodness and truth. Shining as lights in the world represents living in a good and righteous way so that people in the world can see that God is good and true. Alternate translation: “so that you will be like lights in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης…ἐν κόσμῳ 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word “world” refers to the people of the world. The words “crooked” and “depraved” are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: “in the world, among people who are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης…ἐν κόσμῳ 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word **world** refers to the people of the world. The words **crooked** and **depraved** are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: “in the world, among people who are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 u3qb figs-metaphor λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες 1 Hold on to the word of life “Hold on” represents firmly believing. Alternate translation: “Continue to firmly believe the word of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 eq86 λόγον ζωῆς 1 the word of life “the message that brings life” or “the message that shows how to live the way God wants you to”
|
||||
PHP 2 16 q7y8 εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ 1 on the day of Christ This refers to when Jesus comes back to set up his kingdom and rule over the earth. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns”
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases “run in vain” and “labor in vain” here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m1z7 figs-metaphor ἔδραμον 1 run The scriptures often use the image of walking to represent conducting one’s life. Running is living life intensively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 17 bky1 figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν, χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all Paul speaks of his death as if he were a drink offering which is poured upon the animal sacrifice to honor God. What Paul means is that he would gladly die for the Philippians if that would make them more pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “But, even if the Romans kill me and it is as if my blood pours out as an offering, I will be glad and rejoice with you all if my death will make your faith and obedience more pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 dr9c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Philippian believers about his plan to send Timothy soon and that they should treat Epaphroditus as special.
|
||||
PHP 2 19 gml9 ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 But I have hope in the Lord Jesus “But I confidently expect the Lord Jesus to allow me”
|
||||
PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one else with his same attitude “No one else here loves you as much as he does”
|
||||
PHP 2 21 b922 οἱ πάντες γὰρ 1 For they all Here the word “they” refers to a group of people Paul does not feel he can trust to send to Philippi. Paul is also expressing his displeasure with the group, who should have been able to go, but Paul does not trust them to fulfill their mission.
|
||||
PHP 2 21 b922 οἱ πάντες γὰρ 1 For they all Here the word **they** refers to a group of people Paul does not feel he can trust to send to Philippi. Paul is also expressing his displeasure with the group, who should have been able to go, but Paul does not trust them to fulfill their mission.
|
||||
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν 1 as a son with his father, so he served with me Fathers and sons love each other and work together. Timothy was not really Paul’s son, but he worked with Paul as a son works with his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here “the gospel” stands for the activity of telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “in telling people about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here **the gospel** stands for the activity of telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “in telling people about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα…ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
|
||||
PHP 2 25 k4wz translate-names Ἐπαφρόδιτον 1 Epaphroditus This is the name of a man sent by the Philippian church to minister to Paul in prison. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 c3ce figs-metaphor συνεργὸν καὶ συνστρατιώτην 1 fellow worker and fellow soldier Here Paul is speaking of Epaphroditus as if he were a soldier. He means that Epaphroditus is trained and is dedicated to serving God, no matter how great the hardship he must suffer. Alternate translation: “fellow believer who works and struggles along with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 c3ce figs-metaphor συνεργὸν καὶ συνστρατιώτην 1 fellow worker and fellow soldier Here Paul is speaking of Epaphroditus as if he were a **soldier**. He means that Epaphroditus is trained and is dedicated to serving God, no matter how great the hardship he must suffer. Alternate translation: “fellow believer who works and struggles along with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 qsd6 ὑμῶν…ἀπόστολον καὶ λειτουργὸν τῆς χρείας μου 1 your messenger and servant for my needs “who brings your messages to me and helps me when I am in need”
|
||||
PHP 2 26 gxn9 ἐπιποθῶν ἦν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν 1 he was very distressed, and he longed to be with you all “he was very worried and wanted to be with you all”
|
||||
PHP 2 27 itx2 figs-explicit λύπην ἐπὶ λύπην 1 sorrow upon sorrow The cause of the sorrow can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the sorrow of losing him added to the sorrow I already have from being in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,10 +134,10 @@ PHP 3 1 s3bx τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Finally, my brothers
|
|||
PHP 3 1 zu9l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 1 ymm2 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 rejoice in the Lord “be happy because of all the Lord has done”
|
||||
PHP 3 1 q4pt τὰ αὐτὰ γράφειν ὑμῖν, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὀκνηρόν 1 For me to write these same things again to you is no trouble for me “It is no trouble for me to write these things again to you”
|
||||
PHP 3 1 qb78 figs-explicit ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές 1 and it keeps you safe Here “these things” refers to Paul’s teachings. You can add this alternate translation to the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “because these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 1 qb78 figs-explicit ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές 1 and it keeps you safe Here **these things** refers to Paul’s teachings. You can add this alternate translation to the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “because these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 ny6y βλέπετε 1 Watch out for “Beware of” or “Look out for”
|
||||
PHP 3 2 zin8 τοὺς κύνας…τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας…τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs…those evil workers…those who mutilate the flesh These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers.
|
||||
PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-metaphor τοὺς κύνας 1 dogs The word “dogs” was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. They were considered unclean. Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were dogs, to insult them. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-metaphor τοὺς κύνας 1 dogs The word **dogs** was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. They were considered unclean. Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were dogs, to insult them. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 mutilate Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. The false teachers said God will only save a person who is circumcised, who cuts off the foreskin. This action was required by the law of Moses for all male Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν 1 For it is we who are Paul uses “we” to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 xt5r ἡ περιτομή 1 the circumcision Paul uses this phrase to refer to believers in Christ who are not physically circumcised but are spiritually circumcised, which means they have received the Holy Spirit through faith. Alternate translation: “the truly circumcised ones” or “truly God’s people”
|
||||
|
|
@ -156,17 +156,17 @@ PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 whatever things
|
|||
PHP 3 7 lb8f κέρδη…ζημίαν 1 profit…loss These are common business terms. If many people in your culture do not understand formal business terms, you could translate these terms as “things that made my life better” and “things that made my life worse.”
|
||||
PHP 3 7 y1sg figs-metaphor ταῦτα ἥγημαι…ζημίαν 1 I have considered them as loss Paul speaks of that praise as if he were now viewing it as a business loss instead of a profit. In other words, Paul says that all his religious acts of righteousness are worthless before Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 zi6f μενοῦνγε 1 In fact “Really” or “Truly”
|
||||
PHP 3 8 qdh7 figs-explicit καὶ ἡγοῦμαι 1 now I count The word “now” emphasizes how Paul has changed since he quit being a Pharisee and became a believer in Christ. Alternate translation: “now that I have trusted in Christ, I count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 qdh7 figs-explicit καὶ ἡγοῦμαι 1 now I count The word **now** emphasizes how Paul has changed since he quit being a Pharisee and became a believer in Christ. Alternate translation: “now that I have trusted in Christ, I count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι 1 I count all things to be loss Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:7](../03/07.md), saying it is worthless to trust in anything other than Christ. Alternate translation: “I consider everything to be worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 cv55 διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord “because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more”
|
||||
PHP 3 8 afs4 ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 so that I may gain Christ “so that I may have only Christ”
|
||||
PHP 3 9 iy4k figs-idiom εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be found in him The phrase “be found” is an idiom that emphasizes the idea of “to be.” Alternate translation: “be truly united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 iy4k figs-idiom εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be found in him The phrase **be found** is an idiom that emphasizes the idea of “to be.” Alternate translation: “be truly united with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 g9a9 μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 not having a righteousness of my own from the law Paul knows that he cannot become righteous by obeying the law.
|
||||
PHP 3 9 qw6g ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 but that which is through faith in Christ The word “that” refers to righteousness. Paul knows that he can become righteous only by believing in Christ. Alternate translation: “but having the righteousness that comes by believing in Christ”
|
||||
PHP 3 9 qw6g ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 but that which is through faith in Christ The word **that** refers to righteousness. Paul knows that he can become righteous only by believing in Christ. Alternate translation: “but having the righteousness that comes by believing in Christ”
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vj4s τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the power of his resurrection “his power that gives us life”
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xm68 κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the fellowship of his sufferings “what it is like to suffer as he suffered” or “what it is like to participate in suffering with him”
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xw42 figs-activepassive συμμορφιζόμενος τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτοῦ 1 becoming like him in his death Possible meanings are (1) Paul wants to be like Christ by dying as Christ died or (2) Paul wants his desire to sin to become as dead as Jesus was before he was raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 11 l4rm εἴ πως καταντήσω εἰς τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 so somehow I may experience the resurrection from the dead The word “somehow” means Paul does not know what is going to happen to him in this life, but whatever happens, it will result in eternal life. “so that, no matter what happens to me now, I will come back to life after I die”
|
||||
PHP 3 11 l4rm εἴ πως καταντήσω εἰς τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 so somehow I may experience the resurrection from the dead The word **somehow** means Paul does not know what is going to happen to him in this life, but whatever happens, it will result in eternal life. “so that, no matter what happens to me now, I will come back to life after I die”
|
||||
PHP 3 12 xk5q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul urges the believers at Philippi to follow his present example because of heaven and the new bodies that wait for believers. He speaks of how he works as hard as he can to be like Christ, knowing that God will allow him to live forever in heaven, as if he were a runner racing for the finish line.
|
||||
PHP 3 12 ms3v ἔλαβον 1 received these things These include knowing Christ, knowing the power of his resurrection, sharing in Christ’s suffering, and being united with Christ in his death and resurrection ([Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md)).
|
||||
PHP 3 12 h8p7 ἢ…τετελείωμαι 1 or that I have become complete “so I am not yet perfect” or “so I am not yet mature”
|
||||
|
|
@ -188,26 +188,26 @@ PHP 3 18 kr19 figs-metaphor πολλοὶ…περιπατοῦσιν 1 Many are
|
|||
PHP 3 18 x2lu οὓς πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, νῦν δὲ καὶ κλαίων, λέγω 1 those about whom I have often told you, and now I am telling you with tears Paul interrupts his main thought with these words that describe the “many.” You can move them to the beginning or end of the verse if you need to.
|
||||
PHP 3 18 zwp3 πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν 1 I have often told you “I have told you many times”
|
||||
PHP 3 18 h6pc κλαίων, λέγω 1 am telling you with tears “am telling you with great sadness”
|
||||
PHP 3 18 n8q2 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as enemies of the cross of Christ Here “the cross of Christ” refers to Christ’s suffering and death. The enemies are those who say they believe in Jesus but are not willing to suffer or die like Jesus did. Alternate translation: “in a way that shows they are actually against Jesus, who was willing to suffer and die on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 18 n8q2 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 as enemies of the cross of Christ Here **the cross of Christ** refers to Christ’s suffering and death. The enemies are those who say they believe in Jesus but are not willing to suffer or die like Jesus did. Alternate translation: “in a way that shows they are actually against Jesus, who was willing to suffer and die on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 v8gv ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια 1 Their end is destruction “Someday God will destroy them.” The last thing that happens to them is that God will destroy them.
|
||||
PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 their god is their stomach Here “stomach” refers to a person’s desires for physical pleasure. Calling it their god means that they want these pleasures more than they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “they desire food and other physical pleasures more than they desire to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their pride is in their shame Here “shame” stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 They think about earthly things Here “earthly” refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor ὧν ὁ Θεὸς ἡ κοιλία 1 their god is their stomach Here **stomach** refers to a person’s desires for physical pleasure. Calling it their god means that they want these pleasures more than they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “they desire food and other physical pleasures more than they desire to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν 1 their pride is in their shame Here **shame** stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: “they are proud of the things that should cause them shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 They think about earthly things Here **earthly** refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: “All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-exclusive 0 General Information: By Paul’s use of “our” and “we” here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are (1) “we are citizens of heaven” or (2) “our homeland is heaven” or (3) “our true home is heaven.”
|
||||
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies “He will change our weak, earthly bodies”
|
||||
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body “into bodies like his glorious body”
|
||||
PHP 3 21 qz6p figs-activepassive τῷ σώματι…κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑποτάξαι αὑτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 body, formed by the might of his power to subject all things to himself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 4 intro rp5c 0 # Philippians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My joy and my crown”<br>Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Euodia and Syntyche<br>Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 zk6q figs-you 0 General Information: When Paul says, “my true companion,” the word “you” is singular. Paul does not say the name of the person. He calls him that to show he worked with Paul to spread the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 zk6q figs-you 0 General Information: When Paul says, “my true companion,” The word **you** is singular. Paul does not say the name of the person. He calls him that to show he worked with Paul to spread the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 xmc4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues with some specific instructions to the believers in Philippi on unity and then gives instructions to help them live for the Lord.
|
||||
PHP 4 1 fe2y ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι 1 Therefore, my beloved brothers whom I long for “My fellow believers, I love you and I greatly desire to see you”
|
||||
PHP 4 1 ngs7 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-metonymy χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy and crown Paul uses the word “joy” to mean that the Philippian church is the cause of his happiness. A “crown” was made of leaves, and a man wore it on his head as a sign of honor after he won an important game. Here the word “crown” means the Philippian church brought honor to Paul before God. Alternate translation: “You give me joy because you have believed in Jesus, and you are my reward and honor for my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 wx5w figs-metonymy χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου 1 my joy and crown Paul uses the word **joy** to mean that the Philippian church is the cause of his happiness. A **crown** was made of leaves, and a man wore it on his head as a sign of honor after he won an important game. Here the word **crown** means the Philippian church brought honor to Paul before God. Alternate translation: “You give me joy because you have believed in Jesus, and you are my reward and honor for my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 1 dz44 οὕτως στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί 1 in this way stand firm in the Lord, beloved friends “so continue living for the Lord in the way that I have taught you, dear friends”
|
||||
PHP 4 2 x5qf translate-names Εὐοδίαν παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ 1 I am pleading with Euodia, and I am pleading with Syntyche These are women who were believers and helped Paul in the church at Philippi. Alternate translation: “I beg Euodia, and I beg Syntyche” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 be of the same mind in the Lord The phrase “be of the same mind” means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: “agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 yb3f figs-you ναὶ, ἐρωτῶ…σέ, γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 Yes, I ask you, my true companion Here “you” refers to the “true fellow worker” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 be of the same mind in the Lord The phrase **be of the same mind** means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: “agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 yb3f figs-you ναὶ, ἐρωτῶ…σέ, γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 Yes, I ask you, my true companion Here **you** refers to the “true fellow worker” and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 hdz7 figs-metaphor γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 true companion This metaphor is from farming, where two animals would be bound to the same yoke, and so they work together. Alternate translation: “fellow worker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 cm3u translate-names μετὰ…Κλήμεντος 1 along with Clement Clement was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 s9h9 ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς 1 whose names are in the Book of Life “whose names God has written in the Book of Life”
|
||||
|
|
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ PHP 4 5 snk5 ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς 1 The Lord is near Possible meanings
|
|||
PHP 4 6 h63g ἐν παντὶ, τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας, τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God “whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 u1sz ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of God “the peace that God gives”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding “which is more than we can understand”
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-personification φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ This presents God’s peace as a soldier who protects our hearts and thoughts from worrying. Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “will be like a soldier and guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ” or “will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-personification φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ This presents God’s peace as a soldier who protects our hearts and thoughts from worrying. Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “will be like a soldier and guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ” or “will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 8 b8ig τὸ λοιπόν 1 Finally As Paul ends his letter, he gives a summary of how believers should live to have peace with God.
|
||||
PHP 4 8 fxn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 8 r275 ὅσα προσφιλῆ 1 whatever things are lovely “whatever things are pleasing”
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,17 +235,17 @@ PHP 4 14 fe2z figs-metaphor μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my difficulties Paul
|
|||
PHP 4 15 w23w figs-metonymy ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the beginning of the gospel Paul refers to the gospel here as meaning his preaching of the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 dyf8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι 1 no church supported me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: “you were the only church that sent me money or helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 e9g9 οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα 1 It is not that I seek the gift Paul is explaining that his reason for writing about gifts is not that he hopes that they will give him more gifts. Alternate Translation: “My reason for writing this is not that I want you to give me more”
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your credit Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here “fruit that increases to you credit” is a metaphor for either (1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do” or (2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your credit Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here **fruit that increases to you credit** is a metaphor for either (1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do” or (2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: “Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 p6y1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes thanking the Philippians for their gift (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)) and assures them that God will take care of them.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω…πάντα 1 I have received everything in full Possible meanings are (1) Paul has received everything that the Philippians sent or (2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit περισσεύω 1 even more Paul means plenty of the things that he needs for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 They are a sweet-smelling aroma, a sacrifice acceptable and pleasing to God Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian church as if it were a sacrifice offered to God on an altar. Paul implies that the church’s gift is very pleasing to God, like the sacrifices that the priests burned, which had a smell that pleased God. Alternate translation: “I assure you these gifts are very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will meet all your needs This is the same word translated “have been well-supplied” in verse 18. It is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 τῷ δὲ Θεῷ…ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God The word “Now” marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 τῷ δὲ Θεῷ…ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God The word **Now** marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 h2jr οἱ…ἀδελφοί 1 The brothers This refers to those people who were either ministering with or to Paul.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 z65a ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 21 lq4e πάντα ἅγιον 1 every believer Some versions translate this as “every holy person.”
|
||||
PHP 4 22 bi8m πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι 1 All the believers Some versions translate this as “All the holy people.”
|
||||
PHP 4 22 rg96 μάλιστα…οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας 1 especially those of Caesar’s household This refers to servants who worked in Caesar’s palace. “especially the fellow believers who work in the palace of Caesar”
|
||||
PHP 4 23 a3f8 figs-synecdoche μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 with your spirit Paul refers to the believers by using the word “spirit,” which is what enables humans to relate to God. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 4 23 a3f8 figs-synecdoche μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 with your spirit Paul refers to the believers by using The word **spirit,** which is what enables humans to relate to God. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -6,28 +6,28 @@ COL 1 1 fny3 ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ διὰ θελή
|
|||
COL 1 3 q1su figs-exclusive εὐχαριστοῦμεν…τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν…πάντοτε 1 We give…our Lord…we always These words do not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 km8w figs-exclusive ἀκούσαντες 1 We have heard Paul is excluding his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 4 z6eb τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 your faith in Christ Jesus “your belief in Christ Jesus”
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 because of the certain hope reserved for you in heaven Here “certain hope” stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in heaven for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: “because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 n1qz figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 because of the certain hope reserved for you in heaven Here **certain hope** stands for what the believer can confidently expect, that is, the things that God has promised to do for all believers. These things are spoken of as if they were physical objects that God was keeping in heaven for the believers to possess later. Alternate translation: “because you are certain that God, who is in heaven, will do the many good things that he has promised you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 5 xn8s τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the word of truth, the gospel Possible meanings are (1) “the message about the truth, the gospel” or (2) “the true message, the gospel.”
|
||||
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 This gospel is bearing fruit and is growing “Fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “This gospel is having good results, more and more” or “This gospel is having increasing results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 wk21 figs-metaphor ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον 1 This gospel is bearing fruit and is growing **Fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “This gospel is having good results, more and more” or “This gospel is having increasing results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the world This is a generalization referring to the part of the world that they knew about. Alternate translation: “throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 6 ait7 τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth “the true grace of God”
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our beloved…our behalf The word “our” does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our beloved…our behalf The word **our** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 mjv5 ἐμάθετε ἀπὸ Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς 1 gospel as you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who “gospel. It is exactly what you learned from Epaphras, who is our beloved fellow servant and who” or “gospel. It is exactly what Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, taught you. He”
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here “on our behalf” means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here **on our behalf** means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras the man who preached the gospel to the people in Colossae (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 k2k9 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 to us The word “us” does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 k2k9 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 to us The word **us** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 e7ez figs-metaphor τὴν ὑμῶν ἀγάπην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 your love in the Spirit Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a place in which the believers were located. Alternate translation: “how the Holy Spirit has enabled you to love believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 iyq4 0 Connecting Statement: Because the Spirit has enabled them to love others, Paul prays for them and tells them here how he prays for them.
|
||||
COL 1 9 s83e διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this love “Because the Holy Spirit has enabled you to love other believers”
|
||||
COL 1 9 f2xd figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἠκούσαμεν…καὶ αἰτούμενοι 1 we heard…we have not stopped…We have been asking The word “we” does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 f2xd figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἠκούσαμεν…καὶ αἰτούμενοι 1 we heard…we have not stopped…We have been asking The word **we** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 u7zh ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν 1 from the day we heard this “from the day Epaphras told us these things”
|
||||
COL 1 9 w2a7 figs-metaphor ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ 1 that you will be filled with the knowledge of his will Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers. Alternate translation: “that God will fill you with what you need to know so that you can do his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 9 mzz8 ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ 1 in all wisdom and spiritual understanding “, so that the Holy Spirit will make you wise and able to understand what God wants you to do”
|
||||
COL 1 10 cz4a figs-exclusive περιπατῆσαι 1 We have been praying The word “we” does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 cz4a figs-exclusive περιπατῆσαι 1 We have been praying The word **we** does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 m4hf figs-metaphor περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου 1 that you will walk worthily of the Lord Walking here signifies behavior in life. Alternate translation: “We have been praying that you will live the way God expects you to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 10 vv4g εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν 1 in pleasing ways “in ways that will please the Lord”
|
||||
COL 1 10 vfp3 figs-metaphor καρποφοροῦντες 1 will bear fruit Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants. As a plant grows and bears fruit, so also believers are to keep getting to know God better and doing good deeds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 gxv6 figs-exclusive δυναμούμενοι 1 We pray The word “we” refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 gxv6 figs-exclusive δυναμούμενοι 1 We pray The word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 11 mzf2 figs-metaphor εἰς πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν 1 into all perseverance and patience Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as if God would move them into a location of perseverance and patience. In reality, he is praying that they will never stop trusting in God and that they will be completely patient as they honor him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 12 t5lw ἱκανώσαντι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν μερίδα 1 has made you able to have a share “has allowed you to share”
|
||||
COL 1 12 lt2q ἱκανώσαντι ὑμᾶς 1 has made you able Here Paul is focusing on his readers as receivers of God’s blessings. But he does not mean that he himself has no share in those blessings.
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ COL 1 12 r2zw figs-metaphor τοῦ κλήρου 1 inheritance Receiving what Go
|
|||
COL 1 12 hkf5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 in light This idea is opposite to the idea of the dominion of darkness in the next verse. Alternate translation: “in the glory of his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 g9d3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the ways in which Christ is excellent.
|
||||
COL 1 13 mv87 ὃς ἐρρύσατο ἡμᾶς 1 He has rescued us “God has rescued us”
|
||||
COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 the dominion of darkness “Darkness” here is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “the evil forces that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 the dominion of darkness **Darkness** here is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: “the evil forces that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 zav6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 his beloved Son “Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 wh6q figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ 1 in whom Paul often speaks as if the believers were “in” Jesus Christ or “in” God. This can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “by means of whom” or “By means of his Son” or “Because of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 v5d8 figs-abstractnouns ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins The nouns “redemption” and “forgiveness” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “we are redeemed; our sins are forgiven” or “God redeems us; he forgives our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 j5u9 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 He is the image of the invisible God “His Son is the image of the invisible God.” Here “image” does not mean a representation of something that is visible. Instead, “image” here means that by knowing the Son, we learn what God the Father is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 j5u9 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 He is the image of the invisible God “His Son is the image of the invisible God.” Here **image** does not mean a representation of something that is visible. Instead, **image** here means that by knowing the Son, we learn what God the Father is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 h945 figs-metaphor πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως 1 the firstborn of all creation The expression “firstborn” does not refer to when Jesus was born. Instead, it refers to his position as the eternal Son of God the Father. In this sense, “firstborn” is a metaphor meaning “most important.” Jesus is the most important and the unique Son of God. Alternate Translation: “God’s Son, the most important one over all creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 af6b figs-abstractnouns πάσης κτίσεως 1 all creation The noun “creation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: “all that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 kru3 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα 1 For by him all things were created This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For by him God created all things” or “God caused the Son to create all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ COL 1 18 q8i3 figs-metaphor αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σ
|
|||
COL 1 18 j6uq ἡ ἀρχή 1 the beginning “the originating authority.” He is the first chief or founder.
|
||||
COL 1 18 s12x πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 firstborn from among the dead Jesus is the first person to die and come back to life, never to die again.
|
||||
COL 1 20 as3p διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross “by means of the blood Jesus shed on the cross”
|
||||
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here “blood” stands for the death of Christ on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 kv5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul makes it clear that God has now revealed that Christ exchanges the sin of Gentile believers for his holiness.
|
||||
COL 1 21 imq1 καὶ ὑμᾶς ποτε 1 At one time, you also “There was a time when you Colossian believers also”
|
||||
COL 1 21 wp3t ἀπηλλοτριωμένους 1 were strangers to God “were like people whom God did not know” or “had pushed God away”
|
||||
|
|
@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ COL 1 23 g8iq figs-metonymy οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος δι
|
|||
COL 1 24 rcw3 ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh what is lacking of the afflictions of Christ Paul speaks about the suffering that he continues to experience. He may be acknowledging here that there is much suffering that he and all other Christians must endure before Christ comes again, and that Christ in a spiritual sense joins with them in experiencing these hardships. Paul certainly does not mean that Christ’s sufferings alone were not enough to provide salvation for the believers.
|
||||
COL 1 24 fm9y figs-metaphor ἀνταναπληρῶ…ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh Paul speaks of his body as if it were a container that could hold suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 mge9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 for the sake of his body, which is the church Paul often speaks of the church, the group of all Christian believers, as if it were Christ’s body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 t6ud figs-metaphor πληρῶσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to fulfill the word of God This means to bring about the purpose of God’s gospel message, which is that it be preached and believed. “Word of God” here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “to be obedient to what God has instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 t6ud figs-metaphor πληρῶσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to fulfill the word of God This means to bring about the purpose of God’s gospel message, which is that it be preached and believed. **Word of God** here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “to be obedient to what God has instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 f3mt figs-activepassive τὸ μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον 1 This is the secret truth that was hidden This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is the secret truth that God had hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 z8gv ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν 1 for ages and for generations The words “ages” and “generations” refer to the time period from the creation of the world until the time when the gospel was preached.
|
||||
COL 1 26 z8gv ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν 1 for ages and for generations The words **ages** and **generations** refer to the time period from the creation of the world until the time when the gospel was preached.
|
||||
COL 1 26 a9kw figs-activepassive νῦν…ἐφανερώθη 1 now it has been revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “now God has revealed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 c8yb figs-metaphor τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου 1 the riches of the glory of this secret truth Paul speaks of the value of this secret truth about God as if it were a treasure of material wealth. “riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 c7ln figs-metaphor Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Christ in you Paul speaks of the believers as if they were actual containers in which Christ is present. This is one of his ways of expressing the union of the believers with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ COL 2 intro p3uc 0 # Colossians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in th
|
|||
COL 2 1 tt6v 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to encourage the believers in Colossae and Laodicea to understand that Christ is God and that he lives in believers, so they should live in the same way they received him.
|
||||
COL 2 1 dqg5 ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 how great a struggle I have had for you Paul has exerted much effort in developing their purity and understanding of the gospel.
|
||||
COL 2 1 fn4z τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ 1 those at Laodicea This was a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church for which Paul was praying.
|
||||
COL 2 1 rj7d figs-synecdoche ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 as many as have not seen my face in the flesh Here “face in the flesh” represents the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “all those who have never seen me personally” or “all those whom I have never met face to face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
COL 2 1 rj7d figs-synecdoche ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί 1 as many as have not seen my face in the flesh Here **face in the flesh** represents the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “all those who have never seen me personally” or “all those whom I have never met face to face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 ge1w figs-pronouns ἵνα…αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν 1 so that their hearts Paul includes the Galatians even though he uses a different pronoun. Alternate translation: “so that their hearts and yours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 a4px συμβιβασθέντες 1 brought together This means brought together in a close relationship.
|
||||
COL 2 2 kdg8 figs-metaphor πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως 1 all the riches of full assurance of understanding Paul speaks of a person who is completely sure that the good news is true as though that person were rich in physical things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ COL 2 5 g1rp figs-metonymy τῇ σαρκὶ ἄπειμι 1 not with you in the
|
|||
COL 2 5 bz56 figs-idiom τῷ πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμι 1 I am with you in spirit Being with someone in spirit is a metaphor for thinking continually about that person. Alternate translation: “I continually think about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 5 ev9p τὴν τάξιν 1 good order doing things properly
|
||||
COL 2 5 hth1 τὸ στερέωμα…πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 the strength of your faith “how nothing and no one can cause you to stop believing”
|
||||
COL 2 6 m3f1 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε 1 walk in him Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The words “in him” refer to being in close relationship with Christ and so doing what pleases him. Alternate translation: “live your lives the way he wants you to” or “live so that people can see that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 6 m3f1 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε 1 walk in him Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The words **in him** refer to being in close relationship with Christ and so doing what pleases him. Alternate translation: “live your lives the way he wants you to” or “live so that people can see that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 e2x6 figs-idiom ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐποικοδομούμενοι…βεβαιούμενοι…περισσεύοντες 1 Be rooted…be built…be established…abound These words explain what it means to “walk in him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 fw47 figs-metaphor ἐρριζωμένοι…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Be rooted in him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a tree growing in solid ground with deep roots. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 tb5m figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be built on him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a building that has a strong foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,12 +121,12 @@ COL 2 13 wh4z νεκροὺς…ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν κα
|
|||
COL 2 13 k2hw χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα 1 forgave us all of our trespasses “he forgave us, both us Jews and you Gentiles, of all our trespasses”
|
||||
COL 2 14 w22z figs-metaphor ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν 1 He canceled the written record of debts that stood against us Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if it were the way a person, to whom many people owe money or goods, destroys the record of that debt so they do not have to pay him back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 gh24 figs-metaphor ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησίᾳ 1 made a public spectacle of them In Roman times, it was common practice for the Roman armies to have a victory parade when they returned home, displaying all the prisoners they had captured and goods they had obtained. God was victorious over the evil powers and authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ 1 by the cross Here “the cross” stands for Christ’s death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ 1 by the cross Here **the cross** stands for Christ’s death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 cii9 ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει 1 in eating or in drinking The law of Moses included what one can eat and drink. “for what you eat or what you drink”
|
||||
COL 2 16 b4kd ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων 1 about a feast day or a new moon, or about Sabbath days The law of Moses specified the days to celebrate, to worship, and to offer sacrifice. “for the way you celebrate feast days or new moons or the Sabbath”
|
||||
COL 2 17 ip3a figs-metaphor ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 These are a shadow of the things to come, but the substance is Christ A shadow shows the shape of an object, but it is not the object itself. In a similar way, the festivals, celebrations, and Sabbath show us something about how God would save people, but those things do not save people. The savior is Christ. Alternate translation: “These are like a shadow of what would happen, but the reality is Christ” or “These are like a shadow of the savior who would come, but the savior is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Let no one…judge you out of your prize Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the prizes they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: “Let no one…disqualify you from winning a prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-metonymy θέλων…ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 who wants humility The word “humility” is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: “who wants you to do things to show that you are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-metonymy θέλων…ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 who wants humility The word **humility** is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: “who wants you to do things to show that you are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 kn5d figs-metaphor ἃ ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων 1 enters into the things he has seen Here Paul speaks about people who claim to have dreams and visions from God and who talk proudly about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 p7q4 figs-activepassive φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 becomes puffed up by his fleshly thinking Here Paul says that sinful ways of thinking make a person arrogant. Alternate translation: “puffs himself up by means of his fleshly thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 wp42 figs-metaphor φυσιούμενος 1 puffed up Here a person who boasts is spoken of as if he were an object into which someone had blown air to make it larger than it should be. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ COL 3 7 s824 figs-metaphor ὅτε ἐζῆτε ἐν τούτοις 1 when you
|
|||
COL 3 8 d3wr κακίαν 1 evil intentions “desire to do wicked deeds”
|
||||
COL 3 8 lgz1 βλασφημίαν 1 insults speech used to hurt others
|
||||
COL 3 8 f59z αἰσχρολογίαν 1 obscene speech words that do not belong in polite conversation
|
||||
COL 3 8 n23c figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν 1 from your mouth Here “mouth” is a metonym for talk. “in your talk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 8 n23c figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν 1 from your mouth Here **mouth** is a metonym for talk. “in your talk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 9 c6tk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how to live and reminds them that Christians should treat everyone according to the same standard.
|
||||
COL 3 9 vsd8 figs-metaphor ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 you have taken off the old man with its practices Here Paul is speaking of a Christian’s rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 brx6 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν νέον 1 and you have put on the new man Here Paul is speaking of a Christian’s rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off (verse 9) in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,19 +167,19 @@ COL 3 11 vt4t βάρβαρος 1 barbarian a foreigner who does not know local
|
|||
COL 3 11 n7by Σκύθης 1 Scythian This is someone from the land of Scythia, which was outside the Roman Empire. Greeks and Romans used this word for someone who grew up in a place where everyone did wicked things all the time.
|
||||
COL 3 11 i964 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν Χριστός 1 Christ is all, and is in all Nothing is excluded or left out of the rule of Christ. Alternate translation: “Christ is all important and lives in all his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 b5ti figs-activepassive ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι 1 as God’s chosen ones, holy and beloved This can be made active. Alternate translation: “as those whom God has chosen for himself, whom he desires to see live for him alone, and whom he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 d217 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε…σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, χρηστότητα, ταπεινοφροσύνην, πραΰτητα, μακροθυμίαν 1 put on a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience The “heart” is a metaphor for feelings and attitudes. Here it is spoken of as if it has certain feelings and attitudes, and as if it were clothing to wear. Alternate translation: “have a merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient heart” or “be merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 d217 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε…σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ, χρηστότητα, ταπεινοφροσύνην, πραΰτητα, μακροθυμίαν 1 put on a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience The **heart** is a metaphor for feelings and attitudes. Here it is spoken of as if it has certain feelings and attitudes, and as if it were clothing to wear. Alternate translation: “have a merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient heart” or “be merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 r8iy ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων 1 Bear with one another “Be patient with one another” or “Accept each other even when you disappoint each other”
|
||||
COL 3 13 rts1 χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς 1 Be gracious to each other “Treat each other better than they deserve for you to treat them”
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός…ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 has a complaint against The abstract noun “complaint” can be stated as “complain.” Alternate translation: “has a reason to complain against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 have love, which is the bond of perfection Here “bond of perfection” is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: “love one another because it will unite you perfectly together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 have love, which is the bond of perfection Here **bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: “love one another because it will unite you perfectly together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 hdg5 figs-metonymy ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Paul speaks of the peace that Christ gives as if it were a ruler. Possible meanings are (1) “Do everything so that you can have peaceful relationships with each other” or (2) “Allow God to give you peace in your heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 i9hg figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 w9dv figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Let the word of Christ live in you Paul speaks of Christ’s word as if it were a person capable of living inside other people. “Word of Christ” here is a metonym for the teachings of Christ. Alternate translation: “Be obedient to the instructions of Christ” or “Always trust Christ’s promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 i9hg figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 w9dv figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Let the word of Christ live in you Paul speaks of Christ’s word as if it were a person capable of living inside other people. **Word of Christ** here is a metonym for the teachings of Christ. Alternate translation: “Be obedient to the instructions of Christ” or “Always trust Christ’s promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 h5k9 νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 admonish one another “caution and encourage one another”
|
||||
COL 3 16 ubi5 ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs “with all sorts of songs to praise God”
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Sing with thankfulness in your hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “Sing with thankfulness in your minds” or “Sing and be thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Sing with thankfulness in your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds or inner being. Alternate translation: “Sing with thankfulness in your minds” or “Sing and be thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 g8p8 ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ 1 in word or in deed “in speaking or in acting”
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting in the name of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: “to honor the Lord Jesus” or “so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him” or “as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting in the **name** of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: “to honor the Lord Jesus” or “so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him” or “as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-metaphor δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him Possible meanings are (1) because he has done great deeds or (2) because he has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 flu9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then gives some special instructions to wives, husbands, children, fathers, slaves, and masters.
|
||||
COL 3 18 tt9u αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς 1 Wives, submit to “Wives, obey”
|
||||
|
|
@ -188,27 +188,27 @@ COL 3 19 lc4a μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς 1 do not be bitter against
|
|||
COL 3 21 bvi3 μὴ ἐρεθίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children “do not needlessly make your children angry”
|
||||
COL 3 22 cx6a ὑπακούετε…τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh “obey your human masters”
|
||||
COL 3 22 iy1n πάντα…μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία, ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι 1 things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers “things. Do not obey only when your master is watching, as though you need only to please people”
|
||||
COL 3 22 r22m figs-metonymy ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας 1 with a sincere heart “Heart” here is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or intentions. Alternate translation: “with all honest intentions” or “with sincerity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 22 r22m figs-metonymy ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας 1 with a sincere heart **Heart** here is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or intentions. Alternate translation: “with all honest intentions” or “with sincerity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 23 arw4 ὡς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 as to the Lord “as you would work for the Lord”
|
||||
COL 3 24 f3ed τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the reward of the inheritance “the inheritance as your reward”
|
||||
COL 3 24 p3pw figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 u5lx ὁ…ἀδικῶν, κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν 1 anyone who does unrighteousness will receive the penalty The phrase “receive the penalty” means to be punished. Alternate translation: “anyone who does unrighteousness will be punished” or “God will punish anyone who does what is unrighteous”
|
||||
COL 3 25 u5lx ὁ…ἀδικῶν, κομιεῖται ὃ ἠδίκησεν 1 anyone who does unrighteousness will receive the penalty The phrase **receive the penalty** means to be punished. Alternate translation: “anyone who does unrighteousness will be punished” or “God will punish anyone who does what is unrighteous”
|
||||
COL 3 25 ak8j ἀδικῶν 1 who does unrighteousness who actively does wrong of any kind
|
||||
COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία 1 there is no favoritism The abstract noun “favoritism” can be expressed with the verb “favor.” To favor some people is to judge them by different standards so the result is better for them than for others who do the same actions. Alternate translation: “God does not favor anyone” or “God judges everyone by the same standard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[Colossians 4:1](../../col/04/01.md) appears to belong with the topics of Chapter 3 instead of Chapter 4.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “In my own hand”<br>It was common in the ancient Near East for the author to speak and someone else to write down the words. Many of the New Testament letters were written this way. Paul wrote the final greeting himself.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Secret truth<br><br>Paul refers to a “secret truth” in this chapter. The role of the church in the plans of God was once unknown. But God has now revealed it. Part of this involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
|
||||
COL 4 1 qhd2 0 Connecting Statement: After speaking to masters, Paul ends his special instructions to the different kinds of believers in the church at Colossae.
|
||||
COL 4 1 ae3y figs-doublet τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα 1 right and fair These words mean almost the same thing and are used to emphasize the things that are morally correct. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 4 1 t9wy καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 you also have a master in heaven God wants the relationship between an earthly master and his slave to be loving the way God, the heavenly master, loves his earthly servants, including the earthly slaves’ masters.
|
||||
COL 4 2 sct4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to Paul and Timothy but not the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 4 2 sct4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word **us** refers to Paul and Timothy but not the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 4 2 wx86 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give instructions to believers on how to live and speak.
|
||||
COL 4 2 pp1c τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer “Keep praying faithfully” or “Keep praying consistently”
|
||||
COL 4 3 ub1i figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ…θύραν 1 God would open a door Opening a door for someone is a metaphor for giving that person the opportunity to do something. Alternate translation: “God would provide opportunities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 lj4f ἀνοίξῃ…θύραν τοῦ λόγου 1 open a door for the word “make an opportunity for us tp preach his message”
|
||||
COL 4 3 ce37 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the secret truth of Christ This refers to the gospel of Jesus Christ, which was not understood before Christ came.
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δι’ ὃ…δέδεμαι 1 Because of this, I am chained up Here “chained” is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: “It is for proclaiming the message of Jesus Christ that I am now in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δι’ ὃ…δέδεμαι 1 Because of this, I am chained up Here **chained** is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: “It is for proclaiming the message of Jesus Christ that I am now in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 hm5w ἵνα φανερώσω αὐτὸ 1 Pray that I may make it clear “Pray that I might be able to speak the message of Jesus Christ clearly”
|
||||
COL 4 5 z3ax figs-metaphor ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside The idea of walking is often used for the idea of conducting one’s life. Alternate translation: “Live in such a way that those who are not believers will see that you are wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 redeem the time To “redeem” something means to restore it to it’s rightful owner. Here time is spoken of as something that can be restored and used to serve God. Alternate translation: “do the best things you can with your time” or “put the time to its best use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 redeem the time To **redeem** something means to restore it to it’s rightful owner. Here **time** is spoken of as something that can be restored and used to serve God. Alternate translation: “do the best things you can with your time” or “put the time to its best use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 fuv5 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι, ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος 1 Let your words always be with grace. Let them be seasoned with salt Food with salt is a metaphor for words that teach others and that others enjoy hearing. Alternate translation: “Let your conversation always be gracious and attractive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 c1w4 εἰδέναι πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς…ἀποκρίνεσθαι 1 so that you may know how you should answer “so that you may know how to answer questions from anyone about Jesus Christ” or “so that you may be able to treat every person well”
|
||||
COL 4 7 vtb1 0 General Information: Onesimus was a slave of Philemon in Colossae. He had stolen money from Philemon and run away to Rome where he became a Christian through the ministry of Paul. Now Tychicus and Onesimus are the ones bringing Paul’s letter to Colossae.
|
||||
|
|
@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ COL 4 9 vb7j πάντα…τὰ ὧδε 1 everything that has happened here The
|
|||
COL 4 10 wmf4 Ἀρίσταρχος 1 Aristarchus He was in prison with Paul in Ephesus when Paul wrote this letter to the Colossians.
|
||||
COL 4 10 cg3a ἐὰν ἔλθῃ 1 if he comes “if Mark comes”
|
||||
COL 4 11 bm6s Ἰησοῦς, ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος 1 Jesus who is called Justus This is a man who also worked with Paul.
|
||||
COL 4 11 ci74 figs-metonymy οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These alone of the circumcision are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God Paul uses “circumcision” here to refer to Jews because, under the Old Testament law, all male Jews had to be circumcised. Alternate translation: “These three men are the only Jewish believers working with me to proclaim God as king through Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 ci74 figs-metonymy οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These alone of the circumcision are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God Paul uses **circumcision** here to refer to Jews because, under the Old Testament law, all male Jews had to be circumcised. Alternate translation: “These three men are the only Jewish believers working with me to proclaim God as king through Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 p8e9 ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι 1 These alone of the circumcision “These men—Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus—alone of the circumcision”
|
||||
COL 4 12 et2g 0 General Information: Laodicea and Hierapolis were towns close to Colossae.
|
||||
COL 4 12 gg86 Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras Epaphras was the man who had preached the good news to the people in Colossae ([Colossians 1:7](../01/07.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ COL 4 14 hq1k Δημᾶς 1 Demas This is another co-worker with Paul.
|
|||
COL 4 15 sc5g τοὺς…ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
COL 4 15 zkp3 ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ 1 in Laodicea a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church
|
||||
COL 4 15 wyk3 Νύμφαν, καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐκκλησίαν 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house A woman named Nympha hosted a house church. Alternate translation: “Nympha and the group of believers that meets in her house”
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 1 Say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words “Look,” “you have received,” and “you should fulfill” all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ, βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 1 Say to Archippus, “Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words **Look,** **you have received**, and **you should fulfill** all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 an7s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter with a greeting written in his own handwriting.
|
||||
COL 4 18 h3kx figs-metonymy μνημονεύετέ μου τῶν δεσμῶν 1 Remember my chains Paul speaks of chains when he means his imprisonment. Alternate translation: “Remember me and pray for me while I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm figs-metonymy ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 May grace be with you Here “grace” stands for God, who shows grace or acts kindly to believers. Alternate translation: “I pray that our Lord Jesus Christ would continue to act graciously toward you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm figs-metonymy ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 May grace be with you Here **grace** stands for God, who shows grace or acts kindly to believers. Alternate translation: “I pray that our Lord Jesus Christ would continue to act graciously toward you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 1 dp37 0 General Information: Paul identifies himself as the writer of the letter and greets the church at Thessalonica.
|
||||
1TH 1 1 ms5e figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy to the church The UST makes clear that it was Paul who wrote this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 1 1 luw5 figs-metonymy χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace and peace be to you The terms “grace” and “peace” are metonyms for the person who acts toward people in a kindly and peaceful manner. Alternate translation: “May God be kind to you and give you peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 1 nn67 figs-you εἰρήνη 1 peace be to you The word “you” refers to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 y98w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this letter the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here “always” suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 1 nn67 figs-you εἰρήνη 1 peace be to you The word **you** refers to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 y98w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this letter The words **we** and **us** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, The word **you** is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here **always** suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 r3yd μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν, ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we mention you continually in our prayers “we continually pray for you”
|
||||
1TH 1 3 bl7l τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως 1 work of faith acts done because of trust in God
|
||||
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 u5er figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we know The word “we” refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 1 4 u5er figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we know The word **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ…ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only “not only in what we said”
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, in the Holy Spirit Possible meanings are (1) the Holy Spirit gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or (2) the Holy Spirit made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or (3) the Holy Spirit demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns καὶ πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ 1 in much assurance The abstract noun “assurance” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “God made you sure that it was true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,28 +20,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 6 cl6r δεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον 1 received the word “welcomed the message” or “accepted what we had to say”
|
||||
1TH 1 6 q4gm ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ 1 in much hardship “during a time of great suffering” or “in much persecution”
|
||||
1TH 1 7 ml7u translate-names ἐν τῇ Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia This is an ancient district in what is present-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 qyk6 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “the Lord’s teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 qyk6 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord **Word** here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “the Lord’s teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 sht4 figs-metaphor ἐξήχηται 1 has rung out Here Paul speaks of the Christian witness produced by the Thessalonian believers as if it were a bell that was rung or a musical instrument that was being played. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 rd2b αὐτοὶ γὰρ 1 For they themselves Paul is referring to the churches that already existed in the surrounding regions, who have heard about the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 1 9 amc1 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 they themselves Here “themselves” is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 amc1 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 they themselves Here **themselves** is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 v145 figs-metonymy ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had among you The abstract noun “reception” can be expressed as the verb “receive” or “welcome.” Alternate translation: “how warmly you received us” or “how warmly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here “turned to…from” is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: “you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here **turned to…from** is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: “you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised “whom God caused to live again”
|
||||
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-exclusive τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian witness<br>Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers’ service and reward.
|
||||
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words “you” and “yourselves” refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 tdl3 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν 1 our coming The word “our” refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν 1 our coming The word **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 w584 figs-doublenegatives οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν 1 was not useless This can be expressed in a positive manner. Alternate translation: “was very worthwhile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 x6ez προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 previously suffered and were shamefully treated “were mistreated and insulted”
|
||||
1TH 2 2 v4dg ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggling “while struggling under great opposition”
|
||||
1TH 2 3 t7ty οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor from deceit “was truthful, pure, and honest”
|
||||
1TH 2 4 is1a δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι 1 approved by God to be trusted Paul was tested and proven trustworthy by God.
|
||||
1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak Paul is referring to preaching the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-metonymy τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 who examines our hearts The word “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: “who knows our desires and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-metonymy τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 who examines our hearts The word **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: “who knows our desires and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 5 xcy6 0 General Information: Paul tells the Thessalonian believers that his conduct was not based in flattery, greed, or self glory.
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε…ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 we never came with words of flattery “we never spoke to you with false praise”
|
||||
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as a mother comforting her own children Just as a mother gently comforts her children, so Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy spoke gently to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,17 +50,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν, οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 We were pleased to share with you not only the gospel of God but also our own lives Paul speaks of the gospel message and his life and the lives of those with him as if they were a physical object that one could share with others. Alternate translation: “We were pleased not only to tell you the gospel of God but also to spend time with you and to help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 p4e4 ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε 1 you had become very dear to us “we cared for you deeply”
|
||||
1TH 2 9 j9lu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil The words “labor” and “toil” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how hard they worked. Alternate translation: “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil The words **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how hard they worked. Alternate translation: “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 b16f νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Night and day we were working so that we might not weigh down any of you “We worked hard to make our own living so you would not need to support us”
|
||||
1TH 2 10 il3e ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως 1 holy, righteous, and blameless Paul uses three words that describe their good behavior toward the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-metaphor ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father with his own children Paul compares how he encouraged the Thessalonians to a father gently teaching his children how to behave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 m91e figs-doublet παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι…ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and urging you The words “exhorting,” “encouraging,” and “urging” are used together to express how passionately Paul’s group encouraged the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “We were strongly encouraging you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 n8dr figs-hendiadys εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 into his own kingdom and glory The word “glory” describes the word “kingdom.” Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 qmc3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to walk in a manner that is worthy of God “Walk” here is an metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “live so that people will think well of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 m91e figs-doublet παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι…ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and urging you The words **exhorting,** **encouraging**, and **urging** are used together to express how passionately Paul’s group encouraged the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “We were strongly encouraging you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 n8dr figs-hendiadys εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 into his own kingdom and glory The word **glory** describes the word **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 qmc3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to walk in a manner that is worthy of God **Walk** here is an metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “live so that people will think well of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 au3b 0 General Information: Paul continues to use “we” to refer to himself and his traveling companions and “you” to the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 z53w καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we also thank God constantly Paul often thanks God for their acceptance of the gospel message he shared with them.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 zj5f figs-synecdoche οὐ λόγον ἀνθρώπων 1 not as the word of man “Word of man” here is a synecdoche for “a message that comes simply from a man.” Alternate translation: “(it is) not a message that is made up by a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 rpb1 figs-metonymy ἐδέξασθε…καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν, λόγον Θεοῦ 1 you accepted it…as it truly is, the word of God “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “you accepted it…as it truly is, the message that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 zj5f figs-synecdoche οὐ λόγον ἀνθρώπων 1 not as the word of man **Word of man** here is a synecdoche for “a message that comes simply from a man.” Alternate translation: “(it is) not a message that is made up by a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 rpb1 figs-metonymy ἐδέξασθε…καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν, λόγον Θεοῦ 1 you accepted it…as it truly is, the word of God **Word** here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “you accepted it…as it truly is, the message that comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also at work in you who believe Paul speaks of God’s gospel message as if it were a person who was doing work. “Word” is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “which those of you who believe are listening to and beginning to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 14 s2mp ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 14 mh8n μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 became imitators of the churches The Thessalonian believers endured persecutions similar to the Judean believers. “became like the churches”
|
||||
|
|
@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 they always fill up their own sins Paul speaks as though someone can fill a container with their own sins as with liquid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m ἔφθασεν…ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 wrath will overtake them in the end This refers to God finally judging and punishing people for their sins.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 edb1 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 in person not in heart Here “heart” represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: “in person, but we continued to think about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 t5d5 figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your face Here “your face” means the entire person. Alternate translation: “to see you” or “to be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 in person not in heart Here **heart** represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: “in person, but we continued to think about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 t5d5 figs-synecdoche τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν 1 to see your face Here **your face** means the entire person. Alternate translation: “to see you” or “to be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 j7j5 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ? 1 For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of pride in front of our Lord Jesus at his coming? Is it not you? Paul uses questions to emphasize the reasons he wants to come see the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “For you are our confidence for the future, and joy, and crown of pride in front of our Lord Jesus at his coming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-metonymy ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς…ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope…Is it not you By “hope” Paul means the assurance he has that God will reward him for his work. The Thessalonian Christians are the reason for his hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 ty78 figs-metonymy ἢ χαρὰ 1 or joy The Thessalonians are the reason for his joy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of pride Here “crown” refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression “crown of pride” means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of pride Here **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression “crown of pride” means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
|
||||
1TH 3 1 nal1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers he has sent Timothy to strengthen their faith.
|
||||
1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it “we could no longer endure worrying about you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,91 +90,91 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 5 g92s ὁ κόπος ἡμῶν 1 our labor “our hard work among you” or “our teaching among you”
|
||||
1TH 3 5 ne5x εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain “useless”
|
||||
1TH 3 6 r4pa 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells his readers about Timothy’s report after he returned from visiting them.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 gci4 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντος…πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 came to us The word “us” refers to Paul and Silvanus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 gci4 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντος…πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 came to us The word **us** refers to Paul and Silvanus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-explicit εὐαγγελισαμένου…τὴν πίστιν…ὑμῶν 1 the good news of your faith It is understood that this refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “a good report of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε μνείαν…ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tx4h ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν 1 you long to see us “you desire to see us”
|
||||
1TH 3 7 mqy5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 3 7 mqy5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 3 7 k54j figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith This refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “because of your faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction The word “affliction” explains why they are in “distress.” Alternate translation: “in all our distress caused by our afflictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction The word **affliction** explains why they are in “distress.” Alternate translation: “in all our distress caused by our afflictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x5xt figs-idiom ζῶμεν 1 we live This is an idiom that expresses living a satisfied life. Alternate translation: “we are very encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x4zn figs-idiom ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord To “stand firm” is an idiom meaning to continue being faithful. Alternate translation: “if you continue to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 For what thanks can we give to God for you, for all the joy that we have before our God over you? This rhetorical question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot thank God enough for what he has done for you! We greatly rejoice over you when we pray to our God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God Paul speaks as if he and his companions were physically in God’s presence. He is probably referring to the activity of praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 k71n ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ 1 very hard “fervently”
|
||||
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-synecdoche τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 see your face The word “face” refers to their whole person. Alternate translation: “visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-synecdoche τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 see your face The word **face** refers to their whole person. Alternate translation: “visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 tet9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “our” does not always refer to the same group of people. Please see the translation notes for specifics.
|
||||
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-exclusive ὁ Θεὸς…Πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 May our God…our Lord Jesus Paul includes the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς…ἡμῶν 1 May our God “We pray that our God”
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you The word “our” refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here “himself” refers back to “Father” for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you The word **our** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here **himself** refers back to “Father” for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f5z3 figs-metaphor πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 increase and abound in love Paul speaks of love as an object that one could obtain more of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους 1 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here “heart” is a metonym for one’s beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: “strenghten you, so that you will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους 1 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here **heart** is a metonym for one’s beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: “strenghten you, so that you will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus “when Jesus comes back to earth”
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints “with all those who belong to him”
|
||||
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we encourage and exhort you Paul uses “encourage” and “exhort” to emphasize how strongly they encourage the believers. Alternate translation: “we strongly encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received instructions from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 you must walk Here “walk” is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: “you ought to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 you must walk Here **walk** is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: “you ought to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were given by Jesus himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 mw4j ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς…τῆς πορνείας 1 you avoid sexual immorality “you stay away from sexually immoral acts”
|
||||
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι…τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 know how to possess his own vessel Possible meanings are (1) “know how to live with his own wife” or (2) “know how to control his own body”
|
||||
1TH 4 5 x2t7 ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust “with wrongful sexual desire”
|
||||
1TH 4 6 gn9i figs-gendernotations τὸ μὴ 1 no man Here “man” refers to a man or a woman. “no one” or “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 gn9i figs-gendernotations τὸ μὴ 1 no man Here **man** refers to a man or a woman. “no one” or “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: “do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 d1ip προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 forewarned you and testified “told you beforehand and strongly warned against”
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God called us to cleanness and holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-exclusive οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-exclusive οὐ…ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word **us** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 8 mn5y ὁ ἀθετῶν 1 he who rejects this “whoever disregards this teaching” or “whoever ignores this teaching”
|
||||
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
|
||||
1TH 4 9 uxn8 τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love “love for fellow believers”
|
||||
1TH 4 10 dec9 ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ 1 you do this for all the brothers who are in all Macedonia “you show love to the believers throughout Macedonia”
|
||||
1TH 4 10 jcg3 ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 10 jcg3 ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 11 d2fg φιλοτιμεῖσθαι 1 to aspire “to try to”
|
||||
1TH 4 11 j4c7 figs-metaphor ἡσυχάζειν 1 live quietly Paul uses the word “quietly” as a metaphor to describe living at peace in one’s community and not causing strife. Alternate translation: “live in a calm and orderly way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 j4c7 figs-metaphor ἡσυχάζειν 1 live quietly Paul uses The word **quietly** as a metaphor to describe living at peace in one’s community and not causing strife. Alternate translation: “live in a calm and orderly way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 jmt9 figs-explicit πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια 1 take care of your own responsibilities “do your own work” or “take care of the things that your are responsible to do.” This may also imply that we should not gossip and interfere in other people’s concerns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 bz8s figs-metaphor ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶν ὑμῶν 1 work with your hands This is a metaphor for living a productive life. Alternate translation: “work at your own jobs to earn what you need to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 walk properly Here “walk” is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “behave properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 walk properly Here **walk** is a metaphor for “live” or “behave.” Alternate translation: “behave properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 yl36 εὐσχημόνως 1 properly in a way that shows respect to others and earns their respect
|
||||
1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before outsiders Paul speaks of those who do not believer in Christ as if they are outside of a place away from the believers. Alternate translation: “in the sight of those who do not believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 j68e 0 General Information: Paul talks about believers who have died, who are still alive, and those who will be alive when Christ returns.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 οὐ θέλομεν…ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 We do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We want you to be informed” or “We want you to know”
|
||||
1TH 4 13 wt7l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 zqz6 figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 those who sleep Here “sleep” is a euphemism for being dead. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 wt7l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 zqz6 figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 those who sleep Here **sleep** is a euphemism for being dead. Alternate translation: “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε, καθὼς…οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest “because we do not want you grieve like the rest”
|
||||
1TH 4 13 qt5b λυπῆσθε 1 grieve mourn, be sad about something
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς…οἱ λοιποὶ, οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope “like people who do not confidence in the future promise.” It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: “like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive εἰ…πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here “we” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-exclusive εἰ…πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here **we** refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 kmk2 ἀνέστη 1 rose again “rose to live again”
|
||||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here “fallen asleep” is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord “Word” here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here **fallen asleep** is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord **Word** here is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 b786 εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord “when the Lord returns”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος…καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself will descend “the Lord himself will come down”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου 1 the archangel “the chief angel”
|
||||
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The “dead in Christ” are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: “those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word “them” refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here **we** refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
|
||||
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, The word **you** is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 h84m τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 the times and seasons This refers to the events preceding the Lord Jesus’ return.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 uq3n ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 1 uq3n ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 2 mcq9 ἀκριβῶς 1 perfectly well “very well” or “accurately”
|
||||
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως 1 like a thief in the night Just as one does not know which night a thief may come, we do not know when the day of the Lord will come. Alternate translation: “unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 3 p1wi ὅταν λέγωσιν 1 When they say “When the people say”
|
||||
1TH 5 3 ne9n τότε αἰφνίδιος…ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction “then unexpected destruction”
|
||||
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like birth pains in a pregnant woman Just as a pregnant woman’s birth pains come suddenly and do not stop until the birth is complete, the destruction will come, and people will not escape. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 rr9j ὑμεῖς…ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 4 rr9j ὑμεῖς…ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 4 b6lv figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει 1 are not in darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: “you are not unknowing, like people who live in the dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 elp9 figs-simile ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day would overtake you like a thief The day when the Lord comes should not be a surprise to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: “For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους 1 We are not sons of the night or the darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: We are not unknowing, like people who live in the darkness, like people at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: “let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-exclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word “us” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-exclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word **us** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 keep watch and be sober Paul describes spiritual awareness as the opposite of sleep and drunkenness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν 1 For those who sleep do so at night Just as when people sleep and do not know what is happening, so the people of this world do not know that Christ will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 those who get drunk do so at night Paul is stating that it is at night when people become drunk, so when people are unaware of Christ’s return they do not live a self-controlled life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,9 +184,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves with faith and love” or “protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 fk6r figs-metaphor περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 1 the hope of salvation for our helmet As a helmet protects a soldier’s head, assurance of salvation protects the believer. Alternate translation: “protect ourselves by being certain that Christ will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-euphemism εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we are awake or asleep These are polite ways of saying alive or dead. Alternate translation: “whether we are alive or dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build each other up Here “build” is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: “encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα 1 build each other up Here **build** is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: “encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 12 pd47 0 General Information: Paul begins to give his final instructions to the church in Thessalonica.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 rka4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 rka4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 ksp2 εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας 1 to acknowledge those who labor “to esteem and appreciate those who are involved in leading”
|
||||
1TH 5 12 fqh3 προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are over you in the Lord This refers to people God appointed to serve as leaders of the local group of believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 13 c966 ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν 1 regard them highly in love because of their work Paul exhorts the believers to love and esteem their church leaders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 21 wx69 πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things “Make sure that all messages that seem to come from God truly come from him”
|
||||
1TH 5 21 r12r figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Hold on to what is good Paul speaks of messages from the Holy Spirit as if they were objects that one could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς 1 make you completely holy This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here “spirit, soul, and body” represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as “your whole life” or “you.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May God make your whole life without sin” or “May God keep you completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here **spirit, soul, and body** represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as “your whole life” or “you.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May God make your whole life without sin” or “May God keep you completely blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 24 mq2u πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς 1 Faithful is he who calls you “He is faithful who calls you”
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς καὶ ποιήσει 1 the one who will also do it “he will be helping you”
|
||||
1TH 5 25 q8ki 0 General Information: Paul gives his closing statements.
|
||||
1TH 5 26 qa1c ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 26 qa1c ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter” or “With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -6,32 +6,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 2 g6rb χάρις ὑμῖν 1 Grace to you Paul commonly uses this greeting in his letters.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 m6z5 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 1 3 ea59 figs-hyperbole εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We should always give thanks to God Paul uses “always” as a generalization meaning “often” or “regularly. The sentence emphasizes the greatness of what God is doing in the lives of the Thessalonian believers. Alternate translation: “We should often give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 h6t9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 u3m8 καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν 1 This is appropriate “It is the right thing to do” or “It is good”
|
||||
2TH 1 3 xy7k πλεονάζει ἡ ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, πάντων ὑμῶν, εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 the love each of you has for one another increases “you sincerely love one another”
|
||||
2TH 1 3 bmn6 ἀλλήλους 1 one another Here “one another” means fellow Christians.
|
||||
2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here “ourselves” is used to emphasize Paul’s boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 3 bmn6 ἀλλήλους 1 one another Here **one another** means fellow Christians.
|
||||
2TH 1 4 kx1n figs-rpronouns αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς 1 we ourselves Here **ourselves** is used to emphasize Paul’s boasting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You will be considered worthy of the kingdom of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 wrg2 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues, he talks about God being just.
|
||||
2TH 1 6 cxx1 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ Θεῷ 1 it is righteous for God “God is right” or “God is just”
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who afflict you Here “to return” is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who afflict you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who afflict you Here **to return** is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “for God to afflict those who afflict you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right “to return” to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: “and to relieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν…ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: “for God to provide relief to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 yix7 ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the angels of his power “his powerful angels”
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν, καὶ τοῖς 1 In flaming fire he will take vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who “He will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God and those who” or “Then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God and those who”
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν 1 They will be punished Here “They” refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here “that day” is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν 1 They will be punished Here **They** refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord will punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ…ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here **that day** is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his people and to be marveled at by all those who believed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray continually for you Paul is emphasizing how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: we also pray regularly for you” or “we continue to pray for you”
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 calling Here “calling” refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 calling Here **calling** refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 1 11 r8gk πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης 1 fulfill every desire of goodness “make you able to do good in every way that you desire”
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 you will be glorified by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus will glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the grace of our God “because of God’s grace”
|
||||
2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Being gathered together to be with him”<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word “Now” marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς…μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled “that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed”
|
||||
2TH 2 2 d334 διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς, ὡς δι’ ἡμῶν 1 by a message, or by a letter that seems to be coming from us “by spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us”
|
||||
2TH 2 2 k4dk ὡς ὅτι 1 to the effect that “saying that”
|
||||
|
|
@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 7 si9i μυστήριον…τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness This refers to a sacred secret that only God knows.
|
||||
2TH 2 7 fcu7 ὁ κατέχων 1 who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold them back or to keep them from doing what they want to do.
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυφθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος 1 Then the lawless one will be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then God will allow the lawless one to show himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 with the breath of his mouth Here “breath” represents the power of God. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 with the breath of his mouth Here **breath** represents the power of God. Alternate translation: “by the power of his spoken word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, καὶ σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, signs, and false wonders “with all kinds of power, signs, and false wonders”
|
||||
2TH 2 10 tf75 ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας 1 with all deceit of unrighteousness This person will use every sort of evil to deceive people to believe in him instead of God.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 v366 τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις 1 These things will be for those who are perishing This man who is given power by Satan will deceive everyone who did not believe in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here “perishing” has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here **perishing** has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “Because the people do not love the truth”
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a work of error so that they would believe a lie Paul is speaking of God allowing something to happen to people as if he is sending them something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they will all be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,55 +62,55 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 But Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we should always give thanks The word “always” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we should Here “we” refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we should always give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we should Here **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers loved by the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as the firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are “firstfruits.” This can also be stated to remove the abstract nouns “salvation,” “sanctification,” “belief,” and “truth.” Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tightly to the traditions Here “traditions” refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tightly to the traditions Here **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter “By word” here is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter **By word** here is a synecdoche for “by instructions” or “by teachings.” You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 may our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words “our” and “us” refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος…Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here “himself” gives additional emphasis to the phrase “Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here “hearts” represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “comfort you and strengthen you for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive δὲ ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 may our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος…Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here **himself** gives additional emphasis to The phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “comfort you and strengthen you for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
|
||||
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Now Paul uses the word “now” to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Now Paul uses The word **now** to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 that the word of the Lord may rush and be glorified, as it also is with you Paul speaks of God’s word spreading as if it were running from place to place. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶμεν 1 that we may be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may save us” or “that God may rescue us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 p1ct οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not all have faith “for many people do not believe in Jesus”
|
||||
2TH 3 3 yx9g ὃς στηρίξει ὑμᾶς 1 who will establish you “who will strengthen you”
|
||||
2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one “Satan”
|
||||
2TH 3 4 xk85 πεποίθαμεν 1 We have confidence “We have faith” or “We trust”
|
||||
2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 direct your hearts Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 direct your hearts Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: “cause you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God’s love and Christ’s endurance as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: “how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “Name” here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here “our” refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ **Name** here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-exclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act”
|
||||
2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 We did not live among you as those who had no discipline Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “We lived among you as those who had much discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 we worked night and day “we worked during the night and during the day.” Here “night” and “day” are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “we worked all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 we worked night and day “we worked during the night and during the day.” Here **night and day** are a merism and they mean “all the time.” Alternate translation: “we worked all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in difficult labor and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. Difficult labor implies work that requires great effort. Hardship implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’ 1 We did this not because we have no authority. Instead, we did Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “We certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 The one who is unwilling to work must not eat This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “If a person wants to eat, he must work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως 1 some walk idly Here “walk” stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: “some live idle lives” or “some are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας…ἀτάκτως 1 some walk idly Here **walk** stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: “some live idle lives” or “some are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 iv1z ἀλλὰ περιεργαζομένους 1 but are instead meddlers Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help.
|
||||
2TH 3 12 bm6z μετὰ ἡσυχίας 1 with quietness “in a quiet, peaceful, and mild manner.” Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people’s affairs.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul uses this word to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς…ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers The word “you” refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς…ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers The word **you** refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ…τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word “if anyone does not obey our instructions”
|
||||
2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 take note of him Notice who he is. Alternate translation: “publicly identify that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 y552 ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be ashamed Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul’s prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here “himself” emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here **himself** emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 17 c2cb ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρὶ, Παύλου, ὅ ἐστιν σημεῖον ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ, οὕτως γράφω 1 This is my greeting, Paul, with my own hand, which is the sign in every letter “I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me”
|
||||
2TH 3 17 wg3f οὕτως γράφω 1 This is how I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
268
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
268
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
|
|
@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ HEB 1 intro aaf9 0 # Hebrews 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<
|
|||
HEB 1 1 c5f3 0 General Information: Although this letter does not mention the recipients to whom it was sent, the author wrote particularly to Hebrews (Jews), who would have understood the many Old Testament references.
|
||||
HEB 1 1 c5f4 0 General Information: This prologue lays the background for the whole book: the unsurpassing greatness of the Son — the Son is greater than all. The book begins with emphasizing that the Son is better than the prophets and the angels.
|
||||
HEB 1 2 scr8 ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων 1 in these last days “in these final days.” This phrase refers to the time when Jesus began his ministry, extending until God establishes his complete rule in his creation.
|
||||
HEB 1 2 d386 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐν Υἱῷ 1 through a Son “Son” here is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 1 2 d386 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐν Υἱῷ 1 through a Son **Son** here is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 1 2 i93z figs-metaphor ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων 1 to be the heir of all things The author speaks of the Son as if he will inherit wealth and property from his Father. Alternate translation: “to possess all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 2 gqj8 δι’ οὗ καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς αἰῶνας; 1 It is through him that God also made the universe “It is through the Son that God also made all things”
|
||||
HEB 1 3 hn4q ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης 1 the brightness of God’s glory “the light of his glory.” God’s glory is associated with a very bright light. The author is saying that the Son embodies that light and fully represents God’s glory.
|
||||
HEB 1 3 b7jc τῆς δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 glory, the exact representation of his being “glory, the image of God’s being.” The “the exact representation of his being” is similar in meaning to “the brightness of God’s glory.” The Son embodies the character and essence of God and fully represents everything that God is. Alternate translation: “glory and is just like God” or “glory, and what is true about God is true about the Son”
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ms8z figs-metonymy τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the word of his power “his powerful word.” Here “word” refers to a message or command. Alternate translation: “his powerful command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ms8z figs-metonymy τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the word of his power “his powerful word.” Here **word** refers to a message or command. Alternate translation: “his powerful command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 l1pg figs-abstractnouns καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος 1 After he had made cleansing for sins The abstract noun “cleansing” can be expressed as a verb: “making clean.” Alternate translation: “After he had finished making us clean from sins” or “After he had finished purifying us from our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 f729 figs-metaphor καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος 1 he had made cleansing for sins The author speaks of forgiving sins as if it were making a person clean. Alternate translation: “he had made it possible for God to forgive our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 xij7 translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 he sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the Majesty on high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ir7x figs-metonymy δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 the Majesty on high Here “Majesty” refers to God. Alternate translation: “God Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 mn1p 0 General Information: The first prophetic quotation (You are my son) comes from the Psalms. The prophet Samuel wrote the second one (I will be a father to him). All occurrences of “he” refer to Jesus, the Son. The word “You” refers to Jesus, and the words “I” and “me” refer to God the Father.
|
||||
HEB 1 3 ir7x figs-metonymy δεξιᾷ τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς 1 the Majesty on high Here **Majesty** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 mn1p 0 General Information: The first prophetic quotation (You are my son) comes from the Psalms. The prophet Samuel wrote the second one (I will be a father to him). All occurrences of “he” refer to Jesus, the Son. The word **You** refers to Jesus, and the words **I** and **me** refer to God the Father.
|
||||
HEB 1 4 x4bh γενόμενος 1 He has become “The Son has become”
|
||||
HEB 1 4 fzg3 figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name Here “name” refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: “as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 fzg3 figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name Here **name** refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: “as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 4 qt7q figs-metaphor κεκληρονόμηκεν 1 he has inherited The author speaks of receiving honor and authority as if he were inheriting wealth and property from his father. Alternate translation: “he has received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, “You are my son…a son to me”? This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son…a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son…I have become your father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ HEB 1 8 vl1n 0 General Information: This scriptual quotation comes from the Ps
|
|||
HEB 1 8 p1xx πρὸς δὲ τὸν Υἱόν 1 But to the Son he says “But God says this to the Son”
|
||||
HEB 1 8 b155 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 ewm4 figs-metonymy ὁ θρόνος σου, ὁ Θεὸς, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Your throne, God, is forever and ever The Son’s throne represents his rule. Alternate translation: “You are God, and your reign will last forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 k4cf figs-metonymy ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς εὐθύτητος ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 The scepter of your kingdom is the scepter of justice Here “scepter” refers to the Son’s rule. Alternate translation: “And you will rule over the people of your kingdom with justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 9 t9yw figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν σε…ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου 1 has anointed you with the oil of joy more than your companions Here “oil of joy” refers to the joy that the Son felt when God honored him. Alternate translation: “has honored you and made you more joyful than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 8 k4cf figs-metonymy ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς εὐθύτητος ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 The scepter of your kingdom is the scepter of justice Here **scepter** refers to the Son’s rule. Alternate translation: “And you will rule over the people of your kingdom with justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 9 t9yw figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν σε…ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου 1 has anointed you with the oil of joy more than your companions Here **oil of joy** refers to the joy that the Son felt when God honored him. Alternate translation: “has honored you and made you more joyful than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 nsd4 0 General Information: This quotation comes from another Psalm.
|
||||
HEB 1 10 zp5r 0 Connecting Statement: The author continues explaining that Jesus is superior to the angels.
|
||||
HEB 1 10 tmu5 κατ’ ἀρχάς 1 In the beginning “Before anything existed”
|
||||
HEB 1 10 j64k figs-metaphor τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας 1 you laid the earth’s foundation The author speaks of God creating the earth as if he built a building on a foundation. Alternate translation: “you created the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 r19v figs-metonymy ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 The heavens are the work of your hands Here “hands” refer to God’s power and action. Alternate translation: “You made the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 10 r19v figs-metonymy ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 The heavens are the work of your hands Here **hands** refer to God’s power and action. Alternate translation: “You made the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 1 11 a6le αὐτοὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 They will perish “The heavens and earth will disappear” or “The heavens and earth will no longer exist”
|
||||
HEB 1 11 qy4e figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται 1 wear out like a piece of clothing The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a piece of clothing that will get old and eventually become useless. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
HEB 1 12 n4hl figs-simile ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις αὐτούς 1 roll them up like a cloak The author speaks of the heavens and earth as if they were a robe or another kind of outer garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουρ
|
|||
HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives.
|
||||
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here “we” refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 c72f figs-exclusive δεῖ…ἡμᾶς 1 we must Here **we** refers to the author and includes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 1 ayd1 figs-metaphor μήποτε παραρυῶμεν 1 so that we do not drift away from it Possible meanings for this metaphor are (1) people who stop believing in God’s word are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop believing it” or (2) people who stop obeying God’s words are spoken of as if they were drifting away, like a boat drifts from its position in the water. Alternate translation: “so that we do not stop obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 j4fa figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι’ ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος 1 For if the message that was spoken through the angels The Jews believed that God spoke his law to Moses through angels. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For if the message that God spoke through the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 k5kb εἰ γὰρ ὁ…λόγος 1 For if the message The author is certain that these things are true. Alternate translation: “Because the message”
|
||||
HEB 2 2 u52i figs-metonymy πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν 1 every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment Here “trespass” and “disobedience” stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 u52i figs-metonymy πᾶσα παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν 1 every trespass and disobedience receives just punishment Here **trespass** and **disobedience** stand for the people who are guilty of these sins. Alternate translation: “every person who sins and disobeys will receive just punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 2 y2y7 figs-doublet παράβασις καὶ παρακοὴ 1 trespass and disobedience These two words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 2 3 fv4q figs-rquestion πῶς ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας? 1 how then can we escape if we ignore so great a salvation? The author uses a question to emphasize that the people will certainly receive punishment if they refuse God’s salvation through Christ. Alternate translation: “then God will certainly punish us if we do not pay attention to his message about how God will save us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 3 i2zv ἀμελήσαντες 1 ignore “pay no attention to” or “consider unimportant”
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ HEB 2 4 m2p8 κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ θέλησιν 1 according to his w
|
|||
HEB 2 5 jh56 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. It continues on through the next section.
|
||||
HEB 2 5 v7qf 0 Connecting Statement: The writer reminds these Hebrew believers that the earth will one day be under the rule of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 2 5 i3bh οὐ γὰρ ἀγγέλοις ὑπέταξεν 1 For it was not to the angels that God subjected “For God did not make the angels rulers over”
|
||||
HEB 2 5 rqr9 figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλλουσαν 1 the world to come Here “world” refers to the people who live there. And “to come” means that this is the world in the next age after Christ returns. Alternate translation: “the people who will live in the new world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 5 rqr9 figs-metonymy τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλλουσαν 1 the world to come Here **world** refers to the people who live there. And “to come” means that this is the world in the next age after Christ returns. Alternate translation: “the people who will live in the new world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 df5a figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ 1 What is man, that you are mindful of him? This rhetorical question emphasizes the insignificance of humans and expresses surprise that God would pay attention to them. Alternate translation: “Humans are insignificant, and yet you are mindful of them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 wkd9 figs-idiom ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 Or a son of man, that you care for him? The idiom “son of man” refers to human beings. This rhetorical question means basically the same thing as the first question. It expresses surprise that God would care for humans, who are insignificant. Alternate translation: “Human beings are of little importance, and yet you care for them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 2 6 e47v figs-ellipsis ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Or a son of man The verb may be supplied from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Or what is a son of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ HEB 2 9 gi12 βλέπομεν Ἰησοῦν 1 we see him “we know there is o
|
|||
HEB 2 9 ma4j figs-activepassive ἠλαττωμένον 1 who was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 9 i4fc παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον 1 lower than the angels…crowned with glory and honor See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 2 9 bil4 figs-metaphor γεύσηται θανάτου 1 he might taste death The experience of death is spoken of as if it were food that people can taste. Alternate translation: “he might experience death” or “he might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 r899 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα 1 bring many sons to glory The gift of glory is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: “save many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 r899 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα 1 bring many sons to glory The gift of **glory** is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: “save many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l95y figs-gendernotations πολλοὺς υἱοὺς 1 many sons Here this refers to believers in Christ, including males and females. Alternate translation: “many believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 sw9t figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν 1 the leader of their salvation Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” or (2) the word translated here as “leader” can mean “founder” and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 sw9t figs-metaphor τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν 1 the leader of their salvation Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor in which the writer speaks of salvation as if it were a destination and of Jesus as the person who goes before the people on the road and leads them to salvation. Alternate translation: “the one who leads people to salvation” or (2) the word translated here as **leader** can mean “founder” and the author speaks of Jesus as the one who establishes salvation, or makes it possible for God to save people. Alternate translation: “the one who makes their salvation possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 10 l321 figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι 1 complete Becoming mature and completely trained is spoken of as if a person were made complete, perhaps complete in all his body parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 11 jy9p 0 General Information: This prophetic quotation comes from a Psalm of King David.
|
||||
HEB 2 11 ky9v ὅ…ἁγιάζων 1 the one who sanctifies “the one who makes others holy” or “the one who makes others pure from sin”
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,28 +89,28 @@ HEB 2 11 bj7i figs-explicit ἐξ ἑνὸς 1 have one source Who that source i
|
|||
HEB 2 11 ul23 οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται 1 he is not ashamed “Jesus is not ashamed”
|
||||
HEB 2 11 k1q5 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν 1 is not ashamed to call them brothers This double negative means that he will claim them as his brothers. Alternate translation: “is pleased to call them his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 2 11 a8h9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here this refers to all who have believed in Jesus, including both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 e88p figs-metonymy ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 I will proclaim your name to my brothers Here “name” refers to the person’s reputation and what they have done. Alternate translation: “I will proclaim to my brothers the great things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 e88p figs-metonymy ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 I will proclaim your name to my brothers Here **name** refers to the person’s reputation and what they have done. Alternate translation: “I will proclaim to my brothers the great things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 2 12 tn8n ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 from inside the assembly “when believers come together to worship God”
|
||||
HEB 2 13 dx1q 0 General Information: The prophet Isaiah wrote these quotations.
|
||||
HEB 2 13 s1fp καὶ πάλιν, 1 And again, “And a prophet wrote in another scripture passage what Christ said about God:”
|
||||
HEB 2 13 xap9 figs-metaphor τὰ παιδία 1 the children This speaks about those who believe in Christ as if they were children. Alternate translation: “those who are like my children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 qj3d figs-metaphor τὰ παιδία 1 the children This speaks about those who believe in Christ as if they were children. Alternate translation: “those who are like my children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ndv2 figs-idiom κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός 1 share in flesh and blood The phrase “flesh and blood” refers to people’s human nature. Alternate translation: “are all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ndv2 figs-idiom κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός 1 share in flesh and blood The phrase **flesh and blood** refers to people’s human nature. Alternate translation: “are all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 fy7a αὐτὸς παραπλησίως μετέσχεν τῶν αὐτῶν 1 he likewise shared in the same “Jesus in the same way shared in flesh and blood” or “Jesus became human in the same way they did”
|
||||
HEB 2 14 p878 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 through death Here “death” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “by dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ij54 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου 1 has the power of death Here “death” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “has the power to cause people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 p878 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τοῦ θανάτου 1 through death Here **death** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “by dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 14 ij54 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου 1 has the power of death Here **death** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “has the power to cause people to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 2 15 w3cr figs-metaphor ἀπαλλάξῃ τούτους, ὅσοι φόβῳ θανάτου, διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, ἔνοχοι ἦσαν δουλείας 1 This was so that he would free all those who through fear of death lived all their lives in slavery The fear of death is spoken of as if it were slavery. Taking away someone’s fear is spoken of as it were freeing that person from slavery. Alternate translation: “This was so he might free all people. For we lived like slaves because we were afraid of dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 16 d4cc figs-metaphor σπέρματος Ἀβραὰμ 1 the seed of Abraham Descendants of Abraham are spoken of as if they were his seed. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 2 17 agw2 ὤφειλεν 1 it was necessary for him “it was necessary for Jesus”
|
||||
HEB 2 17 v3pw τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι 1 like his brothers Here “brothers” refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “like human beings”
|
||||
HEB 2 17 v3pw τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι 1 like his brothers Here **brothers** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “like human beings”
|
||||
HEB 2 17 u6ch εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ 1 he would bring about the pardon of the people’s sins Christ’s death on the cross means that God can forgive sins. Alternate translation: “he would make it possible for God to forgive people’s sins”
|
||||
HEB 2 18 xde4 figs-activepassive πειρασθείς 1 was tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Satan tempted him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 2 18 a3a6 figs-activepassive πειραζομένοις 1 who are tempted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Satan is tempting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:7-11,15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Brothers<br><br>The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Harden your hearts<br><br>A person who hardens his heart is a person who will not listen to or obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author uses rhetorical questions as a way of warning his readers. Both he and the readers know the answers to the questions, and the writer knows that as the readers think about the answers to the questions, they will realize that they need to listen to God and obey him.
|
||||
HEB 3 1 m1cv 0 Connecting Statement: This second warning is longer and more detailed and includes chapters 3 and 4. The writer begins by showing that Christ is better than his servant Moses.
|
||||
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι 1 holy brothers Here “brothers” refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “holy brothers and sisters” or “my holy fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here “heavenly” represents God. Alternate translation: “God has called us together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 zma3 τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς 1 the apostle and high priest Here the word “apostle” means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: “the one whom God sent and is the high priest”
|
||||
HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι 1 holy brothers Here **brothers** refer to fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “holy brothers and sisters” or “my holy fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 af15 figs-metonymy κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here **heavenly** represents God. Alternate translation: “God has called us together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 1 zma3 τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς 1 the apostle and high priest Here the word **apostle** means someone who has been sent. In this passage, it does not refer to any of the twelve apostles. Alternate translation: “the one whom God sent and is the high priest”
|
||||
HEB 3 1 mnd4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν 1 of our confession This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “confession” is expressed as the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “whom we confess” or “in whom we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 2 eqp7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 in God’s house The Hebrew people to whom God revealed himself are spoken of as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: “to all of God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 3 py5n figs-activepassive οὗτος…ἠξίωται 1 Jesus has been considered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has considered Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -122,50 +122,50 @@ HEB 3 5 gt8c figs-activepassive λαληθησομένων 1 were to be spoken o
|
|||
HEB 3 6 dgt5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 djm7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 in charge of God’s house This speaks about God’s people as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: “who rules over God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 ly4x figs-metaphor οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς 1 We are his house This speaks of God’s people as if they are a literal house. Alternate translation: “We are God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 kp9y figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος κατάσχωμεν 1 if we hold fast to our courage and the hope of which we boast Here “courage” and “hope” are abstract and can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “if we continue to be courageous and joyfully expect God to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 6 kp9y figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος κατάσχωμεν 1 if we hold fast to our courage and the hope of which we boast Here **courage** and **hope** are abstract and can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “if we continue to be courageous and joyfully expect God to do what he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 7 c4sl 0 General Information: This quotation comes from the Old Testament in the book of Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 3 7 z2uk 0 Connecting Statement: The warning here is a reminder that the Israelites’ unbelief kept almost all of them from entering into the land that God had promised them.
|
||||
HEB 3 7 u66q figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God’s “voice” represents him speaking. Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 gl2k figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “harden your hearts” is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 lik3 figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 as in the rebellion, in the time of testing in the wilderness Here “rebellion” and “testing” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God and tested him in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 gl2k figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 8 lik3 figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 as in the rebellion, in the time of testing in the wilderness Here **rebellion** and **testing** can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God and tested him in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 e6n7 0 General Information: This quotation is from the Psalms.
|
||||
HEB 3 9 i3wb figs-you οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 your ancestors Here “your” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 q7c2 ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ 1 by testing me Here “me” refers to God.
|
||||
HEB 3 9 i3wb figs-you οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 your ancestors Here **your** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 3 9 q7c2 ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ 1 by testing me Here **me** refers to God.
|
||||
HEB 3 10 we42 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 upb8 προσώχθισα 1 I was displeased “I was angry” or “I was greatly unhappy”
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 They have always gone astray in their hearts Here “gone astray in their hearts” is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here “hearts” is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: “They have always rejected me” or “They have always refused to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 They have always gone astray in their hearts Here **gone astray in their hearts** is a metaphor for not being loyal to God. Here **hearts** is a metonym for minds or desires. Alternate translation: “They have always rejected me” or “They have always refused to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 10 l5t7 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 They have not known my ways This speaks of a manner of conducting one’s life as if it were a way or a path. Alternate translation: “They have not understood how I want them to conduct their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 11 tz3l figs-metaphor εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου 1 They will never enter my rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “They will never enter the place of rest” or “I will never allow them to experience my blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 gv84 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this refers to fellow Christians including males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 lma5 figs-metonymy μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας, ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 there will not be anyone with an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God Here “heart” is a metonym that represents a person’s mind or will. Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically turned away from God. Alternate translation: “there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 lma5 figs-metonymy μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας, ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 there will not be anyone with an evil heart of unbelief, a heart that turns away from the living God Here **heart** is a metonym that represents a person’s mind or will. Refusing to believe and obey God is spoken of as if the heart did not believe and it physically turned away from God. Alternate translation: “there will not be any of you who refuse to believe the truth and who stop obeying the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 12 kjm7 Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God “the true God who is really alive”
|
||||
HEB 3 13 d3k2 ἄχρις οὗ, τὸ σήμερον, καλεῖται 1 as long as it is called “today,” “while there is still opportunity,”
|
||||
HEB 3 13 m1e7 figs-activepassive μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the deceitfulness of sin will not harden any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 13 b198 figs-abstractnouns μὴ σκληρυνθῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀπάτῃ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 no one among you will be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin Being stubborn is spoken of as being hard or having a hard heart. The hardness is a result of being deceived by sin. This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “deceitfulness” is expressed as the verb “deceive.” Alternate translation: “no one among you will be deceived by sin and become stubborn” or “you do not sin, deceiving yourselves so that you become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 znu5 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the same psalm that was also quoted in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 3 14 f52j figs-exclusive γὰρ…γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here “we” refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 f52j figs-exclusive γὰρ…γεγόναμεν 1 For we have become Here **we** refers to both the writer and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 14 e753 ἐάνπερ…τῆς ὑποστάσεως…βεβαίαν κατάσχωμεν 1 if we firmly hold to our confidence in him “if we continue to confidently trust in him”
|
||||
HEB 3 14 j3aq τὴν ἀρχὴν 1 from the beginning “from when we first begin to believe in him”
|
||||
HEB 3 14 l9en figs-euphemism μέχρι τέλους 1 to the end This is a polite way of referring to when a person dies. Alternate translation: “until we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 bym1 figs-activepassive λέγεσθαι 1 it has been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 wa11 figs-metonymy ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God’s “voice” represents him speaking. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “when you hear God speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 j8dh figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ 1 as in the rebellion Here “rebellion” can be stated as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 16 b4jy figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “they” refers to the disobedient Israelites, and “we” refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 15 j8dh figs-abstractnouns ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ 1 as in the rebellion Here **rebellion** can be stated as a verb. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “as when your ancestors rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 3 16 b4jy figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **they** refers to the disobedient Israelites, and “we” refers to the author and readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 3 16 pwl2 figs-rquestion τίνες γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν? ἀλλ’ οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ Μωϋσέως? 1 Who was it who heard God and rebelled? Was it not all those who came out of Egypt through Moses? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “All those who came out of Egypt with Moses heard God, yet they still rebelled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion τίσιν δὲ προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author uses questions to teach his readers. These two questions can be joined as one statement, if needed. Alternate translation: “For forty years, God was angry with those who sinned, and he let them die in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 17 aha2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
HEB 3 18 l1gc figs-rquestion τίσιν δὲ ὤμοσεν μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν? 1 To whom did he swear that they would not enter his rest, if it was not to those who disobeyed him? The author uses this question to teach his readers. Alternate translation: “And it was to those who disobeyed that he swore they would not enter his rest.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 3 18 q16u figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they would not enter his rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “they would not enter the place of rest” or “they would not experience his blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 3 19 x18z figs-abstractnouns δι’ ἀπιστίαν 1 because of unbelief The abstract noun “unbelief” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 4 intro u72n 0 # Hebrews 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter tells why Jesus is the greatest high priest.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3-4, 7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s rest<br><br>The word “rest” seems to refer to at least two things in this chapter. It refers to a place or time when God will allow his people to rest from their work ([Hebrews 4:3](../../heb/04/03.md)), and it refers to God resting on the seventh day ([Hebrews 4:4](../../heb/04/04.md)).
|
||||
HEB 4 intro u72n 0 # Hebrews 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter tells why Jesus is the greatest high priest.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3-4, 7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s rest<br><br>The word **rest** seems to refer to at least two things in this chapter. It refers to a place or time when God will allow his people to rest from their work ([Hebrews 4:3](../../heb/04/03.md)), and it refers to God resting on the seventh day ([Hebrews 4:4](../../heb/04/04.md)).
|
||||
HEB 4 1 n98m 0 Connecting Statement: Chapter 4 continues the warning to believers starting in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). God, through the writer, gives believers a rest of which God’s rest in the creation of the world is a picture.
|
||||
HEB 4 1 ay25 οὖν 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” or “Since God will certainly punish those who do not obey”
|
||||
HEB 4 1 zta2 figs-metaphor μήποτε καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκέναι 1 none of you might seem to have failed to reach the promise left behind for you to enter God’s rest God’s promise is spoken of as if it were a gift that God left behind when he visited the people. Alternate translation: “none of you fail to enter into God’s rest, which he promised to us” or “God will allow you all to enter into his rest as he promised us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 1 ev85 figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 to enter God’s rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “to enter the place of rest” or “to experience God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 2 m74h figs-activepassive γάρ ἐσμεν εὐηγγελισμένοι καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 For we were told the good news just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For we heard the good news just as they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 2 znk9 καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 as they were Here “they” refers to the Hebrews’ ancestors who were alive during the time of Moses.
|
||||
HEB 4 2 znk9 καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 as they were Here **they** refers to the Hebrews’ ancestors who were alive during the time of Moses.
|
||||
HEB 4 2 zza4 figs-doublenegatives ἀλλ’ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ συνκεκερασμένους τῇ πίστει τοῖς ἀκούσασιν 1 But that message did not benefit those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed “But that message did not benefit those who did not join with the people who believed and obeyed.” The author is talking about two groups of people, those who received God’s covenant with faith, and those who heard it but did not believe. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “But that message benefited only those who believed and obeyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 v4q4 0 General Information: Here the first quotation, “As I swore…rest,” is from a psalm. The second quotation, “God rested on…deeds,” is from Moses’ writings. The third quotation, “They will never enter…rest,” is again from the same psalm.
|
||||
HEB 4 3 v4q4 0 General Information: Here the first quotation, **As I swore…rest**, is from a psalm. The second quotation, “God rested on…deeds,” is from Moses’ writings. The third quotation, “They will never enter…rest,” is again from the same psalm.
|
||||
HEB 4 3 u5yh οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 we who have believed “we who believe”
|
||||
HEB 4 3 w6t4 figs-metaphor εἰσερχόμεθα…εἰς κατάπαυσιν, οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 we who have believed enter that rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “we who have believed will enter the place of rest” or “we who have believed will experience God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 3 x2kq καθὼς εἴρηκεν 1 just as he said “just as God said”
|
||||
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ HEB 4 4 hbm5 translate-ordinal τῆς ἑβδόμης 1 the seventh day This is
|
|||
HEB 4 6 zq16 figs-activepassive ἀπολείπεται τινὰς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτήν 1 it still remains that some will enter his rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God still allows some people to enter his place of rest” or “God still allows some people to experience his blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 y2tm 0 General Information: Here we find out that this quotation from the Psalms was written by David ([Hebrews 3:7-8](../03/07.md)).
|
||||
HEB 4 7 bp6u figs-metaphor ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 if you hear his voice God’s commands to Israel are spoken of as if he had given them in an audible voice. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “if you hear God speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 lsp6 figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “harden your hearts” is a metaphor for being stubborn. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 7 lsp6 figs-metonymy μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 do not harden your hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **harden your hearts** is a metaphor for being stubborn. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “do not be stubborn” or “do not refuse to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 8 r56z 0 Connecting Statement: Here the writer warns believers not to disobey but to enter into the rest God offers. He reminds them that God’s word will convict them and that they can come in prayer with the confidence that God will help them.
|
||||
HEB 4 8 mdq9 figs-metaphor εἰ…αὐτοὺς Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν 1 if Joshua had given them rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that Joshua could give. Alternate translation: “if Joshua had brought the Israelites to the place where God would give them rest” or “if the Israelites during the time of Joshua had experienced God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 9 vhx9 figs-activepassive ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ λαῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 there is still a Sabbath rest reserved for God’s people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there is still a Sabbath rest that God has reserved for his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ HEB 4 9 qe6x figs-metaphor σαββατισμὸς 1 a Sabbath rest Eternal peac
|
|||
HEB 4 10 ej9y figs-metaphor ὁ…εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 he who enters into God’s rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they are a place to enter. Alternate translation: “the person who enters into God’s place of rest” or “the person who experiences God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 11 bmg5 figs-metaphor σπουδάσωμεν…εἰσελθεῖν εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν 1 let us be eager to enter that rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were a place to enter. Alternate translation: “we should also do everything we can to rest with God where he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 11 rtj7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας 1 will fall into the kind of disobedience that they did Disobedience is spoken of as if it were a hole that a person could physically fall into by accident. This passage can be reworded so that the abstract noun “disobedience” is expressed as the verb “disobey.” Alternate translation: “will disobey in the same way as they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 h5d2 ζῶν…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God is living Here “word of God” refers to anything that God has communicated to humanity, whether through speech or through written messages. Alternate translation: “the words of God are living”
|
||||
HEB 4 12 h5d2 ζῶν…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God is living Here **word of God** refers to anything that God has communicated to humanity, whether through speech or through written messages. Alternate translation: “the words of God are living”
|
||||
HEB 4 12 j9qy figs-personification ζῶν…καὶ ἐνεργὴς 1 living and active This speaks about God’s word as if it were alive. It means when God speaks, it is powerful and effective. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 g4tc figs-metaphor τομώτερος, ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον 1 sharper than any two-edged sword A two-edged sword can easily cut through a person’s flesh. God’s word is very effective in showing what is in a person’s heart and thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 lv6y μάχαιραν δίστομον 1 two-edged sword a sword with a blade that is sharp on both edges
|
||||
|
|
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ HEB 4 12 e7kv figs-metaphor καὶ διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερι
|
|||
HEB 4 12 m6f2 ψυχῆς καὶ πνεύματος 1 soul and spirit These are two different but closely related nonphysical parts of a human. The “soul” is what causes a person to be alive. The “spirit” is the part of a person that causes him to be able to know and believe in God.
|
||||
HEB 4 12 sc3m ἁρμῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν 1 joints and marrow The “joint” is what holds two bones together. The “marrow” is the center part of the bone.
|
||||
HEB 4 12 n6n5 figs-personification κριτικὸς 1 is able to discern This speaks about God’s word as if it were a person who could know something. Alternate translation: “exposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 xdu4 figs-metonymy ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας 1 the thoughts and intentions of the heart “Heart” here is a metonym for “inner self.” Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 12 xdu4 figs-metonymy ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας 1 the thoughts and intentions of the heart **Heart** here is a metonym for “inner self.” Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 13 nx6n figs-activepassive οὐκ ἔστιν κτίσις ἀφανὴς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Nothing created is hidden before God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Nothing that God has created can hide from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 13 f3h1 figs-metaphor πάντα…γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα 1 everything is bare and open This speaks about all things as if they were a person standing bare, or a box that is open. Alternate translation: “everything is completely exposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 13 yk64 figs-doublet γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα 1 bare and open These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that nothing is hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ HEB 4 14 vt4v figs-metaphor κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας 1 let
|
|||
HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι…δὲ 1 we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy…Instead, we have This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy…Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 d26h figs-activepassive πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητ 1 who has in all ways been tempted as we are This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 4 15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 he is without sin “he did not sin”
|
||||
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here “throne” refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν, εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here “mercy” and “grace” are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here **throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 4 16 py6d figs-metaphor λάβωμεν ἔλεος, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν, εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν 1 we may receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need Here **mercy** and **grace** are spoken of as if they were objects that can be given or can be found. Alternate translation: “God may be merciful and gracious and help us in time of need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 intro b67j 0 # Hebrews 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:5-6.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### High priest<br><br>Only a high priest could offer sacrifices so that God could forgive sins, so Jesus had to be a high priest. The law of Moses commanded that the high priest be from the tribe of Levi, but Jesus was from the tribe of Judah. God made him a priest like the priest Melchizedek, who lived at the time of Abraham, before there was a tribe of Levi.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and solid food<br><br>The writer speaks of Christians who are only able to understand simple things about Jesus as if they were babies, who drink only milk and cannot eat solid food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 1 dn18 0 Connecting Statement: The writer describes the sinfulness of the Old Testament priests, then he shows that Christ has a better kind of priesthood, not based on Aaron’s priesthood but on the priesthood of Melchizedek.
|
||||
HEB 5 1 whq1 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος 1 chosen from among people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God chooses from among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ HEB 5 6 bce6 0 General Information: This prophecy is from a Psalm of David.
|
|||
HEB 5 6 ds6v figs-ellipsis καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says To whom God is speaking can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “he also says to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 5 6 k5uw ἐν ἑτέρῳ 1 in another place “in another place in the scriptures”
|
||||
HEB 5 6 ede5 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 5 7 mv2c figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 During the days of his flesh Here “the days” stands for a period of time. And, “flesh” stand for Jesus’s earthly life. Alternate translation: “While he lived on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 mv2c figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 During the days of his flesh Here **the days** stands for a period of time. And, “flesh” stand for Jesus’s earthly life. Alternate translation: “While he lived on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 iel9 figs-doublet δεήσεις…καὶ ἱκετηρίας 1 prayers and requests Both of these words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 5 7 p6zm τὸν δυνάμενον σῴζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου 1 the one able to save him from death Possible meanings are (1) God was able to save Christ so that he would not die. Alternate translation: ‘to save him from dying” or (2) God was able to save Christ after Christ’s death by making him alive again. If possible, translate this in a way that allows both interpretations.
|
||||
HEB 5 7 e75a figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθεὶς 1 he was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,10 +240,10 @@ HEB 5 10 b9su figs-activepassive προσαγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ
|
|||
HEB 5 10 hd47 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the manner of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “to be the sort of high priest that Melchizedek was”
|
||||
HEB 5 11 cm78 figs-pronouns πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος 1 We have much to say Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “I have much to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 5 11 r2u2 figs-metaphor νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς ἀκοαῖς 1 you have become dull in hearing The ability to understand and obey is spoken of as if it were the ability to listen. And the ability to listen is spoken of as if it were a metal tool that becomes dull with use. Alternate translation: “you have trouble understanding it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 12 lw1a στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς 1 basic principles Here “principles” means a guideline or standard for making decisions. Alternate translation: “basic truths”
|
||||
HEB 5 12 lw1a στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς 1 basic principles Here **principles** means a guideline or standard for making decisions. Alternate translation: “basic truths”
|
||||
HEB 5 12 wy2h figs-metaphor γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες γάλακτος 1 You need milk Teaching about God that is easy to understand is spoken of as if it were milk, the only food that infants can take. Alternate translation: “You have become like babies and can drink only milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 12 yk1q figs-metaphor γάλακτος, οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς 1 milk, not solid food Teaching about God that is difficult to understand is spoken of as if it were solid food, suitable for adults. Alternate translation: “milk instead of solid food that adults can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 nhx3 figs-metonymy μετέχων γάλακτος 1 takes milk Here “takes” stands for “drinks.” Alternate translation: “drinks milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 nhx3 figs-metonymy μετέχων γάλακτος 1 takes milk Here **takes** stands for “drinks.” Alternate translation: “drinks milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 5 13 vl7k figs-metaphor νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν 1 because he is still a little child Spiritual maturity is compared with the kind of food that a growing child eats. Solid food is not for a tiny baby, and that is a figure describing a young Christian who only learns simple truths; but later, more solid food is given to the little child, just as when a person matures he can learn about matters that are more difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 5 14 e3yh figs-metonymy τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα, ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν, καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ 1 who because of their maturity have their understanding trained for distinguishing good from evil People trained to understand something are spoken of as if their ability to understand had been trained. Alternate translation: “who are mature and can distinguish between good and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br><br>In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ HEB 6 6 y47b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ
|
|||
HEB 6 7 p4tf figs-personification γῆ…ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν…ὑετόν 1 the land that drinks in the rain Farmland that benefits from much rain is spoken of as if it were a person who drinks in the rainwater. Alternate translation: “the land that absorbs the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 r32n figs-personification τίκτουσα βοτάνην 1 that gives birth to the plants Farmland that produces crops is spoken of as if it gives birth to them. Alternate translation: “that produces plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 da68 figs-personification μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the land that receives a blessing from God Rain and crops are seen as proof that God has helped the farmland. The farmland is spoken of as if it were a person who could receive God’s blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 7 qq1x εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a blessing from God Here “blessing” means help from God, not spoken words.
|
||||
HEB 6 7 qq1x εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 a blessing from God Here **blessing** means help from God, not spoken words.
|
||||
HEB 6 8 pp48 figs-metaphor κατάρας ἐγγύς 1 is near to a curse This speaks of “curse” as if it were a place to which a person could draw near. Alternate translation: “is in danger of God cursing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 8 a2bk ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν 1 Its end is in burning The farmer will burn everything in the field.
|
||||
HEB 6 9 sb4a figs-pronouns πεπείσμεθα 1 we are convinced Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “I am convinced” or “I am certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ HEB 6 11 i2yc πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος
|
|||
HEB 6 12 yrh2 μιμηταὶ 1 imitators An “imitator” is someone who copies the behavior of someone else.
|
||||
HEB 6 12 q8ry figs-metaphor κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 inherit the promises Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “receive what God promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 14 ymh2 λέγων 1 He said God said
|
||||
HEB 6 14 n47a figs-metonymy πληθύνων, πληθυνῶ σε 1 I will greatly increase you Here “increase” stands for give descendants. Alternate translation: “I will give you many descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 14 n47a figs-metonymy πληθύνων, πληθυνῶ σε 1 I will greatly increase you Here **increase** stands for give descendants. Alternate translation: “I will give you many descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 6 15 x5zs figs-activepassive τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 what was promised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God promised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 rpv9 figs-metaphor τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 to the heirs of the promise The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “to those who would receive what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 17 ug6j τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς βουλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 the unchangeable quality of his purpose “that his purpose would never change” or “that he would always do what he said he would do”
|
||||
|
|
@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ HEB 6 18 gk6n figs-metaphor ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν
|
|||
HEB 6 18 hs84 figs-activepassive προκειμένης 1 set before us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has placed before us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 w66k 0 Connecting Statement: Having finished his third warning and encouragement to the believers, the writer of Hebrews continues his comparison of Jesus as priest to Melchizedek as priest.
|
||||
HEB 6 19 ng9i figs-metaphor ὡς ἄγκυραν…τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀσφαλῆ τε καὶ βεβαίαν 1 as a secure and reliable anchor for the soul Just as an anchor keeps a boat from drifting in the water, Jesus keeps us secure in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “that causes us to live securely in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 vdt3 figs-doublet ἄγκυραν…ἀσφαλῆ…καὶ βεβαίαν 1 a secure and reliable anchor Here the words “secure” and “reliable” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the complete reliability of the anchor. Alternate translation: “a completely reliable anchor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 vdt3 figs-doublet ἄγκυραν…ἀσφαλῆ…καὶ βεβαίαν 1 a secure and reliable anchor Here the words **secure** and **reliable** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the complete reliability of the anchor. Alternate translation: “a completely reliable anchor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 d223 figs-personification ἣν…καὶ εἰσερχομένην εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 hope that enters into the inner place behind the curtain Confidence is spoken of as if it were a person who could go into the most holy place of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 6 19 aj2m figs-metaphor τὸ ἐσώτερον 1 the inner place This was the most holy place in the temple. It was thought to be the place where God was most intensely present among his people. In this passage, this place stands for heaven and God’s throne room. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 6 20 zgj6 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the order of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ HEB 7 4 h2bg 0 Connecting Statement: The writer states that the priesthood of
|
|||
HEB 7 4 w2gg οὗτος 1 this man was “Melchizedek was”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 l9zq figs-distinguish τῶν υἱῶν Λευεὶ τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες 1 The sons of Levi who receive the priesthood The author says this because not all of Levi’s sons became priests. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi who became priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
HEB 7 5 hn3k τὸν λαὸν 1 from the people “from the people of Israel”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 ri2y τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here “brothers” means they are all related to each other through Abraham. Alternate translation: “from their relatives”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 ri2y τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here **brothers** means they are all related to each other through Abraham. Alternate translation: “from their relatives”
|
||||
HEB 7 5 x4za figs-metaphor ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος Ἀβραάμ 1 they, too, have come from Abraham’s body This is a way of saying that they were descendants of Abraham. Alternate translation: “they, too, are descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 6 r2rs ὁ…μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 whose descent was not traced from them “who was not a descendant of Levi”
|
||||
HEB 7 6 d2hq figs-metaphor τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the one who had the promises The things that God promised to do for Abraham are spoken of as if they were objects that he could possess. Alternate translation: the one to whom God had spoken his promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -321,30 +321,30 @@ HEB 7 12 c7f1 figs-activepassive μετατιθεμένης γὰρ τῆς ἱ
|
|||
HEB 7 13 k9zi ὃν γὰρ 1 For the one This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα 1 about whom these things are said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about whom I am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 14 t3dm γὰρ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 qsk5 ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born The words “our Lord” refer to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 qsk5 ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born The words **our Lord** refer to Jesus.
|
||||
HEB 7 14 ln94 ἐξ Ἰούδα 1 from Judah “from the tribe of Judah”
|
||||
HEB 7 15 i17g 0 General Information: This quote comes from a psalm of King David.
|
||||
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-exclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet “We can understand even more clearly.” Here “we” refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 15 jn1p figs-exclusive περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet “We can understand even more clearly.” Here **we** refers to the author and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 15 md9i εἰ…ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 if another priest arises “if another priest comes”
|
||||
HEB 7 15 z1yl κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ 1 in the likeness of Melchizedek This means that Christ as a priest has things in common with Melchizedek as a priest. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest”
|
||||
HEB 7 16 fr4a ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον 1 It was not based on the law “His becoming priest was not based on the law”
|
||||
HEB 7 16 erq7 figs-metonymy νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης 1 the law of fleshly descent The idea of human descent is spoken of as if it had only to do with the flesh of one’s body. Alternate translation: “the law of human descent” or “the law about priests’ descendants becoming priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 xmj8 figs-personification μαρτυρεῖται γὰρ 1 For scripture witnesses about him This speaks about scripture as if it were a person who could witness about something. Alternate translation: “For God witnesses about him through the scriptures” or “For this is what was written about him in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 17 g6zd κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 according to the order of Melchizedek There were two groups of priests. One was made up of the descendants of Levi. The other was made up of Melchizedek and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “according to the line of Melchizedek” or “according to the priesthood of Melchizedek”
|
||||
HEB 7 18 d6vn figs-metaphor ἀθέτησις μὲν…γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς 1 the former regulation is set aside Here “set aside” is a metaphor for making something invalid. This can be stated in active form. AT “God made the commandment invalid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 18 d6vn figs-metaphor ἀθέτησις μὲν…γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς 1 the former regulation is set aside Here **set aside** is a metaphor for making something invalid. This can be stated in active form. AT “God made the commandment invalid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 ia8j figs-personification οὐδὲν…ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος 1 the law made nothing perfect The law is spoken of as if it were a person who could act. Alternate translation: “no one could become perfect by obeying the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 stc2 figs-activepassive ἐπεισαγωγὴ…κρείττονος ἐλπίδος 1 a better hope is introduced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has introduced a better hope” or “God has given us reason for a more confident hope (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 7 19 c9tz figs-metaphor δι’ ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 through which we come near to God Worshiping God and having his favor are spoken of coming near to him. Alternate translation: “and because of this hope we approach God” or “and because of this hope we worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 20 f3cd 0 General Information: This quote comes from the same psalm of David as [Hebrews 7:17](../07/17.md).
|
||||
HEB 7 20 vf69 figs-explicit καὶ καθ’ ὅσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 And it was not without an oath! The word “it” refers to Jesus becoming the eternal priest. It can be stated clearly who made the oath. Alternate translation: “And God did not choose this new priest without swearing an oath!” or “And it was because God swore an oath that the Lord became the new priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 7 20 vf69 figs-explicit καὶ καθ’ ὅσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 And it was not without an oath! The word **it** refers to Jesus becoming the eternal priest. It can be stated clearly who made the oath. Alternate translation: “And God did not choose this new priest without swearing an oath!” or “And it was because God swore an oath that the Lord became the new priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 7 22 h462 0 Connecting Statement: The writer then assures these Jewish believers that Christ has the better priesthood because he lives forever and the priests that descended from Aaron all died.
|
||||
HEB 7 22 e23d κρείττονος διαθήκης, γέγονεν ἔγγυος 1 has given the guarantee of a better covenant “has told us that we can be sure that there will be a better covenant”
|
||||
HEB 7 24 u941 figs-abstractnouns ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην 1 he has a permanent priesthood A priest’s work is spoken of as if it were an object that Jesus possesses. This can be worded to avoid the abstract noun. Alternate translation: “he is a priest permanently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 a4gg figs-explicit ὅθεν…δύναται 1 Therefore he You can make explicit what “Therefore” implies. Alternate translation: “Because Christ is our high priest who lives forever, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 7 25 b182 τοὺς προσερχομένους δι’ αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 those who approach God through him “those who come to God because of what Jesus has done”
|
||||
HEB 7 26 cmq1 figs-metaphor ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος 1 has become higher than the heavens “God has raised him up to the highest heavens.” The author speaks of possessing more honor and power than anyone else as if it were position that is up above all things. Alternate translation: “God has given him more honor and power than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 7 27 b6nv 0 General Information: Here the words “He,” “his,” and “himself” refer to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 7 28 n693 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…ἀνθρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses Here “the law” is a metonym for the men who appointed the high priests according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: “according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses” or “for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 27 b6nv 0 General Information: Here the words **He**, **his**, and **himself** refer to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 7 28 n693 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…ἀνθρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 the law appoints as high priests men who have weaknesses Here **the law** is a metonym for the men who appointed the high priests according to the law of Moses. The focus is not on the men who did this, but on the fact that they did this according to the law. Alternate translation: “according to the law, men appoint as high priests men who have weaknesses” or “for according to the law, men who have weaknesses are appointed as high priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 u5ny ἀνθρώπους…ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν 1 men who have weaknesses “men who are spiritually weak” or “men who are weak against sin”
|
||||
HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας, τῆς μετὰ τὸν νόμον, Υἱόν 1 the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son The “word of the oath” represents God who made the oath. Alternate translation: “God appointed a Son by his oath, which he made after he gave the law” or “after he had given the law, God swore an oath and appointed his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 7 28 msa4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ HEB 7 28 fkl3 figs-activepassive τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made
|
|||
HEB 8 intro ks94 0 # Hebrews 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author finishes describing how and why Jesus is the most important high priest. Then he begins to speak about how the new covenant is better to the covenant God made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:8-12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New covenant<br><br>The author tells how Jesus has established a new covenant that is better than the covenant that God established with the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 nb8q 0 Connecting Statement: The writer, having shown that Christ’s priesthood is better than the earthly priesthood, shows that the earthly priesthood was a pattern of heavenly things. Christ has a superior ministry, a superior covenant.
|
||||
HEB 8 1 tw7l δὲ 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, the word “we” is exclusive. Alternate translation: “I am saying” or “I am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so the word “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 z4dh figs-exclusive λεγομένοις 1 we are saying Even though the author uses the plural pronoun **we**, he is most likely referring only to himself. Because the writer does not include his readers here, The word **we** is exclusive. Alternate translation: “I am saying” or “I am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 m2b4 figs-exclusive ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα 1 We have a high priest The author is including the readers here, so The word **we** is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 1 b8qy translate-symaction ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς Μεγαλωσύνης 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of the Majesty To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of the Majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here “true tabernacle” means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 2 lrb7 τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος 1 the true tabernacle that the Lord, not a man, set up People built the earthly tabernacle out of animal skins fastened to a wooden framework, and they set it up in the manner of a tent. Here **true tabernacle** means the heavenly tabernacle that God created.
|
||||
HEB 8 3 su9j figs-activepassive πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς…καθίσταται 1 For every high priest is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God appoints every priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 4 p2v6 οὖν 1 Now This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 8 4 gfz1 κατὰ νόμον 1 according to the law “as God requires in the law”
|
||||
HEB 8 5 t3i8 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων 1 They serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things The words “copy” and “shadow” have similar meanings and are metaphors meaning that something is not the real thing but it is similar to the real thing. These words emphasize that the priesthood and the earthly temple were images of Christ, the true high priest, and the heavenly temple. Alternate translation: “They serve what is a vague image of the heavenly things” or “They serve what is only similar to the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 t3i8 figs-metaphor οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων 1 They serve a copy and shadow of the heavenly things The words **copy** and **shadow** have similar meanings and are metaphors meaning that something is not the real thing but it is similar to the real thing. These words emphasize that the priesthood and the earthly temple were images of Christ, the true high priest, and the heavenly temple. Alternate translation: “They serve what is a vague image of the heavenly things” or “They serve what is only similar to the heavenly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 k5r1 figs-activepassive καθὼς κεχρημάτισται Μωϋσῆς, μέλλων 1 It is just as Moses was warned by God when he was This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is just as God warned Moses when Moses was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 qb7g figs-explicit μέλλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνήν 1 was about to construct the tabernacle Moses did not construct the tabernacle himself. He ordered the people to construct it. Alternate translation: “was about to command the people to construct the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 8 5 jk6i ὅρα 1 See that “Make sure that”
|
||||
|
|
@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ HEB 8 6 qdj6 0 Connecting Statement: This section begins to show that the new
|
|||
HEB 8 6 rt2a διαφορωτέρας 1 Christ has received “God has given Christ”
|
||||
HEB 8 6 spy1 κρείττονός…διαθήκης μεσίτης 1 mediator of a better covenant This means Christ caused a better covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 8 6 aw58 figs-activepassive διαθήκης…ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται 1 covenant, which is based on better promises This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “covenant. It was this covenant that God made based on better promises” or “covenant. God promised better things when he made this covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 wb9d translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη…δευτέρας 1 first covenant…second covenant The words “first” and “second” are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant…new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 wb9d translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη…δευτέρας 1 first covenant…second covenant The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant…new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 8 7 gig6 ἦν ἄμεμπτος 1 had been faultless “had been perfect”
|
||||
HEB 8 8 ya4n 0 General Information: In this quotation the prophet Jeremiah foretold of a new covenant that God would make.
|
||||
HEB 8 8 sqb4 αὐτοῖς 1 with the people “with the people of Israel”
|
||||
|
|
@ -381,15 +381,15 @@ HEB 8 10 fh1c 0 General Information: This is a quotation from the prophet Jere
|
|||
HEB 8 10 k2ew figs-metaphor τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰσραὴλ 1 the house of Israel The people of Israel are spoken of as if they were a house. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 q78u μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας 1 after those days “after that time”
|
||||
HEB 8 10 gbw3 figs-metaphor διδοὺς νόμους μου εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws into their minds God’s requirements are spoken of as if they were objects that could be placed somewhere. People’s ability to think is spoken of as if it were a place. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to understand my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 e45g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 I will also write them on their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “write them on their hearts” is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will also put them in their hearts” or “I will enable them to obey my law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 e45g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 I will also write them on their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **write them on their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will also put them in their hearts” or “I will enable them to obey my law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 8 10 hs53 ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόν 1 I will be their God “I will be the God they worship”
|
||||
HEB 8 10 xgm3 αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν 1 they will be my people “they will be the people for whom I care”
|
||||
HEB 8 11 lsq6 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
HEB 8 11 jl1h figs-quotations οὐ μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν πολίτην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον 1 They will not teach each one his neighbor and each one his brother, saying, ‘Know the Lord.’ This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “They will not need to teach their neighbors or brothers to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 neighbor…brother Both of these refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord…will all know me “Know” here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord…will all know me **Know** here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 cu1b figs-metonymy ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν 1 toward their evil deeds This stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: “to those who did evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here “remember” stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here **remember** stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 intro p8vy 0 # Hebrews 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Will<br><br>A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person’s property after he dies.<br><br>### Blood<br><br>In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal’s body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Return of Christ<br><br>Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people’s sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### First covenant<br><br>This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate “the first covenant” as “the earlier covenant.”
|
||||
HEB 9 1 af6x 0 Connecting Statement: The writer makes clear to these Jewish believers that the laws and the tabernacle of the old covenant were only pictures of the better, new covenant.
|
||||
HEB 9 1 av9i οὖν 1 Now This word marks a new part of the teaching.
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ HEB 9 3 ssr9 translate-ordinal δεύτερον 1 second This is the ordinal wor
|
|||
HEB 9 4 kt3u ἐν 1 Inside it “Inside the ark of the covenant”
|
||||
HEB 9 4 jj9y figs-explicit ἡ ῥάβδος Ἀαρὼν ἡ βλαστήσασα 1 Aaron’s rod that budded This was the rod Aaron had when God proved to the people of Israel that he had chosen Aaron as his priest by making Aaron’s rod bud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 4 md1f ἡ βλαστήσασα 1 that budded “from which leaves and flowers had grown”
|
||||
HEB 9 4 q9w3 αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης 1 tablets of the covenant Here “tablets” are flat pieces of stone that had writing on them. This refers to the stone tablets on which the ten commandments were written.
|
||||
HEB 9 4 q9w3 αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης 1 tablets of the covenant Here **tablets** are flat pieces of stone that had writing on them. This refers to the stone tablets on which the ten commandments were written.
|
||||
HEB 9 5 ue5q Χερουβεὶν δόξης κατασκιάζοντα τὸ ἱλαστήριον 1 glorious cherubim overshadowed the atonement lid When the Israelites were making the ark of the covenant, God commanded them to carve two cherubim facing each other, with their wings touching, over the atonement lid of the ark of the covenant. Here they are spoken of as providing shade for the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: “glorious cherubim covered the atonement lid with their wings”
|
||||
HEB 9 5 fh6g figs-metonymy Χερουβεὶν 1 cherubim Here “cherubim” means figures of two cherubim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 5 fh6g figs-metonymy Χερουβεὶν 1 cherubim Here **cherubim** means figures of two cherubim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 5 f1je figs-pronouns περὶ ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν 1 which we cannot Even though the author uses the plural pronoun “we,” he is most likely referring only to himself. Alternate translation: “which I cannot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
HEB 9 6 mra7 figs-activepassive τούτων…οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων 1 After these things were prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After the priests prepared these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 7 xs9l figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος 1 not without blood This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “he always brought blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -424,20 +424,20 @@ HEB 9 11 bnc6 0 Connecting Statement: Having described the service of the tabe
|
|||
HEB 9 11 da2i ἀγαθῶν 1 good things This does not refer to material things. It means the good things that God promised in his new covenant.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 czx6 τῆς μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς 1 the greater and more perfect tabernacle This refers to the heavenly tent or tabernacle, which is more important and more perfect than the earthly tabernacle.
|
||||
HEB 9 11 lxw8 figs-activepassive οὐ χειροποιήτου 1 that was not made by human hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that humans hands did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 mtj9 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτου 1 human hands Here “hands” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 9 11 mtj9 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτου 1 human hands Here **hands** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 9 12 wp9n figs-metaphor ἅγια 1 most holy place God’s presence in heaven is spoken of as if it were the most holy place, the innermost room in the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 13 ch3c σποδὸς δαμάλεως, ῥαντίζουσα τοὺς κεκοινωμένους 1 sprinkling of a heifer’s ashes on those who have become unclean The priest would drop small amounts of the ashes on the unclean people.
|
||||
HEB 9 13 seb3 figs-metonymy πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα 1 for the cleansing of their flesh Here “flesh” refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: “for the cleansing of their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 13 seb3 figs-metonymy πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα 1 for the cleansing of their flesh Here **flesh** refers to the entire body. Alternate translation: “for the cleansing of their bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 t58w figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὃς διὰ Πνεύματος αἰωνίου, ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ἄμωμον τῷ Θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι! 1 how much more will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without blemish to God, cleanse our conscience from dead works to serve the living God? The author uses this question to emphasize that Christ’s sacrifice was the most powerful. Alternate translation: “then certainly Christ’s blood will cleanse our conscience even more from dead works to serve the living God! Because, through the eternal Spirit, he offered himself without blemish to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 r22p figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the blood of Christ The “blood” of Christ stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 xj6g figs-metaphor ἄμωμον 1 without blemish This is a small sin or moral fault spoken of here as if it were a small, unusual spot or defect on Christ’s body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 rkh4 figs-metonymy καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν 1 cleanse our conscience Here “conscience” refers to a person’s feeling of guilt. Believers no longer have to feel guilty for the sins they have committed because Jesus sacrificed himself and has forgiven them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 suu7 figs-metaphor καθαριεῖ 1 cleanse Here “cleanse” stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 rkh4 figs-metonymy καθαριεῖ τὴν συνείδησιν ὑμῶν 1 cleanse our conscience Here **conscience** refers to a person’s feeling of guilt. Believers no longer have to feel guilty for the sins they have committed because Jesus sacrificed himself and has forgiven them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 suu7 figs-metaphor καθαριεῖ 1 cleanse Here **cleanse** stands for the action of relieving our consciences from guilt for the sins we have committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 14 zbj1 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 x3xr διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason “As a result” or “Because of this”
|
||||
HEB 9 15 p2kg διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν 1 he is the mediator of a new covenant This means Christ caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist.
|
||||
HEB 9 15 q3x3 τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md).
|
||||
HEB 9 15 z29a figs-metonymy εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων 1 to free those under the first covenant from their sins “to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant.” Possible meanings are (1) here “their sins” is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” or (2) here “their sins” is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 z29a figs-metonymy εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων 1 to free those under the first covenant from their sins “to take away the sins of those who were under the first covenant.” Possible meanings are (1) here **their sins** is a metonym for the guilt of their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the guilt of those who were under the first covenant” or (2) here **their sins** is a metonym for the punishment for their sins. Alternate translation: “to take away the punisment for sins of those who were under the first covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 ve3v figs-activepassive οἱ κεκλημένοι 1 those who are called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has chosen to be his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 15 xb9f figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 16 rng2 διαθήκη 1 a will a legal document in which a person states who should receive his possessions when he himself dies
|
||||
|
|
@ -447,19 +447,19 @@ HEB 9 18 kq87 πρώτη 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebre
|
|||
HEB 9 18 v838 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 blood The death of animals sacrificed to God is spoken of as if it were nothing but blood. Alternate translation: “the death of animals sacrificed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 zl2n translate-symaction λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα…μετὰ ὕδατος…τὸ βιβλίον…πάντα τὸν λαὸν, ἐράντισεν 1 took the blood…with water…and sprinkled…the scroll…and all the people The priest dipped the hyssop in the blood and the water and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the people. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people’s acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 9 19 tgc2 ὑσσώπου 1 hyssop a woody shrub with flowers in summer, used in ceremonial sprinkling
|
||||
HEB 9 20 j7en figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here “blood” refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant’s requirements. Alternate translation: “the blood that brings into effect the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 20 j7en figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here **blood** refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant’s requirements. Alternate translation: “the blood that brings into effect the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 k6dm ἐράντισεν 1 he sprinkled “Moses sprinkled”
|
||||
HEB 9 21 l27v translate-symaction ἐράντισεν 1 sprinkled Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 xa9q πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας 1 all the containers used in the service A container is an object that can hold things. Here it may refer to any kind of utensil or tool. Alternate translation: “all the utensils used in the service”
|
||||
HEB 9 21 ec4h figs-activepassive τῆς λειτουργίας 1 used in the service This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests used in their work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 cl3v figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood Here the animal “blood” is talking about the animal’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 21 cl3v figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood Here the animal **blood** is talking about the animal’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 g3ef figs-metaphor σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι πάντα καθαρίζεται 1 almost everything is cleansed with blood Making something acceptable to God is spoken of as if it were cleansing that thing. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests use blood to cleanse almost everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v8bj figs-metonymy χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας, οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις 1 Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness Here “shedding of blood” refers to something dying as a sacrifice to God. This double negative can mean that all forgiveness comes through the shedding of blood. Alternate translation: “Forgiveness only comes when something dies as a sacrifice” or “God only forgives when something dies as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v8bj figs-metonymy χωρὶς αἱματεκχυσίας, οὐ γίνεται ἄφεσις 1 Without the shedding of blood there is no forgiveness Here **shedding of blood** refers to something dying as a sacrifice to God. This double negative can mean that all forgiveness comes through the shedding of blood. Alternate translation: “Forgiveness only comes when something dies as a sacrifice” or “God only forgives when something dies as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 9 22 v1tr figs-explicit ἄφεσις 1 forgiveness You can state explicitly the implied meaning. Alternate translation: “forgiveness of the sins of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 23 nh15 0 Connecting Statement: The writer emphasizes that Christ (now in heaven interceding for us) had to die only once for sins and that he will return to earth a second time.
|
||||
HEB 9 23 q79n figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν ὑποδείγματα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι 1 the copies of the things in heaven should be cleansed with these animal sacrifices This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the priests should use these animal sacrifices to cleanse what are copies of things that are in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 9 23 y9b7 figs-activepassive αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσι θυσίαις παρὰ ταύτας 1 the heavenly things themselves had to be cleansed with much better sacrifices That is, better than the sacrifices used to cleanse the earthly copies. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as for the heavenly things themselves, God had to cleanse them with much better sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 cy2x figs-synecdoche χειροποίητα…ἅγια 1 the most holy place made with hands, which Here “with hands” means “by humans.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the most holy place, which humans made, and which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 cy2x figs-synecdoche χειροποίητα…ἅγια 1 the most holy place made with hands, which Here **with hands** means “by humans.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the most holy place, which humans made, and which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 24 g5lp τῶν ἀληθινῶν 1 of the true one “of the true most holy place”
|
||||
HEB 9 25 f17a οὐδ’ 1 He did not go there “He did not enter heaven”
|
||||
HEB 9 25 rnh3 κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 year by year “every year” or “each year”
|
||||
|
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ HEB 9 26 lhi3 ἐπεὶ 1 If that had been the case “If he had to offer hims
|
|||
HEB 9 26 dq7m figs-metaphor εἰς ἀθέτησιν ἁμαρτίας διὰ τῆς θυσίας αὐτοῦ 1 to do away with sin by the sacrifice of himself Doing away with sin represents having God forgive it. Alternate translation: “to cause God to forgive sins by sacrificing himself” or “to sacrifice himself so that God can forgive sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p8b6 figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστός ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς 1 Christ was offered once This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ offered himself once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 hv2t figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ…ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 to take away the sins The act of making us innocent rather than guilty for our sins is spoken of as if our sins were physical objects that Christ could carry away from us. Alternate translation: “so that God would forgive the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p6th figs-metonymy τὸ…ἁμαρτίας 1 the sins Here “sins” mean the guilt that people have before God because of the sins they committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 9 28 p6th figs-metonymy τὸ…ἁμαρτίας 1 the sins Here **sins** mean the guilt that people have before God because of the sins they committed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 intro nev1 0 # Hebrews 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, the writer finishes describing how Jesus’ sacrifice was better than the sacrifices offered in the Temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:5-7, 15-17, 37-38, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment and reward<br><br>Holy living is important for Christians. God will hold people accountable for how they lived their Christian life. Even though there will not be eternal condemnation for Christians, ungodly actions do and will have consequences. In addition, faithful living will be rewarded. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins”<br>The sacrifices themselves had no redeeming power. They were effective because they were a display of faith, which was credited to the person offering the sacrifice. It was ultimately the sacrifice of Jesus which then makes these sacrifices “take away sins.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/redeem]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The covenant that I will make”<br>It is unclear whether this prophecy was being fulfilled as the author was writing or whether it was to occur later. The translator should try to avoid making a claim about the time this covenant begins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
|
||||
HEB 10 1 kwq1 0 Connecting Statement: The writer shows the weakness of the law and its sacrifices, why God gave the law, and the perfection of the new priesthood and Christ’s sacrifice.
|
||||
HEB 10 1 kj83 figs-metaphor σκιὰν…ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν 1 the law is only a shadow of the good things to come This speaks about the law as if it were a shadow. The author means the law is not the good things that God had promised. It only hints at the good things that God is going to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -479,18 +479,18 @@ HEB 10 2 zc3d ἐπαύσαντο 1 ceased “stopped being”
|
|||
HEB 10 2 mu42 figs-metaphor τοὺς λατρεύοντας…κεκαθαρισμένους 1 the worshipers would have been cleansed Here being cleansed represents no longer being guilty of sin. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sacrifices would have taken away their sin” or “God would have made them no longer guilty of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 2 m9tj τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἔτι συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 would no longer have any consciousness of sin “would no longer think that they are guilty of sin” or “would know that they are no longer guilty of sin”
|
||||
HEB 10 4 di8i figs-metaphor ἀδύνατον γὰρ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν ἁμαρτίας 1 For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins Sins are spoken of as if they were objects that animal blood could sweep away as it flowed. Alternate translation: “For it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to cause God to forgive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 4 bvu5 figs-metonymy αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων 1 the blood of bulls and goats Here “blood” refers to these animals dying as sacrifices to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 4 bvu5 figs-metonymy αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων 1 the blood of bulls and goats Here **blood** refers to these animals dying as sacrifices to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 5 q4ye 0 General Information: Christ’s words when he was on earth were foretold in this quotation from a psalm of David.
|
||||
HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-you οὐκ ἠθέλησας 1 you did not desire Here “you” is singular and refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-you οὐκ ἠθέλησας 1 you did not desire Here **you** is singular and refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 10 5 cu51 σῶμα…κατηρτίσω 1 a body you have prepared “you have made a body ready”
|
||||
HEB 10 7 zn6c τότε εἶπον 1 Then I said Here “I” refers to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 10 7 zn6c τότε εἶπον 1 Then I said Here **I** refers to Christ.
|
||||
HEB 10 8 c8eb 0 General Information: Though changing the wording slightly, the author repeats these quotations from a psalm of David for emphasis.
|
||||
HEB 10 8 rlv8 θυσίας…προσφορὰς 1 sacrifices…offerings See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 10:5](./05.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 n7kc ὁλοκαυτώματα…περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 whole burnt offerings…sacrifices for sin See how you translated similar words in [Hebrews 10:6](./06.md).
|
||||
HEB 10 8 d3ek figs-activepassive αἵτινες…προσφέρονται 1 that are offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that priests offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 k5kv ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
HEB 10 9 n29v figs-abstractnouns ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ 1 He takes away the first practice in order to establish the second practice The abstract noun “practice” here refers to a way of atoning for sins. Stopping doing it is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the second way of atoning for sins is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: “He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 ja8n translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον…τὸ δεύτερον 1 first practice…the second practice The words “first” and “second” are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice…the new practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 n29v figs-abstractnouns ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ 1 He takes away the first practice in order to establish the second practice The abstract noun **practice** here refers to a way of atoning for sins. Stopping doing it is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the second way of atoning for sins is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: “He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 9 ja8n translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον…τὸ δεύτερον 1 first practice…the second practice The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice…the new practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HEB 10 10 xj9i figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν 1 we have been sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sanctified us” or “God has dedicated us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 10 xk24 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ The abstract noun “offering” can be expressed with the verb “offer” or “sacrifice.” Alternate translation: “because Jesus Christ offered his body as a sacrifice” or “because Jesus Christ sacrificed his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 11 f4wd καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 Day after day “day by day” or “every day”
|
||||
|
|
@ -501,41 +501,41 @@ HEB 10 14 dz9n figs-activepassive τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους 1 those wh
|
|||
HEB 10 15 qk8j 0 General Information: This is a quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 10 16 czh3 πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 with them “with my people”
|
||||
HEB 10 16 s783 μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας 1 after those days “when the time of the first covenant with my people has finished”
|
||||
HEB 10 16 xx53 figs-metonymy διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws in their hearts Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “put them in their hearts” is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to obey my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 16 xx53 figs-metonymy διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 I will put my laws in their hearts Here **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase **put them in their hearts** is a metaphor for enabling people to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I will enable them to obey my laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 vkw4 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah in the Old Testament.
|
||||
HEB 10 17 qn7w figs-explicit τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ μὴ μνησθήσομαι ἔτι 1 Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.” “I will no longer remember their sins and lawless deeds.’” or “I will no longer think about their sins and lawless deeds.’” This is the second part of the Holy Spirit’s testimony ([Hebrews 10:15-16](./15.md)). You can make this explicit in the translation by ending the quotation at the end of verse 16 and starting a new quotation here. Alternate translation: “Then next he said, ‘Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 pql9 figs-doublet τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν 1 Their sins and lawless deeds The words “sins” and “lawless deeds” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the sin is. Alternate translation: “The things they did that were forbidden and how they broke the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 10 17 pql9 figs-doublet τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν 1 Their sins and lawless deeds The words **sins** and **lawless deeds** mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the sin is. Alternate translation: “The things they did that were forbidden and how they broke the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 10 18 pje1 δὲ 1 Now This is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. It does not mean “at this moment.”
|
||||
HEB 10 18 pjh5 figs-abstractnouns ὅπου…ἄφεσις 1 where there is forgiveness for these This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “forgiveness” is expressed as the verb “forgive.” Alternate translation: “when God has forgiven these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 18 z351 figs-abstractnouns οὐκέτι προσφορὰ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 there is no longer any sacrifice for sin This can be reworded so that the abstract noun “sacrifice” is expressed as the verb “make offerings.” Alternate translation: “people no longer need to make offerings for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 ih5u 0 Connecting Statement: Having made it clear that there is only one sacrifice for sin, the writer continues with the picture of the most holy place in the temple, where only the high priest could enter each year with the blood of the sacrifice for sins. He reminds the believers that they now worship God in his presence as if they were standing in the most holy place.
|
||||
HEB 10 19 f6g3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means all believers in Christ whether male or female. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 fii7 figs-metaphor τῶν ἁγίων 1 the most holy place This means the presence of God, not the most holy place in the old tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 zl87 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ 1 by the blood of Jesus Here “blood of Jesus” refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 19 zl87 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι Ἰησοῦ 1 by the blood of Jesus Here **blood of Jesus** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 l7wh ὁδὸν…ζῶσαν 1 living way Possible meanings are (1) this new way to God that Jesus has provided results in believers living forever or (2) Jesus is alive, and he is the way believers enter into the presence of God.
|
||||
HEB 10 20 c3ve figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσματος 1 through the curtain The curtain in the earthly temple represents the separation between people and God’s true presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his flesh Here “flesh” stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 20 ega9 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his flesh Here **flesh** stands for the body of Jesus, and his body stands for his sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “by means of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 21 uh6i καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 we have a great priest over the house of God This must be translated in such a way as to make it clear that Jesus is this “great priest.”
|
||||
HEB 10 21 bmh1 ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον 1 over the house “in charge of the house”
|
||||
HEB 10 21 d1u1 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God This speaks about God’s people as if they were a literal house. Alternate translation: “all the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 l4ik figs-metonymy προσερχώμεθα 1 let us approach Here “approach” stands for worshiping God, as a priest would go up to God’s altar to sacrifice animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 wez1 figs-metonymy μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας 1 with true hearts “with faithful hearts” or “with honest hearts.” Here “hearts” stands for the genuine will and motivation of the believers. Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 l4ik figs-metonymy προσερχώμεθα 1 let us approach Here **approach** stands for worshiping God, as a priest would go up to God’s altar to sacrifice animals to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 wez1 figs-metonymy μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας 1 with true hearts “with faithful hearts” or “with honest hearts.” Here **hearts** stands for the genuine will and motivation of the believers. Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 i7ti ἐν πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως 1 in the full assurance of faith “and with a confident faith” or “and trusting completely in Jesus”
|
||||
HEB 10 22 zkg5 figs-activepassive ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 having our hearts sprinkled clean This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as if had he made our hearts clean with his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 w775 figs-metonymy ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 hearts sprinkled clean Here “hearts” is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. Being made clean is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 w775 figs-metonymy ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς καρδίας 1 hearts sprinkled clean Here **hearts** is a metonym for the conscience, the awareness of right and wrong. Being made clean is a metaphor for being forgiven and being given the status of righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 pc1a translate-symaction ῥεραντισμένοι 1 sprinkled Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 p2sk figs-activepassive λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 having our bodies washed with pure water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as if he had washed our bodies in pure water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 tk9p figs-metonymy λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 our bodies washed with pure water If the translator understands this phrase as referring to Christian baptism, then “water” is literal, not figurative. But if water is taken as literal, then “pure” is figurative, standing for the spiritual purity that baptism is said here to accomplish. The “washing” stands for the believer being made acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 k5ui figs-metaphor κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Let us also hold tightly to the confession of our hope Here “hold tightly” is a metaphor that refers to a person determining to do something and refusing to stop. The abstract nouns “confession” and “expectation” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “Let us be determined to continue confessing the things that we confidently expect from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 22 tk9p figs-metonymy λελουμένοι τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ 1 our bodies washed with pure water If the translator understands this phrase as referring to Christian baptism, then **water** is literal, not figurative. But if water is taken as literal, then “pure” is figurative, standing for the spiritual purity that baptism is said here to accomplish. The **washing** stands for the believer being made acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 k5ui figs-metaphor κατέχωμεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Let us also hold tightly to the confession of our hope Here **hold tightly** is a metaphor that refers to a person determining to do something and refusing to stop. The abstract nouns “confession” and “expectation” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “Let us be determined to continue confessing the things that we confidently expect from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 10 23 jy4t figs-metaphor ἀκλινῆ 1 without wavering Being uncertain about something is spoken of as if he were wavering or leaning from side to side. Alternate translation: “without being unsure” or “without doubting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 v4fa figs-explicit μὴ ἐγκαταλείποντες τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἑαυτῶν 1 Let us not stop meeting together You can make explicit that the people met to worship. Alternate translation: “Let us not stop coming together to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 k9c7 figs-metaphor ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 as you see the day coming closer A future time is spoken of as if it were an object coming closer to the speaker. Here “the day” refers to when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “as you know that Christ will return soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 25 k9c7 figs-metaphor ὅσῳ βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 as you see the day coming closer A future time is spoken of as if it were an object coming closer to the speaker. Here **the day** refers to when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “as you know that Christ will return soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 gm7l 0 Connecting Statement: The writer now gives his fourth warning.
|
||||
HEB 10 26 byv6 ἑκουσίως…ἁμαρτανόντων ἡμῶν 1 we deliberately go on sinning “we know we are sinning but we do it again and again”
|
||||
HEB 10 26 hj5s figs-metaphor μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας 1 after we have received the knowledge of the truth Knowledge of the truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be given by one person to another. Alternate translation: “after we have learned the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 b1r7 figs-explicit τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth The truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 l7sv figs-explicit οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins no longer exists No one is able to give a new sacrifice because Christ’s sacrifice is the only one that works. Alternate translation: “no one can offer a sacrifice for which God will forgive our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 26 sil4 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν…θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins Here “sacrifice for sins” stands for “an effective way to sacrifice animals to take away sins”
|
||||
HEB 10 26 sil4 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν…θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins Here **sacrifice for sins** stands for “an effective way to sacrifice animals to take away sins”
|
||||
HEB 10 27 fza4 figs-explicit κρίσεως 1 of judgment Of God’s judgment, that is, that God will judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 10 27 t6da figs-metaphor πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους 1 a fury of fire that will consume God’s enemies God’s fury is spoken of as if it were fire that would burn up his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 28 c1aj figs-explicit δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν 1 two or three witnesses It is implied that this means “of at least two or three witness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -543,13 +543,13 @@ HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξ
|
|||
HEB 10 29 jd69 figs-metaphor τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας 1 has trampled underfoot the Son of God Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: “has rejected the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 d2z9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος 1 who treated the blood of the covenant as unholy This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: “by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy”
|
||||
HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here “blood” stands for Christ’s death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 el74 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here **blood** stands for Christ’s death, by which God established the new covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 wj2p figs-activepassive τὸ αἷμα…ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη 1 the blood by which he was sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the blood by which God sanctified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 29 qr6c τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace “the Spirit of God, who provides grace”
|
||||
HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “we” here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 ynr1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word **we** here refers to the writer and all believers. These two quotations come from the law that Moses gave in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 Vengeance belongs to me Vengeance is spoken of as if it were an object that belongs to God, who has the right to do as he wishes with what he owns. God has the right to take vengeance on his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 30 pdw9 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 I will pay back God taking vengeance is spoken of as if he were paying back the harmful things that someone has done to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to fall into the hands Receiving God’s full punishment is spoken of as if the person falls into God’s hands. Here “hands” refers to God’s power to judge. Alternate translation: “to receive God’s full punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 31 hhu7 figs-metaphor τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας 1 to fall into the hands Receiving God’s full punishment is spoken of as if the person falls into God’s hands. Here **hands** refers to God’s power to judge. Alternate translation: “to receive God’s full punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 10 32 tlh3 τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας 1 the former days “the time in the past”
|
||||
HEB 10 32 p3q3 figs-metaphor φωτισθέντες 1 after you were enlightened Learning the truth is spoken of as if God shined a light on the person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after you learned the truth about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 10 32 v25j πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων 1 how you endured a great struggle in suffering “how much suffering you had to endure”
|
||||
|
|
@ -562,10 +562,10 @@ HEB 10 37 st8v figs-explicit ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον
|
|||
HEB 10 37 cna2 ἔτι…μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 in a very little while “very soon”
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j2ck 0 General Information: In 10:38 the author quotes from the prophet Habakkuk, which directly follows the quotation from the prophet Isaiah in 10:37.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 j6d1 figs-genericnoun ὁ…δίκαιός μου…ἐὰν ὑποστείληται…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 My righteous one…If he shrinks…with him These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people…If any one of them shrinks…with that person” or “My faithful people…If they shrink…with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 My righteous…I will Here “My” and “I” refer to God.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 My righteous…I will Here **My** and **I** refer to God.
|
||||
HEB 10 38 h5bw ὑποστείληται 1 shrinks back stops doing the good thing he is doing
|
||||
HEB 10 39 i9zh figs-metaphor ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to destruction A person who loses courage and faith are spoken of as if he were stepping back in fear from something. And “destruction” is spoken of as if it were a destination. Alternate translation: “who stop trusting God, which will cause him to destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s soul. Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “, which will result in us living with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s soul. Here **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “, which will result in us living with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes<br>## Structure<br><br>The writer begins this chapter by telling what faith is. Then he gives many examples of people who had faith and how they lived.<br><br>## Important concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Faith<br><br>In both the old and new covenants, God required faith. Some people with faith performed miracles and were very powerful. Other people with faith suffered greatly.
|
||||
HEB 11 1 a371 0 Connecting Statement: The author tells three things about faith in this brief introduction.
|
||||
HEB 11 1 d95i δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here the author starts to explain the meaning of “faith.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -584,14 +584,14 @@ HEB 11 5 r3yl figs-activepassive πίστει Ἑνὼχ μετετέθη, το
|
|||
HEB 11 5 ki2t figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 see death This speaks of death as if it were an object that people can see. It means to experience death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 kb5l figs-activepassive πρὸ…τῆς μεταθέσεως 1 before he was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “before God took him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 5 jbx2 figs-activepassive μεμαρτύρηται εὐηρεστηκέναι τῷ Θεῷ 1 it was testified that he had pleased God This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God said that Enoch had pleased him” or (2) “people said that Enoch pleased God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 hd94 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως 1 Now without faith Here “Now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 11 6 hd94 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως 1 Now without faith Here **Now** does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
HEB 11 6 r9nb figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς…πίστεως, ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι 1 without faith it is impossible to please him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “a person can please God only if he has faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 b438 figs-metaphor τὸν προσερχόμενον τῷ Θεῷ 1 that anyone coming to God Wanting to worship God and belong to his people is spoken of as if the person is literally coming to God. Alternate translation: “that anyone who wants to belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 6 xl5v τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν…μισθαποδότης γίνεται 1 he is a rewarder of those “he rewards those”
|
||||
HEB 11 6 i8e9 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν αὐτὸν 1 those who seek him Those who learn about God and make an effort to obey him are spoken of as if they were seeking to find him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 r67b figs-activepassive χρηματισθεὶς 1 having been given a divine message This can be stated in active form and in other terms. Alternate translation: “because God told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 p3pn figs-activepassive περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων 1 about things not yet seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about things no one had ever seen before” or “about events that had not happened yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 pf7b figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here “world” refers to the world’s human population. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 pf7b figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here **world** refers to the world’s human population. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 c9yc figs-metaphor τῆς…δικαιοσύνης, ἐγένετο κληρονόμος 1 became an heir of the righteousness Noah is spoken of as if he were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “received from God the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 7 et9l κατὰ πίστιν 1 that is according to faith “that God gives to those who have faith in him”
|
||||
HEB 11 8 a7c2 figs-activepassive καλούμενος 1 when he was called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when God called him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -613,20 +613,20 @@ HEB 11 12 mu4e ὡς ἡ ἄμμος, ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς
|
|||
HEB 11 13 yin6 figs-metaphor μὴ λαβόντες τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 without receiving the promises This speaks of promises as if they are objects that a person receives. Alternate translation: “without receiving what God had promised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 g5ut figs-metaphor πόρρωθεν αὐτὰς ἰδόντες καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι 1 after seeing and greeting them from far off Future promised events are spoken of as if they were travelers arriving from far away. Alternate translation: “after learning what God will do in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 n71b ὁμολογήσαντες 1 they admitted “they acknowledged” or “they accepted”
|
||||
HEB 11 13 q1nq figs-doublet ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 they were foreigners and exiles on earth Here “foreigners” and “exiles” mean basically the same thing. This emphasizes that this earth was not their true home. They were waiting for their true home that God would make for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 11 13 q1nq figs-doublet ξένοι καὶ παρεπίδημοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 they were foreigners and exiles on earth Here **foreigners** and **exiles** mean basically the same thing. This emphasizes that this earth was not their true home. They were waiting for their true home that God would make for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 11 14 xwa4 πατρίδα 1 a homeland “a country for them to belong to”
|
||||
HEB 11 16 ea1a ἐπουρανίου 1 heavenly one “heavenly country” or “country in heaven”
|
||||
HEB 11 16 cvh1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς, Θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν 1 God is not ashamed to be called their God This can be expressed in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “God is happy to have them call him their God” or “God is proud to have them say that he is their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 11 17 bk7a figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος 1 when he was tested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when God tested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 wy2j figs-activepassive πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη 1 to whom it had been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 your descendants will be named Here “named” means assigned or designated. This sentence can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I will designate your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 your descendants will be named Here **named** means assigned or designated. This sentence can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I will designate your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 19 p43u ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν δυνατὸς ὁ Θεός 1 God was able to raise up Isaac from the dead “God was able to cause Isaac to live again”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 sar1 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν 1 to raise up…from the dead In this verse, “to raise up” is to make alive again. The words “from the dead” speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 sar1 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν 1 to raise up…from the dead In this verse, “to raise up” is to make alive again. The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 aea3 ἐν παραβολῇ 1 figuratively speaking “in a manner of speaking.” This means that what the author says next is not to be understood literally. God did not bring Isaac back from death literally. But because Abraham was about to sacrifice Isaac when God stopped him, it was as if God brought him back from the dead.
|
||||
HEB 11 19 k7u3 ὅθεν αὐτὸν 1 from there “it was from the dead”
|
||||
HEB 11 19 g19x αὐτὸν…ἐκομίσατο 1 he received him back “Abraham received Isaac back”
|
||||
HEB 11 21 sg26 Ἰακὼβ…προσεκύνησεν 1 Jacob worshiped “Jacob worshiped God”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 lkp6 figs-euphemism τελευτῶν 1 when his end was near Here “his end” is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: “when he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 11 22 lkp6 figs-euphemism τελευτῶν 1 when his end was near Here **his end** is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: “when he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
HEB 11 22 hhs3 περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 spoke of the departure of the children of Israel from Egypt “spoke of when the children of Israel would leave Egypt”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 t6i5 τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 the sons of Israel “the Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel”
|
||||
HEB 11 22 nl1i figs-explicit περὶ τῶν ὀστέων αὐτοῦ ἐνετείλατο 1 instructed them about his bones Joseph died while in Egypt. He wanted his people to take his bones with them when they left Egypt so they could bury his bones in the land that God promised them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -640,8 +640,8 @@ HEB 11 27 rc43 figs-simile τὸν…ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν, ἐκαρ
|
|||
HEB 11 27 cc8w τὸν…ἀόρατον 1 the one who is invisible “the one no one can see”
|
||||
HEB 11 28 tz7k πεποίηκεν τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 he kept the Passover and the sprinkling of the blood This was the first Passover. Moses kept it by obeying God’s commands concerning the Passover and by commanding the people to obey them every year. Alternate translation: “he commanded the people to obey God’s commands concerning the Passover and to sprinkle blood on their doors” or “he established the Passover and the sprinkling of blood”
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bef7 figs-explicit τὴν πρόσχυσιν τοῦ αἵματος 1 the sprinkling of the blood This refers to God’s command to the Israelites to kill a lamb and spread its blood on the doorposts of every house where Israelites lived. This would prevent the destroyer from harming their firstborn sons. This was one of the Passover commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bm2f figs-metonymy μὴ…θίγῃ 1 should not touch Here “touch” refers to harming or to killing someone. Alternate translation: “would not harm” or “would not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 29 z2yj 0 General Information: Here the first word “they” refers to the Israelites, the second “they” refers to the Egyptians, the third “they” refers to the walls of Jericho.
|
||||
HEB 11 28 bm2f figs-metonymy μὴ…θίγῃ 1 should not touch Here **touch** refers to harming or to killing someone. Alternate translation: “would not harm” or “would not kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 29 z2yj 0 General Information: Here the first word **they** refers to the Israelites, the second “they” refers to the Egyptians, the third “they” refers to the walls of Jericho.
|
||||
HEB 11 29 a67h διέβησαν τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν Θάλασσαν 1 they passed through the Sea of Reeds “the Israelites passed through the Sea of Reeds”
|
||||
HEB 11 29 hq2y figs-activepassive κατεπόθησαν 1 they were swallowed up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the water swallowed up the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 29 kmy8 figs-personification κατεπόθησαν 1 they were swallowed up The water is spoken of as if it were an animal. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians drowned in the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -652,13 +652,13 @@ HEB 11 32 f7ip 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues to speak of what G
|
|||
HEB 11 32 rh6y figs-rquestion τί ἔτι λέγω? 1 What more can I say? The author uses a question to emphasize that there are many examples that he could have quoted. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “And there are many more examples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HEB 11 32 bs7h ἐπιλείψει…με…ὁ χρόνος 1 the time will fail me “I will not have enough time”
|
||||
HEB 11 32 ni55 translate-names Βαράκ 1 Barak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
HEB 11 33 f3jx οἳ διὰ πίστεως 1 It was through faith Here “they” does not mean that each person listed in 11:32 did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means in general these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do. Alternate translation: “It was through faith that men like these”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 v5w8 οἳ…κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας 1 they conquered kingdoms Here “kingdoms” refers to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “they defeated the people of foreign kingdoms”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 f3jx οἳ διὰ πίστεως 1 It was through faith Here **they** does not mean that each person listed in 11:32 did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means in general these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do. Alternate translation: “It was through faith that men like these”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 v5w8 οἳ…κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας 1 they conquered kingdoms Here **kingdoms** refers to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “they defeated the people of foreign kingdoms”
|
||||
HEB 11 33 u2su figs-metaphor ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων 1 They stopped the mouths of lions These words begin a list of some of the ways God saved believers from death. Alternate translation: “They kept lions from eating them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 34 j6sv figs-metaphor ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν πυρός, ἔφυγον στόματα μαχαίρης 1 extinguished the power of fire, escaped the edge of the sword These are some of the ways God saved believers from death. Alternate translation: “they kept fire from burning them, they kept their enemies from killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 34 iri4 figs-activepassive ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of illnesses This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “received healing from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 34 sy63 ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ…ἔκλιναν 1 became mighty in battle, and defeated “and they became mighty in battle and defeated”
|
||||
HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “resurrection.” The word “dead” is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received back alive those who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “resurrection.” The word **dead** is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received back alive those who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-activepassive ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Others accepted torture rather than release from prison” or “Others allowed their enemies to torture them rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 11 35 faq3 ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 tortured made to suffer great mental or physical pain
|
||||
HEB 11 35 jyw7 κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Possible meanings are (1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world or (2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -668,18 +668,18 @@ HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν
|
|||
HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about “went from place to place” or “lived all the time”
|
||||
HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats”
|
||||
HEB 11 37 x2jf ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute “They had nothing” or “They were very poor”
|
||||
HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here “world” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “The people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here **world** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “The people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 38 j9lp πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about This was because they had no place to live.
|
||||
HEB 11 38 li8j σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 caves and holes in the ground “caves, and some lived in holes in the ground”
|
||||
HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise This expression stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Discipline<br><br>God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words “we” and “us” refer to the author and his readers. The word “you” is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words **we** and **us** refer to the author and his readers. The word **you** is plural and here refers to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example.
|
||||
HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a cloud that surrounded the present-day believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “such a large cloud of witnesses surrounds us” or “there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here “witnesses” refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived before the race of faith that believers now run.
|
||||
HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here “weight” and “easily entangling sin” are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived before the race of faith that believers now run.
|
||||
HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here **weight** and **easily entangling sin** are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-metaphor ὄγκον…πάντα 1 every weight Attitudes or habits that keep believers from trusting and obeying God are spoken of as if they were loads that would make it difficult for a person to carry while running. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-metaphor τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 easily entangling sin Sin is spoken of as if it were a net or something else that can trip people up and make them fall. Alternate translation: “sin that makes obeying God difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a race. Alternate translation: “Let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -687,11 +687,11 @@ HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελε
|
|||
HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The joy that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had placed it before him as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despised its shame This means he was not concerned about the shame of dying on a cross.
|
||||
HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here “hearts” represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 q1w8 0 Connecting Statement: The author of Hebrews has been comparing the Christian life to a race.
|
||||
HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here “sin” is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet had to endure attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet had to endure attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here “blood” refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could encourage others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons…My son The word translated “sons” and “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son…corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-exclamations πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμ
|
|||
HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-idiom τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits This idiom contrasts with “fathers in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “our spiritual Father” or “our Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
HEB 12 9 pem8 καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live “so that we will live”
|
||||
HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of “holiness” as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness “Fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness **Fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it “who have been trained by discipline.” The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has trained by disciplining them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -718,20 +718,20 @@ HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is
|
|||
HEB 12 13 euf9 figs-metaphor μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-metaphor ἰαθῇ…μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “instead become strong” or “instead God will heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 b6ef 0 General Information: The man Esau, who was told about in the writings of Moses, refers to Isaac’s first son and Jacob’s brother.
|
||||
HEB 12 14 h45r figs-metaphor εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here the abstract noun “peace” is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after and can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “Try to live peacefully with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 h45r figs-metaphor εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here the abstract noun **peace** is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after and can be translated with an adverb. Alternate translation: “Try to live peacefully with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord This can be expressed as a positive encouragement. Alternate translation: “also work hard to be holy, because only holy people will see the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 also the holiness You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “also pursue the holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
HEB 12 15 at8j μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace “no one receives God’s grace and then lets go of it” or “no one rejects God’s grace after first trusting in him”
|
||||
HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ, καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: “that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The abstract noun “repentance” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here “he” refers to Esau.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 y1ed 0 General Information: The words “you” and “You” refer to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. The word “they” refers to people of Israel after Moses led them out of Egypt. The first quotation comes from the writings of Moses. God reveals in this passage in Hebrews that Moses said he shook at seeing the mountain.
|
||||
HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here **he** refers to Esau.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 y1ed 0 General Information: The two instances of **you** refer to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. The word **they** refers to people of Israel after Moses led them out of Egypt. The first quotation comes from the writings of Moses. God reveals in this passage in Hebrews that Moses said he shook at seeing the mountain.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai.
|
||||
HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive προσεληλύθατε 1 that can be touched This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch or see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that a person can touch” or “that people can perceive with their senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 19 s3x2 σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ 1 You have not come to a trumpet blast “You have not come to a place where there is the loud sound of a trumpet”
|
||||
HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here “voice” refers to someone speaking. The phrase “be spoken” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here **voice** refers to someone speaking. The phrase **be spoken** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 22 w9jj 0 General Information: The man Abel was the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. Cain, also their son, murdered Abel.
|
||||
|
|
@ -742,8 +742,8 @@ HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρα
|
|||
HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means Jesus caused the new covenant between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md).
|
||||
HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The blood of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here “blood” stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word “you” continues to refer to believers. The word “we” continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι 1 blood Here **blood** stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you 0 General Information: This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. The word **you** continues to refer to believers. The word **we** continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers.
|
||||
HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the people of Israel did not escape judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -757,9 +757,9 @@ HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken Use the word for what an
|
|||
HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that do not shake” or “the things that cannot shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 27 zr9x figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 that cannot be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that does not shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν…παραλαμβάνοντες 1 receiving a kingdom You can add the words “because we are” to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving a kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν…παραλαμβάνοντες 1 receiving a kingdom You can add The words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving a kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 btf6 ἔχωμεν χάριν 1 let us be grateful “let us give thanks”
|
||||
HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words “reverence” and “awe” share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words **reverence** and **awe** share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
HEB 12 29 f899 figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον 1 our God is a consuming fire God is spoken of here as if he were a fire that can burn up anything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 intro c8gg 0 # Hebrews 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author finishes the list of exhortations he began in chapter 12. Then he asks the readers to pray for him and ends the letter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:6, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hospitality<br><br>God wants his people to invite other people to come to their homes to eat food and even to sleep. His people should do this even if they do not know well the people they are inviting. In the Old Testament, Abraham and his nephew Lot both showed hospitality to people they did not know. Abraham served a costly meal to them, and then Lot invited them to sleep in his house. They learned later that those people were actually angels.
|
||||
HEB 13 1 sf1n 0 Connecting Statement: In this closing section, the author gives specific instructions to believers on how they are supposed to live.
|
||||
|
|
@ -771,22 +771,22 @@ HEB 13 3 d3ze figs-activepassive τῶν κακουχουμένων 1 who are mi
|
|||
HEB 13 3 g4ap figs-activepassive ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐν σώματι 1 as if you also were them in the body This phrase encourages believers to think about other people’s suffering as they would think about their own suffering. Alternate translation: “as if you were the one suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix27 figs-activepassive τίμιος ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Let marriage be respected by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Men and women who are married to each other must respect each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 4 ix79 figs-euphemism ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος 1 Let the marriage bed be pure This refers to the act of sexual union as if it were only the bed of a married couple. Alternate translation: “Let husbands and wives honor their marriage relationship to one another and not sleep with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 5 sz35 ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here “conduct” refers to a person’s character or the way he lives, and “free from the love of money” refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: “Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money” or “Do not greatly wish to have more money”
|
||||
HEB 13 5 sz35 ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here **conduct** refers to a person’s character or the way he lives, and “free from the love of money” refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: “Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money” or “Do not greatly wish to have more money”
|
||||
HEB 13 5 n19c ἀρκούμενοι 1 Be content “Be satisfied”
|
||||
HEB 13 6 c8w6 figs-explicit Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός…ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος 1 The Lord is my helper…do to me This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
HEB 13 6 q8ie figs-rquestion οὐ φοβηθήσομαι; τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? 1 I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me? The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Here “man” means any person in general. Alternate translation: “I will not fear what any person can do to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 6 q8ie figs-rquestion οὐ φοβηθήσομαι; τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? 1 I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me? The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Here **man** means any person in general. Alternate translation: “I will not fear what any person can do to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 7 e6b5 τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God’s word “what God has said”
|
||||
HEB 13 7 ym9m τὴν ἔκβασιν τῆς ἀναστροφῆς 1 the result of their conduct “the outcome of the way they behave”
|
||||
HEB 13 7 tvu6 figs-metonymy μιμεῖσθε τὴν πίστιν 1 Imitate their faith Here the trust in God and the way of life led by these leaders are spoken of as “their faith.” Alternate translation: “Trust and obey God in the same way they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 8 dv5g figs-metonymy ἐχθὲς καὶ σήμερον, ὁ αὐτός, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 is the same yesterday, today, and forever Here “yesterday” means all times in the past. Alternate translation: “is the same in the past, the present, and in the future forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 7 tvu6 figs-metonymy μιμεῖσθε τὴν πίστιν 1 Imitate their faith Here the trust in God and the way of life led by these leaders are spoken of as **their faith**. Alternate translation: “Trust and obey God in the same way they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 8 dv5g figs-metonymy ἐχθὲς καὶ σήμερον, ὁ αὐτός, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 is the same yesterday, today, and forever Here **yesterday** means all times in the past. Alternate translation: “is the same in the past, the present, and in the future forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 y92c 0 General Information: This section refers to animal sacrifices made by believers in God in Old Testament times, which covered their sins temporarily until the death of Christ came about.
|
||||
HEB 13 9 dp5w figs-metaphor διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις, μὴ παραφέρεσθε 1 Do not be carried away by various strange teachings Being persuaded by various teachings is spoken of as if a person were being carried away by a force. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let others persuade you to believe their various strange teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 fe6i διδαχαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ξέναις 1 various strange teachings “many, different teachings that are not the good news we told you”
|
||||
HEB 13 9 tmt1 figs-metaphor καλὸν…χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐ βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ ὠφελήθησαν οἱ περιπατοῦντες 1 it is good that the heart should be strengthened by grace, not by foods that do not help those who walk by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we become stronger when we think of how God has been kind to us, but we do not become stronger by obeying rules about food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 t28u figs-metonymy βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν 1 the heart should be strengthened Here “heart” is a metonym for the “inner being.” Alternate translation: “we should be strengthened inwardly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 ar93 figs-metonymy βρώμασιν 1 foods Here “foods” stands for rules about food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 t28u figs-metonymy βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν 1 the heart should be strengthened Here **heart** is a metonym for the “inner being.” Alternate translation: “we should be strengthened inwardly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 ar93 figs-metonymy βρώμασιν 1 foods Here **foods** stands for rules about food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 9 kf3b figs-metaphor οἱ περιπατοῦντες 1 those who walk by them Living is spoken of as if it were walking. Alternate translation: “those who live by them” or “those who regulate their lives by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 10 jjy3 figs-metonymy ἔχομεν θυσιαστήριον 1 We have an altar Here “altar” stands for “place of worship.” It also stands for the animals that the priests in the old covenant sacrificed, from which they took meat for themselves and their families. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 10 jjy3 figs-metonymy ἔχομεν θυσιαστήριον 1 We have an altar Here **altar** stands for “place of worship.” It also stands for the animals that the priests in the old covenant sacrificed, from which they took meat for themselves and their families. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 luf7 figs-activepassive ὧν…εἰσφέρεται ζῴων τὸ αἷμα περὶ ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 the blood of the animals killed for sins is brought by the high priest into the holy place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the high priest brings into the holy place the blood of the animals that the priests killed for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 iv19 figs-activepassive τούτων τὰ σώματα κατακαίεται 1 while their bodies are burned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while the priests burn the animals’ bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 11 f7nb ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς 1 outside the camp “away from where the people lived”
|
||||
|
|
@ -798,28 +798,28 @@ HEB 13 13 h3j4 figs-metaphor τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ φέρ
|
|||
HEB 13 14 u2wn ἐπιζητοῦμεν 1 looking for “waiting for”
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zfy9 figs-metaphor θυσίαν αἰνέσεως 1 a sacrifice of praise Praise is spoken of as if it were a sacrifice of animals or incense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 b4p1 figs-metaphor αἰνέσεως…τοῦτ’ ἔστιν καρπὸν χειλέων 1 praise that is the fruit of lips that acknowledge his name Praise is spoken of as if it were fruit produced by the lips of people. Alternate translation: “praise that is produced by the lips of those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zr2d figs-synecdoche χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 lips that acknowledge his name Here “lips” represents people who speak. Alternate translation: “the lips of those who acknowledge his name” or “those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 zr2d figs-synecdoche χειλέων ὁμολογούντων τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 lips that acknowledge his name Here **lips** represents people who speak. Alternate translation: “the lips of those who acknowledge his name” or “those who acknowledge his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
HEB 13 15 v52x figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 his name A person’s name represents that person. Alternate translation: “him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 16 ma8c figs-litotes τῆς…εὐποιΐας καὶ κοινωνίας μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθε 1 Let us not forget doing good and helping one another This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Let us always remember to do good and help others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
HEB 13 16 kp76 figs-metaphor τοιαύταις…θυσίαις 1 with such sacrifices Doing good and helping others is spoken of as if they were sacrifices on an altar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 n5e8 figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 keep watch over your souls The believers’ souls, that is, the believers’ spiritual well-being, are spoken of as if they were objects or animals that guards could keep watch over. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 z2yp figs-metonymy μὴ στενάζοντες 1 not with groaning Here “groaning” stands for sadness or grief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 17 z2yp figs-metonymy μὴ στενάζοντες 1 not with groaning Here **groaning** stands for sadness or grief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 d5hf 0 Connecting Statement: The author closes with a blessing and greetings.
|
||||
HEB 13 18 xmh1 figs-exclusive προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν 1 Pray for us Here “us” refers to the author and his companions, but not to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 n6gb figs-metaphor πειθόμεθα…ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν 1 we are persuaded that we have a clean conscience Here “clean” stands for being free from guilt. Alternate translation: “we are certain that we have no guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 xmh1 figs-exclusive προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν 1 Pray for us Here **us** refers to the author and his companions, but not to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 18 n6gb figs-metaphor πειθόμεθα…ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν 1 we are persuaded that we have a clean conscience Here **clean** stands for being free from guilt. Alternate translation: “we are certain that we have no guilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 19 cg4l figs-activepassive ἵνα τάχειον ἀποκατασταθῶ ὑμῖν 1 that I will be returned to you sooner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God will quickly remove the things that stop my coming to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 n66e δὲ 1 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author praises God and gives a final prayer for his readers.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 d8yq ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ νεκρῶν τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν…τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 brought back from the dead the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus “raised the great shepherd of the sheep, our Lord Jesus, to life”
|
||||
HEB 13 20 k6n6 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of causing that person to become alive again.
|
||||
HEB 13 20 gn9w figs-metaphor τὸν Ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν 1 the great shepherd of the sheep Christ in his role of leader and protector of those who believe in him is spoken of as if he were a shepherd of sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here “blood” stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 20 qxb8 figs-metonymy ἐν αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου 1 by the blood of the eternal covenant Here **blood** stands for the death of Jesus, which is the basis for the covenant that will last forever between God and all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 qj79 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 equip you with everything good to do his will “give you every good thing you need in order to do his will “make you capable of doing every good thing according to his will”
|
||||
HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-exclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word “us” refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 r3mi figs-exclusive ποιῶν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 working in us The word **us** refers to the author and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 21 u6iq ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 to whom be the glory forever “whom all people will praise forever”
|
||||
HEB 13 22 wa9r δὲ 1 Now This marks a new section of the letter. Here the author gives his final comments to his audience.
|
||||
HEB 13 22 b27j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This refers to all the believers to whom he is writing whether male or female. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
HEB 13 22 d5e6 ἀνέχεσθε τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 bear with the word of encouragement “patiently consider what I have just written to encourage you”
|
||||
HEB 13 22 l8b3 figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 the word of encouragement Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the encouraging message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 22 l8b3 figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 the word of encouragement Here **word** stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the encouraging message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
HEB 13 23 w3m2 figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένον 1 has been set free This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “is no longer in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HEB 13 24 r7kn ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Those from Italy greet you Possible meanings are (1) the author is not in Italy, but there is a group of believers with him who have come from Italy or (2) the author is in Italy while writing this letter.
|
||||
HEB 13 24 kk9c translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy This is the name of a region at that time. Rome was the then-capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
262
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
262
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
|
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an import
|
|||
REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. Possible meanings are (1) “May people honor his glory and power” or (2) “May he have glory and power.” John prays that Jesus Christ will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power This probably refers to his authority as king.
|
||||
REV 1 7 ldv8 0 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah.
|
||||
REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with the eyes, the word “eye” is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with the eyes, The word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him “even those who pierced him will see him”
|
||||
REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were pierced when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to people killing him. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 lqs9 ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced made a hole in
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage ἀστέρων 1 stars These stars are symbol
|
|||
REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Possible meanings are that these “angels” are (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches or (2) human messengers to the seven churches, either messengers who went from John to the churches or the leaders of those churches.
|
||||
REV 1 20 e25n ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches This refers to seven churches that actually existed in Asia Minor at that time. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poverty and wealth<br><br>The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>### “The devil is about to”<br><br>People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel<br><br>Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word “angel” here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
|
||||
REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poverty and wealth<br><br>The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>### “The devil is about to”<br><br>People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel<br><br>Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
|
||||
REV 2 1 mn8x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Ephesus.
|
||||
REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage λυχνιῶν 1 lampstands The lampstands are
|
|||
REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know…your hard labor and your patient endurance “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know…that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 2 szc1 καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but are not “but are not apostles”
|
||||
REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false “you have recognized that those people are false apostles”
|
||||
REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name “Name” here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name **Name** here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as being tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that “I disapprove of you because” or “I am angry with you because”
|
||||
REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it behind. Love is spoken of as if it is an object that can be left behind. AT “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fal
|
|||
REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent “If you do not repent”
|
||||
REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God “God’s garden.” This is a symbol for heaven.
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ
|
|||
REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά…τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς 1 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews “Slander” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “I know how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “I know how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not “but they are not real Jews”
|
||||
REV 2 9 a4yu figs-metaphor συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 a synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor Satan are spoken of as if they were a synagogue, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 agx4 figs-metonymy μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 The devil is about to throw some of you into prison The words “the Devil” here are a metonym for the people who obey the devil. Alternate translation: “The devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 f5t1 γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death “Be faithful to me even if they kill you.” The use of the word “until” does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death.
|
||||
REV 2 10 agx4 figs-metonymy μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 The devil is about to throw some of you into prison The words **the Devil** here are a metonym for the people who obey the devil. Alternate translation: “The devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 f5t1 γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death “Be faithful to me even if they kill you.” The use of The word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death.
|
||||
REV 2 10 sp8z τὸν στέφανον 1 the crown “the winner’s crown.” This was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete.
|
||||
REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Possible meanings are (1) “a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life” or (2) “true life as a prize like a winner’s crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “Those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 q6w2 οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death “will not experience the second death” or “will not die a second time”
|
||||
|
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ REV 2 12 y864 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this
|
|||
REV 2 12 il7c translate-names Περγάμῳ 1 Pergamum This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 12 f6s5 τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν 1 the sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md)
|
||||
REV 2 13 ryn6 figs-metonymy ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Satan’s throne Possible meanings are (1) Satan’s power and evil influence on people, or (2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 tf7c figs-metaphor κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 you hold on tightly to my name “Name” here is a metonym for the person. Firmly believing is spoken of as holding on tightly. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 tf7c figs-metaphor κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 you hold on tightly to my name **Name** here is a metonym for the person. Firmly believing is spoken of as holding on tightly. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 x6j6 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου 1 you did not deny your faith in me “Faith” can be translated with the verb “believe.” AT “you continued to tell people that you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 lu4b translate-names Ἀντιπᾶς 1 Antipas This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 wu6n ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα 1 But I have a few things against you “I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done” or “I am angry with you because of a few things you did.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ REV 2 16 rwa4 μετανόησον οὖν 1 Repent, therefore “So repent”
|
|||
REV 2 16 f8dy figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ μή 1 If you do not, The verb can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “If you do not repent, I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 2 16 fd6u πολεμήσω μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 wage war against them “fight against them”
|
||||
REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the sword in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this as a symbol represents God’s word, as the UST does. This symbol indicates that Christ will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword in my mouth, which is the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 b83m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Thyatira.
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ
|
|||
REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either (1) destroying evildoers or (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was received. Possible meanings are (1) “Just as I have received authority from my Father” or (2) “Just as I have received the morning star from my Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here “him” refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here **him** refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>### Seven stars<br><br>These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking<br><br>Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word “angel” here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
|
||||
REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>### Seven stars<br><br>These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking<br><br>Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”<br><br>The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The angel of the church”<br><br>The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>### “The words of the one who”<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.
|
||||
REV 3 1 k6b7 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Sardis.
|
||||
REV 3 1 u1zs τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
REV 3 1 q7n9 translate-names Σάρδεσιν 1 Sardis This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to
|
|||
REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated “wake up” on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names The word “names” is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy ὀλίγα ὀνόματα 1 a few names The word **names** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “a few people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person’s life as if it were dirty clothes. Alternate translation: “have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 x48r figs-metaphor περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 will walk with me People commonly spoke of living as “walking.” Alternate translation: “will live with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 w5t9 figs-metaphor ἐν λευκοῖς 1 dressed in white White clothes represent a pure life without sin. Alternate translation: “and they will be dressed in white, which shows that they are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοι
|
|||
REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name He would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father “in the presence of my Father”
|
||||
REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 rf9b 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia.
|
||||
REV 3 7 ksg4 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,40 +186,40 @@ REV 3 7 aam6 ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει 1 he ope
|
|||
REV 3 7 pzy2 κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει 1 he shuts and no one can open “he closes the door and no one can open it”
|
||||
REV 3 8 j1x7 δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην 1 I have put before you an open door “I have opened a door for you”
|
||||
REV 3 8 xyw6 ἐτήρησάς μου τὸν λόγον 1 you have obeyed my word Possible meanings are (1) “you have followed by teachings” or (2) “you have obeyed my commands”
|
||||
REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name The word “name” here is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name The word **name** here is a metonym for the person who has that name. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor Satan are spoken of as if they were in a synagogue, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down This is a sign of submission, not worship. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here the word “feet” represent the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here the word **feet** represent the person before whom these people bow down. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 3 9 k2g5 γνῶσιν 1 they will come to know “they will learn” or “they will admit”
|
||||
REV 3 10 gv5g κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I will also keep you from the hour of testing “will also prevent the hour of testing from happening to you” or “will protect you so you do not enter the hour of testing”
|
||||
REV 3 10 ckm4 ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 hour of testing “time of testing.” This probably means “the time when people try to make you disobey me.”
|
||||
REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor μελλούσης 1 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: “Continue to believe firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here “crown” stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here “The one who conquers” refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The “pillar” represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” or “Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here **The one who conquers** refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The “pillar” represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” or “Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 r6bz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Laodicea.
|
||||
REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this “angel” is (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 14 wzg9 translate-names Λαοδικίᾳ 1 Laodicea This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here “the Amen” is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them.
|
||||
REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here **the Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them.
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the beginning of God’s creation Possible meanings are (1) “the one who rules over everything that God created” or (2) “the one through whom God created everything.”
|
||||
REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Possible meanings are (1) “cold” and hot” represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him, or (2) “cold” and “hot” both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “You are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here to “buy” represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The “gold refined by fire” represents spiritual wealth. The “brilliant white garments” represents rightousness. And the “salve to anoint your eyes” represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here to **buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The “gold refined by fire” represents spiritual wealth. The “brilliant white garments” represents rightousness. And the “salve to anoint your eyes” represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε…καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent “be serious and repent”
|
||||
REV 3 20 i7gy figs-metaphor ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω 1 I am standing at the door and am knocking Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 sr5y translate-symaction κρούω 1 am knocking When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they knock on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my voice The phrase “my voice” refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my voice The phrase **my voice** refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 di8q figs-go εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 I will come into him Some languages might prefer the verb “go” here. Alternate translation: “I will go in to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 une1 figs-metaphor καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 and will eat with him This represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 h9pf 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the Son of Man’s messages to the angels of the seven churches.
|
||||
REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “Anyone who does not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To sit on a throne means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.<br><br>John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald<br><br>These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.<br><br>### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>### Giving glory to God<br><br>God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Difficult images<br><br>Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
|
||||
REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους
|
|||
REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay Possible meanings are (1) to place or (2) to throw down forcibly, as of something worthless (“throw,” [Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
|
||||
REV 4 11 idj1 ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Lord and our God “our Lord and God.” This is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne.
|
||||
REV 4 11 q91l figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 1 to receive the glory and the honor and the power These are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sealed scroll<br><br>Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])<br><br>### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Christian prayers<br><br>The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words “Root of David” speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sealed scroll<br><br>Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])<br><br>### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### Christian prayers<br><br>The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.<br><br>### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 5 1 txr5 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God.
|
||||
REV 5 1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw “After I saw those things, I saw”
|
||||
REV 5 1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 the one who was seated on the throne This is the same “one” as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,14 +307,14 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the
|
|||
REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse “grey horse.” This is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death.
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here “the earth” represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword A sword is a weapon, and here it represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 with the wild animals of the earth This means that Death and Hades would cause the wild animals to attack and kill people.
|
||||
REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been “at the base of the altar.”
|
||||
REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed This can be translated with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here “Word of God” is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood The word blood here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. Possible meanings are (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood The word **blood** here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 bq1p figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants…sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants…sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
|
||||
REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s brothers. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,16 +325,16 @@ REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύ
|
|||
REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The sky was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and rolled up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals This word refers to the warriors who command in the battle.
|
||||
REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves large holes in the sides of hills
|
||||
REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here “face” represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 the great day of their wrath has come The day of their wrath refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 17 i7t4 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing now is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 6 17 cq9e ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 their wrath “Their” refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb.
|
||||
REV 6 17 r1ta figs-metonymy τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 Who is able to stand? Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “No one can survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.<br><br>Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship<br>God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The Lamb<br>This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase “the four corners” refers to the north, south, east, and west.
|
||||
REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word “seal” here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν…ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 have sealed…on their foreheads The word “seal” here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “put a mark on the foreheads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west.
|
||||
REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word **seal** here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν…ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 have sealed…on their foreheads The word **seal** here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “put a mark on the foreheads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 je8m μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 those who were sealed This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 7 4 lh7h translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -342,11 +342,11 @@ REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers ἐκ φυλῆς…δώδεκα χιλιάδες
|
|||
REV 7 7 ru7t 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of the people of Israel who were sealed.
|
||||
REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people”
|
||||
REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color “white” represents purity.
|
||||
REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color **white** represents purity.
|
||||
REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ 1 Salvation belongs to “Salvation comes from”
|
||||
REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ…τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs…to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” AT “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 7 11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the four creatures mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md).
|
||||
REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν…ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here “fell on their faces” is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν…ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 7 12 lf1m ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory…be to our God “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength”
|
||||
REV 7 12 q3gt ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory…thanksgiving, honor…be to our God The verb “give” can be used to show how praise, glory, and honor, are to be “to” God. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, thanks, and honor to our God”
|
||||
REV 7 12 d74f εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 forever and ever These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ REV 7 13 wz8z περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευ
|
|||
REV 7 14 p6en οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 have come out of the great tribulation “have survived the great tribulation” or “have lived through the great tribulation”
|
||||
REV 7 14 u6fc τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great tribulation “the time of terrible suffering” or “the time when people will suffer terribly”
|
||||
REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: “They have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 14 ym21 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the blood of the Lamb The word “blood” is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 14 ym21 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the blood of the Lamb The word **blood** is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 15 q73i 0 Connecting Statement: The elder continues to speak to John.
|
||||
REV 7 15 qs23 εἰσιν…αὐτούς 1 they…them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 15 us3i figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 day and night These two parts of the day are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -365,14 +365,14 @@ REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 their…them These words refer t
|
|||
REV 7 17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 the Lamb at the center of the throne “the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne”
|
||||
REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb…will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb…will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb…will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes Tears here represent sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes **Tears** here represent sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seven seals and seven trumpets<br>This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Passive voice<br>John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### Similes<br>In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “God gave them seven trumpets” or (2) “the Lamb gave them seven trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 3 f9g9 δώσει 1 he would offer it “he would offer the incense to God by burning it”
|
||||
REV 8 4 lq1q figs-metonymy χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 the angel’s hand This refers to the bowl in the angel’s hand. Alternate translation: “the bowl in the angel’s hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 5 l79w figs-metonymy ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς 1 filled it with fire The word “fire” here probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: “filled it with burning coals” or “filled it with coals of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 5 l79w figs-metonymy ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς 1 filled it with fire The word **fire** here probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: “filled it with burning coals” or “filled it with coals of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 6 xys5 0 General Information: The seven angels sound the seven trumpets, one at a time.
|
||||
REV 8 7 g5gp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 It was thrown down onto the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The angel threw the hail and fire mixed with blood down onto the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 7 ga1r figs-activepassive τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, καὶ πᾶς χόρτος χλωρὸς κατεκάη 1 a third of it was burned up, a third of the trees were burned up, and all the green grass was burned up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it burned up a third of the earth, a third of the trees, and all the green grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ REV 9 3 a4e7 figs-explicit ἐξουσία, ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσί
|
|||
REV 9 3 mjf1 translate-unknown σκορπίοι 1 scorpions small insects with poisonous stingers on their tails. Their sting is extremely painful and the pain lasts a long time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 cl6p ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς, ἵνα μὴ ἀδικήσουσιν τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν χλωρὸν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον 1 They were told not to damage the grass on the earth or any green plant or tree Ordinary locusts were a terrible threat to people because when they swarm, they can eat up all the grass and all the leaves on plants and trees. These locusts were told not to do this.
|
||||
REV 9 4 pb9q figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 but only the people The phrase “to damage” or “to harm” is understood. Alternate translation: “but only to harm the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 gi1a figs-metonymy τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the seal of God The word “seal” here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. See how you translated “seal” in [Revelation 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the marker of God” or “stamp of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 gi1a figs-metonymy τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the seal of God The word **seal** here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. See how you translated “seal” in [Revelation 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the marker of God” or “stamp of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 tl6n μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 9 5 rui1 ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς…μὴ 1 They were not given permission “They” refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md))
|
||||
REV 9 5 vfj7 αὐτούς 1 them the people whom the locusts were stinging
|
||||
|
|
@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ REV 9 6 hiq8 ἐπιθυμήσουσιν ἀποθανεῖν 1 will greatly de
|
|||
REV 9 6 f1b4 figs-personification φεύγει ὁ θάνατος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 death will flee from them John speaks of death as if it were a person or animal that could run away. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to die” or “they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 9 7 zh82 0 General Information: These locusts did not look like ordinary locusts. John describes them by telling how parts of them looked like other things.
|
||||
REV 9 7 s9gl στέφανοι ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ 1 crowns of gold These were likenesses of wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
REV 9 10 mac3 ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς 1 They had tails The word “They” refers to the locusts.
|
||||
REV 9 10 mac3 ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς 1 They had tails The word **They** refers to the locusts.
|
||||
REV 9 10 qdc3 figs-simile ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα 1 with stingers like scorpions A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε 1 in their tails they had power to harm people for five months Possible meanings are (1) they had power for five months to harm people or (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 11 fiu6 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -443,19 +443,19 @@ REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in t
|
|||
REV 10 1 xr6f 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
|
||||
REV 10 1 jj2e figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 He was robed in a cloud John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing a cloud as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 10 1 qax6 figs-simile τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 His face was like the sun John compares the brightness of his face with the brightness of the sun. Alternate translation: “His face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 10 1 p81x figs-metonymy οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός 1 his feet were like pillars of fire The word “feet” here refers to the legs. Alternate translation: “his legs were like pillars of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 10 1 p81x figs-metonymy οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός 1 his feet were like pillars of fire The word **feet** here refers to the legs. Alternate translation: “his legs were like pillars of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 10 2 l3r8 ἔθηκεν τὸν πόδα αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸν δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 He put his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land “He stood with his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land”
|
||||
REV 10 3 ubb9 καὶ ἔκραξεν 1 Then he shouted “Then the angel shouted”
|
||||
REV 10 3 r4j6 ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 the seven thunders spoke out The thunder is described as if it were a person who could speak. Alternate translation: “the seven thunders made a loud noise” or “the thunder sounded very loudly seven times”
|
||||
REV 10 3 qag8 ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 seven thunders Thunder occurring seven times is spoken of as if it were seven different “thunders.”
|
||||
REV 10 4 az1z figs-synecdoche καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 but I heard a voice from heaven The word “voice” refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: “but I heard someone speaking from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 4 az1z figs-synecdoche καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 but I heard a voice from heaven The word **voice** refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: “but I heard someone speaking from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 5 l5xy translate-symaction ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 raised his right hand to heaven He did this to show that he was swearing by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 10 6 t2f6 ὤμοσεν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 He swore by the one who lives forever and ever “He asked that what he was going to say would be confirmed by the one who lives forever and ever”
|
||||
REV 10 6 gmm8 τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 the one who lives forever and ever Here “the one” refers to God.
|
||||
REV 10 6 gmm8 τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 the one who lives forever and ever Here **the one** refers to God.
|
||||
REV 10 6 egm1 χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται 1 There will be no more delay “There will be no more waiting” or “God will not delay”
|
||||
REV 10 7 c5gy figs-activepassive ἐτελέσθη τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the mystery of God will be accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will accomplish his mystery” or “God will complete his secret plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 t61f 0 Connecting Statement: John hears the voice from heaven, which he had heard in [Revelation 10:4](../10/04.md), speak to him again.
|
||||
REV 10 8 v6a9 figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The voice I heard from heaven The word “voice” refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The one I heard speak from heaven” or “The one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 v6a9 figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The voice I heard from heaven The word **voice** refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The one I heard speak from heaven” or “The one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 I heard John heard
|
||||
REV 10 9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 He said to me “The angel said to me”
|
||||
REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 make…bitter “make…sour” or “make…acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good.
|
||||
|
|
@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ REV 10 11 ahb4 figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 languages This refers to the peo
|
|||
REV 11 intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.<br><br>### Woe<br><br>John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gentiles<br>The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Two witnesses<br>Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Bottomless pit<br>This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
|
||||
REV 11 1 ba9b 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
|
||||
REV 11 1 lkn6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος 1 A reed was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone gave me a reed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 given to me…I was told The words “me” and “I” refer to John.
|
||||
REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 given to me…I was told The words **me** and **I** refer to John.
|
||||
REV 11 1 ha6e τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ 1 those who worship in it “count those who worship in the temple”
|
||||
REV 11 2 jae6 πατήσουσιν 1 trample to treat something as worthless by walking on it
|
||||
REV 11 2 b11f translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 forty-two months “42 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ REV 11 11 x3gn translate-numbers τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμ
|
|||
REV 11 11 al5w figs-metaphor πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτούς 1 a breath of life from God will enter them The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: “God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 11 u265 figs-metaphor φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς 1 Great fear will fall on those who see them Fear is spoken of as if it is a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: “Those who see them will be extremely afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 f8ze καὶ ἤκουσαν 1 Then they will hear Possible meanings are (1) the two witnesses will hear or (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
|
||||
REV 11 12 mkq9 figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a loud voice from heaven The word “voice” refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly to them from heaven and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 mkq9 figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a loud voice from heaven The word **voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly to them from heaven and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 l1x7 λεγούσης αὐτοῖς 1 say to them “say to the two witnesses”
|
||||
REV 11 13 p56r translate-numbers ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά 1 Seven thousand people “7,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 13 fa14 οἱ λοιποὶ 1 the survivors “those who do not die” or “those who are still living”
|
||||
|
|
@ -499,8 +499,8 @@ REV 11 14 l7jp ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν 1 The second
|
|||
REV 11 14 j1m5 figs-metaphor ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται ταχύ 1 The third woe is coming quickly Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. Alternate translation: “The third woe will happen soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 l1be 0 Connecting Statement: The last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 11 15 sxx9 translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 the seventh angel This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated “seventh” in [Revelation 8.1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 zt2f ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι 1 loud voices spoke in heaven and said The phrase “loud voices” represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said”
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world…the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here “kingdom” refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world…the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 zt2f ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι 1 loud voices spoke in heaven and said The phrase **loud voices** represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said”
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world…the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world…the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 en51 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This refers to everyone in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world”
|
||||
REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty-four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ REV 11 17 dw6v figs-distinguish σοι, Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκ
|
|||
REV 11 17 fq4b ὁ ὢν 1 the one who is “the one who exists” or “the one who lives”
|
||||
REV 11 17 ea29 ὁ ἦν 1 who was “who has always existed” or “who has always lived”
|
||||
REV 11 17 fe2b figs-explicit εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην 1 you have taken your great power What God did with his great power can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you have defeated with your power everyone who has rebelled against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 qw72 0 General Information: The words “you” and “your” refer to God.
|
||||
REV 11 18 qw72 0 General Information: The words **you** and **your** refer to God.
|
||||
REV 11 18 kx7k 0 Connecting Statement: The twenty-four elders continue praising God.
|
||||
REV 11 18 amc2 ὠργίσθησαν 1 were enraged “were extremely angry”
|
||||
REV 11 18 iv5k figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου 1 your wrath has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. Alternate translation: “You are ready to show your anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 v18q figs-metaphor ἦλθεν…ὁ καιρὸς 1 The time has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. Alternate translation: “The time is right” or “Now is the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 h833 figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι 1 for the dead to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to judge the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 zk1u figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the dead This nominal adjective can be stated as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: “Those who have died” or “the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 k3ba figs-metonymy τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις, καὶ τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 the prophets, those who are believers, and those who feared your name This list explains what “your servants” means. These were not three completely different groups of people. The prophets also were believers and feared God’s name. “Name” here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophets, those who are believers, and those who fear you” or “the prophets and the others who are believers and fear your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 k3ba figs-metonymy τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις, καὶ τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 the prophets, those who are believers, and those who feared your name This list explains what “your servants” means. These were not three completely different groups of people. The prophets also were believers and feared God’s name. **Name** here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophets, those who are believers, and those who fear you” or “the prophets and the others who are believers and fear your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 Then God’s temple in heaven was opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone opened God’s temple in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -539,8 +539,8 @@ REV 12 7 wh37 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large,
|
|||
REV 12 8 uj6a οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 So there was no longer any place in heaven for him and his angels “So the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven”
|
||||
REV 12 9 pk5u figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ…ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος…καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 dragon—that old serpent called the devil or Satan, who deceives the whole world—was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 12 9 v1tp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 The great dragon…was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon…and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word “I” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 12 10 i112 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 I heard a loud voice in heaven The word “voice” refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 12 10 i112 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 I heard a loud voice in heaven The word **voice** refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 nt1j figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God’s ruling and Christ’s authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: “Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 a5fm ἐγένετο 1 have come “have begun to really exist” or “have appeared” or “have become real.” God is revealing these things because their time to occur has “come.” It is not that they did not exist before.
|
||||
REV 12 10 yg1a ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 the accuser of our brothers has been thrown down This is the dragon that was thrown down in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ REV 12 10 jn6q figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 day and night Th
|
|||
REV 12 11 lkk6 0 Connecting Statement: The loud voice from heaven continues to speak.
|
||||
REV 12 11 qmg8 αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν 1 They conquered him “They conquered the accuser”
|
||||
REV 12 11 zt7v figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 by the blood of the Lamb The blood refers to his death. Alternate translation: “because the lamb had shed his blood and died for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 lht6 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 by the word of their testimony The word “testimony” can be expressed with the verb “testify.” Also who they testified about can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 lht6 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 by the word of their testimony The word **testimony** can be expressed with the verb “testify.” Also who they testified about can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 n6wk ἄχρι θανάτου 1 even to death The believers told the truth about Jesus, even though they knew that their enemies might try to kill them because of it. Alternate translation: “but they kept testifying even though they knew that they might die for it”
|
||||
REV 12 12 l3ra figs-metaphor ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν 1 He is filled with terrible anger The devil is spoken of as if he were a container, and anger is spoken of as if it were a liquid that could be in him. Alternate translation: “He is terribly angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 13 x7st figs-activepassive εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ὅτι ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 the dragon realized he had been thrown down to the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the dragon realized that God had thrown him out of heaven and sent him to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -561,16 +561,16 @@ REV 12 15 y5ml figs-simile ὡς ποταμόν 1 like a river The water flowed
|
|||
REV 12 15 a9wh αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον 1 to sweep her away “to wash her away”
|
||||
REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon was pouring out of his mouth The earth is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a mouth that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: “A hole in the ground opened up and the water went down into the hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 17 t6jf ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus The word “testimony” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “continue to testify about Jesus”
|
||||
REV 12 17 t6jf ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus The word **testimony** can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “continue to testify about Jesus”
|
||||
REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Unknown animals<br>John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. The word “I” here refers to John.
|
||||
REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. The word **I** here refers to John.
|
||||
REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The dragon gave his power to it The dragon made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose his power, however, by giving it to the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 2 c4wx τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην 1 his power…his throne, and his great authority to rule These are three ways of referring to his authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great.
|
||||
REV 13 2 gyv9 figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 his throne The word “throne” here refers to the dragon’s authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: “his royal authority” or “his authority to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 2 gyv9 figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 his throne The word **throne** here refers to the dragon’s authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: “his royal authority” or “his authority to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 yt22 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη 1 but its fatal wound was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but its fatal wound healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 ba2z ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 fatal wound “deadly wound.” This is an injury that is serious enough to cause a person to die.
|
||||
REV 13 3 jc7x figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ γῆ 1 The whole earth The word “earth” refers to the people on it. Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 jc7x figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ γῆ 1 The whole earth The word **earth** refers to the people on it. Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 xx3h ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου 1 followed the beast “obeyed the beast”
|
||||
REV 13 4 t15f writing-symlanguage δράκοντι 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 4 yuu8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ 1 he had given his authority to the beast “he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had”
|
||||
|
|
@ -586,10 +586,10 @@ REV 13 7 f5rl πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσα
|
|||
REV 13 8 nr7r προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν 1 will worship it “will worship the beast”
|
||||
REV 13 8 vyy8 figs-activepassive πάντες…γῆς, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 everyone whose name was not written…in the Book of Life This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names the Lamb did not write…in The Book of Life” or “those whose names were not…in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 nj7e ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 since the creation of the world “when God created the world”
|
||||
REV 13 8 vac6 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A “lamb” is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 vac6 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 bcu5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου 1 who had been slaughtered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 tdy8 0 General Information: These verses are a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he give a warning to the people reading his account.
|
||||
REV 13 9 rr9a figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone has an ear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has an ear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 rr9a figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone has an ear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 tx89 figs-123person εἴ τις…ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone…let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 r6sx figs-explicit εἴ τις εἰς 1 If anyone is to be taken This expression means that someone has decided who should be taken. If needed, translators may state clearly who decided it. Alternate translation: “If God has decided that someone should be taken” or “If it is God’s will that someone should be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 ipw7 figs-activepassive εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν 1 If anyone is to be taken into captivity This can be stated in active form. The noun “captivity” can be stated with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to capture a certain person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ REV 13 12 ys3n figs-activepassive οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τ
|
|||
REV 13 12 jc77 ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 lethal wound “deadly wound.” This was an injury that was serious enough that it could have made him die.
|
||||
REV 13 13 z2ws ποιεῖ 1 It performed “The beast from the earth performed”
|
||||
REV 13 15 dl87 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 It was permitted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God permitted the beast from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 cw55 figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 to give breath to the beast’s image Here the word “breath” represents life. Alternate translation: “to give life to the beast’s image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 cw55 figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 to give breath to the beast’s image Here the word **breath** represents life. Alternate translation: “to give life to the beast’s image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 dey8 τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 the beast’s image This is the image of the first beast that had been mentioned.
|
||||
REV 13 15 ruk5 ποιήσῃ ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου ἀποκτανθῶσιν 1 cause all who refused to worship the beast to be killed “put to death anyone who refused to worship the first beast”
|
||||
REV 13 16 h9u9 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας 1 It also forced everyone “The beast from the earth also forced everyone”
|
||||
|
|
@ -614,13 +614,13 @@ REV 13 17 t7wm figs-explicit μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ π
|
|||
REV 13 17 j8x4 τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the name of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 18 i46m 0 General Information: This verse is a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he gives another warning to the people reading his account.
|
||||
REV 13 18 uk74 ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 Here is wisdom “Wisdom is needed” or “You need to be wise about this”
|
||||
REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 If anyone has understanding The word “insight” can be translated with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 If anyone has understanding The word **insight** can be translated with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 18 ri1y ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 let him calculate the number of the beast “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means”
|
||||
REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being Possible meanings are (1) the number represents one person or (2) the number represents all of humanity.
|
||||
REV 14 intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word “I” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 14 1 ck6y 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb.
|
||||
REV 14 1 a3kz writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 the Lamb A “lamb” is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 a3kz writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 the Lamb A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 uc96 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 “one hundred forty-four thousand.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 z963 figs-activepassive ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 who had his name and his Father’s name written on their foreheads This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 rf47 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -632,11 +632,11 @@ REV 14 3 q6fc translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσ
|
|||
REV 14 4 jet6 μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν 1 have not defiled themselves with women Possible meanings are (1) “have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman” or (2) “have never had sexual relations with a woman.” Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
|
||||
REV 14 4 a7ir παρθένοι 1 virgins Possible meanings are (1) “they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife” or (2) “they are virgins.”
|
||||
REV 14 4 q3hg figs-metaphor οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει 1 the ones who follow the Lamb wherever he goes Doing what the Lamb does is spoken of as following him. Alternate translation: “they do whatever the Lamb does” or “they obey the Lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 4 mlw3 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ 1 redeemed from among mankind as firstfruits “Firstfruits” here is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: “purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 4 mlw3 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ 1 redeemed from among mankind as firstfruits **Firstfruits** here is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: “purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 5 ga8p figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 No lie was found in their mouth Their “mouth” refers to what they said.” Alternate translation: “They never lied when they spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 6 n1fr 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This is the first of three angels who proclaim judgment on the earth.
|
||||
REV 14 6 pp1l πᾶν ἔθνος, καὶ φυλὴν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν 1 every nation, tribe, language, and people This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here “the hour” represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having “come” is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of “judgment” can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” or “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here **the hour** represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having “come” is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of “judgment” can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” or “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 b18s figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. Alternate translation: “Babylon the great has been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 jh3r writing-symlanguage Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great “Babylon the large city” or “the important city of Babylon.” This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 kg1i figs-metonymy ἣ…πεπότικεν 1 who persuaded Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ REV 14 10 fe83 figs-activepassive τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτο
|
|||
REV 14 10 bb38 writing-symlanguage τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 that has been poured undiluted This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 the cup of his anger This symbolic cup holds the wine that represents God’s anger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 11 hh91 0 Connecting Statement: The third angel continues to speak.
|
||||
REV 14 11 dds6 figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The smoke from their torment The phrase “their torment” refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “The smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 11 dds6 figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The smoke from their torment The phrase **their torment** refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “The smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 11 z5ea οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 they have no rest “they have no relief” or “the torment does not stop”
|
||||
REV 14 12 me1j ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 Here is the patient endurance of the saints “God’s holy people must endure patiently and be faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 13:10](../13/10.md).
|
||||
REV 14 13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ…ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 the dead who die “those who die”
|
||||
|
|
@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ REV 14 15 v6dy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ 1 came out of the templ
|
|||
REV 14 15 v2xf figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι 1 the time to reap has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 16 nt7k figs-activepassive ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ 1 the earth was harvested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he harvested the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 17 fb4y 0 Connecting Statement: John continues describing his vision about the earth being harvested.
|
||||
REV 14 18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 who had authority over the fire Here “authority over” refers to responsibility to tend the fire.
|
||||
REV 14 18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 who had authority over the fire Here **authority over** refers to responsibility to tend the fire.
|
||||
REV 14 19 f3mn τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 the great wine vat of God’s wrath “the large wine vat where God will show his wrath”
|
||||
REV 14 20 b1bw ληνὸς 1 winepress This is “the great wine vat” of [Revelation 14:19] (./19.md).
|
||||
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to the height of a horse’s bridle “as high as the bridle in a horse’s mouth”
|
||||
|
|
@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ REV 15 2 dbz9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματ
|
|||
REV 15 2 lra7 τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the number representing his name This refers to the number described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md).
|
||||
REV 15 3 l5hu ᾄδουσιν 1 They were singing “Those who had been victorious over the beast were singing”
|
||||
REV 15 4 hh87 figs-rquestion τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ, Κύριε, καὶ δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι μόνος ὅσιος? 1 Who will not fear you, Lord, and glorify your name that alone is holy? This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. It can be expressed as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 j9gj figs-metonymy δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 glorify your name The phrase “your name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 j9gj figs-metonymy δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 glorify your name The phrase **your name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 ei9k figs-activepassive τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν 1 your righteous deeds have been revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you have made everyone know about your righteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 15 5 v4ye 0 Connecting Statement: The seven angels with the seven plagues come out of the most holy place. They were spoken of previously in [Revelation 15:1](../15/01.md).
|
||||
REV 15 5 da6n μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After the people finished singing”
|
||||
|
|
@ -691,37 +691,37 @@ REV 15 6 f9gq οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς
|
|||
REV 15 6 nei2 λίθον 1 linen a fine, expensive cloth made from flax
|
||||
REV 15 6 w9kw ζώνας 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on the upper body.
|
||||
REV 15 7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures “living being” or “living thing.” See how you translated “living creatures” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 15 7 z1wz figs-explicit ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word “wrath” here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of the wine that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 15 7 z1wz figs-explicit ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word **wrath** here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of the wine that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 15 8 s67r ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth”
|
||||
REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”<br><br>This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.<br><br>### Seven bowls of God’s wrath<br><br>This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.<br><br>### Armageddon<br><br>This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
REV 16 1 nj83 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath.
|
||||
REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word “I” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God’s wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word “wrath” here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 2 n7mw figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word “bowl” refers to what is in it. Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God’s wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word **wrath** here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 2 n7mw figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 2 e66u ἕλκος…πονηρὸν 1 painful sores “painful wounds.” These could be infections from diseases or injuries that have not healed.
|
||||
REV 16 2 nux1 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
REV 16 3 nc6a figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word “bowl” refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 3 nc6a figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 3 sx66 figs-synecdoche τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 16 4 p4ae figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word “bowl” refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 4 p4ae figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 4 xu1y figs-synecdoche τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the rivers and the springs of water This refers to all bodies of fresh water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 f35a τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the angel of the waters Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water or (2) this was another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
|
||||
REV 16 5 e45u figs-you δίκαιος εἶ 1 You are righteous “You” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 itg7 ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 the one who is and who was “God who is and who was.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
REV 16 6 b6wa figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets Here “poured out the blood” means killed. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 6 b6wa figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets Here **poured out the blood** means killed. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 6 jy6a αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν 1 you have given them blood to drink God will make the evil people drink the waters that he turned to blood.
|
||||
REV 16 7 p4c5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος 1 I heard the altar reply The word “altar” here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. “I heard someone at the altar reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 nne6 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word “bowl” refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 7 p4c5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος 1 I heard the altar reply The word **altar** here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. “I heard someone at the altar reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 nne6 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 l6n2 figs-personification ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 it was given permission to scorch the people John speaks about the sun as if it were a person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and caused the sun to severely burn the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 i2du figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα 1 the people were scorched by the terrible heat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The extreme heat burned them badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 pr4e figs-metonymy ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they blasphemed the name of God Here the name of God represents God. Alternate translation: “they blasphemed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 aza1 figs-distinguish τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 God, who has the power over these plagues This phrase reminds readers of something they already know about God. It helps to explain why the people were blaspheming God. Alternate translation: “God because he has the power over these plagues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 rd4f figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 the power over these plagues This refers to the power to inflict these plagues on people, and the power to stop the plagues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 f1pm figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word “bowl” refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 f1pm figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 a2ud figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου 1 the throne of the beast This is where the beast reigns from. It may refer to the capital city of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 hit6 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη 1 darkness covered its kingdom Here “darkness” is spoken of as if it were something like a blanket. Alternate translation: “it became dark in all his kingdom” or “all of his kingdom became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 hit6 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη 1 darkness covered its kingdom Here **darkness** is spoken of as if it were something like a blanket. Alternate translation: “it became dark in all his kingdom” or “all of his kingdom became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 pb1u ἐμασῶντο 1 They chewed The people in the beast’s kingdom chewed.
|
||||
REV 16 11 kna6 ἐβλασφήμησαν 1 They blasphemed The people in the beast’s kingdom blasphemed.
|
||||
REV 16 12 kv5y figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word “bowl” refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 12 kv5y figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 12 amf1 figs-activepassive τὸν Εὐφράτην, καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ 1 the Euphrates. Its water was dried up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Euphrates. Its water dried up” or “the Euphrates, and caused its water to dry up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 13 bb6d ὡς βάτραχοι 1 looked like frogs A frog is a small animal that lives near water. Jews considered them unclean animals.
|
||||
REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -730,12 +730,12 @@ REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι…τὴν ἀσχημο
|
|||
REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate, “keeping his garments with him.”
|
||||
REV 16 15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 they might see his shameful condition Here the word “they” refers to other people.
|
||||
REV 16 15 qwa2 βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 they might see his shameful condition Here the word **they** refers to other people.
|
||||
REV 16 16 m2v7 συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς 1 They brought them together “The spirits of the demons brought the kings and their armies together”
|
||||
REV 16 16 cdx1 figs-activepassive τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον 1 the place that is called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place that people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 16 x6ff translate-names Ἁρμαγεδών 1 Armageddon This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 16 17 ny8p 0 Connecting Statement: The seventh angel pours out the seventh bowl of God’s wrath.
|
||||
REV 16 17 nhs7 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word “bowl” refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 17 nhs7 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out the wine from his bowl” or “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 17 a15p figs-metonymy καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ μεγάλη ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου 1 Then a loud voice came out of the temple and from the throne This means someone sitting on the throne or someone standing near the throne spoke loudly. It is unclear who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 18 x586 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 16 18 c9fa φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 rumbles, crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -766,8 +766,8 @@ REV 17 8 usl4 figs-abstractnouns καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει
|
|||
REV 17 8 glf1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it will go on to destruction The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 r6h4 figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα 1 those whose names have not been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names God did not write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 p3lb 0 Connecting Statement: The angel continues speaking. Here he explains the meaning of the seven heads of the beast that the woman is riding.
|
||||
REV 17 9 p6lr figs-abstractnouns ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν 1 Here is the mind that has wisdom The abstract nouns “mind” and “wisdom” can be expressed with “think” and “wise” or “wisely.” Why a wise mind is needed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “A wise mind is needed in order to understand this” or “You need to think wisely in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 nr42 αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν 1 The seven heads are seven hills Here “are” means “stand for” or “represent.”
|
||||
REV 17 9 p6lr figs-abstractnouns ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν 1 Here is the mind that has wisdom The abstract nouns **mind** and **wisdom** can be expressed with “think” and “wise” or “wisely.” Why a wise mind is needed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “A wise mind is needed in order to understand this” or “You need to think wisely in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 nr42 αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν 1 The seven heads are seven hills Here **are** means “stand for” or “represent.”
|
||||
REV 17 10 yk93 figs-metaphor οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν 1 Five kings have fallen The angel speaks of dying as falling. Alternate translation: “Five kings have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 d2wx ὁ εἷς ἔστιν 1 one is “one is king now” or “one king is alive now”
|
||||
REV 17 10 kw95 figs-metaphor ὁ εἷς ἔστιν, ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν 1 the other has not yet come; when he comes Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: “the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -777,20 +777,20 @@ REV 17 11 w7sk figs-metaphor εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it is goi
|
|||
REV 17 12 gq2m 0 Connecting Statement: The angel continues speaking to John. Here he explains the meaning of the ten horns of the beast.
|
||||
REV 17 12 n2rd translate-unknown μίαν ὥραν 1 for one hour If your language does not divide the day into 24 hours, you may need to use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “for a very short time” or “for a very small part of a day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 17 13 w7jb οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν 1 These are of one mind “These all think the same thing” or “These all agree to do the same thing”
|
||||
REV 17 14 wt9k writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A “lamb” is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 17 14 abb5 figs-activepassive κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί 1 the called ones, the chosen ones, and the faithful ones This refers to one group of people. The words “called” and “chosen” can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “the called, chosen, and faithful ones” or “the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 f5x6 figs-metaphor τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 The waters you saw, where the prostitute is seated, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages Here “are” stands for “represent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 14 wt9k writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 17 14 abb5 figs-activepassive κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί 1 the called ones, the chosen ones, and the faithful ones This refers to one group of people. The words **called** and **chosen** can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “the called, chosen, and faithful ones” or “the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 f5x6 figs-metaphor τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 The waters you saw, where the prostitute is seated, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages Here **are** stands for “represent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 kq1e figs-explicit τὰ ὕδατα 1 The waters If you need to, you can use a more specific word for the kind of water. See how you translated “many waters” in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md). Alternate translation: “The rivers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 zsh5 ὄχλοι 1 multitudes large groups of people
|
||||
REV 17 15 ua3s figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 languages This refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 17 16 j157 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν 1 make her desolate and naked “steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing”
|
||||
REV 17 16 f9as figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 they will devour her flesh Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all her flesh. “They will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put it into their hearts to carry out his purpose by agreeing to give…until God’s words are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give…until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose”
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God has put it into their hearts Here “heart” is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God has put it into their hearts Here **heart** is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 their kingdom “authority” or “kingly authority”
|
||||
REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until God’s words are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast.
|
||||
REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here “is” stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the city rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 1 fl3m figs-personification 0 General Information: The pronouns “she” and “her” refer to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ REV 18 3 ejc5 ἔμποροι 1 merchants A merchant is a person who sells thin
|
|||
REV 18 3 ql37 ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς 1 from the power of her sensual way of living “because she spent so much money on sexual immorality”
|
||||
REV 18 4 ze11 figs-personification 0 General Information: The pronouns “she” and “her” refer to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 18 4 e7c7 0 Connecting Statement: Another voice from heaven begins to speak.
|
||||
REV 18 4 nz77 figs-metonymy ἄλλην φωνὴν 1 another voice The word “voice” refers to the speaker, which is probably either Jesus or the Father. Alternate translation: “someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 4 nz77 figs-metonymy ἄλλην φωνὴν 1 another voice The word **voice** refers to the speaker, which is probably either Jesus or the Father. Alternate translation: “someone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 5 e32w figs-metaphor ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 her sins have piled up as high as heaven The voice speaks of Babylon’s sins as if they were objects that could form a pile. Alternate translation: “Her sins are so many they are like a pile that reaches heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 5 u2yu ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 has remembered “has thought of” or “has started to pay attention to.” This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten. See how you translated “called to mind” in [Revelation 16:19](../16/19.md).
|
||||
REV 18 6 ec42 figs-metaphor ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν 1 Pay her back as she has paid others back The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: “Punish her as she has punished others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -813,13 +813,13 @@ REV 18 6 xba5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν,
|
|||
REV 18 6 l3n5 κεράσατε…διπλοῦν 1 mix double the amount Possible meanings are (1) “prepare twice the amount” or (2) “make it twice as strong”
|
||||
REV 18 7 i9bm 0 Connecting Statement: The same voice from heaven continues speaking about Babylon as if it were a woman.
|
||||
REV 18 7 we2t ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν 1 she glorified herself “the people of Babylon glorified themselves”
|
||||
REV 18 7 yt32 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 For she says in her heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 yt32 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 For she says in her heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 m3mg figs-simile κάθημαι βασίλισσα 1 I am seated as a queen She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 dy5k figs-metaphor χήρα οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not a widow She implies that she will not be dependent on other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 eh5r figs-metaphor πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 I will never see mourning Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing mourning. Alternate translation: “I will never mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 8 u6r9 figs-metaphor ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς 1 her plagues will come Existing in the future is spoken of a coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 8 vkk2 figs-metaphor ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται 1 She will be consumed by fire Being burned up by fires is spoken of as being eaten up by fire. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Fire will completely burn her up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 9 lj14 0 General Information: In these verses the word “her” refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 9 lj14 0 General Information: In these verses The word **her** refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 9 pmz9 0 Connecting Statement: John tells what people say about Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 9 wk13 μετ’ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες 1 committed sexual immorality and went out of control with her “sinned sexually and did whatever they wanted just as the people of Babylon did”
|
||||
REV 18 10 j3ln figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 because of the fear of her torment The abstract noun “torment” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “afraid that they will be tormented as Babylon is” or “afraid that God will torment them as he torments Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -834,10 +834,10 @@ REV 18 12 yri7 translate-unknown ἐλεφάντινον 1 ivory a beautiful har
|
|||
REV 18 12 b8xc translate-unknown μαρμάρου 1 marble a precious stone used for building (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 18 13 gz3v κιννάμωμον 1 cinnamon a spice that smells nice and comes from the bark of a certain kind of tree
|
||||
REV 18 13 z894 ἄμωμον 1 spice a substance used to add flavor to food or a good smell to oil
|
||||
REV 18 14 x3kl figs-metaphor ἡ ὀπώρα 1 The fruit “Fruit” here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “The result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 14 x3kl figs-metaphor ἡ ὀπώρα 1 The fruit **Fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “The result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 14 a1aa τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς 1 the desire of your soul “wanted very much”
|
||||
REV 18 14 p7f7 figs-activepassive ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν 1 vanished, never to be found again Not to be found stands for not existing. This figure of speech can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “vanished; you will never have them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 15 n25k 0 General Information: In these verses, the word “her” refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 15 n25k 0 General Information: In these verses, The word **her** refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 15 s4iq figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 because of the fear of her torment This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “fear” and “torment.” Alternate translation: “because they will be afraid of God tormenting them they way he torments her” or “because they will be afraid of suffering the way she is suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 15 ii7v κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες 1 weeping and mourning loudly This is what the merchants will be doing. Alternate translation: “and they will weep and mourn loudly”
|
||||
REV 18 16 i7ip figs-metaphor ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 the great city that was dressed in fine linen Throughout this chapter, Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. The merchants speak of Babylon as being dressed in fine linen because its people were dressed in fine linen. Alternate translation: “the great city, which was like a woman dressed in fine linen” or “the great city, whose women were dressed in fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ REV 18 16 nji6 figs-activepassive ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινο
|
|||
REV 18 16 v6q3 figs-activepassive κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ 1 was adorned with gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “adorned herself with gold” or “adorned themselves with gold” or “wore gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 16 i5uy λίθῳ τιμίῳ 1 precious jewels “valuable gems” or “treasured gems”
|
||||
REV 18 16 rtm9 translate-unknown μαργαρίτῃ 1 pearls beautiful and valuable white beads. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 18 17 ap3v figs-metonymy τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται 1 whose living is made from the sea The phrase “from the sea” refers to what they do on the sea. Alternate translation: “who travel on the sea to make their living” or “who sail on the sea to different places in order to trade things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 17 ap3v figs-metonymy τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται 1 whose living is made from the sea The phrase **from the sea** refers to what they do on the sea. Alternate translation: “who travel on the sea to make their living” or “who sail on the sea to different places in order to trade things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 18 ys97 0 General Information: In these verses the word “they” refers to the sailors and seafarers, and the word “her” refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 18 v7qe figs-rquestion τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ 1 What city is like the great city? This question shows the people the importance of the city of Babylon. Alternate translation: “No other city is like the great city, Babylon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 18 20 ld6c figs-abstractnouns ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 God has brought your judgment on her The noun “judgment” can be expressed with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God has judged her for you” or “God has judged her because of the bad things she did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -867,55 +867,55 @@ REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλ
|
|||
REV 18 24 s8bp figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Blood being found there means that the people there were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Songs<br><br>The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Wedding celebration<br><br>The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people.
|
||||
REV 19 1 qu5h 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here “I” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 19 1 nk8x ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.”
|
||||
REV 19 2 u1rp figs-metaphor τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην 1 the great prostitute Here John refers to the city of Babylon whose wicked people rule over all the people of the earth and lead them to worship false gods. He speaks of the wicked people of Babylon as if they were a great prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 ky99 figs-metonymy ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν 1 who corrupted the earth Here “the earth” is a metonym for its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “who corrupted the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 d9j7 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his servants Here “the blood” is a metonym that represents murder. Alternate translation: “murdering his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 ky99 figs-metonymy ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν 1 who corrupted the earth Here **the earth** is a metonym for its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “who corrupted the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 d9j7 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his servants Here **the blood** is a metonym that represents murder. Alternate translation: “murdering his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 2 cj3t figs-rpronouns ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 from her hand This refers to Babylon. The reflexive pronoun “herself” is used to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
REV 19 3 jm9m εἴρηκαν 1 They spoke Here “They” refers to the crowd of people in heaven.
|
||||
REV 19 3 jm9m εἴρηκαν 1 They spoke Here **They** refers to the crowd of people in heaven.
|
||||
REV 19 3 h1k4 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 3 zy6e καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει 1 smoke rises from her The word “her” refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The smoke is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: “smoke rises from that city”
|
||||
REV 19 3 zy6e καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει 1 smoke rises from her The word **her** refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The smoke is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: “smoke rises from that city”
|
||||
REV 19 4 r43f translate-numbers οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες 1 The twenty-four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 19 4 y4qd τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 the four living creatures “the four living beings” or “the four living things.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 19 4 dns7 figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 who was seated on the throne This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 a voice came out from the throne Here John speaks of the “voice” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-exclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here “our” refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 those who fear him Here “fear” does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 a voice came out from the throne Here John speaks of the **voice** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-exclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here **our** refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 those who fear him Here **fear** does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 qdb3 figs-merism οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι 1 both the small and the great The speaker uses these words together to mean all of God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 mdj6 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 6 e3ua ὅτι…Κύριος 1 For the Lord “Because the Lord”
|
||||
REV 19 7 hi52 0 Connecting Statement: The voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking.
|
||||
REV 19 7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Let us rejoice Here “us” refers to all of God’s servants.
|
||||
REV 19 7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Let us rejoice Here **us** refers to all of God’s servants.
|
||||
REV 19 7 m5av δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 give him the glory “give God the glory” or “honor God”
|
||||
REV 19 7 bwf9 figs-metaphor ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου…ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 wedding celebration of the Lamb…his bride has made herself ready Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 r5xt writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίου 1 Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 j6d7 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 7 q9e4 figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 his bride has made herself ready John speaks of God’s people as if they were a bride who has gotten ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 8 pz72 figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 She was permitted to be dressed in bright and clean fine linen Here “she” refers to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God’s people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 8 pz72 figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 She was permitted to be dressed in bright and clean fine linen Here **she** refers to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God’s people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 ayc4 0 General Information: An angel begins to speak to John. This is likely the same angel who began to speak to John in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 9 l72p figs-activepassive οἱ…κεκλημένοι 1 those who are invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people whom God invites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 q4ya figs-metaphor τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the wedding feast of the Lamb Here the angel speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people forever as if it were a wedding feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 uq6h ἔπεσα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 I fell down at his feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See note in [Revelation 19:3](../19/03.md).
|
||||
REV 19 10 i2yq τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου 1 your brothers The word “brothers” here refers to all believers, male and female.
|
||||
REV 19 10 i2yq τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου 1 your brothers The word **brothers** here refers to all believers, male and female.
|
||||
REV 19 10 up6l figs-metaphor τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 who hold the testimony about Jesus Here holding stands for believing in or announcing. Alternate translation: “who speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 rku2 figs-explicit ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας 1 for the testimony about Jesus is the spirit of prophecy Here “spirit of prophecy” refers to God’s Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 rku2 figs-explicit ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας 1 for the testimony about Jesus is the spirit of prophecy Here **spirit of prophecy** refers to God’s Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 11 xx12 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new vision. John begins to describe a rider on a white horse.
|
||||
REV 19 11 m1qn καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον 1 Then I saw heaven open This imagery is used to signify the beginning of a new vision. See how you translated this idea in [Revelation 4:1](../04/01.md) and [Revelation 11:19](../11/19.md) and [Revelation 15:5](../15/05.md).
|
||||
REV 19 11 hcs8 ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 The one riding it The rider is Jesus.
|
||||
REV 19 11 lp9a figs-explicit ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ 1 It is with justice that he judges and wages war Here “justice” refers to what is right. Alternate translation: “He judges all people and wages war according to what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 11 lp9a figs-explicit ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ 1 It is with justice that he judges and wages war Here **justice** refers to what is right. Alternate translation: “He judges all people and wages war according to what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 p9ak figs-simile οἱ…ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός 1 His eyes are like a fiery flame John speaks of the rider’s eyes as if they shone like a flame of fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 yhr7 figs-activepassive ἔχων ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 He has a name written You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written a name on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 kk9x figs-rpronouns ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ αὐτός 1 that no one knows but himself “on him, and only he knows the meaning of that name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 vny3 figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι 1 He wears a robe that was dipped in blood You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Blood had covered his robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 hdk1 figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 his name is called the Word of God You can state this in active form. “Word of God” here is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “his name is called the Message of God” or “his name is also the Word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 hdk1 figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 his name is called the Word of God You can state this in active form. **Word of God** here is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “his name is called the Message of God” or “his name is also the Word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 m9yn ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα 1 Out of his mouth goes a sharp sword The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 19 15 a88t πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη 1 he might strike the nations “destroys the nations” or “brings the nations under his control”
|
||||
REV 19 15 uq4z figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 shepherd them with an iron rod John speaks of the rider’s power as if he were ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:5](../12/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 nb4y figs-metaphor αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 He tramples in the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty John speaks of the rider’s destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Here “wrath” refers to God’s punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: “He crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 nb4y figs-metaphor αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 He tramples in the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty John speaks of the rider’s destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Here **wrath** refers to God’s punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: “He crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 16 a61a figs-activepassive ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 He has a name written on his robe and on his thigh: This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 17 m6dt figs-metonymy εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 I saw an angel standing in the sun Here “the sun” is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: “Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 17 m6dt figs-metonymy εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 I saw an angel standing in the sun Here **the sun** is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: “Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 18 khs9 figs-merism ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 both free and slaves, and small and great The angel uses these two sets of opposite-meaning words together to mean all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 q83v figs-activepassive ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης 1 The beast was captured and with him the false prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The rider on the white horse captured the beast and the false prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 gs37 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -925,11 +925,11 @@ REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν
|
|||
REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the sword that came out of the mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The thousand-year reign of Christ<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Final rebellion<br><br>This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Great white throne<br><br>This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hades and the lake of fire<br>These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
|
||||
REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
|
||||
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here “I” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 20 1 c18c Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 20 2 r6es writing-symlanguage δράκοντα 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 xj22 figs-explicit ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 sealed it over him The angel sealed the pit to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη 1 deceive the nations Here “nations” is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ…τὰ ἔθνη 1 deceive the nations Here **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 ns5x translate-numbers τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 the thousand years “1,000 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 y9xd figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι 1 he must be set free This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will command the angel to free him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 lw2r 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing thrones and the souls of believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -940,13 +940,13 @@ REV 20 4 xz5l figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for t
|
|||
REV 20 4 cc1v ἔζησαν 1 They came to life “They came back to life” or “They became alive again”
|
||||
REV 20 5 cw4j οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 The rest of the dead “All of the other dead people”
|
||||
REV 20 5 e1pm translate-numbers τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 the thousand years were ended “the end of the 1,000 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 20 6 f3gz figs-personification ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν 1 Over these the second death has no power Here John describes “death” as a person with power. Alternate translation: “These people will not experience the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 6 f3gz figs-personification ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν 1 Over these the second death has no power Here John describes **death** as a person with power. Alternate translation: “These people will not experience the second death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 6 v4z3 writing-symlanguage ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος 1 the second death “dying a second time.” This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 7 y1vw figs-activepassive λυθήσεται ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Satan will be released from his prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will release Satan from his prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 8 g429 figs-simile ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 The number of them will be like the sand of the sea This emphasizes the extremely large number of soldiers in Satan’s army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 20 9 jlc6 ἀνέβησαν 1 They went up “Satan’s army went”
|
||||
REV 20 9 f4t7 τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην 1 the beloved city This refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 20 9 jhq8 figs-personification κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς 1 fire came down from heaven and devoured them Here John speaks of fire as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “God sent fire from heaven to burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 9 jhq8 figs-personification κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς 1 fire came down from heaven and devoured them Here John speaks of **fire** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “God sent fire from heaven to burn them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 10 pif3 figs-activepassive ὁ διάβολος, ὁ πλανῶν αὐτοὺς, ἐβλήθη εἰς 1 The devil, who deceived them, was thrown into This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” or “God’s angel threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 10 rjv1 τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ θείου 1 the lake of fire and sulfur “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:20](../19/20.md).
|
||||
REV 20 10 faa3 figs-activepassive ὅπου τὸ θηρίον καὶ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης 1 where the beast and the false prophet were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where he had also thrown the beast and the false prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -958,20 +958,20 @@ REV 20 12 lt7k figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ 1 The
|
|||
REV 20 12 vvc4 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων 1 from the things that were written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what he had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 ea2h figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς…ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 The sea gave up the dead…Death and Hades gave up the dead Here John speaks of the sea, death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 bg4u figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν 1 were judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here “Hades” is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here **Hades** is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 Death and Hades were thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” or “God’s angel threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 the second death “dying a second time.” This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη…γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone’s name was not found written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If God’s angel did not find a person’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 wq31 figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 he was thrown into the lake of fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Second death<br><br>Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### New heaven and new earth<br><br>It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time.
|
||||
REV 21 1 tj16 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here “I” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband This compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 i8za figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης 1 a great voice from the throne saying The word “voice” refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly from the throne saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 gk3m ἰδοὺ 1 Look! The word “Look” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
REV 21 3 i8za figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης 1 a great voice from the throne saying The word **voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly from the throne saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 gk3m ἰδοὺ 1 Look! The word **Look** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
REV 21 3 hpt1 figs-parallelism ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 The dwelling place of God is with human beings, and he will live with them These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that God will, indeed, live among men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 4 w39g figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 He will wipe away every tear from their eyes Tears here represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν 1 these words are trustworthy and true Here “words” refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 4 w39g figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 He will wipe away every tear from their eyes **Tears** here represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν 1 these words are trustworthy and true Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 dq8n figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 li7s figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.”
|
||||
|
|
@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ REV 21 21 g75r figs-activepassive ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυ
|
|||
REV 21 21 vp22 figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής 1 pure gold, like transparent glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it was glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 22 m2ew figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριος ὁ Θεός…ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Lord God…and the Lamb are its temple The temple represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 23 v2m9 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 its lamp is the Lamb Here the glory of Jesus, the Lamb, is spoken of as if it were a lamp that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 24 j3lk figs-metonymy περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 The nations will walk The words “the nations” are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. “Walk” here is a metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “The people from all the different nations will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 24 j3lk figs-metonymy περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 The nations will walk The words **the nations** are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. **Walk** here is a metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “The people from all the different nations will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 25 lq1z figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 Its gates will not be shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will shut the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 26 ps25 οἴσουσιν 1 They will bring “The kings of the earth will bring”
|
||||
REV 21 27 n3nh figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν, καὶ ὁ 1 nothing unclean will ever enter into it, nor anyone This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1012,24 +1012,24 @@ REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν
|
|||
REV 21 27 cw99 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tree of life<br><br>There is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Alpha and omega<br><br>These are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be “A and Z” in English.
|
||||
REV 22 1 b1ad 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him.
|
||||
REV 22 1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 showed me Here “me” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 showed me Here **me** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the river of the water of life “the river flowing with life-giving water”
|
||||
REV 22 1 yn2p figs-metaphor ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 1 mxp4 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 2 l2aq figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations Here “nations” refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 2 l2aq figs-metonymy τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations Here **nations** refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι 1 There will no longer be any curse Possible meanings are (1) “There will never be anyone there that God will curse” or (2) “There will not be anyone there who is under God’s curse”
|
||||
REV 22 3 by36 οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 his servants will serve him Possible meanings of “his” and “him” are (1) both words refer to God the Father, or (2) both words refer to both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
|
||||
REV 22 4 zy4x figs-idiom ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 They will see his face This is an idiom, meaning to be in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “They will be in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 j51i figs-explicit 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the end of John’s vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. This can be shown clearly as is in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 These words are trustworthy and true Here “words” refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Possible meanings are (1) the word “spirits” refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” or (2) the word “spirits” refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word “Look” adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 1 These words are trustworthy and true Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Possible meanings are (1) The word **spirits** refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” or (2) The word **spirits** refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **Look** adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel.
|
||||
REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md).
|
||||
REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John.
|
||||
REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up…this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret…this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here “words” refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 12 idc6 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 uup6 figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1038,9 +1038,9 @@ REV 22 13 nnm2 ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the
|
|||
REV 22 14 r16s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues giving his closing greeting.
|
||||
REV 22 14 i54w figs-metaphor οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν 1 those who wash their robes Becoming righteous is spoken of as if it were washing one’s clothing. See how you translated as similar phrase in [Revelation 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who have become righteous, as if they have washed their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 15 aw1h ἔξω 1 Outside This means they are outside the city and not allowed to enter.
|
||||
REV 22 15 tkd7 figs-metaphor οἱ κύνες 1 are the dogs In that culture the dog was an unclean, despised animal. Here the word “dogs” is derogatory and refers to people who are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 pu85 figs-you μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν 1 to testify to you Here the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 t2v9 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ 1 the root and the descendant of David The words “root” and “descendant” mean basically the same thing. Jesus speaks of being a “descendant” as if he were a “root” that grew out of David. Together the words emphasize that Jesus belongs to the family of David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 22 15 tkd7 figs-metaphor οἱ κύνες 1 are the dogs In that culture the dog was an unclean, despised animal. Here the word **dogs** is derogatory and refers to people who are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 pu85 figs-you μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν 1 to testify to you Here the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 t2v9 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ 1 the root and the descendant of David The words **root** and **descendant** mean basically the same thing. Jesus speaks of being a **descendant** as if he were a **root** that grew out of David. Together the words emphasize that Jesus belongs to the family of David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 g9uj figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός 1 the bright morning star Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated “morning star” in [Revelation 2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 gig5 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is a response to what Jesus said.
|
||||
REV 22 17 lt8j figs-metaphor ἡ νύμφη 1 the Bride Believers are spoken of as if they were a bride about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1048,8 +1048,8 @@ REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Come! Possible meanings are (1) that
|
|||
REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the one who is thirsty…the water of life A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 dwb6 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 fd5l 0 General Information: John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 I testify Here “I” refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 18 s36m figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here “words” refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 I testify Here **I** refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 18 s36m figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone adds to them…God will add This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d4sc figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 that are written about in this book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 22 19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ…ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone takes away…God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue